!DCG! 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test TECHNICAL MANUAL 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test TM1537 26FEB02 (E
Views 60 Downloads 0 File size 25MB
!DCG!
710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test
TECHNICAL MANUAL 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test TM1537 26FEB02 (ENGLISH)
710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test (Complete) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710D Backhoe Loader Repair (Complete) . . Radial Piston Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6059 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OEM Engine Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternators and Starting Motors . . . . . . . . . . 6068 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 Series Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TM1537 TM1538 CTM7 CTM8 CTM11 CTM67 CTM77 CTM104 CTM43
Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division LITHO IN U.S.A.
!TM1537__26FEB02!
For complete service information also see:
Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use.
See DB1990 Service Publications Catalog to order a complete Technical Manual (TM) or a Technical Manual Section (TMS). A complete Operation and Test manual includes the following sections:
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.
1. 9000
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes.
• Section 9000 General Information 2. 9005 • Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure 3. 9010 • Section 9010 Engine 4. 9015 • Section 9015 Electrical System 5. 9020 • Section 9020 Power Train 6. 9025 • Section 9025 Hydraulic System 7. 9031 • Section 9031 Heating and Air Conditioning
TX,710D00 –19–25FEB02–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Introduction John Deere Dealers IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route through your service department. Listed below is a brief explanation of “WHAT” was change and “WHY” it was changed. 1. Section 9000: To include any specifications, oil capacity and safety concerns for new rear axle, transmission, charge pump, park brake, and service brake valve. 2. Section 9005: To add operational checks for new transmission, park brake, differential lock, and service brake valve. 3. Section 9010: To include miscellaneous updates and update serial numbers. 4. Section 9015: To include information for new engine, front console, and side console harnesses. To add new tachometer and low brake pressure warning system. 5. Section 9020: To add information for new transmission and rear axle. For machines (S.N. 872257— ), information on the park brake and differential lock will now be provided in this section. 6. Section 9025: To make required changes because of new charge pump located on the rear of the transmission. To change plumbing and schematics required by the removal of the park brake/differential lock valve. To add information on the new service brake valve. 7. Section 9031: To improve format and add information on new side console harness. 8. ..
CED,TX03399,4247 –19–12JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=3
Introduction
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=4
Introduction
Help!! Help!! Help!! Help!! We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements on this comment sheet. SEND TO:
John Deere Dubuque Works P.O. Box 538 Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538 Dept. 304 Attn: Publications Supervisor
FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800 TM1537 710D Backhoe Loader Operation and Test Manual Ideas, Comments, (Please state Page Number): OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of "ALL" Installation Instructions provided to you? (Check one) Poor 1
Fair 2
3
Good 4
5
Very Good 6
7
Excellent 8
9
10
Company Name Address Phone FAX No. Dealer Acct. No.
THANK YOU!
TX,HELP,153715 –19–16SEP96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=5
Introduction
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=6
Contents 9000
SECTION 9000—General Information Group 01—Safety Information Group 02—General Specifications Group 03—Torque Values Group 04—Fuels and Lubricants
Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Test
9005
SECTION 9005—Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure SECTION 9010—Engine Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—System Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
9010
SECTION 9015—Electrical System Group 05—System Information Group 10A—System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) Group 10B—System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— ) Group 15A—Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) Group 15B—Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Group 20—References
9015
9020
SECTION 9020—Power Train Group 05A—Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Group 05B—Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Group 15A—System Diagnostic Information (S.N. — 872256) Group 15B—System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Group 20—Adjustments Group 25A—Tests (S.N. —872256) Group 25B—Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9025
9031
SECTION 9025—Hydraulic System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 20—Adjustments Group 25—Tests
INDX
SECTION 9031—Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT 2002 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual Previous Editions Copyright 1993, 1997, 1998
TM1537 (26FEB02)
i
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
Contents 9000
9005
9010
9015
9020
9025
9031
INDX
TM1537 (26FEB02)
ii
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
9000
Section 9000
General Information Contents Page
Page
Group 01—Safety Information Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prevent Battery Explosions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prepare for Emergencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-1 Prevent Acid Burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-2 Handle Chemical Products Safely . . . . . . . . .9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-3 Park Machine Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Support Machine Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Wear Protective Clothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-4 Work in Clean Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Service Machines Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Work In Ventilated Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Illuminate Work Area Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-5 Replace Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-6 Use Proper Lifting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-6 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . .9000-01-6 Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-7 Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-7 Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-8 Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-8 Practice Safe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-9 Use Proper Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-9 Dispose of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-10 Live With Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-01-10
710D Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 ROPS Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2 Checking Wheel Fastener Torque . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-5 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-6 Check Oil Lines And Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-12 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings. . . . . . . .9000-03-13 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . .9000-03-14
Group 02—General Specifications 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications . . . . . .9000-02-2 710D Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . .9000-02-3 710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. —830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-4 710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830205— ) . . . . . . . . .9000-02-5 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. — 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-6 710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-8 710D Backhoe Loader—Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-11 710D Backhoe Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 710D Drain and Refill Capacities. . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 710D Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities . . .9000-02-14
Group 04—Fuels and Lubricants Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Do Not Use Galvanized Containers. . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Transmission Oil, Hydraulic System Oil and Differential Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Grease for Extendible Dipperstick . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Diesel Engine Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-8
Group 03—Torque Values Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
Contents 9000
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 01
Safety Information 9000 01 1
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
TS227
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
–UN–23AUG88
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards.
DX,FLAME –19–29SEP98–1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
TS204
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).
–UN–23AUG88
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
DX,SPARKS –19–03MAR93–1/1
Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts.
TS291
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
–UN–23AUG88
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=11
Safety Information
Prevent Acid Burns Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.
–UN–23AUG88
1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
TS203
9000 01 2
DX,POISON –19–21APR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=12
Safety Information 9000 01 3
Handle Chemical Products Safely
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.
TS1132
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
–UN–26NOV90
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.
(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)
DX,MSDS,NA –19–03MAR93–1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
X9811
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
–UN–23AUG88
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=13
Safety Information
Park Machine Safely
Lower all equipment to the ground. Stop the engine and remove the key. Disconnect the battery ground strap. Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
TS230
• • • •
–UN–24MAY89
Before working on the machine:
DX,PARK –19–04JUN90–1/1
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
TS229
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment. If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down.
–UN–23AUG88
Support Machine Properly
When implements or attachments are used with a tractor, always follow safety precautions listed in the implement operator’s manual.
DX,LOWER –19–17FEB99–1/1
Wear Protective Clothing
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.
–UN–23AUG88
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.
TS206
9000 01 4
DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=14
Safety Information 9000 01 5
Work in Clean Area
Clean work area and machine. Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job. Have the right parts on hand. Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.
T6642EJ
• • • •
–UN–18OCT88
Before starting a job:
DX,CLEAN –19–04JUN90–1/1
Service Machines Safely
TS228
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
–UN–23AUG88
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result.
DX,LOOSE –19–04JUN90–1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
TS220
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area
–UN–23AUG88
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.
DX,AIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
TS223
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
–UN–23AUG88
Illuminate Work Area Safely
DX,LIGHT –19–04JUN90–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=15
Safety Information
Replace Safety Signs
TS201
–UN–23AUG88
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.
DX,SIGNS1 –19–04JUN90–1/1
Use Proper Lifting Equipment Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage.
TS226
–UN–23AUG88
Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.
DX,LIFT –19–04JUN90–1/1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Remove paint before welding or heating:
–UN–23AUG88
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
TS220
9000 01 6
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
DX,PAINT –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=16
Safety Information 9000 01 7
TS953
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
–UN–15MAY90
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1
Keep ROPS Installed Properly
TS212
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
–UN–23AUG88
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
DX,ROPS3 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=17
Safety Information
Service Tires Safely Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
TS211
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
–UN–23AUG88
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
DX,RIM –19–24AUG90–1/1
Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust
Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated.
–UN–23AUG88
Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer.
TS220
9000 01 8
Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on the material containing asbestos. Keep bystanders away from the area.
DX,DUST –19–15MAR91–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=18
Safety Information 9000 01 9
Practice Safe Maintenance Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry. Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool. Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on machine.
TS218
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine.
–UN–23AUG88
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1
Use Proper Tools
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.
TS779
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners.
–UN–08NOV89
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
DX,REPAIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=19
Safety Information
Dispose of Waste Properly
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source.
TS1133
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking from them.
–UN–26NOV90
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants. Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1
Live With Safety
–19–07OCT88
Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.
TS231
9000 01 10
DX,LIVE –19–25SEP92–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-01-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=20
Group 02
General Specifications 9000 02 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=21
General Specifications
–UN–19OCT88
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications
T6245AF1
9000 02 2
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change without notice. Wherever applicable, specifications are in accordance with ICED and SAE Standards. Except where otherwise noted, these specifications are based on a standard machine with 21L-24, 16PR, R4 rear
tires; 14.5/75—16.1, 10PR, F3 front tires with 75 percent CaCl2 fill; 1.15 m3(1.5 cu yd) loader bucket; 610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS; full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
TX,115,RR2655 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=22
General Specifications 9000 02 3
710D Backhoe Loader Dimensions Extendible Dipperstick Backhoe
Standard
Retracted
Extended
A—Loading height, truck loading position
4.03 m (13 ft 3 in.)
3.98 m (13 ft 1 in.)
4.65 m (15 ft 3 in.)
B—Reach from center of swing mast
6.90 m (22 ft 8 in.)
6.90 m (22 ft 8 in.)
8.31 m (27 ft 3 in.)
C—Reach from center of rear axle
8.15 m (26 ft 9 in.)
8.15 m (26 ft 9 in.)
9.56 m (31 ft 4 in.)
D—Digging depth (SAE): (1) 610 mm (2 ft) flat bottom
5.53 m (18 ft 2 in.)
5.51 m (18 ft 1 in.)
7.03 m (23 ft 1 in.)
(2) 2440 mm (8 ft) flat bottom
5.26 m (17 ft 3 in.)
5.24 m (17 ft 2 in.)
6.82 m (22 ft 4 in.)
E—Maximum digging depth
5.55 m (18 ft 2 in.)
5.52 m (18 ft 1 in.)
7.04 m (23 ft 1 in.)
F—Ground clearance, minimum
356 mm (14 in.)
356 mm (14 in.)
356 mm (14 in.)
G—Bucket rotation
152°/162°
152°/162°
152°/162°
H—Transport height
4.21 m (13 ft 10 in.)
4.31 m (13 ft 11 in.)
4.31 m (13 ft 11 in.)
J—Overall length, transport
8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.)
8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.)
8.13 m (26 ft 8 in.)
K—Stabilizer width—transport
2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.)
2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.)
2.44 m (8 ft 0 in.)
L—Stabilizer spread—operating
3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)
3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)
3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)
M—Overall width (less loader bucket)
2235 mm (88 in.)
2235 mm (88 in.)
2235 mm (88 in.)
Digging force, bucket cylinder (power dig position)
57.5 kN (12,940 lb force)
57.5 kN (12,940 lb force)
57.5 kN (12,940 lb force)
Digging force, crowd cylinder
42.7 kN (9600 lb force)
42.7 kN (9600 lb force)
29.8 kN (6700 lb force)
Loader with 1.24 m3 (1.62 yd3 ) Bucket
Loader with 1.0 m3 (1.375 yd3 ) Bucket and MFWD
N—Wheelbase
2.29 m (90.5 in.)
2.29 m (90.5 in.)
O—Dig below ground—bucket level
147 mm (5.8 in.)
152 mm (6.0 in.)
P—Rollback at ground level
40°
40°
Q—Dump clearance, bucket at 40°
2.80 m (9 ft 6 in.)
2.80 m (9 ft 6 in.)
R—Maximum height to bucket hinge pin
3.57 m (11 ft 8 in.)
3.61 m (11 ft 10 in.)
S—Maximum bucket dump angle
40°
40°
T—Reach at full height, bucket at 40°
851 mm (33.5 in.)
836 mm (32.9 in.)
TX,115,RR2626 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=23
General Specifications 9000 02 4
710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. —830204) Item
Measurement
Specification
Net Power @ 2200
Power
SAE 86 kW (115 hp)
Gross Power @ 2200
Power
SAE 90 kW (120 hp)
Cylinders
Quantity
6
Bore and Stroke
Distance
106.5 x 110 mm (4.19 x 4.33 in.)
Displacement
Volume
5.884 L (359 cu in.)
Fuel Consumption, Typical
Consumption
7.6 to 12.5 L/h (2.0—3.3 gal/hr)
Compression Ratio
Compression
17.8 to 1
Maximum Torque @ 25% at 1400 rpm
Torque Rise
465 N•m (343 lb-ft)
Main Bearings
Quantity
7
Electrical System
Voltage
12 volts
Alternator
Amperage
65 amps
Engine: John Deere 6059T turbocharged diesel, 4-stroke cycle
Lubrication
Pressure system w/full-flow filter and cooler
Fan
Suction
Air Cleaner
Dry
CED,OUO1032,1216 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=24
General Specifications 9000 02 5
710D Backhoe Loader Engine Specifications (S.N. 830205— ) Item
Measurement
Specification
Net Power @ 2200
Power
SAE 87 kW (116 hp)
Gross Power @ 2200
Power
SAE 93 kW (125 hp)
Cylinders
Quantity
6
Bore and Stroke
Distance
106.5 x 127 mm (4.19 x 5.00 in.)
Displacement
Volume
6.8 L (414 cu in.)
Fuel Consumption, Typical
Consumption
9.5 to 14.3 L/h (2.5—3.8 gal/hr)
Compression Ratio
Compression
17.0 to 1
Maximum Torque @ 27% at 1400 rpm
Torque Rise
515.5 N•m (380 lb-ft)
Main Bearings
Quantity
7
Electrical System
Voltage
12 volts
Alternator
Amperage
95 amps w/AC 65 amps w/o AC
Engine: John Deere 6068T and PowerTech 6068T turbocharged diesel, 4-stroke cycle, Model # 6068TT050
PowerTech is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
TM1537 (26FEB02)
CED,OUO1032,1217 –19–19AUG99–1/1
9000-02-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=25
General Specifications 9000 02 6
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. —872328) Item
Measurement
Specification
Forward 1
Speed
5.1 km/h (3.1 mph)
Forward 2
Speed
8.7 km/h (5.4 mph)
Forward 3
Speed
17.9 km/h (11.1 mph)
Forward 4
Speed
30.6 km/h (19.0 mph)
Reverse 1
Speed
5.4 km/h (3.4 mph)
Reverse 2
Speed
9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
Forward 1
Speed
5.5 km/h (3.4 mph)
Forward 2
Speed
9.6 km/h (6.0 mph)
Forward 3
Speed
19.8 km/h (12.3 mph)
Forward 4
Speed
33.9 km/h (21.0 mph)
Reverse 1
Speed
6.0 km/h (3.7 mph)
Reverse 2
Speed
10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 (required) rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 (required) rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-6
TX,9000,BG785 –19–19AUG99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=26
General Specifications
Item
9000 02 7
Measurement
Specification
Non-Powered Axle
Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop
4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.) 4.63 m (15 ft 2 in.) 11.02 m (36 ft 2 in.) 11.54 m (37 ft 10 in.) 20°
Mechanical Front-Wheel-Drive
Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Steering wheel turns stop-to-stop, both axles
4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.) 4.76 m (15 ft 7 in.) 11.06 m (36 ft 3 in.) 11.80 m (38 ft 9 in.) 18° 3.0 to 3.8
Main Relief
Pressure
17 500 kPa (175 bar) (2550 psi)
Main Pump Radial Pistons
Quantity
16 radial pistons, variable flow
Flow @ 15 170 kPa (151 bar) (2200 psi)
Flow Rate
201 L/min (53 gpm)
Charge Pump Flow @ Fast Idle (Minimum)
Flow Rate
64 L/min (17 gpm)
Steering
Hydraulic System: Closed center (variable flow, constant pressure)
Filter, Return Oil
10 micron steel enclosed, replaceable paper element
Screen, Pressure Oil
20/cm (50/in.) mesh
TX,9000,BG785 –19–19AUG99–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=27
General Specifications 9000 02 8
710D Backhoe Loader Specifications (S.N. 872329— ) Item
Measurement
Specification
Forward 1
Speed
5.3 km/h (3.3 mph)
Forward 2
Speed
8.8 km/h (5.5 mph)
Forward 3
Speed
21.9 km/h (13.6 mph)
Forward 4
Speed
35.4 km/h (22.0 mph)
Reverse 1
Speed
6.1 km/h (3.8 mph)
Reverse 2
Speed
9.8 km/h (6.1 mph)
Reverse 3
Speed
24.5 km/h (15.2 mph)
Forward 1
Speed
5.6 km/h (3.5 mph)
Forward 2
Speed
9.5 km/h (5.9 mph)
Forward 3
Speed
23.5 km/h (14.6 mph)
Forward 4
Speed
38.1 km/h (23.7 mph)
Reverse 1
Speed
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph)
Reverse 2
Speed
10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with standard 21L x 24 rear and 14.5/75 x 16.1 front tires
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21L x 28 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-8
CED,TX03679,3599 –19–19AUG99–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=28
General Specifications
Item
9000 02 9
Measurement
Specification
Speed
26.2 km/h (16.3 mph)
Forward 1
Speed
5.8 km/h (3.6 mph)
Forward 2
Speed
9.7 km/h (6.0 mph)
Forward 3
Speed
24.0 km/h (14.9 mph)
Forward 4
Speed
38.7 km/h (24.1 (mph)
Reverse 1
Speed
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph)
Reverse 2
Speed
10.8 km/h (6.7 mph)
Reverse 3
Speed
26.7 km/h (16.6 mph)
Non-Powered Axle
Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop
4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.) 4.63 m (15 ft 2 in.) 11.02 m (36 ft 2 in.) 11.54 m (37 ft 10 in.) 20°
Mechanical Front-Wheel-Drive
Turning radius with brakes Turning radius without brakes Clearance circle with brakes Clearance circle without brakes Axle oscillation stop-to-stop Steering wheel turns stop-to-stop, both axles
4.39 m (14 ft 5 in.) 4.76 m (15 ft 7 in.) 11.06 m (36 ft 3 in.) 11.80 m (38 ft 9 in.) 18° 3.0 to 3.8
Reverse 3
Travel Speeds: Forward Travel with MFWD and 20.5L x 25 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Travel Speeds: Reverse Travel with MFWD and 21.5L x 25 rear and 15 x 19.5 front tires
Steering
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-9
CED,TX03679,3599 –19–19AUG99–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=29
General Specifications 9000 02 10
Item
Measurement
Specification
Main Relief
Pressure
17 500 kPa (175 bar) (2550 psi)
Main Pump Radial Pistons, Variable Flow
Quantity
16
Flow @ 15 170 kPa (151 bar) (2200 psi)
Flow Rate
201 L/min (53 gpm)
Charge Pump Flow @ Fast Idle (Minimum)
Flow Rate
90 L/min (24 gpm)
Hydraulic System: Closed center (variable flow, constant pressure)
CED,TX03679,3599 –19–19AUG99–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=30
General Specifications 9000 02 11
710D Backhoe Loader—Other Information Transmission (S.N. —872328): John Deere designed and built planetary power shift with torque converter, four speeds forward and two speeds reverse. The 310 mm (12.2 in.) single stage, dual phase torque converter has 1.99:1 stall torque ratio. Transmission (S.N. 872329— ): A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged, four speeds forward and three speeds reverse, countershaft type power shift transmission. MFWD Axle—If Equipped: For machines (S.N. —872328), limited slip differential with 19.64:1 ratio. For machines (S.N. 872329— ), limited slip differential and opposite input rotation with 14.00:1 ratio. Final Drives: Heavy-duty, inboard mounted planetary type. Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three gears that run in a cooling oil bath. Brakes: Hydraulic wet disk service brakes are mounted inboard and are pressure cooled and lubricated. They are self-adjusting, self-equalizing, and require no periodic service. Individual pedals allow them to be applied together or separately. The parking brake is an independent system that is spring-applied, hydraulically released and controlled by an electric switch on the control console. All brakes conform to SAEJ1473. Tires: Regular • Front: 14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3 • Rear: 21L x 24, 16PR, R4 Axle
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-11
CED,TX03679,3601 –19–19AUG99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=31
General Specifications 9000 02 12
• • • •
Front: 14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3 Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4 Front: 16.5L x 16.1, 10PR, I-1 Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4
MFWD • Front: 15 x 19.5, 8PR, lug thread • Rear: 21L x 28, 14PR, R4 Operating Weights: Item
Measurement
Specification
710D Basic Machine
Weight
10 450 kg (23 000 lb)
Cab
Weight
227 kg (500 lb)
MFWD
Weight
590 kg (1300 lb)
Extendible Dipperstick with Required Counterweights
Weight
618 kg (1362 lb)
Optional Front Counterweight
Weight
318 kg (700 lb)
Reversible Stabilizer Pads
Weight
41 kg (90 lb)
1.24 m3 (1.62 cu yd)
Weight
435 kg (960 lb)
1.34 m3 (1.87 cu yd)
Weight
680 kg (1500 lb)
Add Optional Weights:
Loader buckets:
CED,TX03679,3601 –19–19AUG99–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=32
General Specifications 9000 02 13
710D Backhoe Buckets Width mm (in.)
Heaped Capacity m3 (cu yd)
2337 (92)
1.24 (1.62)
Loader
Backhoe
2438 (96)
1.34 (1.75)
457 (18)
0.22 (0.29)
610 (24)
0.31 (0.41)
762 (30)
0.42 (0.55)
914 (36)
0.53 (0.69)
TX,115,RR2628 –19–19AUG99–1/1
710D Drain and Refill Capacities Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Coolant
Capacity
26 L (28 qt)
Engine Oil (Including Filter)
Capacity
19 L (20 qt)
Transmission with MFWD (S.N. — 872328)
Capacity
13.2 L (3.5 gal)
Transmission without MFWD (S.N. —872328)
Capacity
9.5 L (2.5 gal)
Transmission (S.N. 872329— )
Capacity
15 L (4 gal)
Hydraulic Reservoir
Capacity
40 L (10.5 gal)
Fuel Tank
Capacity
166 L (44 gal)
Front Axle (MFWD)
Capacity
12.3 L (3.25 gal)
Front Wheel Planetary (MFWD)
Capacity
1 L (1.1 qt)
Rear Axle Differential (S.N. — 872328)
Capacity
18 L (4.75 gal)
Rear Axle (S.N. 872329— )
Capacity
16 L (4.25 gal)
TX,9000,BG788 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=33
General Specifications
–UN–06OCT92
710D Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities
T7840AS
9000 02 14
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. A—Dipper Lift at 65°
B—Swing Pivot
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are 87% of the maximum lift over any point on the swing arc and do not exceed 75% of the tipping load.
C—Boom Lift
Angle between boom and ground is 65°. Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick and standard equipment.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-14
TX,115,RR2660 –19–19AUG99–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=34
General Specifications
T7840AU
–UN–26OCT92
9000 02 15
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with 1.52 m (5 ft) Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. A—Dipper Lift at 65°
B—Swing Pivot
C—Boom Lift
NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves side stability, therefore improving lift capacity
to the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected. Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-15
TX,115,RR2660 –19–19AUG99–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=35
General Specifications
T7840AT
–UN–06OCT92
9000 02 16
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with 1.52 m (5 ft) Extendible Dipperstick, Extended. Based on SAE J31. Rated lift capacities are in kg (lb). Lift capacities are hydraulically limited. A—Dipper Lift at 65°
B—Swing Pivot
C—Boom Lift
TX,115,RR2660 –19–19AUG99–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-02-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=36
Group 03
Torque Values 9000 03 1
Hardware Torque Specifications Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the following charts unless a special torque is specified.
TX,90,FF1225 –19–15MAR93–1/1
710D Tire Pressure NOTE: Tire shipping pressure may not be the same as tire operating pressure. You may change tire pressures to suit working conditions according to tire manufacturer’s recommendations. Item
Measurement
Specification
14.5/75 x 16.1, 10PR, F3
Pressure
276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi)
15 x 19.5, 8PR (w/MFWD only)
Pressure
276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi)
16.5 L x 16.1, 10PR, I-1
Pressure
276 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi)
20.5 x 25, 12PR, R4
Pressure
241 kPa (2.4 bar) (35 psi)
21 L x 24, 16PR, R4
Pressure
276 kPa (2.7 bar) (40 psi)
21 L x 28, 14PR, R4
Pressure
248 kPa (2.5 bar) (36 psi)
Tire Size (Front)
Tire Size (Rear)
TX,55,RR2589 –19–02OCT98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=37
Torque Values
ROPS Torque Specifications
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
TS176
9000 03 2
When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be tightened to 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 ft-lb). Item
Measurement
Specification
ROPS Mounting Bolts
Torque
420 ± 84 N•m 310 ± 62 lb-ft)
CED,OUTX782,583 –19–18AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=38
Torque Values 9000 03 3
Checking Wheel Fastener Torque
T6000AU T8196AY
–UN–14MAR94
Specification Front Standard Axle—Torque ................ 230 + 35 -46 N•m (170 + 26 -34 ft-lb) Front MFWD Axle—Torque .................... 407 + 60 -80 N•m (300 + 45 -60 ft-lb) Rear Axle—Torque ................................. 575 + 170 -115 N•m (425 + 125 -85 ft-lb)
–UN–18OCT88
Tighten wheel cap screws.
TX,90,RR2625 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=39
Torque Values
–19–02APR97
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
TS1656
9000 03 4
DX,TORQ1 –19–20JUL94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=40
Torque Values 9000 03 5
TS1657
–19–02APR97
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
DX,TORQ2 –19–20JUL94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=41
Torque Values
–UN–18OCT88
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values
T6873AA
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury.
–UN–18OCT88
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
T6873AB
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
–UN–18OCT88
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart.
T6873AC
9000 03 6
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-6
04T,90,M170 –19–01AUG94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=42
Torque Values 9000 03 7
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa Nominal Dia N•m
T-Bolt lb-ft
H-Bolt
N•m
N•m
M-Bolt lb-ft
8
29
10
63
46
12
108
80
88
65
34
25
14
176
130
137
101
54
40
16
265
195
206
152
18
392
289
294
217
118
87
20
539
398
392
289
167
125
22
735
542
539
398
216
159
24
931
687
686
506
274
202
27
1372
1012
1029
759
392
289
30
1911
1410
1421
1049
539
398
33
2548
1890
1911
1410
735
542
36
3136
2314
2401
1772
931
687
a
21
lb-ft 20
15
10
7
45
33
20
15
78
58
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
04T,90,M170 –19–01AUG94–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=43
Torque Values
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
–UN–23AUG88
Check Oil Lines And Fittings
X9811
9000 03 8
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury may call the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other knowledgeable medical source. Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight. Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace immediately. Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately. IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque chart. When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
TX,90,DH1559 –19–01AUG94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=44
Torque Values 9000 03 9
Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors
3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut.
T6234AC
2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects.
4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size
N•m
lb-ft
3/8 - 24 UNF
8
6
7/16 - 20 UNF
12
9
1/2 - 20 UNF
16
12
9/16 - 18 UNF
24
18
3/4 - 16 UNF
46
34
7/8 - 14 UNF
62
46
1-1/16 - 12 UN
102
75
1-3/16 - 12 UN
122
90
1-5/16 - 12 UN
142
105
1-5/8 - 12
190
140
1-7/8 - 12 UN
217
160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
T82,BHMA,EL –19–19MAR96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=45
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings Straight Fitting –UN–18OCT88
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
T6243AE
9000 03 10
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-10
04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=46
Torque Values 9000 03 11
Angle Fitting
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
T6520AB
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer contacts face of boss.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B) completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut and back-up washer to proper torque value. STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART N•m
lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF
Thread Size
8
6
7/16-20 UNF
12
9
1/2-20 UNF
16
12
9/16-18 UNF
24
18
3/4-16 UNF
46
34
7/8-14 UNF
62
46
1-1/16-12 UN
102
75
1-3/16-12 UN
122
90
1-5/16-12 UN
142
105
1-5/8-12 UN
190
140
1-7/8-12 UN
217
160
NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.
04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=47
Torque Values
Service Recommendations for Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings
–UN–18OCT88
1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt or defects. 2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using petroleum jelly to hold in place.
T6243AD
9000 03 12
4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to insure O-ring remains in place. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE Nominal Tube O.D. mm
Dash Size
Thread Size in.
N•m
lb-ft
in.
Swivel Nut N•m
Bulkhead Nut lb-ft
6.35
0.250
-4
9/16-18
16
12
5.0
3.5
9.52
0.375
-6
11/16-16
24
18
9.0
6.5
12.70
0.500
-8
13/16-16
50
37
17.0
12.5
15.88
0.625
-10
1-14
69
51
17.0
12.5
19.05
0.750
-12
1 3/16-12
102
75
17.0
12.5
22.22
0.875
-14
1 3/16-12
102
75
17.0
12.5
25.40
1.000
-16
1 7/16-12
142
105
17.0
12.5
31.75
1.250
-20
1 11/16-12
190
140
17.0
12.5
38.10
1.500
-24
2-12
217
160
17.0
12.5
NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%.
04T,90,K67 –19–01AUG94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=48
Torque Values 9000 03 13
T6890BB
–UN–01MAR90
Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings
A—Sealing Surface
B—Split Flange
C—Pinched O-Ring
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.
D—Single Piece Flange TORQUE CHART N•m
Nominal Flange Size
lb-ft
Cap Screw Size Min
Max
Min
Max
1/2
5/16-18 UNC
20
31
15
23
3/4
3/8-16 UNC
28
54
21
40
1
3/8-16 UNC
37
54
27
40
1-1/4
7/16-14 UNC
47
85
35
63
1-1/2
1/2-13 UNC
62
131
46
97
2
1/2-13 UNC
73
131
54
97
2-1/2
1/2-13 UNC
107
131
79
97
3
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
3-1/2
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
4
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
5
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
TX,9000,BG380 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=49
Torque Values
–UN–01MAR90
Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting
T6890BB
9000 03 14
A—Sealing Surface
B—Split Flange
C—Pinched O-Ring
D—Single Piece Flange
then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten.
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
TORQUE CHARTa
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
Threadb
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw,
N•m
lb-ft
M6
12
9
M8
30
22
M10
57
42
M12
95
70
M14
157
116
M16
217
160
M18
334
246
M20
421
318
Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures. a
b
Metric standard thread.
04T,90,K175 –19–05JAN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-03-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=50
Group 04
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 1
Fuel Specifications Use ONLY clean, high-quality fuel.
For maximum filter life, sediment and water should not be more than 0.10 percent.
Use Grade No. 2-D fuel above 40°F (4°C). The cetane number should be 40 minimum. If you operate your machine where air temperatures are normally low or where altitudes are high, you may need fuel with a higher cetane number.
Use Grade No. 1-D fuel below 40°F (4°C). Use Grade No. 1-D fuel for all air temperatures at altitudes above 1 500 m (5000 ft). IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5 percent, the engine oil drain interval must be reduced by 50 percent (to 125 hours).
Cloud Point—For cold weather operation, cloud point should be -12°C (10°F) below lowest normal air temperature.
Use fuel with less than 1.0 percent sulfur. If possible, use fuel with less than 0.5 percent sulfur.
TX,9000,BG789 –19–04MAR97–1/1
Diesel Fuel Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the diesel fuel available in your area.
Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3100 gram load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low temperature requirements of the geographical area in which they are marketed.
Sulfur content:
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties: Cetane number of 40 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above 1500 m (5,000 ft).
• Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur content less than 0.05% is preferred. • If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50%. • DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.0%. Bio-diesel fuels may be used ONLY if the fuel properties meet DIN 51606 or equivalent specification. DO NOT mix used engine oil or any other type of lubricant with diesel fuel.
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least 5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature.
DX,FUEL1 –19–17FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=51
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 2
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized containers reacts with zinc coating on the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel injectors and fuel pumps. DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel fuel.
Store fuel in: • plastic containers. • aluminum containers. • specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel. DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an alloy of copper and zinc.
MX,FLBT,C –19–04JUN90–1/1
Fuel Tank CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO NOT smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel system. To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.
TX,45,DH1588 –19–05FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=52
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 3
T101239
–19–22MAY96
Diesel Engine Oil
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes.
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following:
The following oil is preferred: • API Service Classification CG-4
• John Deere PLUS-50
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred. If John Deere PLUS-50 engine oil and a John Deere oil filter are used, the service interval for oil and filter changes may be extended by 50 hours.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
The following oil is also recommended:
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
TM1537 (26FEB02)
TX,45,JC2234 –19–19AUG99–1/1
9000-04-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=53
Fuels and Lubricants
–19–10MAY96
Transmission Oil, Hydraulic System Oil and Differential Oil
T100663
9000 04 4
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C • John Deere Standard JDM J20D
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes.
Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is required:
The following oils are preferred: • JOHN DEERE HY-GARD • John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD
• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD1, 2
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company. BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company. 1
BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80% within 21 days according to CEC-L-33—T-82 test method.
2
BIO-HY-GARD should not be mixed with mineral oils because this reduces the biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible. TX,45,JC1864 –19–19AUG99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=54
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 5
T6247AB
–19–05JAN89
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Oil
Depending on the expected air temperature range between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the chart above.
• John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil • Oils meeting API Service GL-5 (MIL-L-2105B or MIL-2105C)
The following oils are recommended:
Oil meeting MIl-L-10324A may be used as arctic oil.
T82,45,C11 –19–15MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=55
Fuels and Lubricants
–19–27MAR95
Grease
T8358AI
9000 04 6
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the expected air temperature range during the service interval.
• John Deere HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE • John Deere GREASE-GARD Other greases may be used if they meet one of the following:
The following greases are preferred: • John Deere MOLY HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE
• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB
GREASE-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
TX,45,JC1134 –19–19AUG99–1/1
Grease for Extendible Dipperstick SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP) performance and containing 3 to 5 percent molybdenum disulfide (preferred).
TX,45,DH1576 –19–21JAN92–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=56
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 7
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants Conditions in certain geographical areas may require lubricant recommendations different from those printed in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not be available in your location. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and recommendations. Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the performance requirements as shown in this manual. The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils. Re-refined base stock products may be used if the finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
DX,ALTER –19–18MAR96–1/1
Mixing of Lubricants In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet certain specifications and performance requirements.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific information and recommendations.
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant performance.
DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1
Cold Weather Operation Additional information on cold weather operation is available from your John Deere dealer. T82,BHFL,E –19–31MAY90–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=57
Fuels and Lubricants 9000 04 8
Diesel Engine Coolant The engine cooling system is filled to provide year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). The following engine coolant is preferred for service:
protection at lower temperatures is required, consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations. Water quality is important to the performance of the cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant The following engine coolant is also recommended: • John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a 40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water. Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of the following specifications: • ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant) • ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing additives or antifreeze that contains sealing additives. Coolant Drain Intervals Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3 years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain intervals are determined by the coolant used for service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the cooling system, and refill with new coolant.
Coolants meeting these specifications require use of supplemental coolant additives, formulated for heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding a supplemental coolant additive.
A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in water provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If
If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.
DX,COOL3 –19–05FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9000-04-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=58
Section 9005
Operational Checkout Procedure Contents
9005
Page
Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere Radial Piston Pump—Use CTM7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere 6059 Engine (S.N. —830204)— Use CTM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. —830204)—Use CTM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere Inboard Planetary Axles—Use CTM43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere OEM Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM67 . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere Alternators And Starting Motors—Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 John Deere 6068 Engine (S.N. 830205— )— Use CTM104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauges and Indicators Check With Engine Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauge and Indicators Check With Engine On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-6 Brake System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Steering System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 Transmission Neutral Disconnect Circuit Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-15 Driving Check (MFWD Disengaged If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 Driving Check for Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25 Hydraulic System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Heater and Air Conditioning Checks . . . . . .9005-10-33 Cooling System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Air System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Lubrication System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Fuel System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Engine Speed and Performance Checks . . .9005-10-42 Accessories Check (Engine Stopped) . . . . .9005-10-44 Cab Component Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Miscellaneous Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
Contents
9005
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 10
Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure Use this procedure to check all systems and functions on the machine.
Operational Checkout Record Sheet and record the results of each check on this sheet.
This checkout procedure is designed so technician can make a quick check of the operation of machine while sitting in operator’s seat.
At the end of each check, if no problem is found (OK:), you will instructed to GO TO NEXT CHECK. If problem (NOT OK:) is indicated, you will be given repair required or CTM number. If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information after GO TO:
A location will be required which is level, has adequate space to complete the driving checks and to work machine. The engine, power train and hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.
Group 10 (System Operational Checks)
Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, loose linkage) prior to doing the checkout procedure.
Group 15 (System Diagnostic Information)
No special tools or gauges are needed. Always start in the left column and read completely; follow this sequence from left to right. Read each check completely before performing. Make a copy of the
Group 25 (Tests)
Group 20 (Adjustments)
CTM (Component Technical Manual)
TX,D300,DS1984 –19–06APR95–1/1
John Deere Radial Piston Pump—Use CTM7 For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
M44215
–UN–07SEP88
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
CED,TX03679,5015 –19–05FEB99–1/1
John Deere 6059 Engine (S.N. —830204)— Use CTM8
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
CED,TX03679,5016 –19–05FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=61
9005 10 1
Operational Checkout Procedure
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. — 830204)—Use CTM11
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
CED,TX03679,5017 –19–05FEB99–1/1
John Deere Inboard Planetary Axles—Use CTM43
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
CED,TX03679,5019 –19–05FEB99–1/1
John Deere OEM Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM67
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
CED,TX03679,5016 –19–05FEB99–1/1
John Deere Alternators And Starting Motors—Use CTM77
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
M44215
9005 10 2
CED,TX03679,5018 –19–05FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=62
Operational Checkout Procedure
John Deere 6068 Engine (S.N. 830205— )— Use CTM104
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
CED,TX03679,5014 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Gauges and Indicators Check With Engine Off
– – –1/1
OK: Go to next check.
Gauges, Indicators and FNR/Range Lever Check
NOT OK: No movement of fuel gauge, check logic module fuse. Go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor Checks—Fuel Gauge Check. T7447AH –UN–04JAN91 T7860AE –UN–06OCT92
Move FNR/range lever to neutral position. Turn key switch to ON position. LOOK: Fuel gauge must move to indicate correct fuel level reading. LISTEN: Accessory relay click must be heard when key is turned on.
NOT OK: Clean air cleaner element. NOT OK: Check MFWD fuse. NOT OK: Inspect and repair bulb. Go to Repair Manual.
LOOK: Front wheel drive indicator light (if equipped) must be ON. LOOK: Hour meter must not be turning. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=63
9005 10 3
Operational Checkout Procedure Start Circuit Check
OK: Go to next check.
9005 10 4 T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
(S.N. —872256) Apply park brake.
Move FNR/range lever to neutral position and turn key to START position.
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
LOOK: During engine cranking, all eight indicator lights must be on. On Machines S.N. —872256 SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light must light and STOP must flash . On Machines S.N. 872257— SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light and STOP must be on.
NOT OK: If starting motor turns slowly, turn steering wheel left and right while cranking engine. If starting speed increases, check hydraulic pump destroke solenoid wiring. Go to Section 9015— Starting Circuit Checks, Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid. NOT OK: If engine turns but does not start, check fuel shutoff fuse. NOT OK: Check fuel supply.
LISTEN: Starting motor must operate and engine must start.
NOT OK: If starting motor does not operate, check FNR fuse and start relay fuse.
NOTE: It is normal for stop indicator and park brake light to come ON as engine slows, but must go OFF when engine has stopped.
NOT OK: Go to Section 9015—Starting Circuit.
Turn key switch to OFF position. – – –1/1
OK: Go to next check.
Monitor Indicator Light and Alarm Check
NOT OK: Check monitor fuse.
T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
(S.N. —872256) Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position.
LOOK: On machines S.N. —872256 all monitor indicators and SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light must be on, STOP must flash and alarm must "BEEP". On machines S.N. 872257— all monitor indicators , SERVICE REQUIRED INDICATOR light and STOP must be on, and alarm must "BEEP".
NOT OK: Check logic module fuse. Go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor Checks—Display Monitor Check. NOT OK: If motor starts and bulb check position is OK, key switch failed or there is a short in the wiring. Go to Section 9015 Key Switch Test.
LISTEN: Starting motor must NOT operate.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=64
Operational Checkout Procedure OK: Go to next check.
Monitor Indicator Light Check
T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
(S.N. —872256) Turn key switch to OFF position. LOOK: All lights must go out.
NOT OK: Park Brake and Engine Oil Indicator lights stay on for 3 to 5 seconds after key switch 9005 is OFF. 10 5 NOT OK: Check for "open" in Charging Circuit. Go to Section 9015—Charging Circuit Check. NOT OK: If Park Brake Engine Oil and Alternator Indicators stay on, check for open in monitor/charging section. NOT OK: Go to Section 9015—Starting Circuit Checks. – – –1/1
Engine Low Oil Pressure and Alternator Low Voltage Indicator Light Check
NOT OK: No engine low pressure indicator light. Check sender to wiring connection. Go to Section 9015 Gauge and Monitor Checks—Monitor Red Light and Alarm Priority Check. T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
(S.N. —872256)
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position then back to ON position. LOOK: Only engine low oil pressure and alternator low voltage indicators must be on. On machines S.N. —872256 STOP light must flash, seat belt light must be on and alarm must "BEEP". On machines S.N. 872257— STOP and seat belt lights must be on and alarm must "BEEP"
NOT OK: No alternator low voltage indicator light. Check wiring to bulb by unplugging tachometer connector at alternator. Alternator light will come ON.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=65
Operational Checkout Procedure FNR/Range Lever Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: See Section 16 of Repair Manual.
9005 10 6 T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Move the FNR/range lever to forward, reverse, then neutral position. Twist range handle on FNR lever. FEEL: Can detents be felt in forward, neutral and reverse? Can four gear ranges be felt when twisting range handle? LOOK: FNR/range lever must align with neutral position to quadrant when in neutral (center) detent position. LOOK: Does pointer on range handle line up wtih correct gear number on FNR/range handle? – – –1/1
OK: Go to next check.
FNR/Range Lever Neutral Start Switch and Reverse Warning Alarm Check
NOT OK: If motor turns, check neutral start relay and FNR switch. Go to Repair Manual.
T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
NOTE: On machines with S.N. —872256, neutral start switch is part of FNR circuit and is not on transmission spool. Reverse warning alarm is powered by FNR switch and reverse relay. Put transmission in neutral.
NOT OK: No reverse warning alarm, inspect FNR switch and reverse warning alarm relay. NOT OK: Inspect wiring to alarm. Go to Section 9015—, Reverse Warning Alarm Circuit.
Move FNR/range lever to forward position and turn key to START position. Move FNR/range lever to reverse position and turn key to START position. LISTEN: Starting motor must NOT operate. LISTEN: Reverse warning alarm must sound when FNR/range lever is in reverse position.
– – –1/1
Gauge and Indicators Check With Engine On
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=66
Operational Checkout Procedure Park Brake Indicator and Tachometer/Hour Meter Circuit Check
IMPORTANT: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays ON, stop engine immediately and check oil level.
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays on, stop engine 9005 immediately and check oil 10 level. Go to Group 7 9010-—Diagnose Engine Malfunctions, Low Oil Pressure.
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
(S.N. —872256)
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
NOT OK: If alternator indicator light is on, increase engine speed to 1200 rpm and alternator light must go out. Go to Section 9015— Charging Circuit Checks. NOT OK: If no park brake light, go to Group 9015— Park Brake Circuit Checks.
Apply park brake. Put FNR/range lever in neutral position. Move FNR/range lever to 1st gear position. LOOK: On units S.N. —872256 park brake indicator and STOP indicator lights must be on and flashing, all other lights must go out. On units S.N. 872257— park brake indicator and STOP indicator lights must be on, all other lights must go out. Alarm must "BEEP".
– – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=67
Operational Checkout Procedure NOTE: Hour meter turns very slowly (one tenth hour every six minutes).
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If no hour meter or tachometer movement, go to Section 9015 Gauges and Monitor Checks—Tachometer and Hour Meter Checks.
9005 10 8
T7860AD –UN–06OCT92
T7394BH –UN–10DEC90
(S.N. —872256)
NOT OK: If park brake light stays ON, go to Section 9015—Park Brake Circuit Checks.
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—) LOOK: Hour meter indicator (A) must rotate every 3 seconds. LOOK: Tachometer must indicate rpm. Release park brake. LOOK: Park brake indicator and STOP light must go out. Alarm must stop "BEEPING". –19– –2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=68
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Speed Control Lever Linkage Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Tighten friction lock. Go to Group 9010-20 Speed Control Lever Tension.
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
T7367AE –UN–17SEP90
Apply park brake.
9005 10 NOT OK: Check injection 9 pump override linkage. Go to Group 9010-20 Engine Speed Control Linkage.
Move FNR/range lever to neutral. Operate engine at slow idle. Make note of rpm on tachometer. Move speed control lever to fast idle position. LOOK: Speed control lever must remain at selected position. LOOK: Tachometer must read: (S.N. —830204) • 850 ± 50 rpm slow idle • 2375 ± 50 rpm fast idle. (S.N. 830205—) • 900 ± 25 rpm slow idle • 2375 ± 25 rpm fast idle
– – –1/1
Engine Speed Control Pedal Linkage Check
Depress speed control pedal.
OK: Go to next check.
LISTEN: Engine speed must be the same as with speed control lever in fast idle position.
NOT OK: Adjust Speed Control Linkage Override. Go to Group 9010-20 Engine Speed Control Linkage.
T6171AF –UN–09DEC88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=69
Operational Checkout Procedure Start Aid Check (If Equipped)
Operate engine at slow idle.
OK: Go to next check.
Push start aid button once.
NOT OK: Check can contents by shaking.
LISTEN: Engine speed must increase then return to slow idle. NOT OK: Check fuse. Go to Section 9015—Start Aid Check.
9005 10 10
– – –1/1
Brake System Check
– – –1/1
Service Brake System Check
Start engine.
OK: Continue check.
Unlock brake pedals.
NOT OK: Excessive leakage in brake system. Inspect brake valve. Go to Repair Manual.
Set engine at 1200 rpm. Move FNR/range lever to 2nd gear. T6171AH –UN–09DEC88
After machine has moved for 3 seconds, depress and hold left brake pedal. Repeat procedure for right brake pedal. FEEL: Brake should stop tire rotation. LOOK: Machine should pull to the side that the brake pedal is depressed.
– – –1/1
Service Brake Equilization Check (SN 872256— )
Park machine on inclined surface. Lock service brake pedals together. Park brake OFF. Allow machine to coast forward. Slowly apply service brakes to stop machine. T6171AI –UN–09DEC88
LOOK: Does front of machine pull to either left or right when service brakes are applied?
OK: Go to next step. NOT OK: Do Service Brake and Pedal Adjustment, Group 9025-20. NOT OK: Do Service Brake Valve Test, Group 9025-25.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=70
Operational Checkout Procedure Service Brake Retraction Check
Park machine on inclined surface. Lock service brakes together. Park brake OFF. Shift FNR/range lever to neutral. Release service brakes. T6171AI –UN–09DEC88
LOOK: Does front of machine pull to the side when service brakes are released?
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Do Service Brake and Pedal Adjustment, Group 9025-20. NOT OK: Do Service Brake Valve Test, Group 9025-25.
– – –1/1
Service Brake Pressure Indicator And Brake Accumulator Precharge (S.N 872257—)
NOTE: Axles and hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.
T6171AH –UN–09DEC88
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
Stop engine. Key switch ON. DO NOT start engine. Press right brake pedal and record number of applications until brake pressure indicator comes ON. LOOK: Are at least 6 brake pedal applications needed before brake pressure indicator comes ON?
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If fewer than 7 brake pedal applications are required to turn brake pressure indicator ON, accumulator charge pressure may be low. Go to Brake Accumulator Precharge Test in Group 9025-25. NOT OK: If brake oil pressure indicator does not come ON, check service brake pressure indicator in Group 9015-15.
Repeat procedure for left brake pedal.
– – –1/1
Pedal Stop Check
Stop engine.
OK: Go to next step in this check.
Release pedal latch. Depress and release each brake pedal.
T6171AH –UN–09DEC88
LOOK: Brake pedals must move freely and return to the up position. Both pedals must be even with each other in the up position.
NOT OK: Brake return passage may be closed. Inspect valve. Go to Repair Manual.
Lift each pedal.
OK: Go to next check.
FEEL: (SN —872256) Pedals must have approximately 6 mm (0.25 in.) free-travel above the rest position.
NOT OK: Adjust brake light switches to get free-travel. For (S.N. — 872256) go to Repair Manual. For (SN 872257— ) go to Service Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment in Group 9020.25 .
(SN 872257— ) Pedals must have no free-travel above the rest position. T6171AG –UN–09DEC88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=71
9005 10 11
Operational Checkout Procedure Brake System Leakage Check
Start engine and run for 10 seconds.
OK: Go to next check.
Unlock brake pedals.
NOT OK: Excessive leakage in brake system. Go to Group 9025-25 Brake Valve Leakage Test.
Run engine at slow idle. Depress and hold right brake pedal.
9005 10 12
Release brake pedal. T6171AH –UN–09DEC88
LISTEN/LOOK: Engine speed will not decrease as pedal is depressed. LISTEN: There must NOT be any noticeable engine speed change when pedal is released or depressed.
NOT OK: Inspect horn, brake, light fuse. OK: Go to Section 9015—Lighting Circuit.
LOOK: Rear brake light must come "on" when either pedal is depressed. Repeat for left pedal.
– – –1/1
Brake Pedal Latch Check
Latch the brake pedals together.
OK: Go to next check.
Kick each brake pedal three times.
NOT OK: Repair latch.
LOOK: Latch must move freely and stay in desired position.
T6171AI –UN–09DEC88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=72
Operational Checkout Procedure Park Brake Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust park brake. Go to Group 9025-20 on machines with (S.N. —872256).
9005 10 13
T7860AF –UN–26OCT92
(S.N. —872256)
T103007 –UN–30OCT98
(S.N. 872257—)
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat belt before doing this check. Fasten seat belt. Start machine on dry hard pavement. Disengage MFWD (if equipped). Raise loader bucket to transport height, stabilizers fully up, and backhoe off the ground. Move the park brake switch (B) to the OFF position. Move the FNR/range lever to 2nd gear, forward position. Operate engine at 1000 rpm and drive approximately 7 m (20 ft) before moving the park brake switch to the "ON" position. LOOK: The machine must stop within 2 m (6 ft). LOOK: On machines with S.N. —872256, park brake switch light (B) will be ON. On machines with S.N. 872257—, park brake indicator in monitor will be on. FEEL: Transmission must shift into neutral.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=73
Operational Checkout Procedure Brake Drag Check
Engine on.
OK: Go to next check.
Position machine on a gradual grade with front of machine downhill.
NOT OK: Brakes dragging. Go to Group 9025-25, Service Brake Valve Pressure Test.
Lift buckets so they clear ground.
9005 10 14 T6171AL –UN–09DEC88
Shift FNR/range lever to neutral, differential lock pedal up, disengage park brake and release service brakes. LOOK: Machine must move freely down slope.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from machine unexpected movement. Apply park brake, lower equipment, shut engine off, and block wheels before servicing machine.
– – –1/1
Steering System Check
– – –1/1
Steering System Operational Check
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.
OK: Go to next check.
Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times.
NOT OK: Check hydraulic oil level.
LOOK: Front wheels must move smoothly in both directions. LOOK: When steering wheel is stopped, front wheels must stop moving.
NOT OK: Check Steering System Leakage. Go to Group 9025-25.
NOTE: Internal leakage or sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.
– – –1/1
Steering System Leakage Check
NOTE: Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature for this test.
OK: Go to next check.
Run engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn steering wheel until wheels are against stop. Continue turning steering wheel, using approximately 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.) force.
NOT OK: Go to Steering System Leakage Test in Group 9025-25.
Repeat leakage check turning steering wheel to the left. LOOK: Steering wheel should turn approximately 5 rpm, left or right. NOTE: Use good judgment. Excessive steering wheel rpm does not mean steering performance will be affected.
NOT OK: Repair steering cylinder. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Repair steering valve. Go to Repair Manual. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=74
Operational Checkout Procedure Steering Priority Valve Check
Operate engine at slow idle.
OK: Go to next check.
Turn steering wheel left to right and note effort needed to turn wheel.
NOT OK: If steering wheel effort is more or wheel will not turn as hydraulic function is activated, a problem is indicated in steering priority valve. Go to Steering Valve Pressure check.
Operate the loader raise function and turn steering wheel at the same time. Note effort needed to turn the steering wheel. T6295AC –UN–19OCT88
FEEL: Effort to turn steering wheel must NOT increase when turning the wheel while a hydraulic function is activated.
– – –1/1
Steering Priority Valve Pressure Check
Put front wheels on dirt or gravel.
OK: Go to next check.
Raise rear of machine so tires are just off ground using stabilizers.
NOT OK: If front wheels do not turn in either direction, pressure setting is too low. Go to Group 9025-25 Priority Valve Test.
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.
T6295AC –UN–19OCT88
Starting with front wheels in the straight ahead position, turn steering wheel to the left and right while raising loader. LOOK: Wheels must turn to the left and to the right while loader is being raised.
– – –1/1
Transmission Neutral Disconnect Circuit Check
– – –1/1
Clutch Disconnect Check
OK: Go to next check. CAUTION: Machine should try to move forward as clutch is applied. Release park brake. Apply and hold service brakes.
NOT OK: Go to Section 9015 Neutral Disconnect Circuit or FNR/Park Brake Circuit.
Start engine, set engine speed at approximately 1200 rpm. Put transmission in 2nd gear. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
Shift FNR/range lever to forward position. Press loader lever switch on loader control and note sound of engine. LISTEN: When FNR/range lever is shifted to forward, a noticeable drop in engine speed should be heard. LISTEN: Engine rpm must increase when the loader lever switch is pressed. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=75
9005 10 15
Operational Checkout Procedure Driving Check (MFWD Disengaged If Equipped)
9005 10 16
– – –1/1
Transmission Warm-Up Procedure
OK: Go to next check. CAUTION: Machine will try to move forward during this procedure. Use service brakes plus park brake to hold machine stationary.
NOT OK: Repeat warm-up procedure.
IMPORTANT: Transmission oil must be at correct level and operating temperature. Start engine. Release park brake. Latch service brakes together and hold during torque converter stalls. Move FNR/range lever to forward position. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
Put transmission in 4th gear. IMPORTANT: Limit stalls to 30 seconds to prevent localized overheating of torque converter. Increase engine speed to fast idle and stall torque converter for 30 seconds. Move FNR/range lever to neutral position for 15 seconds to let temperature stabilize. Repeat stall four times to bring transmission to operating temperature. NOTE: Cold ambient temperatures will require more stalls to get transmission to operating temperature. If transmission oil temperature light comes ON during procedure, stop stall procedure and put FNR/range lever in neutral.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=76
Operational Checkout Procedure Transmission Shift Check
Position machine on hard level surface.
OK: Go to next check.
Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
NOT OK: No corresponding change in speed of machine or wrong speed when a shift 9005 is made may be caused 10 by a stuck shift spool in 17 transmission control valve, or a failed O-ring on solenoid valve. Go to Repair Manual.
Shift transmission into all of the 4 forward and 2 reverse speeds, driving a short distance in each speed. FEEL: FNR/range lever must move freely into each speed. On machines with S.N. — 872256, there must be 4 forward and 2 reverse speeds. On machines with S.N. 872257—, there must be 4 forward and 3 reverse speeds. LOOK: The FNR/range lever must stop at each detent. LISTEN: Excessive gear and transmission noise must not be heard in any gear. NOTE: When shifting to 3rd and 4th, it is normal for torque converter to slip but machine must not stop.
NOT OK: Excessive engine pull-down when shift is made may be caused by "drag" in transmission clutch or brake element. Go to Brake Drag Check in this section. NOT OK: When a shift is made and machine does not move or stops, internal leakage is indicated. A transmission pressure test is needed to verify. Go to Group 9020-25 Transmission System Pressure Test. – – –1/1
Front Wheel (Toe-In) Alignment Check
Drive machine in 4th forward on a surface with loose material such as gravel.
OK: Go to the next check.
LOOK: Material behind front tires must not be thrown excessively inward or outward.
NOT OK: If material is thrown, excessive tire wear will result. Go to Group 9020-20—Adjust Toe-In.
T6264AI –UN–22OCT91
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=77
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine and Transmission Check
Position machine with loader bucket at ground level against a dirt bank or immovable object. Shift transmission into 1st gear. Apply differential lock.
9005 10 18
Move FNR/range lever to forward position. Increase engine speed to fast idle.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If engine stalls, check if fuel supply shut-off is closed. Check for restricted fuel or air filters. Go to Group 9010-10 Engine Power Check.
LOOK: Engine must NOT stall. LOOK: Rear wheels must NOT stall. NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine and transmission performance.
NOT OK: If the wheels can be easily stalled, go to Group 9020-10 Engine and Transmission Check.
If loader bucket is positioned above the centerline of front axle and ground conditions are soft, the engine can be stalled due to the weight transferred to rear wheels and tractive conditions. The preceding situations should not be confused with low engine power.
– – –1/1
OK: Drag is indicated in the lo-range forward clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
Lo-Range Forward Clutch Pack Drag Check
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in forward gears 1-3, but not in 4th forward or any reverse gears? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=78
Operational Checkout Procedure High-Range Forward Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the high-range forward clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. 9005 10 19
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 4th forward, but not in 1st-3rd forward or any reverse gears? – – –1/1
OK: Drag is indicated in the reverse clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
Reverse Clutch Pack Drag Check
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in all reverse gears, but not in any forward gears? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=79
Operational Checkout Procedure 1st Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the 1st speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
9005 10 20
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 1st forward and 1st reverse gears, but not in any other gears? – – –1/1
OK: Drag is indicated in the 2nd speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
2nd Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 2nd forward and 2nd reverse gears, but not in any other gears? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=80
Operational Checkout Procedure 3rd Speed Clutch Pack Drag Check
OK: Drag is indicated in the 3rd speed clutch pack. Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions. 9005 10 21
NOT OK: Go to next check. T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers. MFWD OFF. Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at slow idle. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Operate machine in all speeds forward and reverse. Do rear wheels turn at correct speed in 3rd & 4th forward and 3rd reverse gears, but not in any other gears?
– – –1/1
Transmission Shift Modulation Check
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers.
OK: Go to next check.
MFWD OFF.
NOT OK: Go to group 9020-15B, Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions.
Park Brake OFF. Engine speed at 1500 rpm. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Shift machine from neutral to 1st forward. Twist FNR lever handle to shift from 1st forward to 2nd forward. Continue to twist FNR lever handle until 4th forward. Allow machine to come up to speed before making each sequentionial shift. Repeat for reverse. Does machine shift smoothly with no clunking or jerking of power train?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=81
Operational Checkout Procedure B3, C2 Accumulator Check (S.N. —872256)
Perform this check on dirt or loose gravel surface.
OK: Go to next check.
Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st gear forward.
NOT OK: Too aggressive shifts or "clunk" sound. Check accumulator piston. Go to Repair Manual.
Shift to 2nd gear and observe rear tires.
9005 10 22 T6908BF –UN–07APR89
LOOK: Rear wheels must not spin (lose traction) as machine comes up to speed. FEEL: Unit must not "jerk" aggressively during this shift. NOTE: A "clunk" sound will be heard if shift is too aggressive.
NOT OK: Slow shifts, check oil level. Replace transmission or inspect suction screen. Go to Repair Manual.
– – –1/1
C1, B1, B2 Accumulator Check (S.N. —872256)
Operate machine on hard surface such as compacted clay or road. Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 2nd forward.
T6908BF –UN–07APR89
Make several forward to reverse shifts. Count the number of seconds (one thousand one—one thousand two, etc.) required for machine to change direction and get up to speed. LOOK/FEEL: Machine must change direction within 1-1/2 seconds and be up to speed in 3 seconds.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Slow shifts can be caused by low oil level or restricted filter. Repair as required. Do Transmission Drag Checks in this group. NOT OK: Too fast shifts or "clunk" sound. Inspect accumulator piston. Go to Repair Manual. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-22
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=82
Operational Checkout Procedure C1 Clutch, B1, B2 Brake Drag Check (S.N. — 872256)
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a slower speed, B2 is dragging.
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 2nd forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm. Move FNR/range lever to neutral position. LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop.
NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a faster speed, C1 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but in a reverse direction at same speed, B1 is dragging. NOT OK: "Drag" causes rpm to drop excessively. Inspect transmission. Go to Repair Manual.
NOTE: If wheels turn, apply service brakes until wheels stop and note change in rpm on tachometer. If depressing brake pedal causes rpm to drop enough that difference can be seen on tachometer (15 rpm), it indicates warped disks in that pack. Lube oil does not affect these "drag" checks because they are done at operating temperature and at slow idle. If "drag" is caused by lube oil within the transmission clutches and brakes, "drag" will increase when oil is cold. When engine speed is increased to 1500 rpm or higher, "drag" is reduced because lube relief valve opens and returns excessive cold oil to sump. It is normal for wheels to "creep" with cold oil as engine speed is increased but to stop moving at speeds above 2000 rpm. If "drag" is caused by warped clutch or brake disks or plates, "drag" will be seen at any oil temperature and will increase proportionally as engine speed is increased.
– – –1/1
C2 Clutch, B3 Brake Drag Check (S.N. — 872256)
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 1st forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm per tachometer. T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Shift transmission to 2nd forward.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Engine speed drops, C2 is dragging. Repair transmission, go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: Engine speed increases, B3 is dragging. Repair transmission, go to Repair Manual.
LOOK: Wheels must increase in speed but engine rpm must return to 1000 rpm. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=83
9005 10 23
Operational Checkout Procedure Differential Lock Check
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Unlock brake pedals. Turn MFWD switch (if equipped) off.
9005 10 24
Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st forward. T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Depress differential lock pedal or switch.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If one wheel stops, on machines with S.N. —872256, go to Differential Lock Pressure Test in Group 9025-25. On machines with S.N. 872257—, go to Differential Lock Pressure Test in Group 9020-25.
Apply one brake pedal until engine rpm drops. LOOK/FEEL: Both wheels must turn at same speed. Release differential lock pedal or switch. LOOK: Pedal or switch must return to up position and engine speed must return to 1500 rpm. Release brake pedal and move transmission control levers to neutral. Reduce engine speed to slow idle.
NOT OK: If engine rpm is reduced and stays down while only differential lock is depressed, excessive leakage is indicated. For machines with S.N. — 872256 go to Differential Lock Leakage Test in Group 9025-25. For machines with S.N. 872257— go to Differential Lock Leakage Test in Group 9020-25.
Depress differential lock pedal or switch and note engine rpm change. LOOK/LISTEN: Must hear/see only slight decrease in engine rpm as the pedal is depressed.
– – –1/1
Differential Gear and Pinion Noise Check
NOTE: Hold the wheel being braked stationary during this check or brake chatter could be confused with differential gear noise. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket.
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm in 1st gear forward. LOOK: Both wheels must turn at same speed. Depress right brake pedal until wheel stops. Observe left wheel. LOOK: Wheel being braked must stop and opposite wheel must increase in speed.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If wheels do not turn at same speed, brake drag is indicated. Go to Brake Drag Check in Group 9025-10. NOT OK: Excessive noise. Check differential oil level. Inspect pinion assembly, go to CTM43 for machines S.N. — 872256. On machines with S.N. 872257—, see Group 0200 in the Repair Manual.
Release right brake and depress left brake pedal until wheel stops. Observe right wheel. LOOK: Wheel being braked must stop and opposite wheel must increase in speed. LISTEN: No excessive gear noise must be heard in the differential or pinion gears.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=84
Operational Checkout Procedure Driving Check for Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
– – –1/1
MFWD Clutch Drag Check
Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Shift transmission to 2nd gear and FNR/range lever to forward position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If light is on, check fuse. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test.
Run engine speed at 1000 rpm. T6264AM –UN–19OCT88
Check that MFWD control is disengaged (switch up/light off). Lower front wheels to ground and raise bucket above ground. LOOK: MFWD indicator light must be off. LOOK: Front wheels may turn while wheels are off ground but must stop when lowered to ground. Rear wheels must continue to turn.
NOT OK: If rear wheels stop, MFWD control valve problem or clutch "drag" is indicated. Repeat check using 1st gear. NOT OK: If front wheels turn, or rear wheels stall, MFWD solenoid valve problem is indicated. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test. NOT OK: If front wheels remain stopped, MFWD clutch "drag" is indicated. Go to Repair Manual.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=85
9005 10 25
Operational Checkout Procedure MFWD Limited-Slip Differential and Solenoid Valve Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If tires do not attempt to slide sideways and tire scuffing is not seen with MFWD applied. Go to Group 9020-25 MFWD Clutch Pressure Test.
9005 10 26 T7860AA9 –UN–13NOV92
(S.N. —872256)
NOT OK: Repair limited-slip in MFWD differential. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: If light stays on, inspect fuse. Go to Section 9015 MFWD Circuit Test.
T118248 –UN–03NOV98
(S.N. 872257—) Shift transmission to 1st reverse. Apply MFWD and drive machine. Run engine at approximately 1200 rpm. Turn steering wheel for a full left or right turn and observe the front tires. LOOK: Observe how the front tires attempt to slide sideways (side load) and the amount of tire scuffing. MFWD indicator lights must be on. Disengage MFWD switch. LOOK: Tire side loading and scuffing must stop when MFWD is disengaged. LOOK: MFWD indicator light (A) in switch must be off. NOTE: If tires attempt to slide sideways and tire scuffing is seen with MFWD applied, limited-slip differential is working and power is being transmitted to MFWD.
– – –1/1
MFWD Gear and Pinion Noise Check
Drive machine at transport speed with MFWD applied, then disengaged.
OK: Go to next check.
LISTEN: MFWD must NOT "whine" when disengaged.
NOT OK: If MFWD "whines", check oil levels and fill to specification. NOT OK: Check backlash. Go to Repair Manual.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-26
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=86
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic System Check
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Pump Performance Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If boom down relief does not load engine, check main pump stand-by pressure. Go to Group 9025-25. T6295AH –UN–19OCT88
NOTE: If hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, heat hydraulic oil until loader and backhoe cylinders feel warm to touch using following procedure: Cover front of radiator to stop air flow. Activate backhoe boom down function and run engine at 2000 rpm. NOTE: Activating boom down may load engine, boom down relief valve is set too high or hydraulic pump stand-by pressure too low. Operate all functions periodically to distribute heated oil to all cylinders.
NOT OK: Go to Group 9025-25, Backhoe Relief Valve Test. NOT OK: If cycle times are slow, check hydraulic charge system. Go to Group 9025-25 Surge Relief Pressure Test and Charge Pressure Test. NOT OK: Go to Group 9025-25 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test.
Lower stabilizers. Put backhoe at maximum reach with bucket fully dumped at ground level. Run engine at 2000 rpm. Measure cycle time by simulating loading the bucket, retracting the dipperstick and raising the boom to the boom cylinder cushion. Do not time boom cylinder through cushion. LOOK/LISTEN: Boom down must reduce engine rpm. NOTE: Take the average cycle time for at least three complete cycles. This average cycle time will give a general indication of hydraulic pump performance. LOOK: The maximum cycle time is 11.5 seconds.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=87
9005 10 27
Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic System Charge and Return System Check
Raise machine with stabilizers until wheels are 150 mm (6.0 in.) off ground. Fully extend dipperstick, putting bucket in loaded position and lower boom until dipperstick is 45° to the ground.
9005 10 28
Slowly retract dipperstick. Bucket must clear ground. T118265 –UN–05NOV98
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check charge pump pressure. Test hydraulic charge system. Go to Group 9025-25 Surge Relief Pressure Test.
Fully extend dipperstick. Run engine at 1200 rpm. Retract dipperstick while holding control valve fully open.
NOT OK: Check charge pump flow. Go to Group 9025-25 Charge Pump Flow Test.
LOOK: Dipperstick can slow down, but must NOT stop moving during test.
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Control Valve Lift Check Test
Raise loader until bucket is 1 m (3 ft) off ground with the bucket level.
OK: Go to next check.
Position backhoe at maximum reach with bottom of bucket level with ground, 1 m (3 ft) off ground.
NOT OK: If a function cylinder moves, problem could be a leak in cylinder in lift check. Inspect and repair lift check. Go to Repair Manual.
Stop the engine. Activate each function one at a time: • • • • •
Loader boom raise Loader bucket rollback Backhoe boom up Dipperstick extend Backhoe bucket dump
LOOK: These functions must NOT move when the control lever is activated. NOTE: It is normal for a function to jump upward but must not lower.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=88
Operational Checkout Procedure Backhoe Circuit Leakage Checks
Put backhoe in transport position and set boom and swing lock.
OK: Go to next step in this check.
Retract extendible dipperstick (if equipped).
NOT OK: Check boom down relief valve pressure setting. Go to Group 9025-25.
Raise stabilizers to full down position. Run engine at slow idle. T118265 –UN–05NOV98
Fully activate functions one at a time: • • • •
NOT OK: Continue check.
Boom up Bucket load Dipperstick retract Extendible dipperstick retract (if equipped)
LISTEN: When these functions are activated, NO decrease in engine rpm must be noted. Fully activate functions one at a time: • Boom down • Swing left, then right LISTEN: Boom down may cause rpm to decrease since relief valve setting is below standby pressure. LOOK/LISTEN: Swing left and right may cause rpm to decrease slightly because relief valve setting is close to standby pressure. NOTE: If boom down does not decrease engine rpm, check main pump standby pressure. Pressure seal passages are used in boom valve and leakage return passages are used in swing valve. When boom down or swing functions are bottomed and control valves are "metered", rpm will decrease and leakage within circuit will be apparent. This is normal. – – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=89
9005 10 29
Operational Checkout Procedure Raise stabilizer to maximum up position, extend dipperstick to maximum reach, extend extendible dipperstick (if equipped) and put bucket in dump position 1 m (3 ft) off ground. Fully activate functions, one at a time:
9005 10 30 T6295AF –UN–17APR89
• Extend dipperstick • Extend extendible dipperstick (if equipped) • Bucket dump LISTEN: When these functions are activated, NO decrease in engine rpm must be noted.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If rpm decreases with a function bottomed and control valve fully open, a leak is indicated in the circuit. NOT OK: If rpm increases when a function is bottomed and control valve is fully open, a neutral leak is indicated. NOT OK: An rpm decrease with a function bottomed in both directions is normally due to cylinder leakage. An rpm decrease in one direction is normally caused by a circuit relief valve leakage. Go to Group 9025-25— Hydraulic Component Leakage Test.
–19– –2/2
Loader Circuit Leakage Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: If rpm decreases with a function bottomed and control lever fully open, a leak is indicated in the circuit. T6295AG –UN–17APR89
T6295AE –UN–17APR89
Raise loader to full height, bucket in dump position. Run engine at slow idle. Fully activate functions one at a time: • Loader boom up • Bucket dump Put bucket in rollback position and lower loader to full down position. Fully activate functions, one at a time: • Loader boom down • Bucket rollback
NOT OK: If rpm increases when a function is bottomed and control valve is fully open, a neutral leak is indicated. NOT OK: An rpm decrease with a function bottomed in both directions is normally cylinder leakage. An rpm decrease in one direction is normally circuit relief valve leakage. Go to Group 9025-25— Hydraulic Component Leakage Test.
LISTEN: When functions are activated, engine rpm must NOT decrease. NOTE: Leakage return passages are used in boom valve. When boom cylinders are retracted and valve is "metered", rpm will decrease and leakage within circuit will be apparent. This is normal. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-30
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=90
Operational Checkout Procedure Cylinder Cushion Check
Run engine at slow idle.
OK: Go to next check.
Lower stabilizers to the ground.
NOT OK: Remove and repair cylinder cushion. Go to Repair Manual.
Lower backhoe boom 45° outward.
9005 10 31
Fully activate functions, one at a time: • Backhoe swing left and right • Backhoe boom raise • Dipperstick retract LISTEN: Note sound and speed as cylinders near the end of their stroke. LOOK: Speed of cylinder rod must decrease near the end of its stroke. LISTEN: Must hear oil flowing through orifice as cylinder rod nears the end of its stroke.
– – –1/1
Backhoe and Loader Function Drift Check
FEEL: Backhoe cylinder must be warm to touch 38— 52°C (100—125°F). If cylinders are not warm, heat hydraulic oil. Raise machine off ground with stabilizers.
T6171AQ –UN–25MAY89
Position backhoe bucket at a 45° angle to the ground. Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. Position loader bucket at the same angle and distance from ground as backhoe bucket.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Use good judgment in determining if the amount of drift is objectionable for the type of operation that the machine is performing. NOT OK: Isolate which function is leaking. Go to Group 9025-25, Cylinder Drift Test.
Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cutting edges. LOOK: If bucket cutting edges touch the ground within one minute, leakage is indicated in the crowd cylinder, bucket or boom cylinders, or control valves.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=91
Operational Checkout Procedure Loader Boom Float and Return-to-Dig Check
Put loader at maximum height position with bucket dumped.
OK: Go to next step in this check.
Run engine at approximately 2000 rpm.
NOT OK: If lever jumps out of detent, inspect detent spring and balls. Go to repair manual.
Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the same time into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.
9005 10 32 T7440BS –UN–03JAN91
LOOK: Loader control lever must remain in the boom float detent position.
LOOK: Loader control lever must disengage from the bucket rollback detent when the bucket is level.
OK: Go to next step in this check. NOT OK: With bucket rolled back, compress switch roller. If a click is heard, adjust switch till it is activated on cam. Go to Group 9025-15.
T6171AT –UN–09DEC88
LOOK: When the bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and the bucket indicator pointer must be aligned with mark on the boom pivot. NOTE: When return-to-dig is used with loader boom in full up position, the bucket leveling linkage will move the bucket control valve out of return-to-dig position before bucket is actually level.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust linkage as necessary. Go to Group 9025-20 Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Adjustment.
T7374CH –UN–04OCT90
– – –1/1
Bucket Leveling Linkage Check
NOTE: The loader bucket leveling feature functions during the boom raise cycle only. Put bucket in the rollback position with the boom near the ground level. Raise the loader and at the same time, hold the control lever in the bucket rollback position.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Adjust linkage on the loader control valve. Go to Group 9025-20. Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Adjustment.
Observe bucket and loader control lever as the loader rises. T7374CJ –UN–05OCT90
LOOK/FEEL: Loader control lever must move into the bucket dump position and the bucket dump function must slowly activate. When the loader control lever moves to activate the bucket dump function, the bucket position must remain stationary the remainder of the loader boom raise cycle.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-32
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=92
Operational Checkout Procedure Heater and Air Conditioning Checks
– – –1/1
All Lines and Hoses
Engine OFF.
OK: Check complete.
Inspect all lines and hoses.
NOT OK: Reposition hoses or lines and tighten or replace clamps. Tighten fittings or replace O-rings in fittings. Replace hoses or lines as required.
Are lines and hoses straight, NOT kinked or worn from rubbing on other machine parts or "weather checked"? Are hose and line connections clean NOT showing signs of leakage, such as oil or dust accumulation at fittings? All hose and line clamps must be in place and tight. Clamps must have rubber inserts or cushions in place to prevent clamps from crushing or wearing into hoses or lines?
– – –1/1
Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Inspect compressor.
OK: Check complete.
Is compressor drive belt tight?
NOT OK: Repair or replace components as required.
Is belt in good condition, NOT frayed, worn or glazed? Is compressor belt pulley in good condition, NOT worn or grooved? T6488GD –UN–02SEP93
Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and bracket cap screws tight? Are electrical connections to compressor clutch clean and tight? Is wiring to compressor in good condition?
– – –1/1
Condenser Check
Engine OFF.
OK: Check complete.
Inspect condenser cores.
NOT OK: Clean, repair or replace condenser core. Replace engine fan.
Is condenser core free of dirt or debris? Does condenser show signs of leakage, dust accumulation or oily areas? Are condenser fins straight, not bent or damaged? Inspect engine fan. Are fan blades in good condition, not worn, bent, broken or missing?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=93
9005 10 33
Operational Checkout Procedure Evaporator Check
Remove seat and heater/blower cover.
OK: Check complete.
Is ice forming on evaporator core?
NOT OK: Go to Clutch Cycle Switch Bench Test in Group 9031-25
Is fan motor failing or fan blades damaged? 9005 10 34
Is freeze switch sensing tube properly positioned? Is heater temperature balance control misadjusted or damaged? Is evaporator drain tubes plugged?
– – –1/1
Evaporator Core Check
Engine OFF.
OK: Check complete.
Inspect core.
NOT OK: Repair, replace or clean evaporator.
Are fins straight? Is evaporator core free of dirt and debris?
– – –1/1
A/C Freeze Switch Sensing Tube Check
Engine OFF.
OK: Check complete.
Inspect A/C freeze switch sensing tube.
NOT OK: If sensing tube is kinked, replace A/C freeze switch.
Is sensing tube straight, NOT kinked or broken? Is sensing tube inserted into evaporator core and secured in place?
NOT OK: If tube is positioned in evaporator incorrectly, re-route.
– – –1/1
Expansion Valve Check
Is expansion valve outlet line free of frost?
OK: Check complete.
Is insulating tape wound tightly around outlet line and is tape in good condition?
NOT OK: Go to Expansion Valve Operation in Group 9031-05. – – –1/1
Cab Door and Window Seals Check
Open and close door and windows. Inspect seals.
OK: Check complete.
Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
NOT OK: Adjust door and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary.
Are seals in position and in good condition?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=94
Operational Checkout Procedure Blower Motor Check (S.N. —816286)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T7828AW –19–30SEP92
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Turn blower switch (A) to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH. Does fan have three speeds? Does air exit from ducts?
– – –1/1
OK: Check complete.
Heater (S.N. —816286)
NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T7835AW –19–30SEP92
Start engine and allow to warm several minutes. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Does warm air exit from ducts?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=95
9005 10 35
Operational Checkout Procedure Air Conditioner (S.N. — 816286)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. See Charging the system in Group 9031-20.
9005 10 36 T7835AX –19–30SEP92
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait several minutes for any warm air in duct system to escape. Is air from ducts cool?
– – –1/1
OK: Check complete.
Blower Motor Check (S.N. 816287— )
NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T101677 –UN–28JUN96
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Turn blower switch (A) to position 1, 2, 3 and 4. Does fan have four speeds? Does air exit from ducts?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-36
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=96
Operational Checkout Procedure OK: Check complete.
Heater (S.N. 816287— )
NOT OK: See Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. Check wiring harness.
T101678 –UN–28JUN96
Start engine and allow to warm several minutes. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Does warm air exit from ducts?
– – –1/1
OK: Check complete.
Air Conditioner (S.N. 816287— )
NOT OK: See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks in Group 9031-10. See Charging the system in Group 9031-20. T101679 –UN–28JUN96
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate. Is air from ducts cool?
– – –1/1
Compressor Clutch Check
Engine OFF. Key switch ON. Blower switch on LOW. Air conditioner switch ON.
OK: Check complete.
Does compressor clutch "click" as switch is pushed?
NOT OK: Replace compressor clutch.
– – –1/1
Cooling System Checks
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=97
9005 10 37
Operational Checkout Procedure Radiator Cap, Coolant Level, Coolant Condition Checks
OK: Check complete. CAUTION: DO NOT remove radiator cap unless engine is cool. Turn cap slowly to stop. Release all pressure before removing cap. Open radiator cap.
9005 10 38
LISTEN: If radiator is warmer than air temperature, a "whoosh" must be heard when radiator cap is opened to first stop position. FEEL: The radiator cap must have a stop position and must be pushed down to turn to remove. Inspect coolant level and coolant condition. LOOK: The radiator cap must have a good seal and gasket. The seal must move freely and the spring must not be corroded.
NOT OK: If vacuum release valve is plugged or spring corroded, replace radiator cap. NOT OK: If coolant is oily or foamy, go to Oil in Coolant or Coolant in Oil in this section. NOT OK: If rust is in coolant, drain, flush and replace coolant. Go to Operator’s Manual.
LOOK: The vacuum release valve (center of cap rubber seal) must move freely and holes must not be plugged. LOOK: The coolant must not be oily, foamy or rusty.
– – –1/1
Hose and Water Pump Check
Inspect all radiator and heater hoses and water pump for cracks or leaks.
OK: Check complete.
LOOK: Radiator hoses must not be brittle or show signs of leaks.
NOT OK: Replace defective hoses, tighten clamps as necessary.
Check all hose clamps. LOOK: All hose clamps must be tight. Squeeze lower radiator hose.
NOT OK: Repair water pump. Go to Engine CTM.
FEEL: Lower hose must have wire insert. LOOK: Water pump must not show any signs of leaks. – – –1/1
Radiator Bubble Check
Fill radiator to proper level.
OK: Check complete.
Install radiator cap and tighten.
NOT OK: If constant flow of bubbles is seen, a loose cylinder head or a damaged head gasket could be the cause. Go to Engine CTM.
Start engine. Run engine until at normal operating temperature. Place overflow tube in jar of water. T6171AR –UN–25MAY89
LOOK: Stream of bubbles must not be seen in glass jar.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-38
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=98
Operational Checkout Procedure Fan and Fan Shroud Check
Inspect fan and shroud clearance.
OK: Check complete.
inspect fan blades for damages.
NOT OK: If fan blades have any bends, replace fan. If fan has nicks, locate interference and repair. See Repair Manual.
Check fan belts for wear. LOOK: Fan blades must not have any nicks or bends. LOOK: Make sure there is no oil or grease on fan belt or pulleys. LOOK: Inside surface of fan belt must not have any cracks or contact bottom of pulley groove. NOTE: If the fan blade has been installed backwards about 50% of its capacity is lost. LOOK: Cupped portion of fan blades must be away from radiator.
NOT OK: Replace fan belt. Go to Repair Manual. NOT OK: If fan is installed backward, remove and install correctly. Go to Repair Manual.
T6171CB –UN–25MAY89
– – –1/1
Air System Checks
– – –1/1
Start Aid Checks (S.N — 872256)
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Reposition lower holder. NOT OK: Replace plastic line. T6477AP –UN–19OCT88
T6488GE –UN–23AUG93
Remove right engine side shield. Check position of lower can holder.
NOT OK: Turn nozzle until arrow is in correct position (pointing AGAINST incoming air flow).
LOOK: If can is missing, lower portion of holder must be upside down to seal opening in upper holder. Inspect plastic line from top of starting aid to air intake manifold. LOOK: There must NOT be any kinks or breaks in line and ends must be installed securely. Check for arrow on either starting aid nozzle in air intake manifold. NOTE: It may be necessary to scrape paint from nozzle. LOOK: Arrow must be pointed AGAINST air flow of air intake manifold.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=99
9005 10 39
Operational Checkout Procedure Start Aid Checks (S.N. 872257— )
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Reposition lower holder. NOT OK: Replace plastic line.
9005 10 40
NOT OK: Turn nozzle until red dot is in correct position (on top of nozzle).
T105143 –UN–10JAN97
A—Clamp B—Ether Aid Can C—Base D—Cap Remove right engine side shield.
T6488GE –UN–23AUG93
Check to be sure ether aid can (B) is tight and clamp (A) is tight LOOK: If can is missing, cap (D) must be installed into base (C). Inspect plastic line from top of starting aid to air intake manifold. LOOK: There must NOT be any kinks or breaks in line and ends must be installed securely. Check for red dot on either starting aid nozzle in air intake manifold. NOTE: It may be necessary to scrape paint from nozzle. LOOK: Red dot must be on the top side of nozzle so that the nozzle is pointed AGAINST air flow (of air intake manifold).
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-40
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=100
Operational Checkout Procedure Exhaust Smoke Check
NOTE: Engine must be at operating temperature before performing this check. Run engine at fast idle. Operate a hydraulic function over relief to load engine.
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: See Engine Emits Excessive Black, Gray or Blue Smoke in this section.
Observe exhaust smoke. LOOK: Exhaust smoke must NOT be excessive or blue in color. T6488GF –UN–19OCT88
NOTE: Excessive black smoke is caused by lack of sufficient air to the engine. Excessive white smoke when engine is cold can be caused by a cold engine, dirty nozzles, or both. Excessive blue smoke can be caused by worn or damaged rings or cylinder liners.
– – –1/1
Lubrication System Checks
– – –1/1
Oil Level Check
OK: Check complete. NOT OK: Add or replace oil. Go to Group 9000-04.
T6488GG –UN–29JUL99
T6488GH –19–23FEB89
Perform this check with engine OFF. Remove dipstick and check oil level. LOOK: Oil must be between add and full marks. NOTE: If oil level is high, check for fuel in oil. Drain a small quantity of oil and check for anti-freeze. If oil level is low check for oil leaks or oil seal problems in engine. Remove dipstick and check condition of oil. Clean oil from dipstick with finger and thumb. LOOK: Oil must NOT be milky, grainy or contain fuel oil or anti-freeze. – – –1/1
Fuel System Checks
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=101
9005 10 41
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Fuel System Inspection Checks
Engine off, speed control lever at fast idle position.
OK: Check complete.
Inspect fuel drain, cap strainer and inside fuel tank (with flashlight).
NOT OK: If air "hissing" from tank or enters tank when cap is removed, replace fuel cap.
Operate pump primer by hand. 9005 10 42
Inspect all fuel lines, line clamps and speed control linkage stop. Inside of fuel tank must NOT contain any foreign matter. LOOK: No fuel leakage must be noted at any of the fuel line connections. The injection line rubber clamps must be in position and NO wiring banded to the injection lines.
NOT OK: If excessive debris is found in the bottom of the fuel line, observe flow. If flow is restricted, clean tank.
– – –1/1
Engine Speed and Performance Checks
– – –1/1
OK: Check complete.
Engine Speed Check (Tachometer Installed)
NOT OK: Check spring loaded injection pump lever override. Go to Engine Speed Control Linkage Adjustment, in this section.
T6008AE1 –UN–09DEC88
(S.N. —830204)
T105836 –UN–20DEC96
(S.N. 830205— )
Start engine, run at slow idle, and record rpm. Increase engine speed to fast idle with speed control pedal and record rpm. LOOK: Slow idle must be 850 ± 50 rpm (S.N. —830204) Slow idle must be 900 ± 25 rpm. (S.N. 830205— ) LOOK: Fast idle must be 2375 ± 50 rpm. (S.N. —830204) Fast idle must be 2375 ± 25 rpm. (S.N. 830205— ) NOTE: Override adjustment is 6 mm (0.25 in.).
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=102
Operational Checkout Procedure Engine Power Check (S.N. —872256)
NOTE: Engine and transmission must be at operating temperature using No. 2 fuel.
OK: Check complete.
Start engine.
NOT OK: RPM too low. Inspect air and fuel filters.
Hold service brake. NOT OK: Above 2000 9005 rpm, inspect transmission. 10 Go to Group 9020-10. 43
Put transmission in fourth gear. Operate engine at fast idle. Record minimum engine rpm. Repeat check several times to determine average rpm. LOOK: Minimum engine speed is 1800 rpm.
– – –1/1
Engine Power Check (S.N. 872257— )
NOTE: Engine and transmission must be at operating temperature using No. 2 fuel.
OK: Check complete.
Start engine.
NOT OK: RPM too low. Inspect air and fuel filters.
Hold service brake. NOT OK: Above 2100 rpm, inspect transmission. Go to Group 9020-10.
Put transmission in fourth gear. Operate engine at fast idle. Record minimum engine rpm. Repeat check several times to determine average rpm. LOOK: Minimum engine speed is 1875 rpm.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=103
Operational Checkout Procedure OK: Check complete.
Low Compression Check
NOT OK: If starting motor runs at uneven speed, low compression is indicated on one or two cylinders. (See Engine CTM.)
9005 10 44 T6552AP –UN–22MAR90
T105638 –UN–13DEC96
(S.N. —830204)
(S.N. 830205— )
Remove left engine shield. Disconnect wire to injection pump solenoid. Crank engine for 10 seconds. LISTEN: Air must not be heard leaking past valves. LISTEN: Starting Motor must run at a constant speed. Reconnect injection pump wire. – – –1/1
Engine Blow-By Check
Run engine at fast idle and check blow-by tube.
OK: Check complete.
LOOK: Fumes should be barely visible at the blow-by tube at fast idle with no load.
NOT OK: If blow-by is excessive, see Engine CTM.
NOTE: Excessive blow-by indicates that piston rings and cylinder liners do not seal off the combustion chamber. This is a comparative check that requires some experience to determine excessive blow-by.
– – –1/1
Loose or Worn Engine Parts
Run engine at slow idle.
OK: Check complete.
Depress brake pedals.
NOT OK: Go to Abnormal Engine Noise in this section.
Shift to first forward. LISTEN: Knock or rattling noise must not be heard from engine.
– – –1/1
Accessories Check (Engine Stopped)
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-44
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=104
Operational Checkout Procedure Front Light Switch
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push front light rocker switch to middle position.
NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs.
LOOK: Two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights must come on. Push front light rocker switch in completely. LOOK: All four front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights must come on.
OK: Check switch. Go to 9005 Group 9015-15, Drive and 10 Work Light Circuit. 45
– – –1/1
Rear Light Switch Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push side console rear light rocker switch in.
NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs.
LOOK: Rear light(s) must come on. OK: Check switch. Go to Section 9015, Drive and Work Light Circuit.
– – –1/1
Turn Signal Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push down right side of turn signal switch.
NOT OK: Check fuses and wiring. Go to Sub System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit, Section 9015-15.
LOOK: Right front and right rear amber lights must flash. Right indicator light on top of steering column must flash. Left front and left rear amber lights, and left indicator light on top of steering column will stay completely lit. Push down left side of turn signal switch. LOOK: Left front and left rear amber lights must flash. Left indicator light on top of steering column must flash. Right front and right rear amber lights, and right indicator light on top of steering column will stay completely lit.
– – –1/1
4-Way Flasher
Key switch may be ON or OFF.
OK: Go to next check.
Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in.
NOT OK: Check fuses and bulbs.
LOOK: Both front and rear amber lights must come ON. Both turn signal indicators and light in warning light rocker switch must flash.
OK: Check 4-way flasher switch. Go to Section 9015, Brake Light Circuit.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-45
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=105
Operational Checkout Procedure Horn Circuit Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push horn button.
NOT OK: Check fuse.
LISTEN: Horn must sound.
NOT OK: Check horn switch. Go to Section 9015, Horn Circuit.
9005 10 46
– – –1/1
Start Aid Check (If Equipped)
Operate engine at slow idle.
OK: Go to next check.
Push start aid button once.
NOT OK: Check can contents by shaking or weight.
LISTEN: Engine speed must increase then return to slow idle.
NOT OK: Check fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse. IF OK: Go to Section 9015, Start Aid Circuit.
– – –1/1
Cab Component Checks
– – –1/1
Left Cab Door Latch and Opener Check
Unlatch door.
OK: Go to next check.
Observe door as it opens.
NOT OK: Adjust cab door. Go to repair manual.
Pull door closed and latch it. FEEL: Cab door latch must work freely. LOOK: Door cylinder must push door open. LOOK: Cab door must contact door stop bumper before door cylinder bottoms.
– – –1/1
Right Cab Door Latch and Opener Check
Unlatch door and pull door open.
OK: Go to next check.
Close and latch door.
NOT OK: Adjust door. Go to repair manual.
FEEL: Cab door latch must work freely. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-46
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=106
Operational Checkout Procedure Rear Window Latch and Opener Checks
Squeeze latches on both sides of middle rear window. Lower window to rubber bumpers. Push latch releases on upper rear window.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check for obstructions. Go to repair manual.
Observe window as it opens.
9005 10 47
Push window up and into window catches and note fit. Observe cylinders while closing window. Raise middle window and push into latches. LOOK: Window latches and hinges must move freely. LOOK: The gas-filled cylinders must slowly assist raising the window to open position. Cylinders must not be at end of travel when closing window. LOOK: The window catches must hold and not bow the window in the up position.
– – –1/1
Side Window Checks
Open left and right rear side window.
OK: Go to next check.
Fasten rear window against front window.
NOT OK: Adjust windows. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Sleeve on rear window must align with knob on front window.
T6171DF –UN–09DEC88
LOOK/FEEL: Hinges must move freely. Locking latches must be equally loaded when closed.
– – –1/1
Blower Control Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check heater circuit breaker. NOT OK: Check blower switch. Go to Section 9015, Blower Circuit. T7840AX –UN–06OCT92
Turn blower switch (A) to low, medium and high speeds. FEEL/LISTEN: Blower must have three speeds and OFF. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=107
Operational Checkout Procedure Heater Control Check
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Check heater components. Go to Section 9015, Blower Circuit.
9005 10 48 T7840AY –UN–06OCT92
Start engine and allow to warm to operating temperature. Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. FEEL: Air from ducts must be warm.
– – –1/1
OK: Go to next check.
Air Conditioner Check (If Equipped)
NOT OK: Go to Heating and Air Conditioning, Group 9031-10.
T7860AB –UN–06OCT92
Start engine and run at fast idle. Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position. Turn blower switch (B) to high speed. Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate. FEEL: Air from ducts must be cool.
– – –1/1
Rear Windshield Wiper Check
Turn key to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push rear wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.
NOT OK: Check fuse.
Push rear wiper rocker switch all the way in.
OK: Check rear wiper. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
LOOK: Rear wiper must operate and have two speeds. LOOK: Wipers must return to park position.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-48
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=108
Operational Checkout Procedure Front Windshield Wiper Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push front wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.
NOT OK: Check fuse.
Push front wiper switch all the way in.
OK: Check front wiper. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
LOOK: Both front wipers must operate and have two speeds. LOOK: Wipers must return to park position.
– – –1/1
Front Windshield Washer Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push windshield washer rocker switch in.
NOT OK: Check fluid level, and fluid lines for blockage.
LOOK: Fluid must spray on both front windows. Rocker switch must return to OFF position.
NOT OK: Check wiring. Go to Section 9015, Wiper/Washer Circuit.
– – –1/1
Cab Dome Light and Swivel Light Check
Turn key switch to ON position.
OK: Go to next check.
Push dome light switch to ON position.
NOT OK: Check fuse and bulbs.
Push swivel light switch to ON position (S.N. —872256). NOT OK: Check wiring. Go to Group 9015-15, Dome Light Circuit.
LOOK: Lights must come ON.
– – –1/1
Seat Linkage Check (S.N. —830204)
Move lever (A) to the right.
OK: Go to next check.
Move seat forward and rearward and release lever.
NOT OK: Repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Lever must move freely and lock seat in desired position.
T7394BD –UN–29NOV90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=109
9005 10 49
Operational Checkout Procedure Height Adjustable Seat Check (If Equipped) (S.N. —830204)
Pull lever (C) up and at the same time remove your weight from the seat. Raise seat several positions and engage latch.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Lubricate seat pedestal. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Seat must rise upward and must remain in desired latched position.
9005 10 50 T7394BD –UN–29NOV90
– – –1/1
Seat Swivel Linkage Check (S.N. —830204)
Pull lever (B) up.
OK: Go to next check.
Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engage latch.
NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Seat latch must move freely and hold seat at the desired position. T7394BD –UN–29NOV90
FEEL: Lever must move freely and hold seat in loader and backhoe positions.
– – –1/1
Seat Linkage Check (S.N. 830205— )
Lift lever (1).
OK: Go to next check.
Move seat forward and rearward and release lever.
NOT OK: Repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desired position?
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
Seat Height Adjustment Check (S.N. 830205— )
Turn knob (3) to raise or lower seat to desired position.
OK: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain in desired position?
NOT OK: Go to repair manual.
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-50
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=110
Operational Checkout Procedure Seat Swivel Linkage Check (S.N. 830205— )
Lift lever (2) up.
OK: Go to next check.
Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engage latch.
NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat in desired position? T103194 –UN–20AUG96
9005 10 51
FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loader and backhoe positions?
– – –1/1
Seat Back Linkage Check (S.N. 830205— )
Lift lever (4) up.
OK: Go to next check.
Position seat back as desired and engage lever.
NOT OK: Lubricate or repair linkage. Go to repair manual.
FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desired positions?
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
Miscellaneous Check
– – –1/1
Vandal Protection Check
Lock right side service access doors and cab doors using the ignition key.
OK: Go to next check.
FEEL: All locks must operate freely and key must not stick in locks.
NOT OK: Lubricate or repair lock as necessary.
– – –1/1
Check Periodic Maintenance Label
Check the periodic maintenance label located inside of the hood access door.
OK: Go to next check. NOT OK: Replace decal.
LOOK: Periodic maintenance label decal must be legible.
T6171DG –UN–09DEC88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-51
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=111
Operational Checkout Procedure Backhoe Transport Lock Check
OK: Operational Checkout completed. NOT OK: Adjust, repair, or replace lock. Go to repair manual.
9005 10 52
T7860AC –UN–06OCT92
Raise boom to transport position against stop (A). Pull lever to LOCK position to apply boom and swing lock. LOOK/FEEL: Boom and swing lock pin must freely enter hooks (B) and fit at bottom of slot in hooks. Lever must enter locked position and remain locked.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9005-10-52
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=112
Section 9010
Engine Contents Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation General Engine Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-1 Engine—Sectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-2 Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 Fan Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-5
9010
Group 15—System Diagnostic Information 6059 John Deere Engine (S.N. —830204)— Use CTM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. —830204)—Use CTM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 6068 John Deere POWERTECH Engine (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM104 . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM67 . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-1 John Deere Alternators and Starting Motors— Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-2 Make Visual Inspection of Engine and Supporting Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-3 Diagnose Engine Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-5 Group 20—Adjustments JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . .9010-20-1 Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. —830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-2 (S.N. 830305— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-4 Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. —830204). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-5 (S.N. 830205—). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-6 Adjust Speed Control Lever Tension . . . . . . .9010-20-7 Group 25—Tests Cooling System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-1 Radiator Air Flow Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-2 JT05529 Air Flowmeter Test Record . . . . . . .9010-25-3 Engine Performance Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-4 Air Intake System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-6 Fuel Line Leakage Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
Contents
9010
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation General Engine Description John Deere engines are vertical-in-line, valve in head, 4-cycle (stroke) diesel engines. Direct fuel injection is provided by a distributor-type fuel injection pump and 9.5 mm injection nozzles mounted in cylinder head. The pump is driven by an intermediate gear in the timing gear train meshing with the crankshaft gear. Some engines are equipped with a turbocharger. Operated by exhaust gases, the turbocharger compresses intake air from air cleaner and routes it to the combustion chamber. The cylinder block is made from a one-piece casting. The rugged, cast iron block may be structural or non-structural. The camshaft is driven by an intermediate gear in the timing gear train which meshes with the crankshaft gear. Camshaft rotates in honed machined bores in cylinder block; no bushings are used. The camshaft lobes determine the time and rate of opening of each valve and actuates the fuel transfer pump. Intake and exhaust valves are operated by cam followers, push rods and rocker arm assembly. Valve seat inserts in cylinder head are used for intake and exhaust valves. The crankshaft is a one-piece, heat treated, nodular iron or steel forging which operates in replaceable two-piece main bearings. Two different types of crankshaft main thrust bearing inserts are used to control end-play, depending on the producing factory. Normally a two-piece thrust bearing
insert is used on Dubuque engines. A five-piece bearing insert normally is installed on Saran engines. The five-piece bearing has high thrust load capability. The five-piece thrust bearings must be installed as a set. They may be retro-fitted to Dubuque engines1 at service repair if so desired. Should a crankshaft be found to have developed excessive end play, an oversized thrust bearing plate set is available through service parts. Thrust bearing side plates are available in standard size or 0.007 in. oversize. Cylinder liners are "wet" (surrounded by coolant) and are individually replaceable. O-rings are used to seal the connection between cylinder block and liners. Pistons are made of cast high-grade aluminum alloy with internal ribbing. The skirt is cam ground to allow for expansion when heated during operation. The piston crown has a cut-out swivel cup with a truncated cone in the center. Two compression rings and one oil control ring are used. The top compression ring is a keystone type ring. All piston rings are located above the piston pin. The top ring has been moved closer to the top of the piston for improved engine performance attributable to increased air availability during combustion and reduced heat losses in the top ring land. The hardened piston pins are fully-floating and held in position by means of snap rings. Spray jets (piston cooling orifices) in cylinder block direct pressure oil to lubricate piston pins and cool pistons. Connecting rods are of forged steel and have replaceable bushing and bearing inserts.
1
Main (thrust) bearing web undercut in block and or bearing cap MUST be 113.8 mm (4.48 in.) in order to accept five-piece thrust bearings. Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-1
TX,901005,BR181 –19–24JUN94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=115
9010 05 1
Theory of Operation
9010 05 2
The engine is supplied with lubricating oil by a gear pump driven by the crankshaft. The lubricating oil passes through a full-flow oil filter in the main oil gallery of cylinder block. To ensure engine lubrication, the oil filter is provided with a by-pass valve which opens when the filter element is restricted. On most engines, engine oil is cooled by means of an oil cooler mounted externally on the cylinder block. Engine oil passes through the oil cooler before flowing to the oil filter. A by-pass valve located between oil pump and main gallery relieves any pressure build-up in this area.
Balancer shafts are used on some four-cylinder engines to reduce vibration. The two shafts operate on bushings in cylinder block and are counter-rotating at twice the engine speed. The engine has a pressurized cooling system, consisting of radiator, water pump, multi-blade fan and one or two thermostats.
TX,901005,BR181 –19–24JUN94–2/2
Engine—Sectional View 1—Rocker Arm Shaft 2—Cylinder Head 3—Push Rod 4—Cam Follower 5—Cam Shaft
6—Cylinder Block 7—Crankshaft 8—Crankshaft Counterweight 9—Oil Pan 10—Connecting Rod
11—Liner Packing Rings 12—Cylinder Liner 13—Piston 14—Piston Ring 15—Piston Rings
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-2
16—Valve 17—Fuel Injection Nozzle 18—Valve Spring 19—Rocker Arm
T59,9010,335 –19–09MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=116
Theory of Operation
T6030AS
–UN–01JUN89
9010 05 3
T59,9010,335 –19–09MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=117
Theory of Operation
Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. — 872256) Pushing control button on dash energizes coil (C) which moves plunger (B) down, opening valve in the starting fluid canister, releasing starting fluid to the engine. Releasing control button on dash stops current flow to coil (C) allowing spring (A) to pull plunger up, closing the valve in the starting fluid canister.
T6543AB
–UN–18NOV89
If engine is operated without starting fluid canister, the dust seal must be properly installed to prevent engine damage.
10T,9010,K181 –19–09MAR93–1/1
Cold Weather Starting Aid Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Pushing control button on dash energizes coil (C) which moves plunger (B) up, opening valve in the starting fluid canister, releasing starting fluid to the engine. Releasing control button on dash stops current flow to coil (C) allowing spring (A) to pull plunger down, closing the valve in the starting fluid canister.
–UN–15OCT98
If engine is operated without starting fluid canister, the dust seal must be properly installed to prevent engine damage.
T117645
9010 05 4
CED,TX17864,241 –19–07OCT98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=118
Theory of Operation
Fan Drive Operation The fan drive (A), driven by one fan belt from the engine crankshaft (B), is self-adjustable. The fan belt tension adjuster (C) automatically adjusts the belt to the correct tension.
T7950AH
–UN–01MAR93
9010 05 5
TX,710D,DS4687 –19–09MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=119
Theory of Operation
9010 05 6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=120
Group 15
System Diagnostic Information 6059 John Deere Engine (S.N. —830204)— Use CTM8
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.
TX,9010,BG802 –19–05MAR97–1/1
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. — 830204)—Use CTM11
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.
TX,9010,BG803 –19–05MAR97–1/1
6068 John Deere POWERTECH Engine (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM104
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.
POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company.
TX,9010,BG792 –19–05MAR97–1/1
John Deere Engine Accessories (S.N. 830205— )—Use CTM67
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional engine information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.
TX,9010,BG791 –19–05MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=121
9010 15 1
System Diagnostic Information
John Deere Alternators and Starting Motors—Use CTM77
TS225
Use the CTM in conjunction with this repair manual.
–UN–17JAN89
For complete repair information the Component Technical Manual (CTM) is also required.
9010 15 2
09T,2160,K5 –19–12MAY94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=122
System Diagnostic Information
Make Visual Inspection of Engine and Supporting Systems 1. Inspect for coolant leaks at: • • • • •
well as the belts. A belt which is too loose allows slippage and reduces fan and alternator speed, causing excess belt wear. Belt slippage can lead to overheating of the cooling and/or hydraulic system, and undercharged batteries.
Radiator Water pump Hoses Coolant manifold Thermostat cover
Check for proper coolant level in radiator. Look at coolant for evidence of oil and/or debris.
The condition of the belts and their tension must be checked periodically. Adjust belt tension. See Adjust Fan Belt Tension, Group 0510. 8. Inspect fuel tank:
2. Inspect for oil leaks around the oil pan, drain plug, oil filter, and clutch housing at drain hole. 3. Inspect hoses to see if they are hard, cracked, soft, or swelled. Replace as necessary. 4. Inspect radiator for bent fins, kinks, dents, cracked side frames, seams and tubes. Check radiator mounts for loose hardware. 5. Check fan to ensure it has been installed correctly. See Cooling System Inspection, in this section. 6. Inspect fan blades. They must be straight and not striking the radiator core or shroud. Bent blades reduce the efficiency of the fan and make the fan out of balance. An out of balance condition can add additional load to the water pump bearings. Check water pump bearings by moving fan and note looseness of bearings.
a. Inspect the tank mounting hardware to ensure they are in position and tight. b. Inspect fuel tank for cracks and leakage. c. Inspect fuel tank outlet strainer and water trap for accumulated debris by shining a flashlight through the filler neck toward bottom right corner of fuel tank. 9. Inspect fuel transfer pump. See if there is fuel leaking from inlet and outlet connections. 10. Inspect fuel filter for water in base of filter. Look for fuel leaking from inlet and outlet connections. Check for debris and air in filters. Drain or bleed filters if necessary. Replace filters as required. 11. Inspect injection pump and nozzles.
7. Inspect fan belts. They must not be too tight, too loose, or cracked. Check to see if belt pulleys are worn excessively (if belts run against bore of groove) and that the pulleys are in proper alignment.
Check fuel inlet and outlet connections and injection line connections. If any of the lines are twisted, kinked, or broken, repair or replace as necessary. Check injection line clamps to ensure they are in position and tight.
A belt which is too tight puts extra load on the bearings and shortens the life of the bearings as
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-3
TX,9010,YY509 –19–02JUN93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=123
9010 15 3
System Diagnostic Information
9010 15 4
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Keep hands and body away from pinholes and nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks. DO NOT use your hand. If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene may result.
13. Inspect air cleaner elements for debris, filter condition and air restriction indicator to ensure indicator is not in red. Check all air intake system connections to be sure they are tight. Clean or replace filters when indicator shows red or when there is excessive smoke or loss of power. 14. Check muffler for any signs of leakage or areas that have rusted through. Exhaust leaks can result in a fire in the engine compartment. 15. Check for debris on exhaust manifold.
12. Inspect speed control linkage. Check for free movement. Be sure the injection pump lever contacts the fast idle stop on the injection pump.
TX,9010,YY509 –19–02JUN93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=124
System Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Engine Malfunction NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when troubleshooting a problem: • Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure • Step 2. Diagnostic Charts • Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests 9010 15 5
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Cranks but Will Not Start or Starts Hard
Fuel tank empty.
Check fuel level.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel lines. Water frozen in fuel filter.
Thaw and drain water from fuel tank. Thaw ice in fuel lines and drain. Install new fuel filter.
Fuel shut-off solenoid not opening shut-off valve.
Turn key switch on. Solenoid "clicks". Check voltage at solenoid if voltage is present. Check fuse and wiring if voltage is not present.
Fuel tank cap vent plugged.
Loosen cap, listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap.
Debris or dirt in fuel.
Drain small amount of fuel from tank into clean container. Inspect for debris. Drain and flush fuel system. Change fuel filter.
Wrong grade fuel for low ambient temperature.
Fuel "jelled" in tank or lines. Warm machine. Drain fuel system. Change fuel filter. Refill with proper fuel.
Air entering suction side of fuel system.
Check for bubbles in fuel filter. Tighten connections. Inspect lines for damage.
Stuck injection pump metering valve.
Lightly tap injection pump housing. If engine now starts, repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Fuel supply pump.
Check fuel supply pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-5
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–1/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=125
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
9010 15 6
Engine Cranks Slow
Engine Surges or Stalls Frequently
Problem
Solution
Slow cranking speed.
Check batteries and connections.
Air filter elements restricted with dirt, snow or water.
Clean or replace filter elements. Check air filter indicator switch.
Improper injection pump timing.
Check timing. (See Engine CTM.)
Injection nozzle(s).
Remove and test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn piston rings or low compression. Blown head gasket.
Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Wrong weight oil for low ambient temperature.
Drain and refill with proper weight oil. Change oil filter.
Poor or dirty connections at batteries or starter.
Clean battery posts and cable ends. Reinstall cables. Clean connections at start relay and starter.
Batteries discharged or failing to take charge.
Remove positive and negative battery cables from batteries. Recharge separately. Replace both batteries if either fails to charge. Check alternator output. (See Section 9015, Charging Circuit.) Check wiring for shorting to ground. Check alternator belt tension.
Hydraulic pump destroke valve stuck.
Turn steering wheel back and forth while cranking engine. If cranking speed is normal, check stroke control valve. (See CTM7.)
Starting motor.
Seized or worn bushings, bent armature shaft, armature "dragging". Check starter current draw. (See Engine Accessories CTM.)
Air entering suction side of fuel system.
Check fuel filter for air bubbles. Tighten fittings and connections. Inspect lines for damage.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-6
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–2/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=126
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Fuel tank cap vent plugged.
Remove cap, listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap.
Water or debris in fuel.
Drain water in fuel tank. Check drained fuel for debris. Drain and flush fuel system. Replace fuel filter.
Fuel "jelled" due to low ambient temperatures.
Drain fuel system. Refill with proper grade fuel. Replace fuel filter.
Fuel filter plugged.
Replace filter. Check for debris in fuel system.
Return line from injection pump to tank restricted.
Check line for kinks or damage. Check line for debris. Clean with compressed air.
Air filter elements plugged.
Clean or replace elements.
Fuel supply pump plugged.
Check fuel supply pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.)
Fuel injection pump out of time.
Check injection pump timing. (See Engine CTM.)
Engine overheating.
Test cooling system. (See test procedure in this section.)
Injection pump or nozzle(s).
Remove and test nozzles. Repair injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Improper valve clearance.
Check and adjust valve clearance. (See Engine CTM.)
Valves sticking or burned.
Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn or broken compression rings or cylinder head gasket leaking.
Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-7
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–3/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=127
9010 15 7
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Missing, Erratic Operation Or Poor Slow Speed Operation
Air entering suction side of fuel system.
Check fuel filter for air bubbles. Tighten fittings. Inspect lines for damage.
Water or debris in fuel.
Drain water from fuel tank. Drain and flush fuel tank to remove debris.
Fuel tank cap vent plugged.
Remove cap. Listen for air entering tank suddenly. Replace cap.
Return line from injection pump to tank restricted.
Inspect lines for kinks or damage. Use compressed air to clear debris.
Fuel injection pump out of time.
Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Slow idle speed set too low.
Check for bent, worn or loose control linkage. Repair as needed. Adjust linkage and reset slow idle speed. (See procedures in this section.)
Fuel supply pump.
Check fuel pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.)
Injection pump or nozzles.
Remove and test nozzles. Repair injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Engine overheats.
Test cooling system. (See test procedure in this section.)
Incorrect valve clearance.
Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.)
Bent push rods.
Inspect and replace.
Valve sticking or burned.
Remove injection pump fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Cylinder head gasket leaking.
Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
9010 15 8
Engine Missing, Erratic
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-8
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–4/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=128
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Engine Not Developing Full Power
Problem
Solution
Worn or broken compression rings.
Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Fuel filter plugged.
Replace filter.
Air filter elements plugged.
Clean or replace elements. Check air restriction indicator switch. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.)
Water in fuel or wrong grade of fuel.
Drain water from fuel tank or drain and refill with proper fuel.
Exhaust system restriction.
Check condition of muffler interior.
Fast idle speed too low.
Adjust. Check for worn or damaged linkage. Check and adjust fast idle. (See procedure in this section.)
Incorrect valve clearance.
Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.)
Fuel line restriction or injection pump line restricted.
Clear restriction with compressed air. Replace line.
Service brakes dragging.
Check brake linkage, brake valve leakage, brake discs for warping or scoring. Dragging brakes could cause overheating transmission/hydraulics or engine.
Fuel supply pump.
Check fuel pump pressure. (See Engine CTM.)
Injection pump metering valve sticking.
Remove pump top cover and inspect. Repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Check timing. (See Engine CTM.)
Injection pump or nozzle.
Remove and test nozzles and pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Internal hydraulic system leakage.
Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010 15 9
9010-15-9
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–5/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=129
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Worn camshaft or incorrect camshaft timing.
Check valve lift. (See Engine CTM.)
Turbocharger.
Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel and listen for noisy bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels must not rub in housing.
Low compression.
Remove fuel/ether/bk. alm. fuse. Crank engine and listen for air leaking past valves or an uneven starter speed. Start engine and observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Restricted air filter element. Incorrect grade of fuel.
Check. Clean or replace elements. Drain and refill.
Engine overloaded.
Remove load. Run at fast idle to clear engine.
Turbocharger failure.
Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel and listen for noisy bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels MUST NOT rub in housing.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Air leak between turbo and manifold.
Test air intake system for leaks. (See test procedure in this section.)
Excessive fuel delivery.
Remove and test fuel injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Injection nozzle.
Remove and test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.)
9010 15 10
Engine Emits Excessive Black or Gray Exhaust Smoke
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-10
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–6/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=130
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or White Exhaust Smoke
Cranking speed too slow.
Check batteries and connections.
Incorrect grade of fuel.
Drain and refill.
Injection pump or nozzle.
Remove and test pump and nozzles. (See Engine CTM.)
Excessive engine idling.
Run at fast idle to clear.
Engine running too cold.
Check thermostats.
Low compression.
Crank engine and listen for air leaking fast valves. Start engine. Observe blow-by from vent tube. Do Compression Pressure Test. (See Engine CTM.)
Stuck starting aid solenoid or switch.
Repair or replace solenoid or switch.
Injection pump timing or pump advance faulty.
Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.) Repair advance.
Improper fuel (gasoline mixed with diesel fuel).
Drain and refill fuel tank. Replace fuel filter.
Low engine oil level.
Fill to correct level.
Too light weight engine oil for high ambient temperatures.
Drain and refill with correct weight oil.
Fuel in engine oil.
Drain and refill with proper oil. Check fuel system to find leakage.
Loose or worn hydraulic pump drive coupling, or pump failure.
Repair or replace.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Adjust timing. (See Engine CTM.)
Turbocharger bearing or turbine failure.
Remove turbo air inlet hose. Check shaft vertical movement. Repair or replace.
Detonation (Excessive Engine Knock)
Abnormal Engine Noise (Rattle, Knock or Squeal)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-11
9010 15 11
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–7/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=131
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
9010 15 12
Low Engine Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Indicator Light On, Red STOP Light ON and Alarm Pulsing)
Problem
Solution
Excessive valve clearance.
Adjust clearance. (See Engine CTM.)
Bent push rods.
Replace. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn rocker arm shaft.
Replace. (See Engine CTM.)
Loose connecting rod caps.
Inspect and tighten connecting rod cap screws. (See Engine CTM.)
Loose main bearing caps.
Inspect and tighten main bearing cap screws. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn main bearings.
Replace bearings. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn connecting rod bearings.
Replace bearings. (See Engine CTM.)
Incorrect cam shaft timing.
Check camshaft timing. (See Engine CTM.)
Scored piston.
Replace. (See Engine CTM.)
Worn piston pin bushings and pins.
Replace pins and bushings. (See Engine CTM.)
Low oil level.
Check oil level. Fill to correct level. Check for leaks. Repair leaks.
Using low viscosity winter oil in summer.
Drain and fill with summer weight oil.
Oil diluted with fuel.
Drain and fill with proper weight oil. Check fuel system for leakage. Repair.
Oil pressure switch failure.
Test sensor. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.)
Faulty oil pressure control valve.
Repair valve. (See Engine CTM.)
Plugged oil pump intake screen.
Inspect. Clean. (See Engine CTM.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-12
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–8/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=132
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Engine Overheats
Problem
Solution
Loose oil pump drive gear or worn pump housing.
Inspect and repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Excessive main bearing clearance.
Replace main bearings. (See Engine CTM.)
Excessive connecting rod bearing clearance.
Replace connecting rod bearings. (See Engine CTM.)
Cracked cylinder block.
Replace cylinder block. (See Engine CTM.)
Piston cooling orifice missing.
Inspect piston cooling orifices. (See Engine CTM.)
Leakage at internal oil passage
Check all possible internal leakage. Repair as needed. (See Engine CTM.)
Low coolant level.
Fill to correct level and check for leaks.
Loose, worn or broken fan belt.
Tighten or replace belt.
Worn pulley grooves allowing belt slippage.
Replace pulleys and belt.
Radiator dirty or plugged.
Check air flow. Clean radiator. Recheck air flow.
Radiator shroud missing or damaged.
Replace shroud.
Engine overloaded.
Reduce load. Operate in lower gear.
Radiator cap not sealing.
Replace cap.
Fan on backwards or damaged.
Inspect or replace fan.
Faulty sender or wires from sender damaged.
Replace sender. Inspect wires. Repair as needed.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Time injection pump. (See adjustment procedure is this section.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-13
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–9/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=133
9010 15 13
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive brake drag.
Check brake drag. (See Group 9005-10.)
Hydraulic system overheating due to internal leakage or plugged cooler.
Check hydraulic oil level. Check cooler for plugs. Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Thermostats stuck open or closed.
Replace thermostats.
Cooling system interior coated with lime deposits.
Flush cooling system with cleaner. Refill with water/antifreeze solution.
Water pump leaking.
Repair or replace water pump.
Excessive fuel delivery.
Adjust or repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Oil In Coolant Or Coolant In Oil
Leaking cylinder head gasket or liner packings. Cracked cylinder or block.
Repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Excessive Fuel Consumption
Air system restricted.
Clean or replace filter elements. Check filter restriction indicator switch. (See Section 9015, Indicator Circuit.)
Fuel system leakage.
Repair.
Incorrect grade of fuel.
Drain and fill with proper fuel.
Incorrect injection pump timing.
Time injection pump. (See Engine CTM.)
Faulty turbocharger.
Remove air intake hose and exhaust elbow. Leading edge of compressor vanes must be sharp and straight. Spin compressor wheel to check for rough bearings. Turbine and compressor wheels must not rub in housing.
Faulty injection nozzles.
Test nozzles. (See Engine CTM.)
Internal leakage in hydraulic system.
Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Belt slippage.
Inspect adjuster. Replace belt.
9010 15 14
Fan Belt Noisy
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-14
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–10/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=134
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Fan Belt Slips
Rib or Fan Belt Wear
Turbocharger Excessively Noisy or Vibrates
Oil Dripping from Turbocharger Adapter
Problem
Solution
Bearing noise.
Locate and repair.
Belt misalignment.
Align belt or pulley.
Driven component inducing vibration.
Locate driven component and repair.
Belt slipping because of insufficient tension.
Inspect adjuster. Replace belt.
Belt subjected to substance that has reduced friction.
Replace belt and clean pulleys.
Pulley misaligned.
Align pulley.
Mismatch of belt and pulley groove widths.
Clean rust or other buildup from pulleys.
Sharp or jagged pulley groove tips.
Replace pulley.
Bearings not lubricated.
Insufficient oil pressure. Check for restricted turbocharger oil line.
Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust manifold.
Inspect, repair. (See test procedure in this section.)
Improper clearance between turbine wheel and turbine housing.
Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet hose and inspect, repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Broken blades on turbine.
Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet hose and inspect, repair. (See Engine CTM.)
Damaged or worn bearings and/or worn seals.
Inspect compressor and turbine wheel for damaged blades.
9010 15 15
Check for proper engine service intervals or dirt entering internally into engine. Excessive crankcase pressure.
Check vent tube to ensure tube is not plugged. Clean.
Turbocharger oil return line carbon build-up where line passes exhaust manifold.
Remove line. Inspect, clean.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-15
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–11/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=135
System Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive Drag in Turbocharger Rotating Member
Carbon build-up behind turbine wheel caused by combustion deposits.
Inspect and clean.
Dirt build-up behind compressor wheel caused by air intake leaks.
Inspect and repair.
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn bearings, caused by excessive temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty oil, oil starvation or insufficient lubrication.
Check for evidence of the lack of proper engine service. Check for extended operation with plugged air cleaners.
9010 15 16
10T,9010,K81 –19–09MAR93–12/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-15-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=136
Group 20
Adjustments JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Clamp-On Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only—DO NOT overtighten. B—Black Clip (—). Connect to main frame.
T6813AG
C—Red Clip (+). Connect to transducer.
–UN–28FEB89
Tachometer
D—Tachometer Readout. Install cable.
10T,9010,K182 –19–10AUG95–1/1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Temperature Probe Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. B—Cable
T6808CE
C—Digital Thermometer
–UN–28FEB89
Digital Thermometer
902525,AA4 –19–28FEB95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=137
9010 20 1
Adjustments
Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. — 830204) Engine Speed Slow Idle
850 ± 50 rpm
Engine Speed Fast Idle
2375 ± 50 rpm
–UN–18OCT88
SPECIFICATIONS
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
9010 20 2
T6023AD
Electronic Tachometer Sealing Wire Pliers
1. Run engine at normal operating temperature.
(S.N. —830204) A—Lever Stop Screw B—Speed Control Rod C—Fast Idle Adjusting Screw D—Sealing Wire E—Slow Idle Adjusting Screw
2. Install tachometer. (See Electronic Tachometer Installation procedure in this group.) 3. Disconnect speed control rod (B) from fuel injection pump lever. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold injection pump lever forward (toward radiator). Check to make sure slow idle is to specification. Specification Engine Speed—Slow Idle .................................................... 850 ± 50 rpm
6. If slow idle is not correct. • Check air cleaner elements. • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (A) out one or two turns. • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (E) to adjust slow idle. • Turn screw (A) in until rpm starts to increase then turn screw out one full turn. Tighten lock nuts. 7. Hold injection pump lever rearward (away from radiator). Check to make sure fast idle is to specification Specification Engine Speed—Fast Idle ................................................... 2375 ± 50 rpm
8. If fast idle is not correct: • Remove sealing wire.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-2
CED,TX17864,245 –19–22OCT98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=138
Adjustments • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (C) counterclockwise to increase rpm or clockwise to decrease rpm. • Tighten lock nut and install a new sealing wire using a seal wire pliers. 9. Connect speed control rod (B).
CED,TX17864,245 –19–22OCT98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=139
9010 20 3
Adjustments
Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. 830305— ) 1. Run engine at normal operating temperature. –UN–13DEC96
2. Install tachometer. (See Electronic Tachometer Installation procedure in this group.)
9010 20 4
4. Start engine.
T105637
3. Disconnect speed control rod (B) from fuel injection pump lever. (S.N. 830205— )
5. Hold injection pump lever forward (toward radiator). Check to make sure slow idle is to specification. Specification Engine Speed—Slow Idle .................................................... 900 ± 25 rpm
A—Lever Stop Screw B—Speed Control Rod C—Fast Idle Adjusting Screw D—Sealing Wire E—Slow Idle Adjusting Screw
6. If slow idle is not correct. • Check air cleaner elements. • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (A) out one or two turns. • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (E) to adjust slow idle. • Turn screw (A) in until rpm starts to increase then turn screw out one full turn. Tighten lock nuts. 7. Hold injection pump lever rearward (away from radiator). Check to make sure fast idle is to specification Specification Engine Speed—Fast Idle ................................................... 2375 ± 25 rpm
8. If fast idle is not correct: • Remove sealing wire. • Loosen lock nut and turn screw (C) counterclockwise to increase rpm or clockwise to decrease rpm. • Tighten lock nut and install a new sealing wire using a seal wire pliers. 9. Connect speed control rod (B).
CED,TX17864,246 –19–22OCT98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=140
Adjustments
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. —830204) SPECIFICATIONS
1. Move speed control pedal to full fast idle position. 2. Measure the spring loaded injection lever override. Override must be to specification.
–UN–18OCT88
3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.)
T6030AU
Injection Pump Lever Override (Fast Idle)
Specification Injection Pump Lever—Override (Fast Idle) .............................................................. 3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.)
TX,9010,BG794 –19–05MAR97–1/2
3. If measurement is not within specification, remove loader control valve cover and disconnect swivel (B) from lever (A).
6. Turn yoke until holes align and connect yoke (D) and lever. Tighten nut (E).
T6030AV
5. Move pump lever by hand until override is within specifications.
–UN–29MAR90
4. Disconnect yoke (D) and loosen nut (E).
8. Check speeds to make sure slow and fast idle are correct. (See Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment in this group.)
T6030AW
A—Lever B—Swivel C—Nut D—Yoke E—Nut
–UN–29MAR90
7. Be sure speed control pedal is against the fast idle stop, loosen nut (C), adjust swivel (B) to align hole in lever (A) and connect swivel and lever. Tighten nut (C).
TX,9010,BG794 –19–05MAR97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=141
9010 20 5
Adjustments
Adjust Engine Speed Control Linkage (S.N. 830205—) SPECIFICATIONS Injection Pump Lever Override Override
3—6 mm (0.12—0.24 in.)
T105635
2. Measure injection pump lever override. Override is measured at the top edge of the short lever (B) to the edge of the long lever (B). Override must be to specification. Specification Injection Pump Lever Override— Override ............................................................. 3—6 mm (0.12—0.24 in.)
3. Adjust swivel on speed control rod to provide override.
–UN–30OCT98
4. Move speed control lever to rear most position and check override. Override must be 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) minimum. 5. Recheck high idle for a minimum of 3 mm (0.12 in.) override.
T118064B
9010 20 6
–UN–13DEC96
1. Move speed control lever to extreme forward position.
6. Open access door on reservoir cowling to adjust foot control pedal.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-6
TX,9010,BG796 –19–05MAR97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=142
Adjustments 7. Disconnect swivel (A) from rod (B). Adjust vertical rod (C) length to allow foot control pedal to stop on floor with hand lever in the extreme forward position. A—Swivel B—Rod (Speed Control Pedal) C—Vertical Rod
T105636
–UN–13DEC96
9010 20 7
TX,9010,BG796 –19–05MAR97–2/2
Adjust Speed Control Lever Tension Tighten nut (A) until force required to move lever using a spring scale is to specification.
T8219CA
–UN–11MAY94
Specification Speed Control Lever Tension— Force .............................................................. 62—71 N (14—16 lb force)
(S.N. 830205— ) Shown
TX,9010,BG797 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=143
Adjustments
9010 20 8
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=144
Group 25
Tests Cooling System Test
Radiator Cap Opening Pressure
82.7—110 kPa (0.82—1.02 bar) (12—15 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DO5104ST Cooling System Pressure Pump
1. Check cooling system for leaks using a DO5104ST cooling system pressure pump.
T5903AA
70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
–UN–27OCT88
SPECIFICATIONS Cooling System Test Pressure
Specification Cooling System Test—Pressure ........................ 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
2. Test radiator cap using cooling system pressure pump. 3. If opening pressure is not within specification, install a new cap. Specification Radiator Cap Opening—Pressure........... 82.7—110 kPa (0.82—1.02 bar) (12—15 psi)
10T,9010,K96 –19–09MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=145
9010 25 1
Tests
Radiator Air Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS Radiator Air Flow Test Engine Speed
Fast idle
Typical Test Voltage Reading
3.00 volts
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05529 Air Flowmeter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm Meter
1. Lower all equipment to the ground. 2. Apply park brake.
4. Divide grille into 16 equal squares. 5. Connect air flowmeter to voltmeter. Set meter on A.C. volts. 6. Start and run engine at fast idle.
–UN–01NOV88
3. Straighten any bent fins in radiator or hydraulic oil cooler.
T6080AH
9010 25 2
Specification Radiator Air Flow Test—Engine Speed ........................................................................................... Fast idle
7. Place air flowmeter in contact with grille. Arrow on meter must point in direction of air flow (toward machine). 8. Record voltage reading for each area. 9. Average of combined total of air flow test readings must be approximately at specifications. Specification Typical Test—Voltage Reading ................................................... 3.00 volts
10. If readings are less than specifications, clean external surfaces of oil cooler and radiator. Repeat test.
1025,DS4253 –19–09MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=146
Tests
JT05529 Air Flowmeter Test Record PRE-TEST INSPECTION CUSTOMER NAME: CUSTOMER ADDRESS: DATE: MACHINE MODEL NO. SERIAL NO.
OK ❒ ❒
SERV REQD ❒ ❒
❒ ❒
❒ ❒
Coolant Level Belt Tension Radiator Fin Condition Fan Tip & Shroud Condition
OK
SERV REQD
❒
❒
❒
❒
9010 25 3 Correct Fan Installation (Sucker Fan) Radiator Cap
TX,1025,DS4254 –19–09MAR93–1/2
AIR FLOW TEST 1. Park brake ON and side shields closed. 2. Divide the surface of the grille into 16 equal squares. 3. Start engine. 4. Perform air flow test at fast idle. Observe correct air flow direction and place air flowmeter in direct contact with grille. (Arrow pointing to grille). 5. Record air flow in each square.
T7886AE
–UN–13NOV92
6. Average of combined total of air flow test readings must be approximately at specifications.
TX,1025,DS4254 –19–09MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=147
Tests
Engine Performance Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test
At operating temperature
Engine Using No. 1 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed
51—65.5 kPa (0.51—0.65 bar) (7.5—9.5 psi)
Engine Using No. 2 Diesel Fuel Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed
55—69 kPa (55—0.69 bar) 8—10 psi)
X9811
65° ± 4°C (130°F ± 10°F)
Engine Temperature
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—200 kPa (0—2 bar) (0—30 psi) –UN–12NOV92
Digital Thermometer
T7886AF
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Relieve pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Keep hands and body away from pinholes and nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for leaks. Do not use your hand.
S.N. —830204
–UN–09JAN97
If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene may result. 1. Install gauge and digital thermometer. See procedure in Section 9020.
T105842
9010 25 4
Transmission Temperature
–UN–23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizer and bucket.
S.N. 830205—
3. Bring transmission and engine to specified temperature. See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in Section 9020. Specification Transmission—Temperature ............................. 65° ± 4°C (130°F ± 10°F) Engine—Temperature ........................................ At operating temperature
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-4
TX,9010,BG798 –19–05MAR97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=148
Tests 4. Operate engine at fast idle speed, shift transmission to 1st forward and load engine down to rated speed by applying service brakes. Record highest pressure reading. 5. If boost pressure is below specification, remove muffler and repeat test. Specification Engine Using No. 1 Diesel Fuel— Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed ......................................... 51—65.5 kPa (0.51—0.65 bar) (7.5—9.5 psi) Engine Using No. 2 Diesel Fuel— Minimum Turbocharger Boost Pressure at 2200 rpm With Muffler Installed .................................... 55—69 kPa (55—0.69 bar) 8—10 psi)
9010 25 5
6. Slowly activate the boom raise function to apply a load to the engine. The gauge will show a pressure rise and then a pressure drop. If the boost pressure does not drop, use the following procedure to apply additional load to the engine: • Lower stabilizers to raise wheels off ground. • Put machine in first gear. • Apply brake pressure until boost pressure begins to drop. 7. Record the highest pressure and the rpm that was obtained. NOTE: New engines will not develop specified boost pressure. Check after 50 hours operation. IMPORTANT: Gauge accuracy is very critical for this test. DO NOT make adjustment to injection pump fuel delivery on tractor. 8. If boost pressure is too high, remove and test fuel injection pump. 9. If boost pressure is too low, see Engine Does Not Develop Full Power in Group 9010-15.
TX,9010,BG798 –19–05MAR97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=149
Tests
Air Intake System Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS 13.8—20.7 kPa (0.13—0.21 bar) (2—3 psi) –UN–25OCT88
Air Intake System Regulated Pressure
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG51 Air Regulator With Gauge
T92026
IMPORTANT: Anytime the air intake system is opened it must be tested for leaks before the machine is returned to service. 1. Remove air cleaner cover and main filter element. 2. Put a plastic bag over safety element and install main element and cover.
–UN–25OCT88
3. Remove plug from air intake tube and install JDG51 adapter (A).
CAUTION: Plastic bag can be sucked into engine if engine is started when trying to close valves.
T92027
4. Connect air pressure regulator to adapter using hose and fitting (B). S.N. —830204
5. Pressurize air intake system to specifications.
–UN–09JAN97
Specification Air Intake System—Regulated Pressure ................................................. 13.8—20.7 kPa (0.13—0.21 bar) (2—3 psi)
If system cannot be pressurized, turn engine slightly to close valves. Check plastic bag. 6. Spray soap solution over all connections from the air cleaner to the turbocharger or air inlet to check for leaks. Repair all leaks.
T105843
9010 25 6
S.N. 830205—
TX,9010,BG799 –19–05MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=150
Tests
Fuel Line Leakage Test Connections may allow air to enter the fuel system without allowing fuel to leak out. Follow this procedure to find air leaks in the system: Disconnect fuel supply and fuel return lines at fuel tank. Drain all fuel from system, including fuel transfer pump, fuel injection pump and fuel filters. 9010 25 7
Securely plug end of fuel return pipe. CAUTION: Do not exceed 103 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi). Using a regulated pressure air source, pressurize the system at the fuel supply line. Apply liquid soap and water solution to all joints and connections in the fuel system and inspect for leaks. Repair any leaks. Connect supply and return lines and prime system. Start machine and let run for approximately 10 minutes. NOTE: On engines with an in-line fuel injection pump, an internal leak path may allow air to enter the fuel system. If an internal pump leak is suspected, remove the pump and have a pressure test performed by an authorized repair station.
10T,9010,C145 –19–09MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=151
Tests
9010 25 8
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9010-25-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=152
Section 9015
Electrical System Contents Page
Page
Group 05—System Information Visually Inspect Electrical System . . . . . . . . .9015-05-1 Electrical Circuit Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Electrical Circuit Malfunction Definations. . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Electrical Circuit Malfunction Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Malfunction Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-9 Using Test Equipment Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-15 Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure . . .9015-05-16 Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Location Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-18 Reading a System Functional Schematic . .9015-05-20 Reading A Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-21 Reading A Component Location Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-22 Reading Connector End View Diagram . . . .9015-05-24 Electrical Schematic Symbols . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-26
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. 815415-825657) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-23 Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-24 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. -825657) Component Location (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 Component Location (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Component Location (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 Component Location (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-36 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Component Location (S.N. -825657) . . 9015-10A-39 Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Component Location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . 9015-10A-42 Component Location (S.N. -825657) . . 9015-10A-43 Component Location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-47 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48
Group 10A—System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) Component Identification Table . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-1 Fuse Color Codes (Blade-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-2 Fuse Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-3 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend. . 9015-10A-4 System Functional Schematic Section Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-14 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-15 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-16 4 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-17 5 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-18 Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Cab Side Console Harness (W6) (S.N. -815415) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Group 10B—System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— ) Component Identification Table . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-1
9015-1
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
9015
Contents
9015
Page
Page
Fuse Color Codes (Blade-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-2 Fuse Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-3 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend. . 9015-10B-4 System Functional Schematic Section Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 System Functional Schematic . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-15 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-17 Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-19 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-24 Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-28 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-30 Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-32 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-35 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-38 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-40 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-41 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location. . . 9015-10B-43 Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-44 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location . . . 9015-10B-46 Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-47 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Connectors, Wire and Pin Location. . . 9015-10B-49
Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . . 9015-15A-10 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Charge Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-14 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-15 Schematic (S.N. —815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-16 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . . 9015-15A-17 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . . 9015-15A-18 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit With Logic Module Operational Information (S.N. -815415). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-21 Theory of Operation (S.N. -815415). . . 9015-15A-22 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Without Logic Module Operational Information (S.N. 815416— 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416— 825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-23 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825628— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-24 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. —815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-25 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . . 9015-15A-26 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . . 9015-15A-27 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 815416—872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Indicator Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Theory of Operation (S.N. —815415) With Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416—825657) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-31 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658—872256) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-32 Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-33 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416—825657). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-34
Group 15A—Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) Power Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-2 Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-3 Subsystem Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-4 Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . 9015-15A-4 Start Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-9 TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-2
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Contents
Page
Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658—872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . MFWD Circuit Specifications ( . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-35 9015-15A-36 9015-15A-36 9015-15A-39 9015-15A-40 9015-15A-40 9015-15A-41 9015-15A-42 9015-15A-42 9015-15A-43 9015-15A-43 9015-15A-44 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-45 9015-15A-46 9015-15A-47 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-48 9015-15A-49 9015-15A-50 9015-15A-51 9015-15A-51 9015-15A-52 9015-15A-52 9015-15A-53 9015-15A-54 9015-15A-54 9015-15A-57 9015-15A-57 9015-15A-58 9015-15A-59 9015-15A-59 9015-15A-60 9015-15A-60 9015-15A-61 9015-15A-62 9015-15A-62
Page
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-64 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Schematic (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-69 Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-70 Schematic (S.N. 816287—872256) . . . 9015-15A-71 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-72 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . 9015-15A-72 Drive and Work Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-75 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Drive and Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-78 Schematic (S.N. —815415) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-79 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . . 9015-15A-80 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . . 9015-15A-81 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-86 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-87 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-89 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 FNR/Range Control Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 Horn Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-99 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . . .9015-15A-100 Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100
9015-3
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=3
9015
Contents
Page
9015
Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-101 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-103 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Beacon Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-106 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-107 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-108 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . .9015-15A-109 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-110 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-111 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-112 Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-112 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-114 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-115 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Auxiliary Valve Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-119 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Auxiliary Valve Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Group 15B—Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Power Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Theory of Opertion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-2 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-3 Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . 9015-15B-3 Start Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-5 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-6 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-7 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Charging Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-10 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-11 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-12 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-13 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Page
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Lock Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . Radio Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . Dome Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9015-4
9015-15B-13 9015-15B-15 9015-15B-16 9015-15B-17 9015-15B-18 9015-15B-18 9015-15B-19 9015-15B-19 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-20 9015-15B-22 9015-15B-22 9015-15B-23 9015-15B-24 9015-15B-24 9015-15B-25 9015-15B-25 9015-15B-26 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-27 9015-15B-28 9015-15B-29 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-30 9015-15B-31 9015-15B-32 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-33 9015-15B-34 9015-15B-35 9015-15B-36 9015-15B-36 9015-15B-39 9015-15B-39
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=4
Contents
Page
Page
Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-40 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Air Adjust Seat Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-43 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-44 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . 9015-15B-44 Air Conditioning Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-46 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-47 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-48 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks . . 9015-15B-48 Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-52 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-56 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-57 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-58 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Rear Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-61 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-64 Schematic (Power Shift) . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-66 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Horn Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-76 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . . . 9015-15B-77
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-79 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Beacon Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-85 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-86 Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures. . . 9015-15B-86 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-88 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-89 Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-89 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-92 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-93 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Display Monitor Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-100 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-101 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-103 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Display Monitor Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Indicator Circuit Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-106 Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-107 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-108 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-109 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-113 Theory of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-114 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-115 Sub-System Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116 Selective Flow Valve Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-5
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=5
9015
Contents
Page
9015
Group 20—References Alternators and Starting Motors—Use CTM77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Battery Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-2 Battery Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-3 Diagnose Battery Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-4 Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-5 Procedure for Testing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-7 Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System . . .9015-20-8 Alternator Operation 78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. — 787513) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-10 95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-12 95 Amp BOSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-13 Monitor Test in Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-14 Logic Module Test in Machine (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-15 Logic Module Bench Test (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-17 Tachometer Calibration (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=6
Group 05
System Information Visually Inspect Electrical System Make the following visual electrical inspection prior to starting the machine after receiving customer complaint: 1. Look for bare wires that could ground a component or short across to another component. 2. Look for missing or worn conduit. This could indicate a wire problem. 3. Look for loose or broken connectors and wires. 4. Inspect batteries for: • • • • • •
Corroded terminals Loose terminals or battery posts Dirty condition Damp condition Cracked case Proper electrolyte level
9015 05 1
5. Check alternator belt tension. 6. After machine has been shut down for five minutes inspect for overheated parts. They will often smell like burned insulation. Put your hand on the alternator. Heat in these parts when the unit has not been operated for some time is a sure clue to charging circuit problems. 7. If your visual inspection does not indicate the possible malfunction, but your inspection does indicate that the machine can be run, turn the key switch to the IGN position. Try out the accessory circuits, indicator lights, gauge lights. How does each of these components work? Look for sparks or smoke which might indicate shorts. 8. Start machine. Check all gauges for good operation and check to see if system is charging or discharging. 9. In general, look for anything unusual. Many electrical failures cannot be detected even if the machine is started. Therefore, a systematic and complete inspection of the electrical system is necessary.
CED,OUTX466,1353 –19–03FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=155
System Information
Circuit Malfunctions
T112479
–19–19DEC97
9015 05 2
A—Battery B—Fuse
C—Switch
There are four common circuit malfunctions: 1. High-Resistance Circuit.
D—Light
E—Ground
2. Open Circuit. 3. Grounded Circuit. 4. Shorted Circuit.
AG,tx13067,2 –19–03FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=156
System Information
Definition of Circuit Malfunctions
T112473
–19–17DEC97
9015 05 3
A—Battery B—Fuse
C—Switch D—High Resistance
E—Light
F—Ground
A High Resistance Circuit has high resistance (D). An example would be a loose or corroded connection that causes a voltage drop and reduces current flow.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-3
AG,tx13067,4 –19–03FEB99–1/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=157
System Information
T112476
–19–17DEC97
9015 05 4
A—Battery B—Fuse
C—Switch D—Open
E—Light
F—Ground
An Open Circuit has an open (D), such as a broken wire, that prevents current from flowing in the circuit. Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-4
AG,tx13067,4 –19–03FEB99–2/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=158
System Information
T112477
–19–17DEC97
9015 05 5
A—Battery B—Fuse
C—Switch D—Grounded Circuit
E—Light
A Grounded Circuit (shorted circuit) has a power wire with its insulation rubbed through contacting the machine frame causing a grounded circuit (D). This
provides continuity to the battery ground terminal (shorted to ground).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
F—Ground
9015-05-5
AG,tx13067,4 –19–03FEB99–3/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=159
System Information
T112583
–19–22DEC97
9015 05 6
A—Battery B—Fuse F1 C—Switch D—Light
E—Circuit Ground F—Controller Ground G—Sensor H—Sensor Ground Wire Shorted To Ground
I—Sensor Signal Wire Shorted To Ground J—Sensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Ground
A sensor circuit shorted to ground has one or more sensor wires, voltage wire (J), signal wire (I) or ground
wire (H) shorted to machine ground or a grounded wire.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
K—Controller L—Fuse F2
9015-05-6
AG,tx13067,4 –19–03FEB99–4/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=160
System Information
T112584
–19–22DEC97
9015 05 7
A—Battery B—Fuse F1 C—Switch D—Sensor Voltage Wire Shorted to Power
E—Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Power F—Sensor Ground Wire Shorted to Power
G—Light H—Circuit Ground I—Sensor J—Controller
K—Controller Ground L—Fuse F2 M—Battery Ground
A Sensor circuit shorted to power has one or more sensor wires, voltage wire (D), signal wire (E) or ground wire (F) shorted to a power source.
AG,tx13067,4 –19–03FEB99–5/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=161
System Information
Location of Circuit Malfunctions
T120026
–19–03FEB99
9015 05 8
A—Battery B—Fuse
C—Switch
D—Load (Light)
In a simple electrical circuit malfunctions only occur at three locations: 1. Before the controlling switch (C). 2. Between controlling switch (C) and load (D).
E—Ground
3. After the load (D). Failed components can be diagnosed as circuit malfunctions. Isolate malfunctions to determine the cause of failure.
CED,TX13067,1 –19–03FEB99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=162
System Information
Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions
T120025
–19–03FEB99
9015 05 9
A—Battery B—Fuse C—Switch
D—Switch Terminal E—Resistance F—Connector
G—Open H—Connector I—Component Terminal
High Resistance Circuit: 1. A high resistance circuit results in slow, dim or no component operation. High resistance can be caused by loose, corroded or oily connector terminals. 2. High resistance can be caused by wire that is too small or has broken strands internally. 3. Troubleshoot a high resistance circuit by measuring voltage between the switch and load with the switch ON. 4. If voltage is low, the malfunction is between the point of measurement and the battery. Continue measuring voltage toward battery until normal voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement.
5. If voltage is normal, the malfunction is between point of measurement and circuit ground. Continue measuring voltage toward circuit ground until low voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement. Open Circuit: 1. An open circuit results in no component operation. An open circuit can be caused broken wires, disconnected connector, blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker. 2. Troubleshoot an open circuit by replacing the fuse or resetting the circuit breaker, then measure voltage between the switch and load with the switch ON.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
J—Load (Light) K—Ground
9015-05-9
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–1/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=163
System Information 3. If voltage is zero, the malfunction is between the point of measurement and the battery. Continue measuring voltage toward the battery until normal voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement.
4. If voltage is normal, the malfunction is between point of measurement and circuit ground. Continue measuring voltage toward circuit ground until zero voltage is found. Malfunction is between last two points of measurement.
Continued on next page
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–2/6
9015 05 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=164
System Information
T112481
–19–17DEC97
9015 05 11
A—Fuse (Power Side) B—Fuse (Circuit Side) C—Switch
D—Switch Terminal E—Wire Terminal
F—Grounded Circuit G—Component Terminal
Grounded Circuit: 1. A grounded circuit results in no component operation and the fuse blown or circuit breaker open. 2. Troubleshoot a grounded circuit by turning the switch OFF, and checking continuity to frame ground between the fuse circuit side (B) and switch (C). 3. If continuity is measured, the malfunction is between fuse and switch. Inspect wire harness for burned areas or insulation rubbed off a wire.
4. If continuity is not measured, measure continuity to frame ground, between switch terminal (D) and component terminal (G). 5. If continuity is measured, the malfunction is between switch and component. Inspect wire harness for burned areas or insulation rubbed off a wire.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
H—Load (Light) I—Ground
9015-05-11
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–3/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=165
System Information
T112482
–19–19DEC97
9015 05 12
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-12
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–4/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=166
System Information A—Battery B—Fuse F1 C—Fuse F2 D—Switch S2 E—Battery Wire Shorted To Circuit F—Switch S1 G—Circuit Wire Shorted To Circuit
H—Circuit Wire Shorted To Ground I—Light E1 J—Circuit Ground K—Circuit Ground L—Light E2 M—Sensor
N—Sensor Signal Wire Shorted To Sensor Ground Wire O—Sensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Sensor Ground Wire P—Sensor Signal Wire Shorted To Sensor Voltage Wire
Circuit Shorted to Power: 1. Complex circuits can fail in numerous ways. Circuits can short to other circuits causing components to operate when unrelated switches are turned ON. In the example if switch S1 (F) is ON and wires are shorted at (G) light E1 (I) and E2 (L) will be ON. 2. Components can operate even when all switches are OFF. In the example if wires are shorted at (E), light E2 will be ON all the time. 3. Components can operate strangely. In the example if wires are shorted at (H), fuse F1 (B) will blow when switch S1 is turned ON. If switch S2 (D) is turned ON, light E2 will operate normally and light E1 may be very dim, or light E1 and E2 may be dim, even if fuse F1 is blown.
2.
3.
4.
Sensor Circuit Shorted to Itself: 1. Sensors are part of a controller circuit. Controllers are used to operate components like engines, transmissions or hydraulic systems. Sensors send information such as speed, pressure or temperature from the component to the controller to monitor operation of the component. If a malfunction occurs
5.
in the component, or the sensor circuit the controller no longer receives a “normal” signal. “Abnormal” signals received by a controller mean part of the circuit has a malfunction. Sensor circuits can fail in numerous ways. Service Codes will be generated when sensor circuits fail. Controllers may allow the component to operate normally, may allow operation in a reduced capacity such as a “limp home mode”, or the controller may prevent any component operation. If a sensor circuit signal wire (N) shorts to a ground wire, a “Short to Ground” Service Code may be generated If a sensor circuit voltage wire (O) shorts to ground, a Service Code may or may not be generated, but other sensors connected to the controller will cease to work, because their supply voltage will also be shorted to ground. Erratic operation of the monitor may result. If a sensor circuit voltage wire (P) shorts to the sensor signal wire a Service Code may or may not be generated. The controller may receive a signal indicating the sensor is reading its maximum upper or lower limit.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Q—Controller R—Controller Ground S—Fuse F3 T—Battery Ground
9015-05-13
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–5/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=167
9015 05 13
System Information
T112583
–19–22DEC97
9015 05 14
A—Battery B—Fuse F1 C—Switch D—Light
E—Circuit Ground F—Controller Ground G—Sensor H—Sensor Ground Wire Shorted To Ground
I—Sensor Signal Wire Shorted To Ground J—Sensor Voltage Wire Shorted To Ground
Sensor Circuit Shorted to Ground: 1. If a sensor circuit ground wire shorts to a machine ground wire (H), a service code probably won’t be generated. Sensor operation may be normal. 2. If a sensor signal wire shorts to a machine ground wire (I), a Short to Ground service code may be generated.
K—Controller L—Fuse F2
3. If a sensor voltage wire shorts to a machine ground wire (J), a Service Code may be generated. The monitor indicator for the sensor may illuminate.
CED,TX13067,2 –19–03FEB99–6/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=168
System Information
Multimeter The multimeter is an auto-ranging digital display that allows very accurate readings to be taken. A—Display B—Voltage AC (Alternating Current) C—Voltage DC (Direct Current) D—Resistance E—Diode Test/Continuity F—Current AC (Alternating Current) G—Current DC (Direct Current) H—Voltage, Resistance, Diode/Continuity (Red Lead Input) I—Ground (Black Lead Input) J—Current/Amps (Red Lead Input)
T8074AA
–19–03SEP93
9015 05 15
TX,9015,MM2916A –19–20MAR96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=169
System Information
Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure
T7719AA
–19–05MAR92
9015 05 16
A—Battery Ground B—Battery C—Battery Side Of Fuse Or Circuit Breaker
D—Fuse Or Circuit Breaker E—Component Side Of Fuse Or Circuit Breaker F—Switch
G—Battery Side Of Component Terminal H—Light (Component)
I—Ground Side Of Component Terminal J—Component Ground
Step 1—Switch ON Check battery side of circuit breaker (C) for battery voltage
Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 2. Low voltage, repair high resistance. Open circuit from battery.
Step 2—Switch OFF Check component side of circuit breaker for battery voltage
Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 4. Low voltage, repair high resistance. No voltage. Go to Step 3.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-16
TX,9015,MM2917B –19–01MAY95–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=170
System Information Step 3—Switch OFF Check component side of circuit breaker for continuity to ground
Continuity to ground. Repair grounded circuit at or before switch. No continuity to ground, replace circuit breaker.
Step 4—Switch ON Check component side of circuit breaker for battery voltage
Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 6. Low voltage, repair high resistance. No voltage. Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Disconnect wire at battery side of component (G). Switch ON. Check wire at (G) for battery voltage
Battery voltage, repair component. No voltage, repair grounded or open circuit at or after switch.
Step 6—Switch ON Check lead to component at (G) for battery voltage
Battery voltage normal. Go to Step 7. Low voltage, repair high resistance in circuit between fuse and component.
9015 05 17
No voltage, repair high resistance or open circuit between fuse and component. Step 7—Switch ON Check ground wire of component at (I) for voltage
No voltage, good continuity to ground. Repair component. Voltage, poor continuity to ground. Repair high resistance or open ground circuit.
TX,9015,MM2917B –19–01MAY95–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=171
System Information
Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Location Information System Functional Schematic Diagram
–UN–27FEB90
Wiring Diagram—If Provided The Wiring Diagram shows each wiring harness, wire color, wire destination, harness connectors, and schematic symbols for each electrical component connected to that harness. Harnesses are identified by the same letter/number designation and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram (W1 Engine Harness, W2 Dash Harness, Etc.). Each component schematic symbol will be identified by the same letter/number designation used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. Harness connectors will be identified by a letter/number designation and description (X1 CAB HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR, X3 DASH HARNESS TO HEATER BLOWER HARNESS CONNECTOR, Etc.).
T85958
9015 05 18
The System Functional Schematic is a schematic diagram of the complete machine. All harnesses are identified by letter/number designation and description (W1 Engine Harness, W2 Dash Harness, Etc.). Each wire is identified by number and/or color (G01 BLK, R02 Red, RED/WHT, BLU/GRN, Etc.). All components are identified by letter/number designation, description and are represented by a schematic symbol. Component letter/number designation, (K1 Start Relay, S1 Key Switch, B9 Horn, Etc.) will indicate that component throughout the manual. The System Functional Schematic Diagram is divided into Sections. Each section contains one or more electrical circuits. Each section is indicated by a number and circuit (SE1 CHARGING CIRCUIT, SE2 STARTING CIRCUIT, Etc.).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-18
CED,OUTX466,1361 –19–03FEB99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=172
System Information Component Location Diagram The Component Location Diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. NOTE: All System Functional Schematics, Circuit Schematics, and Wiring Diagrams are shown with key switch in the off position. Connector End View Diagram—If Provided 9015 05 19
The connector end view diagram is a pictoral end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram.
CED,OUTX466,1361 –19–03FEB99–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=173
System Information
Reading a System Functional Schematic
T7502CE
–19–29MAY91
9015 05 20
A—Power Wires B—Continuity Chart C—Component Schematic Symbol
D—Component Identification Code
The System Functional Schematic is made up of sections which contain one or more Subsystem Functional Schematic laid out side by side in a logical sequence of related functions. Each Subsystem is a major group of components like starting components or charging components (H). Sections are named to reflect that group of components (G). The System Functional Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (A) shown across the top of the drawing and ground wires (F) across the bottom. The diagram contains no harness or connector information.
E—Component Name F—Ground Wires
G—Circuit Name H—Section Number
component identification code (D). A continuity chart (B) is included for each multi-terminal switch. The same names and identification letter codes are used on all machine drawings, the System Functional Schematic, System Wiring and Harness Diagram, and the System Component Location Drawing. Components and connectors can easily be cross-referenced from one drawing to another. See Group -10 for Component Identification Legend.
Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (C), the component name (E), and a
TX,9015,MM2919B –19–12APR94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=174
System Information
Reading A Wiring Diagram
T8534AC
–19–10AUG95
9015 05 21
A—Harness Connector Letter/Number Identification B—Component Letter/Number Identification C—Component Connector Pin Number Or Letter
D—Component Connector E—Wire Number And/Or Color F—Component(s) Identification Number/Letter Wire Is Routed To
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing components, connectors, and wires. Harnesses (G) are identified by a letter/number designation and description (W3 PARK BRAKE HARNESS, Etc.). Each component (B) is represented by a schematic symbol and is identified by the same letter/number designation and description used in the System Functional Schematic. Components with integral connectors (D) have pin number/letters indicated (C). Wires from harness to components are identified by letter/number designation (E). Component identification letter/number (F) indicates component wire is routed to.
G—Harness Identification Letter/Number And Description H—Wiring Harness I—Component(s) Identification Number/Letter Wire Is Routed To
J—Wire Number And/Or Color K—Harness Connector Pin Number Or Letter
Main harness connectors (A) are identified by a letter/number designation and description (X2 PARK BRAKE HARNESS TO DASH HARNESS CONNECTOR, Etc.). Harness connector description indicates which harnesses connect together. Connector pin numbers or letters (K) are indicated as they are marked on the connector. Wires attached to each connector pin are identified by number and/or color designation (J). Component identification number/letter (I) indicates destination of each wire. Harness, harness connector, and component identification letter/numbers and description are the same as used on the System Functional Schematic.
CED,OUTX466,1363 –19–15OCT98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=175
System Information
Reading A Component Location Diagram
T113251
–19–09FEB98
9015 05 22
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-22
TX,9015,MM2920B –19–27MAY98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=176
System Information A—Component Identification Number B—Component Name C—End View of Connector
D—Mating Connector “X” Identification Number E—Harness Component Identification Number
F—Name of Harness G—Diagram View of Connector H—Terminal Numbers
I—Wire Number and Color J—Routing Destination(s) of Wire
NOTE: The same names and identification numbers are used on all machine schematic and harness electrical drawings throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual so components can easily be cross-referenced from one drawing to another.
Each connector that joins one harness to another is identified by an “X” component identification number and a name. An end view of the connector is shown. Also, a diagram view of the connector shows connector terminal number, wire number and color and destination of each wire.
The component location by harness drawing is a pictorial representation that shows harness routing, component location and mating harness connector information.
For example, X18 connector connects the Cab Work Light Harness to the Load Center Harness. Terminal 5 of the connector contains L02 Brn Wire, which routes to E20 Left Front Work Light, E21 Right Front Work Light, E22 Left Rear Work Light, and E23 Right Rear Work Light.
The location of each component that is connected to the harness is shown and identified by its alpha-numeric identification number.
TX,9015,MM2920B –19–27MAY98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=177
9015 05 23
System Information
Reading Connector End View Diagram
T102978
–19–05SEP97
9015 05 24
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-24
CED,TX17864,1018 –19–03FEB99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=178
System Information Each wiring harness component location is followed by individual component connector drawings. These drawings show an end view and a diagram view of each connector in the harness that connects to a component. In the preceding example, to see the location of L02 Brn Wire in connectors for E20, E21, E22, and E23
Work Lights, the connection would reference the “Connectors for Cab Work Light Harness” on the page following the component location drawing. This drawing shows the end view of the wiring harness connector for each component. In the case of L02 Brown wire, it is located in Terminal A for all three work lights.
CED,TX17864,1018 –19–03FEB99–2/2
9015 05 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=179
System Information
Electrical Schematic Symbols
T120028
–19–03FEB99
9015 05 26
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-26
TX,9015,MM2921 –19–26OCT93–1/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=180
System Information
T120029
–19–03FEB99
9015 05 27
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-27
TX,9015,MM2921 –19–26OCT93–2/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=181
System Information
T120030
–19–03FEB99
9015 05 28
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-28
TX,9015,MM2921 –19–26OCT93–3/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=182
System Information
T120031
–19–22MAR99
9015 05 29
TX,9015,MM2921 –19–26OCT93–4/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=183
System Information
9015 05 30
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-05-30
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=184
Group 10A
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) Component Identification Table Each component (electrical device) and main connector will have and identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total components within that letter group. Identification Letter
Type
Examples
A
System, subassembly, parts group
Control units, trigger boxes, two-way radios, logic module, FNR logic module
B
Transducer for conversion of non-electrical variables to electrical and vice versa
Speed sensors, pressure sensors, pressure switches horns, sensors, pickups, limit-value sensors, pulse generators, loudspeakers, inductive pickups, probes, air-flow sensors, oil-pressure switches, temperature sensors, ignition-voltage pickups
C
Condenser, capacitor
Condensers and capacitors, general
D
Binary device, memory
Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders
E
Various devices and equipment
Heating devices, air conditioners, light, headlights, spark plugs, ignition distributors
F
Protection device
Release mechanisms, polarity protection devices, fuses, current protection circuits
9015 10A 1
G
Power supply, generator
Batteries, generators, alternators, charging units
H
Monitor, alarm, signalling device
Audible alarms, indicator lights, turn-signal lights, brake lights, alarms, warning lights, buzzers
K
Relay
Battery relays, turn-signal relays, solenoid switches, starting relays, warning flashers
L
Inductor
Choke coils, coils, windings
M
Motor
Blower motors, fan motors, starter motors
N
Regulator, amplifier
Regulators (electronic or electromechanical), voltage stabilizers
P
Measuring instrument
Ammeter, diagnostic connectors, tachometers, fuel gauge, pressure gauges, measuring points, test points, speedometers
R
Resistor
Flame glow plugs, sheathed-element flame glow plugs, glow plugs, heating resistors, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, potentiometers, regulating resistors
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-1
TX,901505,QQ381 –19–16SEP92–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=185
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) Identification Letter
9015 10A 2
Type
Examples
S
Switch
Switches and pushbuttons, general key switch, light switch, horn switch, flasher switch
T
Transformer
Ignition coil, ignition transformer
U
Modulator, converter
DC transformers
V
Semiconductor, electron tubes
Transistors, diodes, electron tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, thyristors, zener diodes
W
Transmission path, conductor, antenna
Antennas, shielding components, shielded conductors, cable harnesses, conductors, ground conductors
X
Terminal, plug, plug and socket connection
Terminal studs, electrical connections, connectors electrical line couplers, line connectors, sockets, plugs, terminals, plug-and-socket connections
Y
Electrically actuated mechanical device
Permanent magnets, (solenoid-operated) injection valves, electromagnetic clutches and brakes, air valves, fuel pumps, solenoids, switching valves, start valves, locking systems
Z
Electrical filter
Interference suppression filters
TX,901505,QQ381 –19–16SEP92–2/2
Fuse (Blade-Type) Color Codes Amperage Rating
Color
1
Black
3
Violet
4
Pink
5
Tan
7-1/2
Brown
10
Red
15
Light Blue
20
Yellow
25
Natural (White)
30
Light Green
TX,9015,QQ6743 –19–28SEP92–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=186
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
Fuse Specifications (S.N. —872256)
T7812AF
–19–23SEP92
9015 10A 3
F1—7.5 Amp MFWD/ Alternator/Diff Lock Fuse F2—15 Amp Fuel/Ether Aid and Reverse Alarm Fuse F3—5 Amp Dome Light/Radio fuse F4—5 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power) F5—15 Amp Wiper Fuse
F6—30 Amp Heater/AC Circuit Breaker F7—15 Amp Rear Light/ Tail Light fuse F8—25 Amp Front Light Fuse F9—10 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse F10—20 Amp Turn/Stop and Horn Fuse
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload.
F11—7.5 Amp Left Turn Fuse F12—7.5 Amp Right Turn Fuse F13—10 Amp RTD/Beacon Fuse F14—5 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse F15—15 Amp Hazard/Monitor Fuse (Unswitched Power)
F16—10 Amp Start Fuse K3—Park Light Relay K4—Reverse Alarm Relay K5—Park Brake Relay K6—Neutral Relay K7—Alternator Sense Relay S21—Flasher
The fuse block is located on the side console inside an access cover.
TX,9015,QQ1700 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=187
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. —872256) NOTE: A1—Shift Controller (SE10, W7) • A1 indicates component identification number. • Shift Controller indicates component name. • SE10 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. • W7 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located.
• • • • • • • • • • • •
V1—MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8) 9015 10A 4
• V1 indicates component identification number. • MFWD Solenoid Diode indicates component name. • SE1 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. • W8 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
A1—Shift Controller (SE10,W7) A2—Radio (W12) B1—Reverse Warning Alarm (SE5,W8) B2—Park Brake Sensing Switch (SE9,W8) B3—Horn (SE12,W8) B4—Fuel Sender (SE15,W8) B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (SE17,W8) B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE17,W8) B7—Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE17,W8) B8—Transmission Temperature Switch (SE17,W8) B9—Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (SE17,W8) B10—Radio Speaker (W12) B11—Brake Light Switches (SE13,W6) B12—Radio Speaker (W12) E1—Dome Light (SE3,W5) E2—Swivel Light (SE3,W5) E3—Left Front Work Light (SE8,W5) E4—Right Front Work Light (SE8,W5) E5—Left Rear Work Light (SE8,W5)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
E6—Right Rear Work Light (SE8,W5) E7—Left Front Drive Light (SE8,W5) E8—Right Front Drive Light (SE8,W5) E9—Left Tail Light (SE8,W5) E10—Right Tail Light (SE8,W5) E11—Left Brake Light (SE13,W5) E12—Right Brake Light (SE13,W5) E13—Beacon Light (SE14,W5) E14—Fuel Gauge Light (SE15,W8) E15—Seat Belt Light (SE9,W6) F1—MFWD/ALT/Diff Lock Fuse (SE2,W6) F2—Fuel Shutoff/Start Aid/Reverse Alarm Fuse (SE5,W6) F3—Dome Light Fuse (SE3,W6) F4—Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power) (SE3,W6) F5—Windshield Wiper/Washer Fuse (SE4,W6) F6—Heater Circuit Breaker (SE6,W6) F7—Rear Work Light Fuse (SE7,W6)) F8—Front Work Light Fuse (SE8,W6) F9—FNR/Park Brake Fuse (SE9,W6) F10—Turn/Stop/Horn Fuse (SE12,W6) F11—Left Turn Light Fuse (SE13,W6) F12—Right Turn Light Fuse (SE13,W6) F13—Return-To-Dig/Beacon Fuse (SE14,W6) F14—Monitor Fuse (SE15,W6) F15—Hazard/Monitor Fuse (Unswitched Power) (SE16,W6) F16—Start Fuse (SE11,W6) F17—Fuse Block (W6) G1—Battery (SE1,W8) G2—Alternator (SE1,W8) H1—Left Indicator Turn Light (SE13,W7) H2—Left Front Turn Light (SE13,W5) H3—Left Rear Turn Light (SE13,W5) H4—Right Front Turn Light (SE13,W5) H5—Right Rear Turn Light (SE13,W5) H6—Right Indicator Turn Light (SE13,W7) H7—Logic Module (S.N. —815415) (SE16,W6) H8—Display Module (SE16,W6) H9—Red Warning Light (SE17,W6) H10—Yellow Warning Light (SE17,W6) H11—Alarm (SE17,W6) K1—Start Relay (SE1,W8) K2—Accessory Relay (SE1,W6)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-4
TX,9015,QQ3270 –19–10MAR97–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=188
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
K3—Park Light Relay (SE9,W6) K4—Reverse Alarm Relay (SE5,W6) K5—Park Brake Latching Relay (SE9,W6) K6—Neutral Start Relay (SE11,W6) K7—Alternator Relay (SE16,W6) K8—Auxiliary Valve Relay (W14) M1—Starter Motor (SE1,W8) M2—Rear Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M3—Left Hand Door Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M4—Right Hand Door Wiper Motor (SE4,W5) M5—Washer Motor (SE4,W8) M6—Heater Blower Motor (SE6,W6) M7—Heater Blower Motor (S.N. —825657) (SE6,W6) P1—Fuel Gauge (SE15,W6) P2—Tachometer (Optional) (SE15,W6) P3—Hour Meter (SE15,W6) R1—Heater Motor Resistor (SE6,W6) S1—Key Switch (SE2,W6) S2—MFWD Switch (SE2,W6) S3—MFWD Indicator Switch (SE2,W8) S4—Not Used S5—Front Wiper Switch (SE4,W7) S6—Rear Wiper Switch (SE4,W6) S7—Windshield Washer Switch (SE4,W6) S8—Blower Switch (SE6,W6) S9—Front Light Switch (SE8,W7) S10—Rear Light Switch (SE7,W6) S11—Forward and Reverse/Range Switch (SE10,W7) S12—Park Brake Dash Switch (SE9,W6) S13—Neutral Disconnect Switch (SE11,W6) S14—Not Used S15—Horn Switch (SE12,W6) S16—Turn Signal Switch (SE13,W7) S17—4-Way Flasher Switch (SE13,W7) S18—Beacon Switch (Optional) (SE14,W6) S19—Diff Lock Switch (SE2,W6) S20—Return-To-Dig Switch (SE14,W8) S21—Flasher (SE13,W6) S22—Heater Temperature Switch (W6) S23—Low Pressure Switch (W11) S24—High Pressure Switch (W11) S25—Air Conditioning Switch (If Equipped) (W6) S26—A/C Freeze Switch (W10) S27—Dome Light Switch (SE3,W5)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
S28—Swivel Light Switch (SE3,W5) S29—Auxiliary Valve Solenoid (W14) S30—Auxiliary Valve Foot Switch (W14) S31—Seat Switch (S.N. 825628— ) V1—MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8) V2—Park Brake Solenoid Diode (SE9,W8) V3—Reverse Solenoid Diode (SE9,W8) V4—Forward Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V5—Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Diode (SE11,W8) V6—4-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE13,W7) V7—4-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE13,W7) V8—Logic Module/Display Module Diode (SE15,W6) V9—Alternator Diode (SE1,W8) V10—Differential Lock Solenoid Diode (SE2,W8) V11—Park Brake Relay Diode (SE9,W6) V12—C1/B2 Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V13—C2/B3 Solenoid Diode (SE10,W8) V14—Auxiliary Valve Diode (W14) V15—Park Warning Light Diode (S.N. 825658— ) W1—Machine Frame/Engine Block Ground/Left Side (SE1,W8) W2—Ground To Cab Frame (SE14,W5) W3—Ground At Cab Floor (SE1,W8) W4—Engine Ground Strap (W8) W5—Cab Hoof Harness (W5) W6—Cab Side Console Harness (W6) W7—Front Console Harness (W7) W8—Engine Harness (W8) W9—Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) W10—Blower Harness (W10) W11—Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) W12—Radio Harness (W12) W13—Radio Antenna (W12) W14—Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) X1—Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X2—Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X3—Side Console Harness To Roof Harness Connectors (W5,W6) X4—Transmission Solenoid Harness To Engine Harness (W8,W9) X5—Radio Harness To Radio Connector (W12) X6—Blower Switch Connector (W10) X7—Display Module Connectors (W6) X8—Horn Switch Connector (W6)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-5
TX,9015,QQ3270 –19–10MAR97–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=189
9015 10A 5
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 9015 10A 6
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
X9—Rear Light Switch Connector (W6) X10—Rear Wiper Switch Connector (W6) X11—Beacon Switch Connector (W6) X12—MFWD Switch Connector (W6) X13—Park Brake Switch Connector (W6) X14—Start Aid Switch Connector (W6) X15—Fuel Gauge Connector (W6) X16—Key Switch Connector (W6) X17—Logic Module 4-Pin Connector (W6) X18—Logic Module 6-Pin Connector (W6) X19—Logic Module 4-Pin Connector (W6) X20—Logic Module 6-Pin Connector (W6) X21—Side Console To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X22—Side Console To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X23—Floor Harness To Engine Harness Connectors (W6,W8) X24—Side Console To Front Console Harness Connectors (W6,W7) X25—Side Console To Front Console Harness Connectors (W6,W7) X26—FNR/Range Switch Connectors (W7) X27—Turn Signal Switch Connector (W7) X28—Beacon Light Connector (W5) X29—Roof Harness to Radio Harness Connector (W5,W12) X30—Splice (Inside Harness) (W6) X31—Forward Solenoid Connector (W8) X32—Clutch Disconnect Solenoid Connector (W8) X33—Connector for Air Conditioning Switch (W8) X34—Engine Harness To A/C Compressor Harness Connector (W8,W11) X35—Side Console Harness To Blower Harness Connectors (W8,W10) X36—Air Conditioning Clutch Cycle Switch Connectors (W10)
• X37—Seat Belt Light Connector (W6) • X38—A.C. Switch Connector (W6) • X41—Hour Meter or Auxiliary Valve Connector (W14) • X41A—Auxiliary Valve Harness Connector (W14) • X42—Auxiliary Valve Harness Connector (W14) • X43—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X44—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X45—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X46—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X47—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X48—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X49—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X50—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X51—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X52—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X53—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X54—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X55—Splice (Inside Harness) (S.N. 825658— ) • X56—Seat Switch Connector (S.N. 825658— ) (W6) • Y1—MFWD Solenoid (SE2,W8) • Y2—Start Aid Solenoid (SE5,W8) • Y3—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE5,W8) • Y4—Park Brake Solenoid (SE9,W8) • Y5—Reverse/Solenoid (SE10,W9) • Y6—Forward/Solenoid (SE10,W9) • Y7—Neutral Disconnect Solenoid (SE11,W9) • Y8—Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid (SE 11,W8) • Y9—Return-To-Dig Solenoid (SE14,W8) • Y10—Air Conditioning Compressor (W11) • Y11—Differential Lock Solenoid (SE2,W8) • Y12—C1/B2 Solenoid (SE10,W9) • Y13—C2/B3 Solenoid (SE10,W9) • Y14—Park Brake Solenoid (SE9,W8) • Y15—Auxiliary Valve Solenoid
TX,9015,QQ3270 –19–10MAR97–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=190
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. —872256) NOTE: SE1—Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) • SE1 indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. • Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) indicates circuit name. • SE1—Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit —(12 Volt System) • SE2—MFWD and Differential Lock Circuit • SE3—Dome Light and Radio Circuit • SE4—Wiper and Washer circuit • SE5—Start Aid, Fuel Shut Off and Reverse Alarm Circuit • SE6—Blower Circuit • SE7—Rear Work Light Circuit • SE8—Front Work and Drive Light Circuit • SE9—Park Brake Circuit • SE10—FNR/Range Control Circuit • SE11—Neutral Disconnect Circuit • SE12—Horn Circuit • SE13—Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit • SE14—Beacon and Return-To-Dig Circuit • SE15—Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit • SE16—Display Module and Logic Module Circuit • SE17—Indicator Circuit
9015 10A 7
TX,9015,QQ1703 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=191
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AF
9015-10A-8
System Functional Schematic (S.N. —825657)
–19–10MAR97–1/6
PN=192
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AG
9015-10A-9
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–2/6
PN=193
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AH
9015-10A-10
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–3/6
PN=194
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AI
9015-10A-11
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–4/6
PN=195
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AJ
9015-10A-12
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–5/6
PN=196
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8542AK
9015-10A-13
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–6/6
PN=197
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3257
T117118
BLK CABLE
B11C RED
G02 BLK
M
G40 BLK
E02 WHT
B11 RED
B14 RED
B11 RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
K2
B+
W G
G02 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY SE9, K5
E02 WHT
G01 BLK
ALTERNATOR DIODE
V9
M39C PUR
R31 BLK
D+
ALTERNATOR
G2
B11 RED
NOT USED
B15 RED
SE1 POWER, CHARGING AND START CIRCUIT
S
B14 RED
G10A BLK
STARTER MOTOR
M1
START RELAY
K1
B03 RED
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
RED CABLE
G10M BLK
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND LEFT SIDE
W1
G01 BLK
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W3
-
+
G
ST
IGN
ACC
G10L BLK
BATTERIES
G1
BAT
G10A BLK
KEY SWITCH
E02 WHT
M39C PUR M39 PUR
E22 WHT
B15 RED
6
P13 RED
10
9
MFWD INDICATOR SWITCH
S3
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID DIODE
T16 BLU
T16 BLU
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH
S19
V10
P13E RED
P15 RED
G40 BLK
GRY
M39C PUR
B12A RED
G20 BLK
B15 RED
B12B RED
5
M
1
P14 RED
G20 BLK
3
1
7
A66 ORG
P14G RED
REAR WIPER MOTOR
M2
A65 ORG
REAR WIPER SWITCH
S6
5
B15 RED
WIPER/ WASHER FUSE
F5
3 5 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
P14B RED
ON OFF II I O
WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH
S7
P14C RED
SWIVEL LIGHT SWITCH
S28
SWIVEL LIGHT
E2
WASHER MOTOR
M5
ON OFF I O
G01 BLK
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
S27
DOME LIGHT FUSE
F3
B11D RED
SE3 DOME LIGHT AND RADIO CIRCUIT
G10 BLK
DOME LIGHT
E1
TO A2 RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
Y11
UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE
F4
R31 BLK
B11B RED
P25 RED
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (1 OF 5)
SE2 MFWD AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUIT
MFWD SOLENOID
Y1
8
W55 BLU
MFWD SWITCH
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE
V1
OFF ON I O
S2
P13C RED
P13E RED
MFWD/ALT/ DIFF. LOCK FUSE
F1
E22 WHT
G05 BLK
B12A RED
W55 BLU
P13A RED P13 RED P13B TAN P13C TAN
B12B RED
G20 BLK
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
M31 PUR G01 BLK
P15A RED P15 RED
B11B RED
BRN
S1
G05 BLK G01 BLK
P14A RED
BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY
BRN
REAR WIPER SWITCH
A65 ORG RED
OFF 9 WASHER ON SWITCH 1 5
A66 ORG
M
BLU
–19–16SEP98
G20 BLK
T117118
M39C PUR
M
G40 BLK
1
A68 ORG
8
P14 RED
4
A64 ORG
6
3
5
7
G10 BLK
9015-10A-14
M
G20 BLK
–19–09SEP98–1/1
PN=198
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,148
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
G20 BLK
R.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M4
A63 ORG
E22 WHT
FRONT WIPER SWITCH B12B RED
WIRES A68 AND A69 (SHOWN AS DASHED LINES) ARE USED FOR (S.N. —816286)
P14 RED
OFF II I O
ON
2
A62 ORG
A61 ORG
R31 BLK
B12A RED
3 5 1 7 4 6 2 8
FRONT WIPER SWITCH
S5
B11D RED
OFF LOW HIGH
SE4 WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
G01 BLK
L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M3
P14 RED
OFF LOW HIGH
P14 RED YEL YEL
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS OFF 9 MFWD G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS ON SWITCH G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS 10 6 8 G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
A62 ORG
KEY SWITCH
A61 ORG RED
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
A68 ORG GRN BLU
A17 ORG
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
P14 RED
B11B RED
G30 BLK
E23 WHT
G01 BLK
A69 ORG GRN G20 BLK
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256)
G20 BLK
A63 ORG RED YEL
G20 BLK
A64 ORG BLU G20 BLK
P12B RED
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
Y3
START AID SOLENOID
Y2
87A
87
T13C BLU
G40 BLK
G20 BLK
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117119
9015-10A-15
B
4
4
3
2
1
ORG
PUR
BLU
YEL
–19–09SEP98–1/1
PN=199
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,149
SE6 BLOWER CIRCUIT
O
ON
1
5
REAR WORK LIGHTS
RIGHT
G10A BLK
FRONT WORK LIGHTS
LEFT
E3
E4
L42 BRN
R31 BLK
B11B RED
L42 BRN 1
G01 BLK
G20 BLK
FRONT DRIVE LIGHTS
3
6
2
LEFT
E9
P18C RED
RIGHT
E8
L43 BRN
L43 BRN
L43 BRN
P18B RED
ON OFF II I O
B15 RED
G20 BLK
TAIL LIGHTS
FRONT LIGHT SWITCH
85
86
TO K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY SE14, K7
PARK LIGHT RELAY
K3
RIGHT
E10
TO A2 RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
L43 BRN
87A
PARK WARNING LIGHT DIODE
V15
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
F9
PARK ON 9 BRAKE OFF SWITCH 10 5 1 6 8
L43 BRN
S9
8
SE8 FRONT WORK AND DRIVING LIGHTS CIRCUIT
G40 BLK
G20 BLK
LEFT
E7
M39 PUR
3 2 1 6
FRONT WORK LIGHT FUSE
F8
B11D RED
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (2 OF 5)
G20 BLK
RIGHT
E6
SE7 REAR WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
LEFT
L41 BRN
REAR WORK LIGHT FUSE
F7
E5
P17A RED
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
S10
OFF I
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND
M
ENGINE HARNESS GROUND
BLK
BLU ORG
PUR
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
2
1 3
4
BLOWER SWITCH
S8
BLOWER RESISTOR
3
1 2
OFF
R1
ROOF HARNESS GROUND
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W3
518 RED
HEATER CIRCUIT BREAKER
F6
TO FNR/RANGE SWITCH SE10, S11
REVERSE WARNING ALARM
B1
REVERSE ALARM RELAY
30
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
85
86
START AID SWITCH
S4
K4
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/REVERSE ALARM FUSE P16 RED 518 RED
F2
L41A BRN
M39 PUR
E22 WHT
G20 BLK
E22 WHT
B11D RED
YEL
B12B RED
L42 BRN G20 BLK
R31 BLK
SE5 START AID, FUEL SHUTOFF AND REVERSE ALARM CIRCUIT
G01 BLK
G10A BLK
P12 RED
P12A RED
E25 WHT
G01 BLK
B15 RED
G10P BLK
G20 BLK G20 BLK
B L M H C
ORG ORG
P18A RED L43 BRN L43 BRN
B12B RED
G20 BLK
B11B RED
L43 BRN G20 BLK
OFF 2 LIGHTS 4 LIGHTS
G10R BLK
FRONT LIGHT SWITCH
G10P BLK
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
L43 BRN G20 BLK
B12C RED P24B RED 87
30
M32A PUR
J20B TAN
ON OFF I O
7
2
6
9
10
M32B PUR
B2
B15 RED
B11B RED E22 WHT
J20A TAN
J27A TAN
M39 PUR
G10A BLK
J27A TAN
P24C RED
B11D RED
B12D RED
G40 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY SE9, K5
G01 BLK
TO PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS SE9, Y4, Y14
TO SHIFT CONTROLLER SE10, A1
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
SE9 PARK BRAKE CIRCUIT
G20 BLK
PARK BRAKE TO SENSING ALTERNATOR SWITCH RELAY SE14, K7
SEAT SWITCH
S31
8
SEAT BELT LIGHT
E15
P24E RED
5
T12A BLU
1
PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
S12
R31 BLK
M32B PUR
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
M01B PUR
TO H9 RED STOP LIGHT SE15, H9
Z36D
B12A RED
G10G BLK
K6
M01A PUR G10V BLK
1 5
P24F RED
OFF ON
M32A PUR
OFF BLOWER LOW SWITCH MED HIGH
M32C PUR G01 BLK
–19–16SEP98
T12 BLU
T117119
J20A TAN
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
J27A TAN
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256)
M62 PUR
G01 BLK
L41 BRN G20 BLK G20 BLK
J27A TAN
2C P1 ED R
J25 TAN
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
T117120
G20 BLK
G10A BLK
G04 BLK
85
J20A TAN
86
87
B11D RED
J20A TAN
M39 PUR
P24A RED
T13 BLU
E2B WHT
F
RANGE 2 3 4
REVERSE SOLENOID DIODE
V3
1
R
FNR N
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
S11
B15 RED
R
G01 BLK
ROOF HARNESS GROUND
TO STARTER TO PARK MOTOR TO REVERSE "S" TERMINAL BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12 ALARM RELAY SE1, M1 SE5, K4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14
SE9 PARK BRAKE CIRCUIT
G40 BLK
G04 BLK
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
J27 TAN
30
P24C RED
Y4
J20C TAN
87A
PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY
V11
V2
E2B WHT
K5
R31 BLK
G01 BLK
T13 BLU
N
FORWARD SOLENOID DIODE
V4
GRN
BLU
RED
G01 BLK
T11 BLU
A
B
C
D
B A
G20 BLK
FORWARD SOLENOID
Y6
RED
T11 BLU
G10A BLK G40 BLK
RED
P24A RED
B11D RED
TO PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12
R31 BLK
GRN
G01 BLK
B
85
86
C1/B2 SOLENOID DIODE
TO LEFT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT SE13, H1
N
87
C2-B3
G01 BLK
T14 BLU
J27 TAN
GRN
GRN
87A
30
A
B15 RED
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
C
V12
D
RED
M39 PUR
2ND NEUTRAL 3RD NEUTRAL 4TH NEUTRAL 1ST REVERSE 2ND-4TH REVERSE
GRN
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (3 OF 5)
SE10 FNR/RANGE CONTROL CIRCUIT
ENGINE HARNESS GROUND
RED
C
RED
RED RED RED
D
E22 WHT
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND
REVERSE SOLENOID
Y5
F
YEL
PNK
GRY
T13 BLU
B12D RED
T11 BLU
SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED
J27 TAN
B11B RED
4
G01 BLK
E22 WHT
T13 BLU
C1-B2 REV
G30 BLK
C2-B3 FWD
B
85
86
85
86
C
T15 BLU
D
87A
C2/B3 SOLENOID
Y13
T53 BLU
GRN GRN
GRN
GRN
TM1537 (26FEB02)
G01 BLK
87
30
87
87A
30
C2/B3 SOLENOID DIODE
V13
C1/B2 SOLENOID
A
GRN
87A
30 87
RED
Y12
85
86
SHIFT CONTROLLER
A1
B11B RED
G01 BLK
G10A BLK
G40 BLK
9015-10A-16
85
86
TO REVERSE ALARM RELAY SE5, K9
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
Y8
E23 WHT
E23 WHT
87
G01 BLK
TO START RELAY SE1, K1
87A
30
START FUSE
F16
–19–09SEP98–1/1
PN=200
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,150
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
TO PARK LIGHT RELAY SE9, K3
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID
Y7
SE11 NEUTRAL DISCONNECT CIRCUIT
G20 BLK
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
V5
T52 BLU
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
S13
NEUTRAL START RELAY
K6
T12 BLU
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
T52 BLU
SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED
T12A BLU
–19–16SEP98
G10G BLK
G01 BLK
T117120
REV
T12 BLU
FWD C1-B2
RED
N
GRN
P24C RED
J27 TAN
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE TO PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH) SE9, S12
J27 TAN
RED
B12D RED
J27 TAN
GRN T14 BLU
1ST FORWARD 2ND FORWARD 3RD FORWARD 4TH FORWARD 1ST NEUTRAL
G01 BLK
RANGE SWITCH WIRE RANGE COLOR 1 2 3 BLU GRN BLK
E22A WHT
DENOTES CONNECTIONS TO POWER (P24 RED)
G04 BLK
G01 BLK
T15 BLU
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
G10E BLK
FNR SWITCH WIRE COLOR FOR NEU REV F YEL N GRY R PNK
G01 BLK
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256)
G01 BLK
E23 WHT E23 WHT G01 BLK
P19A RED
P19B RED
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117121
P19D RED
G40A BLK
LEFT
E11
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCHES
B11
G10E BLK
SE12 HORN CIRCUIT
G01 BLK
G40 BLK
HORN
B3
HORN SWITCH
S15
P19E RED
TURN/STOP/ HORN FUSE
F10
G20 BLK
A67 ORG
R
RIGHT
E12
I O II
OFF
M39 PUR
9015-10A-17
BRAKE LIGHTS
L46B BRN
P19F RED
B11D RED
B11B RED
L
P19E RED
7
G
+
5
+
LEFT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT
H1
G30 BLK
M47 PUR
L50 BRN
–19–09SEP98–1/1
PN=201
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,151
G10A BLK
G40 BLK
3
1
8
6
2
5
M47 PUR G40A BLK
G30 BLK
B11B RED
FRONT
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
G30 BLK
M47D PUR
FRONT
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (4 OF 5)
G30 BLK
G20 BLK
RIGHT TURN LIGHTS
H4
REAR
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR LIGHT
H6
M47 PUR
M39 PUR
H5
L47 BRN
RIGHT TURN LIGHT FUSE
F12
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND
FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS GROUND
H2 LEFT TURN LIGHTS
REAR
LEFT TURN LIGHT FUSE
F11
H3
L48 BRN
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH DIODE
V7
M07 PUR M48D PUR
10
B15 RED
M48D PUR
L49 BRN
SE13 TURN SIGNAL, FLASHER AND BRAKE LIGHT CIRCUIT
G01 BLK
TO SHIFT CONTROLLER SE10, A1
FLASHER
L49A BRN
OFF I O
ON
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH DIODE
V6
4-WAY FLASHER SWITCH
S17
M48 PUR L49 BRN
L50 BRN
L50 BRN
6
S21
3
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
S16
B15 RED
8
4-WAY FLASH 6 2 5 1 3 10 SWITCH
L50 BRN
R31 BLK
L46 BRN
G20 BLK
L46A BRN
L46 BRN
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
L48A BRN G20 BLK
B12D RED
G10D BLK
L47A BRN L47A BRN
OFF ON
G20 BLK
TERMINALS TURN POSITION 5 6 3 7 SIGNAL OFF SWITCH LEFT RIGHT
G30 BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
W2
G30 BLK
P23A RED
BEACON OFF 9 SWITCH ON 10 5 1
G40A BLK
NOT USED
G30 BLK
–19–16SEP98
G20 BLK
P20A RED P20B RED
T117121
1
9
G10A BLK
BEACON SWITCH
S18
5
10
L45B BRN
B11D RED
G10A BLK
R31 BLK
B11B RED
G01 BLK
G10A BLK
RETURNTO-DIG SOLENOID
Y9
RETURNTO-DIG SWITCH
S20
B12D RED
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
1584 X 628
SE14 BEACON AND RETURN-TO-DIG CIRCUIT
BEACON LIGHT
E13
OFF O I
ON
L45A BRN
P20C RED
RETURN-TO-DIG/ BEACON FUSE
M39 PUR
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
F13
G20 BLK
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
G30E BLK
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256)
G10H BLK G10H BLK
M08 PUR M48 PUR M48 PUR G30 BLK
P20C RED H01 GRN G01 BLK
T117122
M37D PUR
M39A PUR
n
+
SIG
G01 BLK
SE13 GAUGE AND HOUR METER CIRCUIT
-
h +
HOUR METER
P3
Z36B GRY
TACHOMETER/ HOUR METER (OPTIONAL)
P2
G10C BLK
BLK
P21D RED
G10A BLK
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY SE8
FUEL SENDER
B4
M39A PUR
G10A BLK
GS
Z36B GRY
G10A BLK
G10K BLK
P21D RED
P21A RED
G10A BLK
FUEL GAUGE LIGHT
E14
+
FUEL GAUGE
P1
MONITOR FUSE
F14
M39B PUR
P21B RED
P21E RED
P23A RED
TACH./ HMTR. FUSE
F15
HOUR METER OR AUXILIARY VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X41
G10B BLK
B11D RED
G10R BLK
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY SE9, K3
85
86
P23A RED
ALTERNATOR RELAY
K7
M37C PUR
R31 BLK
M39A PUR
B11A RED G10B BLK
B11B RED
M39B PUR
M39 PUR
P23 RED 87
30
P23 RED
G10T BLK
87A
M37A PUR
P23 RED
TO S31 SEAT SWITCH SE9, S31
SE14 DISPLAY MODULE AND LOGIC MODULE CIRCUIT
G10U BLK
DISPLAY MODULE
H8
P21B RED
ENG. ENG. ENG. ENG. CONVTR. HYD. COOLANT OIL ALT. AIR OIL OIL TEMP. PRESS. VOLTS FILTER TEMP. FILTER
P21D RED
SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC (5 OF 5)
G01 BLK
M37C PUR
R31 BLK
F E D C B A
11 12 13 14 15 16
7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D
M37B PUR
A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 6
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B7
Z37 GRY
P21H RED
CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SWITCH
B8
9015-10A-18
SE15 INDICATOR CIRCUIT
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
B6
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
B5
Z36 GRY
ALARM
H11
–19–09SEP98–1/1
PN=202
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,152
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B9
P21B RED
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
H10
Z37 GRY
P21J RED
Z36C GRY
Z36B GRY
RED STOP LIGHT
H9
P21F RED
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Z36A GRY
–19–16SEP98
N34 YEL
B12D RED
M37D PUR
G10J BLK
G10J BLK
G10C BLK
T117122
X36 YEL (S.N. 830205- ) G01 BLK
Y33 YEL
G01 BLK
R31 BLK M40 PUR
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
F39 YEL
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256)
P21C RED X38 YEL
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AH
E10, H5
H4, E13
E12, M4
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
W2
E7, H2
P15 RED
X2
BRN
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
E11
SWIVEL LIGHT SWITCH
S28
L.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
E5
9015-10A-19
E9, H3
BRN
G20 BLK
W2
E5
G20 BLK
G20 BLK
W2
G20 BLK
S27
X1
E6
G20 BLK
L41 BRN
YEL P14 RED
BLU A66 ORG X3
RED A65 ORG
R.H. REAR TURN LIGHT
H5 R.H. BRAKE LIGHT
E12
E9 L.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
H3 L.H. REAR TURN LIGHT
–19–12MAR93–1/1
R.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
E10
PN=203
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1704
L.H. BRAKE LIGHT
E11
X1
M
X1 L46 BRN
REAR WIPER MOTOR
X1
G20 BLK W2
L43 BRN W2 G20 BLK
L47 BRN H4
GRY
H2 L48 BRN
L46 BRN X1
X3
G20 BLK
W2
R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
E6
G20 BLK M2
M2
X1 L43 BRN
SWIVEL LIGHT
X1
L41 BRN W2
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H2
G20 BLK
E2
(SHOWN AS DASHED LINES) ARE USED FOR (S.N. —816286)
* WIRES A68 AND A69
H3 L48 BRN
DOME LIGHT
X1 L48 BRN
E1
W2 G20 BLK
–19–23APR97
E3
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E7
G20 BLK
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
L.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E3
M
R.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M4
X1
T7812AH
S28, M2
G20 BLK
X1 L43 BRN
G20 BLK E4
G20 BLK W2
GRN
* A69 ORG X3 E7 G20 BLK
BLU A64 ORG X3
YEL
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H4
M
L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M3
P14 RED X1
RED A63 ORG X3 L42 BRN
L47 BRN X1
L47 BRN H5
G20 BLK E8 X3 P14 RED
X1
A61 ORG RED
W2 G20 BLK
R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E8
G20 BLK
L43 BRN C
D
ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
X29
B
X2 A
H4
X29, M3
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
W2 YEL
X1 L43 BRN
R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E4
G20 BLK
BEACON LIGHT
E13
M4
L42 BRN X1
G20 BLK X3 A62 ORG BLU
X3
*A68 ORG GRN
W2 G20 BLK
X1 P15 RED
X2 P25 RED
W2 G20 BLK
X1 L45 BRN
P25 RED P15 RED
B A
A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
* A69 ORG * A68 ORG
H G F E D C B A ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P14 RED H M3 M2, M4 E6, E5 L41 BRN G H2, H3 L48 BRN F L43 BRN E X29 E7, E9, E10, E8 L45 BRN D E13 L47 BRN C H4, H5 E11, E12 L46 BRN B L42 BRN A E4, E3
X1
M4 M3 M2 M2 M4 M4 M3 M3
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X3
X29 E1, X29
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X2
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AI
9015-10A-20
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=204
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1705
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AJ
9015-10A-21
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —815415)
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=205
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3265
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–21APR98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AK
9015-10A-22
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —815415)
–19–01APR97–1/1
PN=206
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG976
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8462AJ
9015-10A-23
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 815416—825657)
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=207
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BD2726
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8543AA
9015-10A-24
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 815416—825657)
–19–01APR97–1/1
PN=208
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG977
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
S12
9015-10A-25
LOGIC MODULE 6 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. —815415)
X20
LOGIC MODULE 4 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. —815415)
X19
+
+
–19–19AUG99–1/1
PN=209
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG972
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
B
D
X2
E
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
A
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X3
H
X1
C
F
B
G
A
B
G
C
F
A
H
D
E
LOGIC MODULE/ DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
BLOWER SWITCH SEE BLOWER HARNESS (W10)
KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR
X16
FUEL GAUGE CONNECTOR
X15
AC SWITCH CONNECTOR
X38
MFWD SWITCH CONNECTOR
X12 BEACON SWITCH CONNECTOR
X11
ACCESSORY RELAY
RED STOP LIGHT
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
H10
TACHOMETER
PARK LIGHT
K3 K6
F3
MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK
F1
DOME/ RADIO
ROTATED 180˚
PARK BRAKE RELAY NEUTRAL BACKUP RELAY ALARM RELAY
K4
ALTERNATOR
K7
FLASHER RELAY
S21
WIPER
F5
HEATER/AC
F6
REAR LIGHTS
F7
FRONT LIGHTS/ TAIL LIGHTS
F8
TURN/STOP/HORN
RTD/BEACON/PUMP
LTURN
F11
F10
F13
RADIO F12 RTURN
F4
START
K5
HAZARD MONITOR
F15
F16
FNR/PARK
P2
F9
FUEL/ETHER/ BK. ALARM
F2
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
MONITOR/ GAUGES
F14 V11
DISPLAY MODULE CONNECTORS
LOGIC MODULE 6 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. —815415)
X18
K2
H9
X7
HORN SWITCH CONNECTOR
X8
REAR LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR
X9
REAR WIPER SWITCH CONNECTOR
X10
CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION
LOGIC MODULE 4 PIN CONNECTOR (S.N. —815415)
X17
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
S13
V8
START AID SWITCH CONNECTOR
S8
ACCESSORY RELAY
K2
DISPLAY MONITOR
X14
PARK BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR
TACHOMETER
H8
X13
SEAT BELT LIGHT CONNECTOR
X37
P2
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S22
HORN SWITCH
S15
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
S10
LOGIC MODULE (S.N. —815415)
H7
-
REAR WIPER SWITCH
BEACON SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
-
S6
S18
KEY SWITCH
S1
MFWD SWITCH
S2
FUEL GAUGE
P1
START AID SWITCH
S4
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
SEAT BELT LIGHT
E15
AC SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
S25
T108416
–19–11APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T108416
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. —825657)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AM
9015-10A-26
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. —825657)
–19–19AUG99–1/1
PN=210
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG978
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T107052
X25 X25 S6 S6 X25 X25 X25 X25
H G F E D C B A
P14G RED L41A BRN L48A BRN L43A BRN L45A BRN L47A BRN L46A BRN L42A BRN
X52 S10 F11 X25 S18 F12 B11 X25
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X1
A69 ORG A68 ORG A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
9015-10A-27
B
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
S13
A
F15 B11A RED
B14 RED K2
B12A RED F2
R31A BLK H8 –19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=211
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BD2727
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X43
X48
E22 WHT F16
G10L BLK S1 B11B RED
H G F E D C B A K2 B11C RED
B12B RED X44
P12B RED
ON OFF I 0 1
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
S12
X23
B11B RED X43
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
E15 P24F RED
X3
X21
E25 WHT X25 5
7 2
J27A TAN
G
S13 6
8
J27 TAN
START AID SWITCH
9
10
K3 M32B PUR
ST
F9
B12C RED
S4
K5 J20A TAN
B12B RED S1
B12D RED F14
IGN
K7
HORN SWITCH
S15
MFWD SWITCH
6
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
OFF ON 0
S2
I
SEAT BELT LIGHT
E15
X45
M37A PUR
P25 RED F4 P15A RED F3
H8 M37B PUR
B A
F9 P24B RED
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X41 M37C PUR
A67 ORG X22
P19B RED X25
X44
X22 W55 BLU
ACC
X22 M31 PUR
M32A PUR 8
V12
KEY SWITCH
X49 P13C RED
M32C PUR S12
P24F RED S12 10
9
P13D RED
P21E RED G S
+
P21D RED
Y33 YEL
P21D RED
SIG
BLK
HOUR METER OR AUXILIARY VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X41
ON OFF II I 0
REAR WIPER SWITCH
M37D PUR
BEACON SWITCH
9
10
+
n
G10C BLK
S6
1
5
FUEL GAUGE
P1
FUEL GAUGE LIGHT
P21A RED
TACHOMETER HOUR METER
X52
S18
ON OFF I 0
X23
G10J BLK X48
G10K BLK L45B BRN
P21B RED H10
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X1 L45A BRN
M39A PUR X51
X2
X30 G10H BLK
G10B BLK X48
P2
G10C BLK P14B RED
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
X50
F14 P20B BLK
3
1
5
7
M37C PUR X45
F14
X3 A66 ORG
M37D PUR X3 A65 ORG
S1
E15
DISPLAY MODULE ALARM
H11
PARK WARNING LIGHT DIODE
V15
M32A PUR
–19–11APR97
K3 M01B PUR
P21J RED X46
Z36C GRY X47
T107052
P1 P21D RED
SPICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X46
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
H10
P21C RED
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
X22
T52 BLU
GRN
H9 P21F RED
X24
T53 BLU
RED
H8 P21H RED
P12A RED F2 J20B TAN
E15 M32C PUR P24E RED
H11 P21J RED
Z37 GRY H8
P21B RED F14
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658—872256)
H9
T107051 F14
P21C RED
P21F RED
RED WARNING LIGHT
Z36B GRY
Z36D GRY
H49
X47
K3
X46
Z36A GRY
H8
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X38 YEL M40 PUR M37B PUR
Z36A GRY
H10
Z37 GRY
S1
R31A BLK
X21
N34 YEL
P1 X36 YEL
P21H RED
P13A RED P13B RED
P13E RED
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
M39B PUR
X57
X50
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
F1
P13C RED
S19
S18
K7
M39 PUR
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X52
SEAT SWITCH
M01A PUR
S31
G10V BLK
K3
X49
X48
F39 YEL Z36A GRY
X47
F E D C B A
11 12 13 14 15 16
7 A 8 B 9 C 10 D
A B C D E F
1 2 3 4 5 6
X21
DISPLAY MODULE
H9 H11
X30 S21
X21 K2 F14, P2 X41 S18
X23 S1 S2
X23
F13
M39A PUR
K7
X25 S6
H8
Z36B GRY Z36C GRY
X21 X23 K7, H7, P2
K3
G10A BLK G10D BLK G10J BLK G10M BLK G10B BLK G10H BLK G10L BLK
P20C RED P20B RED P20A RED
P2 X21
X1
P14G RED P14C RED P14B RED
F5
P14A RED
X44
B12C RED P12C RED
S12
P24B RED
X48
G10D BLK
X25
L49A BRN
X25 L41A BRN
X1
L50 BRN
S1
I
E22 WHT
O
ON OFF
X57
M39B PUR
X45 P17A RED
M37A PUR P24C RED
F7
1
5
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
S10 G10R BLK
M37A PUR
G10E BLK G10R BLK M39B PUR
E22A WHT
P24C RED
Z36D GRY
K3
K7
M01B PUR E22A WHT
G10J BLK
PARK LT
ALT
T12A BLU M01A PUR
V12
G10E BLK
G10P BLK
B15 RED
K4
S21
K6
NEUTL
P23 RED
E22 WHT
B12C RED
P24B RED
BACKUP ALM
M62 PUR T13C BLU
FLSHR
P12C RED X23 X21
E23 WHT
F3
F2
P12C RED
F5
F15
F6
F4
P23A RED
B12A RED
B11D RED
F10 F13
F11
9015-10A-28
F8 F12
CONNECTOR FOR AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
X33
F7
B11A RED
P25 RED
R TURN
L TURN
RTD/BCON
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
V11
FUSE BLOCK
F17
L48A BRN M47D PUR
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
P18A RED
P12A RED
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO BLOWER HARNESS CONNECTOR
X35
F1
P21A RED
MONITOR/ GAUGES
MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK P15A RED
B12D RED
F14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
F9
ACCESSORY RELAY
K2
START
K5
PARK BRK
F16
–19–11APR97
J20A TAN
FNR/PARK
J25 TAN P13A RED
X2
TACH/ H MOTOR
RADIO
HEATER/ AC
X53
T107051
T12 BLU
J24A RED
S12
F6
P16 RED
P14A RED
P16 RED
S10
P17A RED REAR LTS
X22
P19A RED
P20A RED
B15 RED M48D PUR
P25 RED
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658—872256)
P12C RED
X25
G10D BLK
X30
X43 F17
L50 BRN
G10V BLK
H9
S31
B15 RED
L49A BRN
G10R BLK
S31 S1
B14 RED
G10M BLK
B11C RED
G10G BLK
X23
J20C TAN X25
P24C RED V11 X49
X33
A16 ORG
FUEL/ETHER BK. ALM.
DOME/ RADIO X52
WIPER X35
X35
A16 ORG
A17 ORG
FRONT LTS/ TAIL LTS X54
TURN/STOP/ HORN X50
X21
E2B WHT
K2 K5
J25 TAN
X25 X1 X25 X1
L47A BRN
X2 X25
022602
PN=212
–19–01APR97–1/1
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG979
P23A RED
K2
B11A RED
S4
P12A RED
S1
B12A RED
P2
P21A RED
X44
B12D RED
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T107053
X48
G10A BLK
X21
G40A BLK
P18A RED
F8
P18B RED
X25
P18C RED
X25
L46B BRN
P19F RED
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
B11
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X54
9015-10A-29
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
P19A RED
X25
G30E BLK
X30
F10
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X25
P19E RED
X53
S15
P19B RED
–19–11APR97
B11
P19D RED
L46A BRN X1
T107053
X21 T16 BLU
SPLICE (INSIDE HARNESS)
X53
–19–01APR97–1/1
PN=213
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG980
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SHIFT
S19
P19D RED X54
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658—872256)
X49 P13E RED
T13 BLU X25
T13A BLU X21
T13C BLU K4
H8 S19
X36 YEL T16 BLU
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR B11 RED K2 G40A BLK X30 T11 BLU X25 E2B WHT V11 T13A BLU X55 F39 YEL H8 E25 WHT S4 X38 YEL H8 M39 PUR X51 N34 YEL H8 M32B PUR S12
X21
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR M31 PUR S2 W55 BLU S2 X33 A17 ORG X25 A71 ORG X4 T14 BLU X4 T15 BLU S15 A67 ORG S13 T52 BLU
X22
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR S4 P12B RED K6 E23 WHT P1 Y33 YEL X49 P13B RED K4 M62 PUR X50 P20C RED S12 J27 TAN H8 M40 PUR
X23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A61 ORG A62 ORG A63 ORG A64 ORG A71 ORG P14C RED M47D PUR A69 ORG P23A RED P19E RED L50 BRN L49A BRN M48D PUR G30E BLK T11 BLU T13 BLU P24A RED J27A TAN A68 ORG P18B RED L43A BRN P18C RED L42A BRN T12 BLU
T53 BLU T14 BLU T15 BLU
S13 X22 X22
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X24
X3 X3 X3 X3 X22 X52 F12 X3 F15 X54 S21 S21 F11 X30 X21 X55 K5 S12 X3 X53 X1 X53 X1 K6
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X25
A B C D E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
T107602
MFWD SWITCH
S2
P1 FUEL GAUGE
START AID SWITCH
S4
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
S12
SEAT BELT LIGHT
E15
AC SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
S25
KEY SWITCH
S1
+
-
+
REAR WIPER SWITCH
BEACON SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
-
S6
S18
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X2
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X3
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CONNECTOR
X1
BLOWER SWITCH SEE BLOWER HARNESS (W10)
S8
ACCESSORY RELAY
K2
DISPLAY MONITOR
H8
TACHOMETER
P2
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S22
HORN SWITCH
S15
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
S10
B
A
A
B
D C
H
F
E
G
D
C
A B
E
H
G
F
CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
V11
RED STOP LIGHT
DISPLAY MODULE CONNECTORS
ACCESSORY RELAY
K2
H9
X7
HORN SWITCH CONNECTOR
X8
REAR LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR
X9
REAR WIPER SWITCH CONNECTOR
X10
BEACON SWITCH CONNECTOR
X11
KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR
X16
FUEL GAUGE CONNECTOR
X15
AC SWITCH CONNECTOR
X38
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
S13
PARK WARNING LIGHT DIODE
V8
START AID SWITCH CONNECTOR
X14
PARK BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR
X13
SEAT BELT LIGHT CONNECTOR
X37
MFWD SWITCH CONNECTOR
X12
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–11APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
H10
SEAT SWITCH CONNECTOR (CAB)
X56
TACHOMETER
P2
T107602
K6
DOME/ RADIO
9015-10A-30
SEAT SWITCH CONNECTOR (ROPS)
X56
ROTATED 180˚
MFWD/ALT DIFF. LOCK
F3 PARK BRAKE RELAY
RADIO
F4
K5
F1
HAZARD MONITOR
F15
BACKUP NEUTRAL ALARM RELAY RELAY
K4
PARK LIGHT
K3
ALTERNATOR
K7
FLASHER RELAY
S21
START
F16
FUEL/ETHER/ BK. ALARM
F2
FNR/ PARK
F9
MONITOR/ GAUGES
F14
LTURN
F11
REAR LIGHTS
WIPER
F5
–19–25MAR97–1/1
PN=214
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG970
HEATER/AC
F6
F7
FRONT LIGHTS/ TAIL LIGHTS
F8
TURN/STOP/HORN
F10
RTD/BEACON/PUMP
F13
RTURN
F12
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. 825658—872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
21
T107603
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X22
5
5
4
9
13
4
10
11
12
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X21
20
19
15
9
8
14
7
3
2
13
1
6
3
6
3
1
14
8
1
8
1
7
3
5 6
4
24
18
12
6
C D
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCHES
B11
PN=215
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
–19–01APR97–1/1
CAB SIDE CONSOLE COMPONENT LOCATION
E
A
TX,9015,BG981
B
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X24
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X23
23
17
11
5
9015-10A-31
7
2
7
2
8
2
22
16
10
4
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X25
–19–11APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T107603
Cab Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. 825628—872256)
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH
S19
SEAT SWITCH
S31
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8077AC
9015-10A-32
Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
–19–06OCT93–1/1
PN=216
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1708
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AO
9015-10A-33
Front Console Harness (W7) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=217
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1709
A
C
B
P13B TAN
P13 RED
M06 PUR
M39 PUR
B
D
M39 PUR
PARK BRAKE SENSING SWITCH
B2
A
T108132
X21
W
B11 RED
M1
REVERSE WARNING ALARM
B1
B+
G
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE
V1
A
B9
B
FUEL SENDER
B4
A
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION B3 HORN SWITCH
B7
HYDRAULIC MFWD FILTER MFWD SOLENOID INDICATOR RESTRICTION SWITCH SWITCH
Y1
B
S3
ENGINE HARNESS TO A/C COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
X34
ALTERNATOR
D+
START AID SOLENOID
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W3
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/ LEFT SIDE
W1
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
Y7, V5, V3
Y2
B4, B12, Y4
G2
G02 BLK
W1
B11 RED
X23
X21
M32 PUR
W1
G01 BLK
B11 RED
X23
M62 PUR
W1
G01 BLK
Y1
W55 BLU
X22
W55 BLU
W1
G01 BLK
A17 ORG
X22
V1
W55 BLU
W1
G01 BLK
E27 WHT
X23
G01 BLK W1
G01 BLK W1
M40 PUR X23
A67 ORG X22 Y8, B2, B1
E23 WHT K1
G01 BLK W1 V4, Y5, Y6
E23 WHT X23
E23 WHT Y8
Y14, Y4 J27 TAN
X23
START RELAY
K1
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE
V2
J27 TAN
G01 BLK W1
E02 WHT M1
B03 RED V2, Y14 M1 B
A
RED
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
BLK
A
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
B
RETURNTO-DIG SOLENOID
Y14
A
B
Y9
RETURNTO-DIG SWITCH
Y4
BLK
X23
P20 RED W1
GRN Y9
H01 GRN Y4, V2 J27 TAN
H01 GRN S20
G01 BLK W1
BLK
A
M
STARTER MOTOR
M1
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
Y11
B
B03 RED K1
B11 RED G2 V10
E02 WHT
-
+
BATTERIES
G1
+
–19–30APR97
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
B6
T108132
G01 BLK (S.N. XXXXXX- )
E02 WHT
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
B5
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
Y3
X21
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR S3 M31 PUR W55 BLU V1 X34 A17 ORG A71 ORG M5 V12 T14 BLU V13 T15 BLU B3 A67 ORG V5 T52 BLU
X22
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P12 RED Y3 E23 WHT K1 Y33 YEL B4 P13 RED G2 B1 M62 PUR S20 P20 RED J27 TAN V2 M40 PUR B7
X23
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10A-34
–19–25MAR97–1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PN=218
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG973
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M1 B11 RED W1 G40 BLK M V4 T11 BLU M1 E02 WHT V3 T13 BLU M5 X4 B9 F39 YEL WASHER ENGINE HARNESS Y2 E25 WHT MOTOR TO TRANSMISSION V13 V4 V3 B8 X38 YEL SOLENOID HARNESS C2/B3 FORWARD REVERSE V5 V12 CONNECTOR G2 M39 PUR SOLENOID C1/B2 SOLENOID NEUTRAL DIODE DIODE B8 DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE B6 N34 YEL TRANSMISSION B2 SOLENOID DIODE M32 PUR V10 TEMPERATURE DIODE DIFF. LOCK SWITCH SOLENOID B5 X36 YEL DIODE V10 T16 BLU
X21
Y8
G05 BLK
P13C TAN
A
T16 BLU
X21 B
Y11 T16 BLU
X21 T16 BLU
W1 G01 BLK
B11 RED C
S20
D
X22
M31 PUR
X4 T15 BLU
X21
F39 YEL
X32 T15 BLU
X23 Y33 YEL
X4 T14 BLU
W1 G01 BLK
X22 T14 BLU
N34 YEL X21 X4 T11 BLU
RED CABLE E
G2 G02 BLK
W1 G01 BLK
W1 G01 BLK G05 BLK
B6, Y9, B7 G01 BLK
X21 T11 BLU
W1 G01 BLK G05 BLK
X21 G40 BLK
X4 T52 BLU
X36 YEL
ALTERNATOR DIODE
V1, Y1, S3, Y2 G03 BLK
X22 T52 BLU
W11 G01 BLK G04 BLK
W1 G01 BLK
X21 X4 T13 BLU
P12 RED X23
V9
F
J27 TAN RED
G01 BLK G04 BLK
X21 T13 BLU
W1 G01 BLK G04 BLK
W1 G01 BLK
K1 V5 T52 BLU
V13 T15 BLU
V4 T11 BLU
V12 T14 BLU
V3 T13 BLU
W1 G01 BLK
X22 A71 ORG
W1 G01 BLK G05 BLK
X21
Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
X38 YEL
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AQ
9015-10A-35
Engine Harness (W8) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=219
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1711
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AR
9015-10A-36
Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=220
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1712
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AS
9015-10A-37
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=221
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1713
Transmission Solenoid Harness (W9) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AT
9015-10A-38
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —825657)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=222
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1714
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AV
9015-10A-39
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. —825657)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=223
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1722
T107545
2
3
1
ORG
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W3
X35
X36
M6
R1
R1
R1
518 RED
PUR
ORG
BLU
YEL
B
3
4
2
1
BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR
X6
B
WHT
X6
9015-10A-40
BLK/WHT
52C
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
TM1537 (26FEB02)
–19–11APR97
X35
M
AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH CYCLE SWITCH CONNECTORS
X36
T107545
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 825658—872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
PUR
M6
X6, M6
4
BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
X6
YEL
X6
BLU
M7, R1, X6
ORG
W3
BLK
522 WHT X6
517 DK BLU X35
200 BLK M6
2
4
3
2
1
PN=224
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
–19–10MAR97–1/1
BLOWER SWITCH
S8
TX,9015,BD2729
4
3
1
OFF
BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR
X6
GROUND AT CAB FLOOR
W3
T106845
BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
BLOWER HARNESS
HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S22
9015-10A-41
BLOWER SWITCH
S8
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X35
W10
–19–11APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T106845
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. 825658—872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25MAR97–1/1
PN=225
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BG971
BLOWER HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7812AU
9015-10A-42
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=226
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1715
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —825657)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8077AD
9015-10A-43
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=227
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1724
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. —825657)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
T106847
CONDENSOR
3 4 B
PUR
ORG
RED
B
RED
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
S23
C
BLK / W
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
S24
2
BLU
BLOWER HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
1
YEL
BLOWER SWITCH CONNECTOR
COMPRESSOR
Y10
–19–22APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
S25
T106847
30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
F5
9015-10A-44
AC FREEZE SWITCH
S26
–19–10MAR97–1/1
PN=228
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,BD2731
HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M7
BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
BLOWER SWITCH
S8
HEATER TEMPERATURE SWITCH
S22
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. 825658—872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7828AN
9015-10A-45
Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=229
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1760
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7828AO
9015-10A-46
Radio Harness (W12) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–12MAR93–1/1
PN=230
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ1761
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8543AC
9015-10A-47
Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–07SEP95–1/1
PN=231
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3272
–19–25APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8543AD
9015-10A-48
Auxiliary Valve Harness (W14) Component Location (S.N. —872256)
System Diagrams (S.N. —872256)
–19–07SEP95–1/1
PN=232
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ3273
Group 10B
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— ) Component Identification Table Each component (electrical device) and main connector will have and identification letter assigned to it. A number is added to the letter to separate and indicate the total components within that letter group. Identification Letter
Type
Examples
A
System, subassembly, parts group
Control units, trigger boxes, two-way radios, logic module, FNR logic module
B
Transducer for conversion of non-electrical variables to electrical and vice versa
Speed sensors, pressure sensors, pressure switches horns, sensors, pickups, limit-value sensors, pulse generators, loudspeakers, inductive pickups, probes, air-flow sensors, oil-pressure switches, temperature sensors, ignition-voltage pickups
C
Condenser, capacitor
Condensers and capacitors, general
D
Binary device, memory
Digital devices, integrated circuits, pulse counters, magnetic tape recorders
E
Various devices and equipment
Heating devices, air conditioners, light, headlights, spark plugs, ignition distributors
F
Protection device
Release mechanisms, polarity protection devices, fuses, current protection circuits
9015 10B 1
G
Power supply, generator
Batteries, generators, alternators, charging units
H
Monitor, alarm, signalling device
Audible alarms, indicator lights, turn-signal lights, brake lights, alarms, warning lights, buzzers
K
Relay
Battery relays, turn-signal relays, solenoid switches, starting relays, warning flashers
L
Inductor
Choke coils, coils, windings
M
Motor
Blower motors, fan motors, starter motors
N
Regulator, amplifier
Regulators (electronic or electromechanical), voltage stabilizers
P
Measuring instrument
Ammeter, diagnostic connectors, tachometers, fuel gauge, pressure gauges, measuring points, test points, speedometers
R
Resistor
Flame glow plugs, sheathed-element flame glow plugs, glow plugs, heating resistors, NTC resistors, PTC resistors, potentiometers, regulating resistors
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-1
TX,901505,QQ381 –19–16SEP92–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=233
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— ) Identification Letter
9015 10B 2
Type
Examples
S
Switch
Switches and pushbuttons, general key switch, light switch, horn switch, flasher switch
T
Transformer
Ignition coil, ignition transformer
U
Modulator, converter
DC transformers
V
Semiconductor, electron tubes
Transistors, diodes, electron tubes, rectifiers, semiconductors, thyristors, zener diodes
W
Transmission path, conductor, antenna
Antennas, shielding components, shielded conductors, cable harnesses, conductors, ground conductors
X
Terminal, plug, plug and socket connection
Terminal studs, electrical connections, connectors electrical line couplers, line connectors, sockets, plugs, terminals, plug-and-socket connections
Y
Electrically actuated mechanical device
Permanent magnets, (solenoid-operated) injection valves, electromagnetic clutches and brakes, air valves, fuel pumps, solenoids, switching valves, start valves, locking systems
Z
Electrical filter
Interference suppression filters
TX,901505,QQ381 –19–16SEP92–2/2
Fuse (Blade-Type) Color Codes Amperage Rating
Color
1
Black
3
Violet
4
Pink
5
Tan
7-1/2
Brown
10
Red
15
Light Blue
20
Yellow
25
Natural (White)
30
Light Green
TX,9015,QQ6743 –19–28SEP92–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=234
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Fuse Specifications (S.N. 872257— )
T100712
–19–28MAY96
9015 10B 3
F1—7.5 Amp MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock Fuse F2—15 Amp Fuel/Start Aid and Reverse Alarm Fuse F3—5 Amp Dome Light/Radio Fuse F4—5 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power)
F5—15 Amp Wiper Fuse F6—30 Amp Heater/AC/Air Seat Fuse F7—15 Amp Rear Light Fuse F8—25 Amp Front Light/Tail Light Fuse F9—10 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse F10—20 Amp Turn/Stop/Flash and Horn Fuse
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload.
F11—Not Used F12—Not Used F13—10 Amp RTD/Beacon and Pump Cutout Fuse F14—10 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse F15—10 Auxiliary Fuse F16—10 Amp Start Fuse
K3—Hydraulic Pump Relay (Not Used) K4—Reverse Alarm Relay K5—Park Brake Relay K6—Neutral Relay K7—Alternator Sense Relay S21—Flasher
The fuse block is located on the side console inside an access cover.
CED,TX17864,121 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=235
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: A2—Radio (SE4, W12). • A2 indicates component identification number. • Radio indicates component name. • SE4 indicates section number of SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. • W12 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located. 9015 10B 4
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
A2—Radio (SE4, W12) B1 —Backup Warning Alarm (SE5, W8) B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (SE15, W8) B3—Horn (SE12, W8) B4—Fuel Sender (SE15, W8) B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (SE16, W8) B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE16, W8) B7—Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE16, W8) B8—Converter Oil Temperature Switch (SE16, W8) B9—Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch (SE16, W8) B10—Park Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W8) B11—Brake Light Switches (SE12, W6) B13—Radio Speaker (SE4, W12) B14—Radio Speaker (SE4, W12) B15—Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (If Equipped) (SE16, ) B16—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender (If Equipped) (SE16, ) B17—Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W6) B18—Brake Pressure Switch (SE16, W6) B19—A/C Freeze Switch (SE6, W10) B20—Low Pressure Switch (SE6, W11) B21—High Pressure Switch (SE6, W11) E1—Dome Light (SE4, W5) E3—L. H. Front Work Light (SE9, W5) E4—R. H. Front Work Light (SE9, W5) E5—L. H. Rear Work Light (SE8, W5) E6—R. H. Rear Work Light (SE8, W5) E7—L. H. Front Drive Light (SE9, W5)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
E8—R. H. Front Drive Light (SE9, W5) E9—L. H. Rear Tail Light (SE9, W5) E10—R. H. Rear Tail Light (SE9, W5) E11—L. H. Brake Light (SE12, W5) E12—R. H. Brake Light (SE12, W5) E13—Beacon Light (SE13, W5) E14—Fuel Gauge Light (SE14, W6) E16—Tachometer Lights (SE14, W6) F1—MFWD/ Alt. Diff Lock Fuse (SE3, W6) F2—Fuel/Either/Backup Alarm Fuse (SE5, W6) F3—Dome/Radio Fuse (SE4, W6) F4—Radio Fuse (SE4, W6) F5—Wiper Fuse (SE7, W6) F6—A/C-HTR/Air Seat Fuse (SE6, W6) F7—Rear Lights Fuse (SE8, W6) F8—Front Lights/Tail Lights Fuse (SE9, W6) F9—FNR/Park Brake Fuse (SE10, W6) F10—Turn/Stop/Flasher/Horn Fuse (SE12, W6) F13—RTD/Beacon/Pump Fuse (SE13, W6) F14—Monitor Gauges Fuse (SE14, W6) F15—Auxiliary Fuse (SE1, W6) F16—Start Fuse (SE1, W6) F17—Fuse Block (, W6) G1—Battery (SE1, W8) G2—Alternator (SE1, W8) H2—L. H. Front Turn Light (SE12, W5) H3—L. H. Rear Turn Light (SE12, W5) H4—R. H. Front Turn Light (SE9, W5) H5—R. H. Rear Turn Light (SE12, W5) H8—Display Monitor (SE15, W6) H11—Monitor Alarm (SE15, W6) K1—Starter Relay (SE1, W8) K2—Accessory Relay (SE1, W6) K3—Pump Cutout Relay (Not Used) (SE10, W6) K4—Backup Alarm Relay (SE5, W6) K5—Park Brake Relay (SE10, W6) K6—Neutral Start Relay (SE10, W6) K7—Timer Relay (SE10, W7) K8—Selective Flow Valve Relay (SE18, W15) M1—Starter Motor (SE1, W8) M2—Rear Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M3—L. H. Door Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M4—R. H. Door Wiper Motor (SE7, W5) M5—Washer Motor (SE6, W8)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-4
CED,TX17864,122 –19–21AUG98–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=236
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— ) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
M6—Blower Motor (SE6, W10) M7—Air Adjust Seat Motor (SE6, ) P1—Fuel Gauge (SE14, W6) P2—Tachometer/Hourmeter (Optional) (SE14, W6) P3—Hour Meter (SE14, W6) P4—Voltage Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) P5—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) P6—Transmission Temperature Gauge (Optional) (SE14, W6) R1—Blower Resistor (SE6, W10) S1—Key Switch (SE1, W6) S2 —MFWD Switch (SE3, W6) S3—Differential Lock Switch (SE2, W6) S4—Start Aid Switch (SE5, W6) S5—Front Windshield Wiper Switch (SE7, W7) S6—Rear Wiper Switch (SE7, W6) S7—Windshield Washer Switch (SE7, W7) S8—Blower Switch (SE6, W10) S9—Front Light Switch (SE9, W7) S10—Rear Light Switch (SE8, W6) S11—FNR/Range Switch (SE10, W7) S12—Park Brake Dash Switch (SE10, W6) S13—Loader Lever Switch (SE10, W6) S15—Horn Switch (SE11, W6) S16—Turn Signal Switch (SE12, W7) S17—4-Way Flasher Switch (SE12, W7) S18—Beacon Switch (Optional) (SE13, W6) S19—Seat Position Sensor (SE16, W6) S19—Seat Position Sensor (SE16, W10) S20—Return-to-Dig Switch (SE14, W8) S21—Flasher (SE12, W6) S22—Heater Temperature Switch (, W10) S25—Air Conditioning Switch (Optional) (SE6, W6) S27—Dome Light Switch (SE4, W5) S28—Selective Flow Valve Switch (SE18, W15) S29—Foot Switch (SE18, W15) S32—Air Adjust Seat Switch (SE6, ) V1—MFWD Solenoid Diode (SE3, W8) V2—Park Brake Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V3—Reverse Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V4—Forward Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V6—4-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE12, W7) V7—4-Way Flasher Switch Diode (SE12, W7) V8—Starter Solenoid Diode (SE1, W8) V9—Alternator Diode (SE1, W8)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
V10—Differential Lock Solenoid Diode (SE2, W8) V11—Park Brake Relay Diode (SE10, W6) V12—Speed Solenoid (1) Diode (SE10, W8) V13—Speed Solenoid (2) Diode (SE10, W8) V14—Speed Solenoid (3) Diode (SE10, W8) V16—Selective Flow Valve Diode (SE18, W15) V18—Low Range Solenoid Diode (SE10, W8) V19—Timer Relay Diode (SE10, W7) V20—Timer Relay Diode (SE10, W7) W1—Machine Frame Ground (SE1, W8) W2—Ground to Cab Frame (SE13, W5) W3—Ground to Cab Floor (SE1, W8) W4—Engine Ground Strap (, W8) W5—Cab Roof Harness (, W5) W6—Side Console Harness (, W6) W7—Front Console Harness (, W7) W8—Engine Harness (, W8) W10—Blower Harness (, W10) W11—Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (, W11) W12—Radio Harness (, W12) W13—Antenna (, W12) W15—Selective Flow Valve Harness (, W15) W16—Selective Flow Valve Ground Connector (SE18, W15) X1—Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X2—Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X3—Roof Harness to Side Console Harness Connector (, W5, W6) X5 —Side Console Harness to Blower Harness Connector (Cab Only) (, W6, W10) X20—Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X21—Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X22—Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X23—Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X24—Side Console Harness to Engine Harness Connector (, W6, W8) X25—Side Console Harness to Front Console Harness Connector (, W6, W7) X29—Roof Harness to Radio Harness Connector (, W5, W12)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-5
CED,TX17864,122 –19–21AUG98–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=237
9015 10B 5
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
9015 10B 6
• X30—Splice (Inside Side Console Harness) (, W6) • X34—Engine Harness to AC Compressor Harness Connector (, W8, W11) • X35—Side Console Harness to Blower Harness Connector (Cab Only) (, W6 W10) • X46—Selective Flow Valve Harness to Foot Switch Harness Connector (, W15) • X48—Selective Flow Valve Harness to Valve Solenoid Harness Connector (, W15) • X53—Engine Harness to Auxiliary Gauge Harness (, W8) • X54—Engine Harness to Transmission Control Valve Connector (, W8) • X55—Side Console Harness to Air Adjust Seat Harness Connector (ROPS Only) (, W6) • X56—Blower Harness to Air Adjust Seat Harness (Cab Only) (, W10) • X57—Engine Harness to Transmission Control Valve Connector (, W8) • X58—Side Console Harness Auxiliary Power Connector (SE1, W6, W15)
• X59—Engine Harness to AC Compressor Harness Connector (, W8, W11) • X60—Splice (Inside Blower Harness) (, W10) • Y1—MFWD Solenoid (SE3, W8) • Y2—Start Aid Solenoid (SE5, W8) • Y3—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE5, W8) • Y4—Park Brake Solenoid (SE9, W8) • Y5—Reverse Solenoid (SE10, W8) • Y6—Forward Solenoid (SE10, W8) • Y8—Differential Lock Solenoid (SE2, W8) • Y9—Return-to-Dig Solenoid (SE14, W8) • Y10—A/C Compressor Clutch (SE6, W11) • Y12—Speed Solenoid (1) (SE10, W8) • Y13—Speed Solenoid (2) (SE10, W8) • Y14—Speed Solenoid (3) (SE10, W8) • Y16—Selective Flow Valve Solenoid (SE18, W15) • Y18—Low Range Solenoid (SE10, W8) • Y19—Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid (SE10, W8)
CED,TX17864,122 –19–21AUG98–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=238
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: SE1—Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) • SE1 indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. • Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit (12 Volt System) indicates circuit name. • SE1—Battery/Ignition, Power, Charging and Start Circuit —(12 Volt System) • SE2—Differential Lock Circuit • SE3—MFWD Circuit • SE4—Dome Light and Radio Circuit • SE5—Start Aid, Fuel Shut Off and Reverse Alarm Circuit • SE6—Blower, Air Adjust Seat, and A/C Circuit • SE7—Wiper and Washer Circuit • SE8—Rear Work Light Circuit • SE9—Front Work and Drive Light Circuit • SE9—Park Brake Circuit • SE10—FNR/Park Brake Circuit • SE11—Horn Circuit • SE12—Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit • SE13—Beacon/Return-To-Dig Circuit • SE14—Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit • SE15—Display Monitor Circuit • SE16—Indicator Circuit • SE17—Selective Flow Valve Circuit
9015 10B 7
CED,TX17864,123 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=239
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117528
9015-10B-8
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/7
PN=240
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116836
9015-10B-9
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–2/7
PN=241
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117529
9015-10B-10
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–3/7
PN=242
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117085
9015-10B-11
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–4/7
PN=243
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117360
9015-10B-12
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–5/7
PN=244
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116992
9015-10B-13
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–6/7
PN=245
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
9015 10B 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-14
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–7/7
PN=246
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,124
T117392 –19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116856
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
W2
E10, H5
E9, H3
E11, E8
E7, H2
9015-10B-15
L.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
E5
M
YEL P14 RED
BLU A66 ORG
–19–21AUG98–1/1
X1, E8, X29, E7, E9
X3
X3
W2
RED A65 ORG
G20 BLK
R.H. REAR TURN LIGHT
H5 R.H. BRAKE LIGHT
E12
E9 L.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
H3 L.H. REAR TURN LIGHT
PN=247
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,137
L.H. BRAKE LIGHT
E11
X1, M3, M4
R.H. REAR TAIL LIGHT
W2
E10
G20 BLK
REAR WIPER MOTOR
L46 BRN
M2
X1, E11
DOME LIGHT
L47 BRN H4, X1
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
S27, M2
R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
E6
G20 BLK W2
E1
X1, E5
S27
E12, M4
P15 RED
X2 X29
H4, E13
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H2
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E7
L.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E3
M
R.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M4
G20 BLK W2
BLU A64 ORG X3
RED A63 ORG X3
YEL
X1, M4, M2
M
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H4
L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M3
P14 RED X1, M2, M3
BRN
G20 BLK
W2
E4, E6
L47 BRN X1, H5
–19–18SEP98
W2
G20 BLK
L43 BRN W2 G20 BLK
L41 BRN W2 G20 BLK
R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E8
G20 BLK
L43 BRN C
D
ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
X29
B
X2, E1 A
W2
T116856
W2 G20 BLK
R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E4
G20 BLK
BEACON LIGHT
E13
W2
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
W2 G20 BLK
L42 BRN X1, E3
L41 BRN
X1, E6
X29, M3
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
E3, E5
G20 BLK
X1, E12 L46 BRN
H2, X1 L48 BRN
E7,E8 X1, E10, X29 L43 BRN
H3, X1 L48 BRN
E10, X29, X1, E8, E9 L43 BRN
X1, E4 L42 BRN
W2 G20 BLK
G20 BLK W2 P14 RED YEL
X3 A61 ORG RED
X3 A62 ORG BLU
W2 G20 BLK
X1, E9, E10, X29, E7 P15 RED
X2 P25 RED
W2 G20 BLK
E9,E10, X1, E7, E8 L43 BRN
X1 L45 BRN
P25 RED P15 RED
B A
A66 ORG A65 ORG A64 ORG A63 ORG A62 ORG A61 ORG
H G F E D C B A ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR P14 RED H M3 M2, M4 E6, E5 L41 BRN G H2, H3 L48 BRN F X29 L43 BRN E E7, E9, E10, E8 E13 L45 BRN D H4, H5 L47 BRN C E11, E12 L46 BRN B E4, E3 L42 BRN A
X1
M2 M2 M4 M4 M3 M3
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X3
X29 E1, X29
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X2
T100583
L.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E3
R.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M4
R.H. FRONT WORK LIGHT
E4
R.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E8
R.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H4
L.H. FRONT DRIVE LIGHT
E7 L.H. DOOR WIPER MOTOR
M3
DOME LIGHT
E1
DOME LIGHT SWITCH
S27
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
W2
CAB ROOF HARNESS — COMPONENT LOCATION
L.H. FRONT TURN LIGHT
H2
REAR WIPER MOTOR
M2
BEACON LIGHT CONNECTOR
X28
R.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
E6
R.H. REAR TURN/BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
H5/E12/E10
A
C
B
G F E
D
C B
F
A
G
C
B
A
H
D
E
TM1537 (26FEB02)
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X2
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X3
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X1
ROOF HARNESS TO RADIO HARNESS CONNECTOR
9015-10B-16
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR X29 P25 RED B E1,X29 P15 RED A
X2
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M4 A69 ORG H M3 A68 ORG G M2 A66 ORG F M2 A65 ORG E M4 A64 ORG D M4 A63 ORG C M3 A62 ORG B M3 A61 ORG A
X3
ROOF HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR M3 P14 RED H M2,M4 E6,E5 L41 BRN G L48 BRN F H2,H3 X29 L43 BRN E E7,E9,E10,E8 L45 BRN D E13 H4,H5 L47 BRN C E11,E12 L46 BRN B E4,E3 L42 BRN A
B
X1
L.H. REAR WORK LIGHT
D
–19–10SEP98
X29
T100583
E5
H
A
L.H. REAR TURN/BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
H3/E11/E9
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
–19–20MAR96–1/1
PN=248
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ6748
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Cab Roof Harness (W5) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T101266
–19–08AUG96
9015 10B 17
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-17
TX,9015,QQ6749 –19–20MAY96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=249
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T101396
–19–08AUG96
9015 10B 18
TX,9015,QQ6749 –19–20MAY96–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=250
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117079
9015-10B-19
Side Console Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
–19–24AUG98–1/3
PN=251
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,143
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117078
9015-10B-20
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–24AUG98–2/3
PN=252
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,143
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116949
9015-10B-21
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–24AUG98–3/3
PN=253
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,143
T116951
P18 L43 P18 L42 T12
F8 X1 F8 X1 K6
RED BRN RED BRN BLU
P24 RED
F9
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE CONNECTOR X3 A61 ORG 1 X3 A62 ORG 2 X3 A63 ORG 3 X3 A64 ORG 4 X22 A71 ORG 5 F5,S6,X1 P14 RED 6 F12 L47 BRN 7 8 9 B11,F10,S15 P19 RED 10 11 S21 L49 BRN 12 F11 L48 BRN 13 X30 G30 BLK 14 X21 T11 BLU 15
X25
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 H8 X41 YEL 2 3 F13 P20 RED 4 5 A17 ORG 6 X38 X25 A71 ORG 7 8
X22
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR K6 E23 WHT 1 S4 P12 RED 2 S4 E25 WHT 3 S2,F1 P13 RED 4 S14 T53 BLU 5 S2 W55 BLU 6 S12 J27 TAN 7 E15 M32 PUR 8 X25 T11 BLU 9 X25 T13 BLU 10 V11 E02 WHT 11 Y8 W02 BLU 12
X23
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR H8 X36 YEL 1 H8 N34 YEL 2 H8 X38 YEL 3 H8 F39 YEL 4 H8 M40 PUR 5 P2,H8 M39 PUR 6 P1 Y33 YEL 7 NOT USED Y1 YEL 8 NOT USED Y2 YEL 9 NOT USED K1 BLU 10 S15 A67 ORG 11 V14 M62 PUR 12
X21
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR M1 B11 RED
X24
5
6
4
9
3 2
1
10 11 12
5
8
4
9
3 2
1
10 11 12
2
7
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X22
1
3
6
8
4
5
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X23
6
7
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X21
8
7
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X24
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR X30 G40 BLK
X20
28
29
18
27
16
17
26
15
6
7
19
14
5
1
2
8
25
13
4
3
9
20
24
12
11
10
21
23
22
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
B17
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X25
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS — COMPONENT LOCATION
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X20
30
31
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
TM1537 (26FEB02)
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
B18
–19–23SEP98
B11
T116951
DIFF. LOCK SWITCH
S3
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
9015-10B-22
SEAT POSITION SENSOR (ROPS ONLY)
S19
Side Console Harness (W6) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/2
PN=254
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,125
SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS TO AIR ADJUST SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR (ROPS ONLY)
X55
–19–14OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116952
9015-10B-23
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–2/2
PN=255
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,125
9015 10B 24
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-24
Continued on next page
–19–21AUG98–1/4
PN=256
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,126
Side Console Harness (W6) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116958 –19–10SEP98
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116959
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 25
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-25
CED,TX17864,126 –19–21AUG98–2/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=257
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116960
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 26
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-26
CED,TX17864,126 –19–21AUG98–3/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=258
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116961
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 27
CED,TX17864,126 –19–21AUG98–4/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=259
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116675
9015-10B-28
Front Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/1
PN=260
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,138
–19–25AUG98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116906
9015-10B-29
Front Console Harness (W7) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/1
PN=261
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,136
9015 10B 30
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-30
Continued on next page
–19–21AUG98–1/2
PN=262
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,127
Front Console Harness (W7) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116908 –19–10SEP98
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116909
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 31
CED,TX17864,127 –19–21AUG98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=263
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116816
9015-10B-32
Engine Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/2
PN=264
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,139
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116815
9015-10B-33
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–2/2
PN=265
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,139
T116817
ALTERNATOR
G2
ENGINE HARNESS TO AC COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
X59
ENGINE HARNESS TO AC COMPRESSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
X34
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
Y19
ENGINE HARNESS TO AUXILIARY GAUGE HARNESS
X53
ALTERNATOR DIODE
V9
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B7
START RELAY
K1
START AID SOLENOID
Y2
HORN
B3
START SOLENOID DIODE
V8
B6
STARTER MOTOR
M1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SWITCH
B5
MACHINE FRAME GROUND
W1
ENGINE OIL FUEL PRESSURE SWITCH SHUTOFF SOLENOID
Y3
WASHER MOTOR
M5
BATTERIES
G1
V12
GROUND STRAP
W4
ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR
X57
CONVERTER OIL TEMP.
B8
GROUND TO CAB FLOOR
W3
FUEL SENDER
B4
FORWARD SOLENOID DIODE
V4
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
MFWD SOLENOID DIODE
V1
BACKUP WARNING ALARM
B1
ENGINE HARNESS — COMPONENT LOCATION
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID DIODE
V2
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
B9
PARK BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
REVERSE SOLENOID DIODE
V3
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
Y8
MFWD SOLENOID
Y1
Y4
SPEED SOLENOID (3) DIODE
V14
B10
ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE CONNECTOR
X54
RETURN-TO-DIG SOLENOID
Y9
SPEED SOLENOID (1) DIODE
SPEED SOLENOID (2) DIODE
V13
RETURN-TO-DIG SWITCH
S20
T116817
LOW RANGE SOLENOID DIODE
V18
–19–18SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
DIFF. LOCK DIODE
V10
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
G40 BLK
4
9
3 2 1
10 11 12
5
8
4
9
3 2
1
10 11 12
1
2
3
4
9015-10B-34
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X22
8
7
6
5
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X23
6
7
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X21
6 5
7 8
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X24
W1
V14,X57 S20 V18,X54 X34 M5 V12,X57
V13,X57
YEL YEL YEL YEL PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL BLU ORG PUR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BLU TAN PUR BLU BLU WHT BLU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
–19–21AUG98–1/1
PN=266
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,129
T18 BLU 1 2 T19 BLU 3 P20 RED 4 T16 BLU 5 A17 ORG 6 A71 ORG 7 T17 BLU 8
W55 J27 M32 T11 T13 E02 W02
E23 WHT P12 RED E25 WHT P13BRED
X36 N34 X38 F39 M40 M39 Y33 Y1 Y2 K1 A67 M62
B11 RED
Y1,V1 Y4,V2 B10 X54,V4 X54,V3 M1,V8,K1,Y19 Y8,V10
K1 Y3 Y2 Y9
B5 B6 B8 B9 B7 G2 S4 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED B3 B1
M1,G2
ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X20
Engine Harness (W8) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Engine Harness (W8) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116911
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 35
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-35
CED,TX17864,130 –19–21AUG98–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=267
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T116912
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 36
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-36
CED,TX17864,130 –19–21AUG98–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=268
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-37
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–3/3
PN=269
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,130
T116913 –19–10SEP98
9015 10B 37
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116840
9015-10B-38
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–25AUG98–1/1
PN=270
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,147
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116921
9015-10B-39
Blower Harness (W10) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–21AUG98–1/1
PN=271
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,131
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Blower Harness (W10) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116924
–19–15OCT98
9015 10B 40
TX,9015,QQ6757 –19–21JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-40
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=272
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
T116838
–19–08OCT98
9015 10B 41
CED,TX17864,140 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=273
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116925
–19–08OCT98
9015 10B 42
CED,TX17864,132 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=274
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116926
–19–15OCT98
9015 10B 43
CED,TX17864,133 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=275
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Radio Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
T116854
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 44
CED,TX17864,141 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-44
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=276
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116930
9015-10B-45
Radio Harness (W12) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
–19–20MAR96–1/1
PN=277
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ6758
9015 10B 46
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-46
–19–21MAY96–1/1
PN=278
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9015,QQ6759
Radio Harness (W12) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
T101356 –19–08AUG96
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
T116865
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 47
CED,TX17864,142 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=279
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116866
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 48
CED,TX17864,134 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-48
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=280
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Harness (W15) Connectors, Wire and Pin Location (S.N. 872257— )
T116931
–19–10SEP98
9015 10B 49
CED,TX17864,135 –19–21AUG98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=281
System Diagrams (S.N. 872257— )
9015 10B 50
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-10B-50
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=282
Group 15A
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Power Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for power circuit to function: Voltage must be present at these distribution points for other circuits to operate. • • • • • • •
BAT terminal of key switch Terminal 30 of accessory relay Start relay B+ terminal of alternator Starter Radio fuse Hazard/monitor fuse
9015 15A 1 TX,9015,QQ1725 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Power Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) The power circuit includes battery and main current paths to primary distribution points. With key switch OFF, power from battery goes to key switch, accessory relay, start relay, alternator, starter motor, 4-way flasher switch, logic module, alternator sense relay and dome light fuse. When key switch is moved from OFF position, power continues through IGN and ST terminals to main fuse block. ACC terminal power goes to accessory relay, energizing relay sending power to the main fuse block. The key switch G terminal is a ground terminal only in "Bulb Check" and "Start" positions. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1726 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=283
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. —825657) ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS B11 RED
KEY SWITCH
ACC
BAT
B12A RED
F2
F16
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/ REVERSE ALARM FUSE
B14 RED
START FUSE
F4 UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE
B11 RED
IGN
E22 WHT B11 RED
G10 BLK
UNSWITCHED HAZARD MONITOR FUSE
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
K2 ACCESSORY RELAY
B11 RED
G
F15
F9
ST
B15 RED
G10 BLK
B14 RED B15 RED
G1
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
F3
F6
DOME/ RADIO FUSE
HEATER/ CIRCUIT BREAKER
B11 RED
B03 RED
E02 WHT
K1 G10 BLK
START RELAY
S
WIPER WASHER FUSE
M
E02 WHT
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE G01 BLK G10 BLK
G40 BLK
B11 RED
G01 BLK
STARTER MOTOR
FRONT WORK/ LIGHT FUSE
F7
F5
M1
F8
F10
REAR WORK TURN/STOP/ LIGHT FUSE HORN FUSE
F13
D+
W
RETURN-TO-DIG/ BEACON FUSE
G
W1 B+ G40 BLK G02 BLK
T117133
G2 ALTERNATOR
–19–16SEP98
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
MFWD/ ALT DIFF LOCK FUSE
T117133
RED CABLE
E23 WHT
–
B11 RED
F1
BATTERIES +
BLK CABLE
9015 15A 2
B12 RED
B11 RED
S1
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
CED,TX17864,153 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=284
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS B11B RED
B12A RED
F2
F16
FUEL SHUTOFF/ START AID/ REVERSE ALARM FUSE
B14 RED
START FUSE
F4 UNSWITCHED RADIO FUSE
B11A RED
ACC
BAT
B11D RED
KEY SWITCH
B12B RED
B12C RED
S1
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
9015 15A 3
B11B RED
IGN
E22 WHT B11 RED
K2 ACCESSORY RELAY
B11C RED
G10 BLK
UNSWITCHED HAZARD MONITOR FUSE
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
ST
G
F15
F9
B15 RED
G10L BLK
B14 RED B15 RED
G1
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
B15 RED
F3
F6
DOME/ RADIO FUSE
HEATER/ CIRCUIT BREAKER
B11 RED
B03 RED
E02 WHT
START RELAY
G10 BLK
BLK CABLE
K1 S
M1 M
E02 WHT
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE G01 BLK G10 BLK
G40 BLK
W1
B11 RED
G01 BLK
STARTER MOTOR
FRONT WORK/ LIGHT FUSE
F5
F7
WIPER WASHER FUSE
REAR WORK TURN/STOP/ LIGHT FUSE HORN FUSE
F10
F13
D+
W
RETURN-TO-DIG/ BEACON FUSE
G B+
G40 BLK G02 BLK
T117134
F8
G2 ALTERNATOR
–19–16SEP98
TO NEUTRAL START RELAY SE11, K6
MFWD/ ALT DIFF LOCK FUSE
T117134
RED CABLE
E23 WHT
–
B11 RED
F1
BATTERIES +
CED,TX17864,154 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=285
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Subsystem Diagnostics/Power Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,158 –19–10SEP98–1/1
Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
– – –1/1
Battery State of Charge CAUTION: Engine may crank during this check. 9015 15A 4
Move light switch to ON position. Turn key to START. Do work lights go out or get very dim while cranking engine?
YES: Clean battery cable terminals. Repeat test. If lights still get dim, test battery. If battery charge is low, recharge or replace it. NO: Battery charge is good. Go to next check.
– – –1/1
Starter Motor
Key switch OFF.
YES: Check complete.
With harness connected, check voltage at terminal of starter with red cable.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and starter motor.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BK –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Alternator
Key switch OFF.
YES: Check complete.
With harness connected, check voltage at B+ terminal of alternator.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and alternator.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7828AA –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=286
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next check.
With harness connected, check voltage at terminal with BO3 red wire.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and start relay.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BM –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage of B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Remove FNR/park brake fuse. NO: Replace key switch Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position. T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
With harness connected, check voltage at IGN and ST terminals. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
Key switch ON.
YES: Go to next check.
With harness connected, check voltage at ACC terminal of key switch.
NO: Replace key switch.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=287
9015 15A 5
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Accessory Relay
Key switch OFF. With harness connected, check voltage at large terminal with B11 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Key switch ON. With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire.
9015 15A 6
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
Disconnect harness from relay.
YES: Relay is good.
Connect battery voltage to small terminal. Ground mounting bracket.
NO: Replace accessory relay.
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Does relay click? Measure continuity between the two large terminals. T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=288
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=289
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Start Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) The following conditions must exist for start circuit to function: • FNR/range lever in neutral • Key switch in START position
TX,9015,QQ1732 –19–12MAR93–1/1
9015 15A 8
Start Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) The start circuit converts the electrical energy from the battery to mechanical energy by the starter. A heavy current draw takes place in the starter. With key switch OFF, power flows from battery to starter motor terminal, start relay spade terminal, accessory relay, and key switch BAT terminal. With key in ON or IGN, power flows from IGN terminal through FNR/park brake fuse, shift controller to FNR/range switch. With the FNR/range switch in neutral power flows to the neutral start relay terminal 86, energizing relay. With key switch in START, power flows from ST terminal through start fuse, neutral start relay, to the hydraulic pump destroke solenoid and start relay closing the relay. With relay closed, power flows from starter motor through B03 red wire to start relay, through E02 white wire to starting motor solenoid "S terminal", closing solenoid contacts. With solenoid contacts closed, power flows from battery to the starter windings. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1729 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=290
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. —825657) GROUND CIRCUIT G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS (WIRE COLOR) G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY SWITCH CONSOLE HARNESS
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
E22 WHT
S11 S1 KEY SWITCH
N
R
D
GRY
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
PNK R
F
N
F
RED
C
YEL
B
RED
A
RED
FNR
ACC E22 WHT
BAT
D C
BLU 2
1
IGN
9015 15A 9
B
GRN
3 4
A
B11B RED
B12 RED
RANGE
ST
F9
B
A
A1 SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN
C
GRN
RED RED
P24 RED
T12 BLU
D
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
G
B11RED
86
G1
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
ACCESSORY RELAY
86
E23 WHT T12 BLU
B03 RED
E02 WHT BLK CABLE
S
85
87A
START RELAY
85
M1 G01 BLK
87A
86
30 87A 87
85
87
30 87A 87
K6
30
M
G10 BLK
30
E23 WHT 86
K1
86 85
RED CABLE
–
87
87
F16
NEUTRAL START RELAY
STARTER MOTOR
START FUSE
E22A WHT
E02 WHT G10 BLK
Y8
E23 WHT G40 BLK
G10 BLK G01 BLK
G01 BLK G40 BLK
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
T117135
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
E23 WHT
–19–16SEP98
G10 BLK
K2
+
85
E22 WHT
B11 RED
87A
BATTERIES
W1
30
T117135
CED,TX17864,155 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=291
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) GROUND CIRCUIT G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS (WIRE COLOR) G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY SWITCH CONSOLE HARNESS
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
E22 WHT
S11 S1 KEY SWITCH
N
R
D
GRY
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
PNK R
F
N
F
RED
C
YEL
B
RED
A
RED
FNR
ACC E22 WHT
BAT
9015 15A 10
D
1
IGN
B
GRN
3 4
2
A
RANGE
B12B RED
B11B RED
C
BLU
B12C RED P24B RED
P24A RED B
D
C
GRN
RED
RED
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
G
T12 BLU
F9
A
A1 SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN
ST
B11C RED
86
G1 +
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
ACCESSORY RELAY
86
E23 WHT T12 BLU
B03 RED
E02 WHT BLK CABLE
S
85
87A
START RELAY
85
M1 G01 BLK
87A
86
30 87A 87
85
87
30 87A 87
K6
30
M
G10 BLK
30
E23 WHT 86
K1
86 85
RED CABLE
–
87
87
STARTER MOTOR E02 WHT G10D BLK
F16
NEUTRAL START RELAY
START FUSE
E22A WHT
Y8
E23 WHT G10E BLK G40 BLK
G10 BLK G01 BLK
G01 BLK G40 BLK
HYDRAULIC PUMP DESTROKE SOLENOID
T117136
MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
E23 WHT
–19–16SEP98
G10 BLK
K2
85
E22 WHT
B11 RED
87A
BATTERIES
W1
30
T117136
CED,TX17864,156 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=292
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Circuit (S.N. — 872256)
CED,TX17864,157 –19–10SEP98–1/1
Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
– – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
YES: Go to next check.
Remove FNR/park brake fuse.
NO: Replace key switch.
Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position. T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
With harness connected, check voltage at IGN and ST terminals. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=293
9015 15A 11
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) FNR/Range Lever
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness.
9015 15A 12
T7828AC –UN–09MAR93
Key switch ON. FNR/range lever in neutral With harness connected, check voltage at terminals with red wire and gray wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: FNR lever is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T7828AD –UN–09MAR93
Key switch ON. With harness connected, and FNR/range lever moved to forward, check voltage at terminal with yellow wire. Move FNR/range lever to reverse, check voltage at pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=294
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Neutral Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
NO: Replace neutral start relay
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid
Key switch OFF.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from destroke solenoid. NO: Replace solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal A and ground terminal B. Does solenoid click? T7418AN –19–27NOV90
– – –1/1
Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good.
Disconnect harness from relay.
NO: Replace start relay.
Connect battery voltage to one of the small blade terminals and ground the other. Does relay click?
T7287BK –19–16AUG90
Measure continuity between two large terminals. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Starter Solenoid Check CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor terminal.
YES: Solenoid is OK. Check starter motor. NO: Replace starter solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to solenoid small terminal. Ground metal strap from solenoid with heavy gauge wire. Does solenoid "click"? T6534BI –UN–19OCT88
Remove jumper wires. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=295
9015 15A 13
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Starter Motor
YES: Starter motor is good. Check wiring harness.
CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor large terminal.
NO: Repair or replace starter motor.
Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal. Does starter motor turn, but NOT crank engine?
T6534BJ –UN–07JAN97
– – –1/1
9015 15A 14
Charge Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for charging circuit to function: • Key switch in ON position • Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1827 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=296
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Charge Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) The charging circuit consists of the battery, alternator, alternator relay, key switch, accessory relay, and indicator light in the monitor panel. The alternator (B+) terminal is connected to battery voltage at all times. The alternator terminal (D+) gets power from ACC terminal of the key switch by energizing the accessory relay, closing relay contacts and sending power to MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock fuse. With key switch ON and engine running, power flows from terminal (W) of alternator to alternator relay, energizing it. Terminals 30 and 87 are connected, and indicator light goes out.
9015 15A 15
When key is on but engine is not running or if alternator fails, alternator relay de-energizes and terminals 30 and 87A are connected. This grounds the indicator light and light comes on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1375 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=297
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. —815415) GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLK—FLOOR HARNESS BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY A A BATTERY POWER IN POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE B B POWER FROM ALTERNATOR SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO C C POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) D E D YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) F BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO AND START POSITION) GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) LOGIC MODULE RED GROUND ACC Z33 GRY WARNING OFF S1 ON H9 LIGHT A KEY BULB CHECK Z36 GRY A START B H11 H7 SWITCH Z36 GRY C B ALARM Z33 GRY ACC LOGIC BAT D C Z37 GRY MODULE D E YELLOW F WARNING H10 M37 PUR LIGHT IGN Z33 GRY Z36 GRY Z34 GRY
Z34 GRY
B11 RED
ENGINE ALT VOLTS
H8
ST
DISPLAY MODULE
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
G
K2 G10 BLK
B11 RED
F1 MFWD/ ALT DIFF FUSE
B11 RED B11 RED
P13 RED
ACCESSORY RELAY
G10 BLK
M37 PUR
M37 PUR
M39 PUR
M G40 BLK
G10 BLK
W1
MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/ LEFT SIDE
G40 BLK
87A
ALTERNATOR DIODE D+
W
G
T117137
85
87
P13C TAN
G2 ALTERNATOR
B+ GO2 BLK
M37 PUR
V9
G10 BLK P23 RED
K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY
–19–16SEP98
NOT USED
30
86
G10 BLK
M1
M37 PUR
TO P3 HOUR METER
T117137
S
P13B BRN
RED CABLE
HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
B11 RED
STARTER MOTOR G10 BLK
B15 RED
B14 RED
M39 PUR
BATTERIES
F15
B11 RED
G1
G10 BLK
B11 RED
BLK CABLE
9015 15A 16
B14 RED
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
CED,TX17864,159 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=298
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) ACC
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
OFF
ON BULB CHECK START
ACC OFF ON BULBCHECK START
S1 KEY SWITCH
ACC
BAT
ENGINE ALT VOLTS IGN
H8
B11 RED
B14 RED
DISPLAY MODULE
ST
G
B11 RED G10 BLK
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
9015 15A 17
M37 PUR
G10 BLK
F1 MFWD/ALT FUSE B15 RED P13 RED
S
M39 PUR
G10 BLK
W1 MACHINE FRAME GROUND TO ENGINE GROUND STRAP
30
86
87A
B11 RED
G40 BLK
W D+
G40 BLK
B+
G
G02 BLK
P13C TAN
G2 ALTERNATOR
85
87 G10 BLK P23 RED
K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY
–19–16SEP98
STARTER MOTOR
T117138
G10 BLK
HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE M39 PUR
M1 M
F15
G10 BLK
BLK CABLE
G1 BATTERIES
TO P3 HOUR METER
B11 RED
B11 RED
P13B BRN
G10 BLK
RED CABLE
B11 RED
M37 PUR
B14 RED
M37 PUR
T117138
CED,TX17864,161 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=299
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) ACC
GROUNDCIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
OFF
ON BULB CHECK START
B11B RED ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
S1
KEY SWITCH
ENGINE ALT VOLTS
ACC
BAT
H8
9015 15A 18
DISPLAY MODULE
ST
B14 RED
B11B RED
IGN
G
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
M37B PUR B11 RED M37C PUR G10 BLK B11C RED
TO P3 HOUR METER
P13A RED
B15 RED B11 RED
M39 PUR
W D+
G40 BLK
B+
G
G02 BLK
P13C TAN
G2 ALTERNATOR
85
87 G10T BLK P23 RED
K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY
T117139
MACHINE FRAME GROUND TO ENGINE GROUND STRAP
87A
B11 RED
G40 BLK
G10 BLK
W1
30
86
–19–16SEP98
STARTER MOTOR
G10 BLK
HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE M39 PUR
M1 M
F15
P138 BRN
BLK CABLE
G1
G10 BLK
M37A PUR
MFWD/ALT FUSE
S
BATTERIES
B11A RED
F1
G10 BLK
RED CABLE
B14 RED
G10 BLK
T117139
CED,TX17864,162 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=300
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Charge Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,163 –19–10SEP98–1/1
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures
– – –1/1
Alternator Output
Key switch OFF. Measure and record battery voltage. Start and run engine at 1500 rpm, and check battery voltage.
YES: Alternator is good. Check wiring harness. Check battery. NO: Check alternator.
Does battery voltage increase? T6569AZ –UN–23AUG93
– – –1/1
Alternator
Key switch ON. Engine running. Park brake ON.
YES: Alternator is good.
Using a multimeter, check for DC voltage at terminals (D+) and (B+).
NO: Alternator is failed. Repair or replace.
Is 14 DC volts measured? Using a multimeter, check for AC voltage at terminal (W). Is 7.63 AC volts measured?
T7835AT –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=301
9015 15A 19
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Alternator Relay
IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay.
NO: Replace relay.
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87A. Is continuity measured? T7596AQ –19–03OCT91
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured? – – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF.
9015 15A 20
With harness connected, check voltage of B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch. Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Remove fuel shut off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Remove FNR/park brake fuse. NO: Replace key switch Remove start fuse. Turn key switch to START position. T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
With harness connected, check voltage at IGN and ST terminals. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
Key switch ON.
YES: Go to next check.
With harness connected, check voltage at ACC terminal of key switch.
NO: Replace key switch.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=302
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Accessory Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at large terminal with B11 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Key switch ON.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay. 9015 15A 21
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Disconnect harness from relay.
YES: Relay is good.
Connect battery voltage to small terminal. Ground mounting bracket.
NO: Replace accessory relay.
Does relay click? Measure continuity between the two large terminals. T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —815415) With Logic Module The following conditions must exist for display module and logic module to function. The key switch must be in BULB CHECK or START position to "arm" the logic module so failures will be indicated. TX,9015,QQ3185 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=303
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —815415) With Logic Module Key Switch OFF
The logic module stops current flow to the display monitor.
Power is supplied to the logic module through the Hazard/Monitor Unswitched fuse to pin A of logic module (6 pin connector). Key Switch ON Power is supplied to the logic module through the Monitor Switched fuse. No power is supplied from the logic module to the display module since the logic module has not been "armed." 9015 15A 22
Key Switch in BULB CHECK or START The key switch connects all indicator lights in the display module to ground when the key switch is in the BULB CHECK or START positions. The key switch also grounds the logic module, signaling the logic module to supply power to all bulbs in the display module, the primary and secondary indicators and the alarm, turning them ON. Turning the key switch to BULB CHECK or START also "arms" the logic module so failures will be indicated.
Failure Occurs The indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light and also the logic module. The logic module supplies power to all bulbs in the display module, the secondary failure indicator light, primary indicator light, and alarm. The logic module then connects either the red light and alarm or the yellow light to ground, turning them ON. If the key switch is momentarily turned OFF and back ON while the engine is running, power from the alternator indicator terminal will keep the logic module activated. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
Engine Started and Key Switch ON All indicator switches (sensors) are open and the ground circuits to the indicator lights and logic module are broken.
TX,9015,DY663 –19–10MAR97–1/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 815416— 825627) Without Logic Module The following conditions must exist for display module to function. The key switch must be in the "ON" position so failures will be indicated.
TX,9015,QQ3187 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-22
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=304
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416—825657) Without Logic Module Power is supplied to the display module through the Monitor Switched fuse. Elimination of the logic module allows the monitor on the backhoe to be active when the key switch is turned to the ON position. Moving the key switch to the BULB CHECK position to activate the monitor is no longer necessary. CONDITION: Key ON Engine OFF: WITH LOGIC MODULE No Lights or alarm.
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning, yellow warning, engine oil pressure, alternator charging light are ON, and alarm is beeping.
9015 15A 23
CONDITION: BULB CHECK: WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is ON but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: Engine Running and engine water temperature and alternator lights are ON: WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing and alarm is beeping.
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is on but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
When failure occurs the indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light, the red light and alarm or the yellow light turning them ON. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ3188 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=305
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 825628—872256) Without Logic Module Power is supplied to the display module through the Monitor Switched fuse. Elimination of the logic module allows the monitor on the backhoe to be active when the key switch is turned to the ON position. Moving the key switch to the BULB CHECK position to activate the monitor is no longer necessary. CONDITION: Key ON Engine OFF: WITH LOGIC MODULE No Lights or alarm. 9015 15A 24
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning, yellow warning, engine oil pressure, alternator charging light are ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: BULB CHECK: WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is ON but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
CONDITION: Engine Running and engine water temperature and alternator lights are ON: WITH LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is flashing and alarm is beeping.
WITHOUT LOGIC MODULE Red warning light is on but NOT flashing, yellow warning is ON, and alarm is beeping.
When failure occurs the indicator switch (sensor) closes, grounding an indicator light, the red light and alarm or the yellow light turning them ON. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BD2733 –19–07MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=306
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. —815415) GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS KEY G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS SWITCH BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
LOGIC MODULE
POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH)
A B C
BATTERY POWER IN POWER FROM ALTERNATOR POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB AND START POSITION) GROUND
A B C D E F
D
B11 RED
F14 5A MONITOR FUSE KEY SWITCH
S1
15A UNSWITCHED HAZARD/MONITOR FUSE
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
Z33 GRY
P23 RED
H9
R31 BLK
H7 LOGIC MODULE
ACC P23 RED
Z33 GRY
IGN
A B C D E F
A
Z34 GRY
B12 RED
BAT
9015 15A 25
P21 RED
F15
B C D
Z36 GRY Z36 GRY Z33 GRY Z37 GRY
H11
H10
M37 PUR
ALARM
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
Z36 GRY Z32 GRY R31 BLK
ST
RED WARNING LIGHT
Z33 GRY Z34 GRY G10 BLK
G
Z32 GRY
R31 BLK
R31 BLK
M37 PUR
M39 PUR
G10 BLK
87A 85
87 G10 BLK
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
K7
P23 RED
ALTERNATOR RELAY G10 BLK
G10 BLK
G40 BLK
H8 DISPLAY MODULE
G40 BLK
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
T117140
BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
1 2 3 4 5 6
–19–16SEP98
30
86
M37 PUR
ENG ALT VOLTS
M37 PUR
T117140
CED,TX17864,164 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=307
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657)
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS SWITCH G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
B11 RED P21 RED
F14 MONITOR FUSE
KEY SWITCH
9015 15A 26
F15 UNSWITCHED HAZARD/MONITOR FUSE
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
P21 RED
H9 RED WARNING LIGHT Z36 GRY Z36 GRY P21 RED Z36 GRY
B12 RED
P23 RED
ACC
BAT
IGN
V8
ST
M38 PUR R31 BLK
M39 PUR
87A M37 PUR
G10 BLK
ALARM
P21 RED Z37 GRY
P21 RED
TO K3
ENG ALT VOLTS
30
86
87 G10 BLK
G10 BLK
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
R31 BLK
M37 PUR
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
H11
H10
Z36 GRY
G
85
Z37 GRY
P23 RED
H8
K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY G40 BLK
DISPLAY MODULE
G40 BLK
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
–19–16SEP98
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE
1 2 3 4 5 6
M37 PUR
S1
T117141
BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
T117141
CED,TX17864,164 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-26
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=308
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS KEY G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS SWITCH G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE BAT IGN ACC ST G BODY CONSOLE HARNESS
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START
P21 RED
T12A BLU
TO K6 NEUTRAL START RELAY M01B BLK
TACH/ HMTR FUSE
TO E15 SEAT BELT LIGHT 85
M32A PUR
87
87A
G10R BLK
TO K6 NEUTRAL START RELAY
G10P BLK
ACC P23 RED
H9
Z36B GRY Z36C GRY Z36 GRY
G10V BLK
G10R BLK
RED WARNING LIGHT
G R31 BLK
P21J RED Z37 GRY
H11
H10
ALARM
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT P21C RED
P21B RED
Z37 GRY
P21H RED
SEAT SWITCH
Z36P GRY
B12 RED
P21D RED P21F RED
IGN
ST
9015 15A 27 P21B RED
MONITOR FUSE
ACC OFF ON BULB CHECK START BAT
30
86
F15 M01A PUR
KEY SWITCH
PARK LIGHT RELAY
DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
B11A RED
F14 S1
K3
V8
TO P1 FUEL GAUGE
B11B RED
G10L BLK
Z36 GRY R31 BLK
ENG ALT VOLTS M37A PUR
30 87A
G10R BLK P23 RED
ALTERNATOR K7 RELAY G40A BLK
H8
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
DISPLAY MODULE
7 8 9 10
A B C D
G40 BLK
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ENGINE
T117142
BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
–19–16SEP98
G10A BLK
A B C D E F
87 G10T BLK
TO G2 ALTERNATOR
1 2 3 4 5 6
M37B PUR
85
M37B PUR
M39B PUR
G10A BLK
86
T117142
CED,TX17864,164 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=309
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Module and Logic Module Circuit (S.N. —815415) See Logic Module Test in Machine and Logic Module Bench Test, in Group 9015-20.
TX,901515,QQ363 –19–10MAR97–1/1
9015 15A 28
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Module and Logic Module Circuit (S.N. 815416—872256)
CED,TX17864,165 –19–10SEP98–1/1
Display Module and Logic Module Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and the hazard/monitor unswitched fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 5 amp monitor fuse, and 15 amp hazard/monitor fuse.
NO: Operational Checkout complete.
Is fuse blown?
T7199BR –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=310
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Specifications (S.N. — 872256) Specification Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Temperature ..................................................................... 103.4°C (218°F) Engine Oil Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Opening Pressure ........................................................... 37—72 kPa (0.4—0.7 bar) (5.5—10.5 psi) Air Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)—Closes on Increasing Vacuum at............................... 4.98—7.48 kPa (20—30 in. H 2 O) Vacuum Converter Oil Temperature Switch (Normally Open)—Closes on Increasing Temperature ................................................ 114.3°C—121.2°C (238°F—252°F) Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Pressure ......................................................... 344 kPa (3.45 bar) (50 psi)
9015 15A 29
TX,9015,BG982 –19–01APR97–1/1
Indicator Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The Indicator Circuit has TWO modes of operation. • Bulb check mode • Failure mode The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in bulb check mode: Key switch moved to BULB CHECK position The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in a failure mode: Engine must be running for a failure to be indicated on a display module light. An indicator switch or alternator relay senses a failure and supplies a ground for an indicator light, warning light and buzzer.
TX,901515,QQ534 –19–07DEC90–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=311
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 815415) With Logic Module Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: • • • • • •
Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required)
STOP Warning Level:
9015 15A 30
Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON. SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects logic module and display module to ground. The ground is supplied to display module by key switch during BULB CHECK. Power then flows through logic module and display module to ground. Logic module is activated and all display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit also signals logic module and turns on red STOP light and alarm or yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ3189 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-30
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=312
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416—825657) Without Logic Module Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: • • • • • •
Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required)
STOP Warning Level: Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON.
9015 15A 31
SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects warning lights, buzzer and display module to ground. All display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit turns on the red STOP light and alarm or the yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ3190 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=313
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658—872256) Without Logic Module Indicator lights and switches of the display module are: • • • • • • •
Engine Coolant Temperature (Stop) Engine Oil Pressure (Stop) Engine Alternator Volts (Service Required) Engine Air Filter (Service Required) Converter Oil Temperature (Stop) Hydraulic Oil Filter (Service Required) Seat Position (Stop)
STOP Warning Level: 9015 15A 32
Red STOP light ON, audible alarm ON and function indicator light ON. SERVICE Warning Level: Yellow WARNING light and a function indicator light ON. Bulb Check Mode: Key switch in BULB CHECK position connects warning lights, buzzer and display module to ground. All display module lights and buzzer are checked. Failure Mode: During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator relay provides a ground circuit for the light. This ground circuit turns on the red STOP light and alarm or the yellow SERVICE REQUIRED light. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BD2735 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-32
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=314
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. —815415)
POWER TO DISPLAY MODULE SECONDARY FAILURE SIGNAL (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH) RED LIGHT ALARM GROUND (PULSED) PRIMARY FAILURE SIGNAL IN (TO GROUND THROUGH INDICATOR SWITCH)
B C D
P21 RED
F14
G10 BLK M37 PUR
P23 RED
MONITOR FUSE
Z32 GRY
R31 BLK
CONVTR HYD ENG ENG ENG ENG OIL OIL COOLANT OIL ALT AIR FILTER TEMP PRESS VOLTS FILTER TEMP
DISPLAY MODULE
A B C D E F
11 12 13 14 15 16
F E D C B A
7 8 9 10
A B C D
X36 YEL Z32 GRY N34 YEL
H8
1 2 3 4 5 6
M37 PUR
M37 PUR
W
ALTERNATOR
85
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
G B+
86
ALTERNATOR RELAY
B7
D+
G2
K7
G02 BLK
30 87A 87 G10 BLK P23 RED
M40 PUR
B9 HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH G01 BLK G02 BLK
T117143
P23 RED
M39 PUR
M39 PUR
B6 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
F39 YEL
M37 PUR
M39 PUR
M40 PUR
F15 UNSWITCHED HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
B5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
X38 YEL
M38 PUR
V8
P23 RED
Z32 GRY
Z32 GRY
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY
9015 15A 33
R31 BLK
B8 CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH G01 BLK
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
–19–16SEP98
LOGIC MODULE
A B C D E F
A
D
T117143
H7
A B C
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—FLOOR HARNESS LOGIC MODULE BATTERY POWER IN POWER FROM ALTERNATOR A POWER IN FROM KEY SWITCH B C YELLOW LIGHT GROUND (SWITCHED) D BULB CHECK (TO GROUND IN BULB E AND START POSITION) F GROUND GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
CED,TX17864,166 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=315
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416—825657) GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR) G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS P21 RED G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS H9 G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE RED WARNING LIGHT
F14 MONITOR FUSE
P21 RED
Z36 GRY
H11
Z36 GRY P21 RED
ALARM
Z37 GRY
GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
H10 YELLOW WARNING LIGHT P21 RED
9015 15A 34
H8 DISPLAY MODULE
7 8 9 10
A B C D
ALTERNATOR RELAY G10 BLK D+
G B+
G2 ALTERNATOR
B7 AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH G02 BLK
F39 YEL
M40 PUR
UNSWITCHED HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
B6 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
30 87A
85
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
87 G10 BLK P23 RED
M40 PUR
B9 HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH G01 BLK G02 BLK
T117144
B8 CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH G01 BLK
W1
MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
–19–16SEP98
86
B5
F15
M37 PUR
M39 PUR
K7
R31 BLK
N34 YEL
F E D C B A
Z36 GRY
M37 PUR
M39 PUR
W
11 12 13 14 15 16
X36 YEL
T117144
TO K3 PARK LIGHT RELAY
A B C D E F
X38 YEL
DISPLAY MODULE DIODE
1 2 3 4 5 6
P23 RED
M38 PUR
V8
P21 RED
Z36 GRY
ENG ENG ENG ENG CONVTR HYD ALT AIR COOLANT OIL OIL OIL PRESS VOLTS FILTER TEMP TEMP FILTER
Z37 GRY
Z36 GRY
OUO1048,00003E0 –19–08SEP00–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=316
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Indicator Circuit Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658—872256) F14
G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR)
MONITOR FUSE
P21 RED
H9 RED WARNING LIGHT
P21 RED
Z36 GRY
H11
Z36 GRY P21 RED Z37 GRY
ALARM
GROUND FROM S1 KEY SWITCH TERMINAL
H10 YELLOW WARNING LIGHT P21 RED
9015 15A 35
7 8 9 10 M37 PUR
A B C D
K3
DISPLAY PARK LIGHT MODULE RELAY DIODE T12 BLU
S31
TO K6 NEUTRAL START RELAY
SEAT SWITCH 87A
87
W2 GROUND TO CAB FRAME
G10 BLK
86
M39 PUR
UNSWITCHED HAZARD/ MONITOR FUSE
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
+
D
W G
B+
G2
G02 BLK
ALTERNATOR
G10 BLK
87
B8 CONVERTER OIL TEMP. SWITCH
G10 BLK
M40 PUR
P23 RED
B9 HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTR. SWITCH G01BLK G02 BLK G10 BLK
R31 BLK
Z37 GRY
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
G01 BLK
W1 MACHINE FRAME/ ENGINE BLOCK GROUND/LEFT SIDE
T117145
M39 PUR
B7
87A 85
B6
30
K7 ALTERNATOR RELAY
(S.N. —XXXXXX)
F15 M37 PUR
30
86
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SWITCH
–19–16SEP98
F E D C B A
B5
Z36 GRY
G01 BLK (S.N. XXXXXX— )
11 12 13 14 15 16
X36 YEL
N34 YEL
M32 PUR
V8
A B C D E F
X38 YEL
1 2 3 4 5 6
TO S12 PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
85
P21 RED
DISPLAY MODULE
F39 YEL
H8
ENGINE ENGINE CONVERT HYDRAULIC ALT. AIR OIL. OIL VOLTS FILTER TEMP. FILTER
M40 PUR
ENGINE ENGINE COOLANT OIL TEMP. PRES.
P23 RED
Z36 GRY
Z36 GRY
T117145
OUO1048,00003E1 –19–08SEP00–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=317
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,168 –19–10SEP98–1/1
Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and hazard/monitor fuse.
– – –1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator 9015 Switch (S.N. —825657) 15A 36
Disconnect X36 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is engine coolant indicator light on? T7199CG –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Switch (S.N. 825658— )
Disconnect X36 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is engine coolant indicator light on? T107548 –19–25MAR97
– – –1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light
Disconnect connector from display module. Connect 12 volts to pin terminal 1 for Z33 gray wire. Ground pin terminal 2 for X36 yellow wire to machine frame. Is engine coolant temperature indicator light on?
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
T6877AB –UN–18OCT88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-36
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=318
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Disconnect N34 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is engine oil pressure indicator light on? T7199DZ –19–26SEP90
– – –1/1
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Light
Disconnect connector from display module. Connect 12 volts to pin terminal 1 for Z33 gray wire. Ground pin terminal 3 for N34 yellow wire to machine frame. Is engine oil pressure indicator light on?
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
T6877AC –UN–18OCT88
– – –1/1
Engine Alternator Indicator Circuit
Disconnect M39 purple wire from terminal (W) of alternator and apply 6 volts to M39 purple wire.
YES: Circuit is good. Repair or replace alternator.
Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. NO: Go to next check. Is alternator indicator light off? Remove voltage from M39 purple wire. Is alternator indicator light on?
– – –1/1
Alternator Relay
IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay.
NO: Replace relay.
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87A. Is continuity measured? T7596AQ –19–03OCT91
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=319
9015 15A 37
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Engine Alternator Indicator Light
Disconnect middle connector on display module. Ground pin terminal 13 for M37 purple wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. T6877AE –UN–18OCT88
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
Is engine alternator indicator light on?
– – –1/1
9015 15A 38
Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch
Disconnect M40 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is air filter restriction indicator light on? T7199CI –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator Light
Disconnect middle connector of display module. Ground pin terminal 14 for M40 purple wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. T6877AG –UN–18OCT88
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
Is air restriction indicator light on?
– – –1/1
Converter Oil Temperature Switch
Disconnect X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is converter oil temperature light on? T7199CJ –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-38
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=320
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Converter Oil Temperature Light
Disconnect middle connector from display module. Ground pin terminal 15 for X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. T7199BS –19–16AUG90
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
Is converter oil temperature light on?
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch
Disconnect F39 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on? T7199CK –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Light
Disconnect middle connector on display module. Ground pin terminal 16 for F39 yellow wire to machine frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. T7199BT –19–16AUG90
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check display module. Replace bulb or module.
Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on?
– – –1/1
MFWD Circuit Specifications (S.N. —872256) Specification MFWD Indicator Switch (Normally Closed)—Opening Pressure............................ 37—72 KPa (0.4—0.7 bar) (5.5—10.5 psi)
TX,9015,BG983 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=321
9015 15A 39
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
MFWD Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for MFWD circuit to function: • Key switch ON position • MFWD Switch ON
TX,901515,QQ811 –19–19NOV90–1/1
9015 15A 40
MFWD Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) With the key switch ON or ACC position, power flows from MFWD fuse to terminal 6 of MFWD switch. With MFWD switch in OFF position, power flows out terminal 8 to MFWD solenoid keeping MFWD solenoid energized. Power also flows from terminal 5 to terminal 9 and out terminal 10 to MFWD indicator switch. When MFWD switch is in OFF position the solenoid is energized maintaining reverser pressure keeping MFWD indicator switch open. With MFWD switch in ON position, power is removed from terminal 8 of switch too solenoid. The solenoid is de-energized, releasing reverser pressure and closing MFWD indicated switch making light in MFWD switch to come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1744 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-40
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=322
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
MFWD Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AG
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 41
TX,9015,QQ1830 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=323
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/MFWD Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1019 –19–04FEB99–1/1
MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by MFWD fuse.
– – –1/1
MFWD Switch
Disconnect harness from MFWD switch.
9015 15A 42
With MFWD switch OFF, measure continuity between terminals 6 and 8.
YES: Switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace MFWD switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7812AG –UN–16JUL92
With MFWD switch ON, measure continuity between terminals 6 and 8. Continuity should NOT be measured?
– – –1/1
MFWD Pressure Indicator Switch
Disconnect M31 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Is MFWD indicator light on? T7835AS –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
MFWD Solenoid
Disconnect harness from MFWD solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal (B) of connector and ground terminal (A) of connector.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace solenoid.
Does solenoid click?
T7828AZ –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=324
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for differential lock circuit to function. • Key switch ON position • Differential lock switch pedal depressed "ON" • Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1745 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Differential Lock Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A 43
With key switch ON or ACC position, power flows from MFWD/ALT/DIFF Lock fuse to differential lock pedal. When differential lock pedal is depressed power is routed to the differential lock solenoid, energizing solenoid valve. Pressure oil from the pump flows through the solenoid valve to the rear axle engaging it for differential lock operation. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1746 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=325
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Differential Lock Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AH
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 44
TX,9015,QQ1747 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-44
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=326
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Differential Lock Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1020 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by MFWD/alt/diff lock fuse.
– – –1/1
Differential Lock Switch
Disconnect harness from differential lock switch. With differential lock switch pressed, measure continuity between terminals A and B of connector.
YES: Switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace Differential lock switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7828AI –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
Differential Lock Solenoid
Disconnect harness from differential lock solenoid. Connect ground to terminal (A) of connector on solenoid. Apply voltage to terminal (B) of connector on solenoid.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace differential lock solenoid.
Is continuity measured?
T7828AZ –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
Start Aid Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for start aid circuit to function: • Key switch in IGN or ON position • Start aid switch depressed
TX,9015,BG984 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-45
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=327
9015 15A 45
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Start Aid Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid and reverse warning alarm fuse to start aid button. When button is pushed, power is supplied to start aid solenoid. Ground is supplied through G01 black wire energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 46 TX,9015,QQ1751 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-46
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=328
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Start Aid Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AJ
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 47
TX,9015,QQ1752 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=329
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Aid Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1022 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
Start Aid Switch
Disconnect harness from start aid switch.
9015 15A 48
With start aid button pushed, check for continuity between terminals with P12 red wire and E25 white wire.
YES: Start aid switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace start aid switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199BW –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Start Aid Solenoid
NOTE: Remove start aid fluid canister from holder to prevent injecting starting fluid into engine.
YES: Start aid solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid.
NO: Replace start aid solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to terminal with E25 white wire. Ground terminal with E27 white wire. Does solenoid "click"? T7828AK –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for fuel shut-off circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position
TX,9015,BG985 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-48
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=330
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse, start aid switch and fuel shut-off solenoid. Solenoid is grounded to frame. When the fuel shut-off solenoid is "energized" fuel is allowed into the injection pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A 49 TX,9015,BG986 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=331
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7418AZ
–19–12DEC90
9015 15A 50
TX,901515,QQ825 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-50
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=332
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Shut-Off Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1023 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
Injection Pump Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid
Connect battery voltage to solenoid P12 red wire terminal. Does solenoid "click"?
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15A NO: Replace fuel shut-off 51 solenoid.
Remove voltage from terminal. Does solenoid "click" again? T6785AG –UN–18OCT88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-51
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=333
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for reverse alarm circuit to function: • Key switch ON • FNR lever must be in reverse position
TX,9015,QQ1815 –19–12MAR93–1/1
9015 15A 52
Reverse Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows from fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse to reverse alarm relay terminal 30. When FNR lever is moved into reverse, power flows through shift controller to terminal 86 of reverse alarm relay, energizing relay. Contacts 30 and 87 are connected sending power to reverse warning alarm. Power is also sent to the reverse solenoid energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,BG987 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-52
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=334
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Reverse Alarm Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T8077AF
–19–16SEP93
9015 15A 53
TX,9015,QQ1756 –19–06OCT93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-53
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=335
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Reverse Alarm Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1024 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
9015 15A 54
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-54
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=336
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Shift Controller
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
9015 15A 55
T8077AO –19–16SEP93
Key switch ON. Harness connected. Check voltage on pin (A) at connector 4 Check voltage on pin (A) at connector 2. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
T8077AP –19–16SEP93
Key switch ON. Harness connected. FNR in reverse. Check voltage on pin (C) at connector 4. Check voltage on pin (C) at connector 2. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-55
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=337
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) FNR/Range Lever Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Check wiring harness, if OK replace shift controller.
9015 15A 56
T7828AC –UN–09MAR93
Key switch ON. Harness connected. FNR in reverse. Check voltage at terminals with red wire and pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
– – –1/1
Reverse Alarm Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
NO: Replace reverse alarm relay.
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Reverse Alarm
Disconnect harness from reverse alarm. Connect battery voltage to reverse warning alarm positive (+) terminal. Connect jumper wire from reverse warning alarm negative (-) terminal to ground. T7199BZ –UN–16AUG90
YES: Reverse alarm is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm.
Does reverse alarm sound?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-56
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=338
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for dome light circuit to function: Key switch in ACC position
TX,9015,QQ1816 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Dome Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A 57
Power from key switch ACC terminal flows through accessory relay, dome light fuse, dome lights, dome light switch, swivel light and swivel light switch. With dome light switch or swivel light switch turned on, contacts close grounding circuit and lights come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1762 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-57
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=339
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Dome Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AP
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 58
TX,9015,QQ1763 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-58
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=340
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics Dome Light Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1025 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the dome light fuse
– – –1/1
Dome Light and Swivel Light Switch
Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness
9015 15A 59
Turn dome light/swivel light switch ON. NO: Replace switch. Using a multimeter check continuity at switch terminals for dome and swivel light switch. Does multimeter read continuity? T6622BB –UN–09DEC88
– – –1/1
Dome and Swivel Light
Disconnect harness from light. Connect battery voltage to light terminal. Ground light housing.
YES: Light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulbs or dome/swivel lights.
Does light come on?
T6534DZ –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-59
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=341
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Radio Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following condition or conditions must exist for radio circuit to function. • Key switch in ACC or ON position • Radio turned ON
TX,9015,QQ1769 –19–12MAR93–1/1
9015 15A 60
Radio Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) When key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to accessory relay energizing relay. Power is then sent to dome light fuse and front work light fuse. Switched power is sent to radio fuse and radio. Unswitched power from radio fuse is to maintain station memory. Power from the front work light fuse is for light in radio. Power from the dome light fuse is to power the radio and speakers.
TX,9015,QQ1770 –19–31AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-60
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=342
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Radio Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AS
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 61
TX,9015,BG988 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-61
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=343
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Radio Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1026 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the unswitched radio fuse and the dome light fuse.
– – –1/1
Radio
YES: Go to next check.
9015 15A 62
NO: Check wiring harness between radio and fuses.
T7828AT –19–23SEP92
Key switch ON Front work/drive light switch ON Measure 12 volts at wire terminals L43 brown, P25 red and P15 red. Is 12 volts measured at wire terminals?
– – –1/1
Radio Speaker
Disconnect harness from radio speaker.
YES: Replace radio.
Measure resistance between radio speaker terminals.
NO: Replace speaker
Is 7.3 ohms measured?
T7828AU –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-62
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=344
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for wiper/washer circuit to function. • Key switch must be in ON or ACC position. • Front/rear wiper or washer switch must be turned on.
TX,9015,QQ1817 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows from wiper/washer fuse through wires P14 red to terminal 3 on front wiper switch, terminal 1 of washer switch and terminal 3 of rear wiper switch.
Rear wiper in HIGH position, power flows from rear wiper switch terminal 1 through A66 orange wire to rear wiper motor.
Front wipers on HIGH, power flows through terminal 3 and out terminal 1 to left hand door wiper motor. Power also flows through terminal 4 and out terminal 2 to right hand door wiper motor.
Rear wiper in LOW position, power flows from rear wiper switch terminal 5 through A65 orange wire to rear wiper motor.
Front wipers on LOW, power flows through terminal 3 and out terminal 5 to left hand door wiper motor. Power also flows through terminal 4 and out terminal 6 to right hand door wiper motor. Front wiper in PARK position, power flows through P14 red wire to right hand door wiper motor, through A69 orange wire to terminal 8 of front wiper switch, out terminal 6 of front wiper switch through A63 orange wire to right hand door wiper motor and to ground by G20 black wire. Power also flows through P14 red wire to left hand door wiper motor, through A68 orange wire to terminal 7 of front wiper switch, out terminal 5 through A61 orange wire to left hand door wiper motor and to ground by G20 black wire.
9015 15A 63
Rear wiper in PARK position, power flows through P14 red to rear wiper motor deactivating a switch in rear wiper motor putting wiper in park position. Washer: Power flows from 15 amp wiper/washer fuse to terminal 5 of washer switch. With washer switch pushed in power flows from terminal 1 to washer motor, activating pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1764 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-63
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=345
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Wiper/Washer Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AQ
–19–23APR97
9015 15A 64
TX,9015,QQ1765 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-64
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=346
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Wiper/Washer Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1027 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the wiper/washer fuse.
– – –1/1
Front Wiper Switch
Wiper switch ON. Disconnect harness from front wiper switch.
YES: Front wiper switch is good. Go to next check.
Measure for continuity between terminals 2 and 4, 6 and 8, 1 and 3, and 5 and 7.
NO: Replace front wiper switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CA –UN–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Wiper Motor LH Door and RH Door—Low Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor.
YES: Go to next check.
Connect battery voltage to terminal with red wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire.
NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run in LOW speed?
T7199CB –UN–17SEP90
Remove voltage from terminal with red wire, and connect red and green wire together using a jumper wire. Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
– – –1/1
Wiper Motor LH Door and RH Door—High Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with blue wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run in HIGH speed?
T7199CB –UN–17SEP90
Remove voltage from terminal with blue wire, and connect blue and green wires together using a jumper wire. Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-65
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=347
9015 15A 65
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Rear Wiper Switch
Wiper switch ON.
YES: Rear wiper switch is good. Go to next check.
Disconnect harness from rear wiper switch. Using a multimeter measure for continuity between terminals 1 and 3, and 5 and 7.
NO: Replace rear wiper switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CC –UN–02OCT90
– – –1/1
9015 15A 66
Rear Wiper Motor—Low Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor.
YES: Go to next check.
Connect battery voltage to terminal with red wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire.
NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run in LOW speed? Remove voltage from terminal with red wire. T7199CD –19–16AUG90
Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
– – –1/1
Rear Wiper Motor—High Speed
Disconnect harness from wiper motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with blue wire and yellow wire. Ground terminal with black wire.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does motor run in HIGH speed? Remove voltage from terminal with blue wire. T7199CD –19–16AUG90
Does motor run until blade reaches PARK position?
– – –1/1
Washer Switch
Washer switch ON.
YES: Washer switch is good. Go to next check.
Disconnect harness from washer switch. Using a multimeter measure continuity between terminals 1 and 5.
NO: Replace washer switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CE –UN–02OCT90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-66
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=348
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Windshield Washer Motor
Disconnect harness from washer motor. Connect battery voltage to terminal with S71 orange wire. Ground motor. Does motor run and operate the pump?
YES: Washer motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace washer motor.
T7199CF –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
9015 15A 67
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-67
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=349
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for blower circuit to function: • Key switch in ON or ACC position • Blower switch turned ON
TX,9015,QQ1818 –19–17JUN94–1/1
9015 15A 68
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 816286) Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in low position power is sent to blower resistor. Voltage goes through complete resistor and is reduced to 3.0—3.5 volts, blower motor runs in low speed. With blower switch in medium position power is sent through half the blower resistor and is reduced to 6.0—6.5 volts, blower motor runs in medium speed. With blower switch in high position power by-passes resistor and 12 volts is applied to blower motor, causing it to run at high speed. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1766 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-68
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=350
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286)
T7857AD
–19–30SEP92
9015 15A 69
TX,9015,BG989 –19–02APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-69
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=351
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287—872256) Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in positions 1, 2, or 3 power is sent to blower resistor reducing blower motor speed. With blower switch in position 4 the resistor is bypassed and blower motor will run in max. speed.
TX,9015,BD2734 –19–07MAR97–1/1
9015 15A 70
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-70
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=352
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287—872256)
T101441
–19–22APR97
9015 15A 71
TX,901515,QQ809 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-71
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=353
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Blower Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1028 –19–04FEB99–1/1
1 Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater circuit breaker.
– – –1/1
9015 15A 72
Blower Switch (S.N. — 816286)
Disconnect harness from blower switch.
YES: Blower switch is good.
Use a multimeter and check for continuity. Move blower switch to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH checking terminals B and L, B and M, and B and H.
NO: Replace blower switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CL –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check.
Blower Switch (S.N. 816287— )
NO: Replace blower switch.
T109254 –19–24APR97
Disconnect harness from blower switch. Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to position, 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4)
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-72
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=354
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Blower Resistor (S.N. — 816286)
Measure ohms between terminals 3 and 1.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms. NO: Replace resistor. Measure ohms between terminals 3 and 2) Does ohmmeter read 0.5 ohms? T6534CR –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
Blower Resistor (S.N. 816287— )
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms? NO: Replace resistor.
T102849 –UN–06AUG96
– – –1/1
Heater Blower Motor
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-73
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=355
9015 15A 73
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Drive and Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for drive and work lights to function: • Key switch in ON or ACC • Front light switch and/or rear light switch in ON position
TX,9015,QQ1820 –19–12MAR93–1/1
9015 15A 74
Drive and Work Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows from front work light fuse to terminal 3 and terminal 2 of front light switch. With front light switch in the first position, power flows from terminal 8 of front light switch to make the front drive lights, and tail lights come on. With front light switch in the second position, power flows from terminal 8 and terminal 1 of front light switch to make the front drive lights, tail lights, and front work lights come on. Rear work lights, power flows from rear work light fuse to terminal 1 of rear light switch. With rear light switch in the first position, power flows from terminal 5 of rear light switch to make rear work lights come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1767 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-74
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=356
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Drive and Work Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7828AR
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 75
TX,9015,QQ1768 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-75
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=357
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Drive and Work Light Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1029 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Drive and Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the front work and drive light fuse, and the rear work light fuse.
– – –1/1
Front Light Switch
Disconnect harness from front light switch.
9015 15A 76
Light switch ON. Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, and 2 and 8.
YES: Front light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CN –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Rear Light Switch
Disconnect harness from rear light switch. Light switch ON.
YES: Rear light switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Measure for continuity between terminals 1 and 5.
NO: Replace switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CO –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Work/Drive Light
Disconnect harness from work/drive light.
YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness.
Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON?
NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199CP –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-76
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=358
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Tail Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked TAIL, and ground terminal marked GROUND.
YES: Tail light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
Does tail light come on?
T7199CQ –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Specifications (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A 77
Specification Park Brake Sensing Switch (Normally Closed)—Closes on Pressure Decrease ..................................... 5516 kPa (55.2 bar) (800 psi) Opening Pressure ......................................... 7585 ± 689 (75.9 ± 6.9 bar) (1100 ± 100 psi)
TX,9015,QQ1785 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following condition or conditions must exist for park brake/neutral disconnect circuit to function: • Key switch OFF • Park brake dash switch in ON position with machine running • Machine mechanically shut down TX,9015,QQ1776 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-77
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=359
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) The Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit consists of FNR/park brake fuse, park brake dash switch, park brake latching relay, FNR/range switch, shift controller, park brake solenoids, neutral disconnect switch, neutral disconnect solenoid, park light relay, park brake sensing switch and seat belt light.
9015 15A 78
NOTE: The park brake applies automatically when machine is mechanically shut down or when key switch is turned off. Park brake dash switch must be cycled first to applied position (ON), then to released position (OFF) before park brake can be released when engine is running. Key OFF:
When the park brake is applied (ON position) the park brake sensing switch closes providing a ground for the park brake dash switch light and seat belt light. Power is removed from park brake solenoids and neutral disconnect solenoid de-energizing solenoids. Key ON: Park Brake Dash Switch in ON position. FNR Lever Shifted Out of Neutral: With the park brake dash switch ON, and the FNR lever shifted out of neutral the park light relay K3 is de-energized connecting terminals 30 and 87A causing red light and alarm to come ON. Key ON: Engine running.
Park brake cannot be hydraulically released if there is a blown fuse or key switch is OFF. Key ON: Park Brake Dash Switch in ON Position. FNR Lever in Neutral: Power flows from terminal 1 to terminal 6 of park brake dash switch and then to park brake latching relay terminal 85, energizing relay K5 causing it to latch terminals 30 and 87. Ground is supplied to the park brake latching relay terminal 86 from the (S) terminal of starter motor.
With machine mechanically shut down, ground from the starter motor (S) terminal is removed from terminal 86 of park brake latching relay de-energizing relay. Terminals 30 and 87A are connected removing power from terminals 6 and 8 of park brake dash switch, de-energizing park brake solenoids and neutral disconnect solenoid. Park brake is applied. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1775 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-78
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=360
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Schematic (S.N. —815415) ON 9 OFF 0 10 5
1 6 8
G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR)
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
F9
P24 RED J27 TAN
K5
P24 RED J25 TAN
V11
P24 RED
86
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
P24 RED
S12 PARK BRAKE SWITCH (DASH)
PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY
30
T12 BLU
87 30
86
30
86
9015 15A 79
2
8
85
G01 BLU 0
5
6
9
TO H7 LOGIC MODULE TO H8 DISPLAY MODULE
Z32 GRY
M38 PUR Z32 GRY J2 0 TAN
M3 2 PUR
OFF
87
87A
85
87
87A
10
Z32 GRY T12 BLU
P24 RED
A1
D C B A
J20 TAN P24 RED
SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN
P24 RED
GRN
J27 TAN
7
P24 RED
P24 RED
NEUTRAL START RELAY
T12 BLU 87A
85
M32 PUR
1
K6
PARK LIGHT RELAY
E02 WHT
1
ON
K3
J27 TAN
J27 TAN
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
E02 WHT
E15
S
SEAT BELT LIGHT
86
M32 PUR
B
87A
M1
85
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
RED
STARTER MOTOR
M32 PUR
GRY
FNR R
N
F
F
N
PARK BRAKE SENSING SWITCH
G01 BLK
RED
87A
G01
1
2 3
86
30
86
30
87A
B A
85
87A
87
85
87
GRN
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
4
87
D
S11
RANGE
30
85
C R
87 86
RED
M
B2
30
GRN A B C D J27 TAN
T53 BLU
BLK
J27 TAN
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
T117146
DISCONNECT SWITCH
V5 NEUTRAL
T52 BLU
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID
DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
BLK
G01 BLK G01 BLK
J27 TAN J27
PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE
Y4 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
G04 BLK G01 BLK
G04 BLK
–19–16SEP98
G01 BLK
W2
Y7
V2
T117146
T52 BLU
S13 NEUTRAL
CED,TX17864,169 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-79
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=361
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) ON 9 OFF 0 10 5
F9
P24 RED J27 TAN
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
J27 TAN
V11
P24 RED
S12 PARK BRAKE SWITCH
30
86
PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
K5
K3
PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY
PARK NEUTRAL LIGHT START RELAY RELAY
T12 BLU
30
86
2
8
87
87A
85
10
TO H7 RED WARNING LIGHT H11 ALARM
M38 PUR
5
6
9
Z36 GRY Z32 GRY
TO H8 DISPLAY MODULE
Z36 GRY
J20 TAN
M32 PUR
0
87
87A
85
G01 BLU
T12 BLU P24 RED
A1
D C B A
J20 TAN P24 RED
SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN GRN
P24 RED
J27 TAN
7
OFF 1
30
86
P24 RED
M32 PUR P24 RED
T12 BLU
87
87A
85
E02 WHT
1
ON
K6
J2 7 TAN
P24 RED
P24 RED
9015 15A 80
G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR)
PARK BRAKE 1 6 8 SWITCH
E02 WHT
E15
S
86
B
M32 PUR
85
STARTER MOTOR
86
87A 85
R
F
N
PARK BRAKE SENSING SWITCH
G01 BLK
RED
G01 BLK
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
T117147
30
86
1
2 3
4
30
87A 85
87A
87
85
87
GRN
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
GRN A B C D J27 TAN
T53 BLU
S13 NEUTRAL W2
86
B A
S11 RANGE
87
D C
F
30
DISCONNECT SWITCH
V5 NEUTRAL
Y7 T52 BLU
DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
T52 BLU
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID
J27 PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE BLK
G01 BLK G01 BLK
J27 TAN
V2
J27 TAN
Y4 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
G04 BLK G01 BLK
G04 BLK
–19–16SEP98
N
87
T117147
M32 TAN
GRY
FNR R
G01 BLK
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT RED
M
B2
30 87A
M1 RED
SEAT BELT LIGHT
CED,TX03610,131 –19–19MAR99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-80
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=362
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) ON 9 OFF 0 10 5 1
G01 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS G10 BLK—SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS G20 BLK—ROOF HARNESS G30 BLK—FRONT CONSOLE HARNESS G40 BLK—ENGINE HARNESS TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS
GROUND CIRCUIT (WIRE COLOR)
PARK BRAKE 6 8 SWITCH
P24C RED
J27 TAN
F9
J27 TAN P24C RED J25 TAN
V11 PARK BRAKE RELAY DIODE
P24C RED
S12 PARK BRAKE SWITCH
30
86
K5
K3
PARK BRAKE LATCHING RELAY
PARK LIGHT RELAY
K6 NEUTRAL START RELAY
J27 TAN
FNR/PARK BRAKE FUSE
T12A BLU M0IB PUR
87
87A
85
T12 BLU 30
86
E2B WHT
9015 15A 81
30
86
2
8
10
6
9
TO H9 RED WARNING LIGHT H11 ALARM
M0IA PUR J20B TAN
0
M32 PUR
Z36D GRY
S31 SEAT SWITCH
G10 BLK
T12 BLU P24A RED
A1
D C B A
J20B TAN P24E RED
W2 S B
M32C PUR
30
86
87A
M1
85
STARTER MOTOR
87
TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
86
R
B2
N
R
F
N
G10 BLK
G01 BLK
1
2 3
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
T117148
30
86
4
30
87A
B A
85
87A
87
85
87
GRN
FNR/RANGE SWITCH
GRN A B C D J27 TAN
T53 BLU
S13 NEUTRAL W2
86
S11
RANGE
87
D C
F
RED
PARK BRAKE SENSING SWITCH
85
Y7
DISCONNECT SWITCH
V5 NEUTRAL
T52
BLU DISCONNECT SOLENOID DIODE
T52 BLU
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT SOLENOID
V2 J27 PARK TAN BRAKE SOLENOID G04 DIODE BLK
G01 BLK G01 BLK
J27 TAN J27 TAN
Y4 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
Y14 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
G04 BLK G01 BLK
G04 BLK
–19–16SEP98
M32 PUR
GRY
FNR
30 87A
RED
M
RED
SEAT BELT LIGHT
GRN
GROUND TO CAB FRAME
E02 WHT
E15
SHIFT CONTROLLER
GRN
P24F RED
T117148
1
87
87A
85
G10R BLK
5
G01 BLK
87
87A
85
OFF
J2 7 TAN
7
P24A RED
P24B RED
M32A PUR 1
ON
CED,TX03610,132 –19–19MAR99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-81
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=363
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit (S.N. —872256)
TX,9015,QQ3282 –19–10MAR97–1/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by FNR/park brake fuse.
– – –1/1
9015 15A 82
Park Brake Switch— Dash
Disconnect harness from park brake switch. Park brake switch OFF.
YES: Park brake switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Check for continuity between terminals 5 and 7, and 6 and 8.
NO: Replace park brake switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199CS –UN–16AUG90
Park brake switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 5 and 1, and 6 and 2. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Park Brake Latching Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. NO: Replace relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-82
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=364
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Park Brake Solenoids
Key switch OFF.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from park brake solenoids. NO: Replace solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid connector terminal B with red wire and ground connector terminal A with black wire. T7828AZ –19–23SEP92
Does solenoid click?
– – –1/1
Park Light Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15A 83
Disconnect harness from relay. NO: Replace relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Park Brake Sensing Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace park brake sensing switch.
T7835AC –19–23SEP92
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from switch connector. Measure for continuity between terminals B and C. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-83
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=365
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Seat Position Sensor
Key switch OFF.
T102968 –19–12AUG96
Seat in loader function position.
YES: Seat position sensor is good. Check wiring harness.
NOTE: Seat position sensor is located in the operator’s seat base.
NO: Replace seat position sensor.
Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire. Is continuity “NOT” measured? Move seat into backhoe function position. Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire. Is continuity measured?
9015 15A 84 – – –1/1
YES: Go to next check.
Shift Controller Bench Test
NO: Replace shift controller.
T8077AJ –19–16SEP93
Disconnect connectors 1—5 at shift controller and remove shift controller. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Check continuity at connectors 2 and 3 between pins A of both connectors, then D. Is continuity measured? Set multimeter on diode test. Check value at connectors 2 and 3 between pins B of both connectors, then C. Is 0.4—0.8 value measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-84
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=366
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) FNR/Range Lever
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness.
9015 15A 85
T7828AC –UN–09MAR93
Key switch ON. FNR/range lever in neutral With harness connected, check voltage at terminals with red wire and gray wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
YES: FNR lever is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T7828AD –UN–09MAR93
Key switch ON. With harness connected, and FNR/range lever moved to forward, check voltage at terminal with yellow wire. Move FNR/range lever to reverse, check voltage at pink wire. Are 12 volts measured at each terminal?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-85
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=367
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Neutral Disconnect Switch
Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect switch. Check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire.
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral disconnect switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7835AB –19–23SEP92
Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity NOT measured?
– – –1/1
9015 15A 86
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid
Key switch OFF.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect solenoid. NO: Replace solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal B, and ground terminal A. Does solenoid click? T7828AZ –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for FNR/range control circuit to function: • • • •
Key switch ON Power to FNR/park brake fuse Power to Shift Controller FNR/range switch in NEUTRAL position to allow for engine starting
TX,9015,DY666 –19–16AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-86
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=368
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
FNR/Range Control Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) The FNR/range control circuit consists of FNR/park brake fuse, shift controller, FNR/range switch, neutral start relay, reverse solenoid, forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid, neutral disconnect switch, C1/B2 solenoid and C2/B3 solenoid. With the key switch in the ON or START position, power is routed through the FNR/park brake fuse to the shift controller and FNR/range switch through P24 red wire. The FNR/range switch directs the transmission to operate in one of four forward gear ranges and two reverse gear ranges. Selecting 1, 2, 3 or 4 speed range in forward or 1 or 2 speed range in reverse is controlled by rotating the end of the FNR/range lever. When the transmission is operating, five solenoids in the transmission control valve provide pilot operation for four spools. The following chart shows the solenoids that are energized to obtain the transmission speeds.
N X
2nd Forward
X
3rd Forward
X
4th Forward
X
C2-B3
FWD
C1-B2
REV
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
With FNR/range switch in first neutral NO solenoids are energized. Power is routed from FNR to neutral start relay through T12 blue wire energizing relay and sending power to start relay and starter motor allowing for engine starting. Power from P24 red wire is also sent to terminal 86 of neutral disconnect relay in shift controller, when in neutral and after .5 seconds the time delay in shift controller removes the ground from terminal 85 of relay de-energizing neutral disconnect solenoid. When in neutral and park brake switch is cycled off power is routed through J27 tan wire to terminal 30 of neutral disconnect relay in shift controller and stops. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid. 2ND Neutral:
SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED
1st Forward
• FNR in Neutral: • Park Brake Cycled OFF:
With FNR/range switch in 2nd neutral the C2/B3 solenoid is energized. Power is removed from blue and red wire from range switch and shift controller, de-energizing relay in shift controller sending power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire energizing solenoid. 3RD Neutral:
1st Neutral 2nd Neutral
X
3rd Neutral
X
4th Neutral
X
1st Reverse
X
2nd—4th Reverse
X
X X
X
With FNR/range switch in 3rd neutral the C1/B2 solenoid is energized. Power from the range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
X
1ST Neutral: • Key Switch ON:
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-87
TX,9015,QQ1799 –19–12MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=369
9015 15A 87
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) 4TH Neutral:
4TH Forward
With FNR/range switch in 4th neutral the C2/B3 and C1/B2 solenoids are both energized. Power from the range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid. Power is also routed through blue and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T15 blue wire to C2/B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
With FNR/range switch in fourth forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid and C1-B2 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1/B2 solenoid. Power is also routed through blue and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T15 blue wire to C2/B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
1ST Forward 1ST Reverse
9015 15A 88
With FNR/range switch in first forward the forward solenoid and neutral disconnect solenoid are energized. Power from the FNR/range switch is routed through yellow and blue wire to shift controller, out controller through green and T11 blue wire to forward solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is routed through J27 tan wire to terminal 30 and 87 of relay in shift controller sending power to neutral disconnect solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid.
With FNR/range switch in first reverse, the neutral disconnect solenoid and reverse solenoid are energized. Power from FNR switch is routed through pink and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through T13 blue wire. T13 blue wire sends power to reverse alarm relay, activating alarm and sending power to reverse solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power is sent from range switch through blue and red wire to shift controller energizing relay in shift controller, removing power on green and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid, de-energizing solenoid.
2ND Forward
2ND Reverse
With FNR/range switch in second forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is removed from blue and red wire to shift controller de-energizing relay in shift controller supplying power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire energizing solenoid.
With FNR/range switch in second reverse, the neutral disconnect solenoid, reverse solenoid and C2-B3 solenoid are energized. Power is routed through pink and red wire from FNR switch to shift controller, out shift controller through T13 blue wire. T13 blue wire sends power to reverse solenoid, energizing solenoid. Power from range switch is removed from blue and red wire to shift controller de-energizing relay in shift controller, supplying power to C2-B3 solenoid through green and T15 blue wire.
3RD Forward With FNR/range switch in third forward, the forward solenoid, neutral disconnect solenoid and C1-B2 solenoid are energized. Power from range switch is routed through green and red wire to shift controller, out shift controller through green and T14 blue wire to C1-B2 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
In 3RD and 4TH position of range selector switch for reverse, the shift controller continues to supply power through green wire and T15 blue wire to C2-B3 solenoid, energizing solenoid.
TX,9015,QQ1799 –19–12MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-88
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=370
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
FNR/Range Control Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T8077AH
–19–16SEP93
9015 15A 89
TX,9015,QQ1797 –19–06OCT93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-89
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=371
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/FNR/Range Control Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1030 –19–04FEB99–1/1
FNR/Range Control Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse.
– – –1/1
Transmission Solenoids 9015 15A 90
Harness connected to solenoids
YES: Solenoid is good.
Key switch ON.
NO: Check wiring harness.
NOTE: Solenoid will click as power is applied. FNR/Range Lever in fourth forward (4F) T8077AI –UN–14SEP93
Touch neutral, C2-B3, forward and C1-B2 solenoid with metal object (Screwdriver). Does solenoid click? Is solenoid magnetized? FNR/Range Lever in first reverse (1R). Touch reverse solenoid with screwdriver. Does solenoid click? Is solenoid magnetized?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-90
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=372
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) FNR/Range Lever
YES: FNR/range switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace FNR/range switch.
9015 15A 91
T7835AM –UN–09MAR93
T7835AN –UN–09MAR93
Disconnect FNR/range switch from shift controller. FNR in neutral, check continuity between pins (A and D) at female connector. FNR in forward, check continuity between pins (A and B) at female connector. FNR in reverse, check continuity between pins (A and C) at female connector. Is continuity measured? Range selector in 3rd, check continuity between pin A at female connector and pin B at male connector. Range selector in 1st, check continuity between pin A at female connector and pin C at male connector. Range selector in 4th, check continuity between pin A at female connector with pin B and C at male connector. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-91
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=373
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Shift Controller— Emergency Bypass Operation
9015 15A 92
T8095AB –19–01OCT93
NOTE: Use this procedure for diagnostic testing only. Do not operate machine for extended periods with out shift controller.
T8090AF –19–30SEP93
Disconnect connectors at shift controller below steering column. Connect FNR/range lever connectors to front console harness connectors. NOTE: With shift controller out of the circuit the machine will operate in speeds other than indicated on FNR/range lever. FNR/RANGE LEVER INDICATOR
TRANSMISSION ENGAGEMENT
1st Forward
2nd Forward
2nd Forward
1st Forward
3rd Forward
3rd Forward
4th Forward
4th Forward
1st Reverse
2nd Reverse
2nd Reverse
1st Reverse
3rd Reverse
1st Reverse
4th Reverse
2nd Reverse – – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-92
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=374
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Start and operate machine.
YES: Connect connectors at shift controller and check wiring harness.
Does problems still exist?
NO: Go to Shift Controller Bench Test. –19– –2/2
Shift Controller Bench Test
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 93
T8077AJ –19–16SEP93
Disconnect connectors 1—5 at shift controller and remove shift controller. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Check continuity at connectors 2 and 3 between pins A of both connectors, then D. Is continuity measured? Set multimeter on diode test. Check value at connectors 2 and 3 between pins B of both connectors, then C. Is 0.4—0.8 value measured?
– – –1/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-93
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=375
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 94
T8077AK –19–16SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. Connect pins A and D on connector 4 to multimeter. Ground pin A of connector 5. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts to pin A of connector 3. Is a value momentarily measured and relay click ON and OFF?
–19– –2/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-94
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=376
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 95
T8077AL –19–16SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin C of connector 2 and ground pin A of connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin B of connector 1. Is 0.4—0.8 value measured?
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace shift controller.
T8077AM –19–16SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin B of connector 2 and ground pin A of connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin C of connector 1. Is 0.4—0.8 value measured?
–19– –3/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-95
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=377
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) YES: Shift controller is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace shift controller.
9015 15A 96
T8077AN –19–16SEP93
Set multimeter on diode test. Disconnect voltage from shift controller. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin A of connector 2. Is 0.4—0.8 value measured? IMPORTANT: Connect voltage leads to correct pins, or damage to controller can occur. Apply 12 volts on pin C of connector 1 and ground pin A of Connector 5. Check value between pin C of connector 4 and pin A of connector 2. Does relay click and a value greater than 0.8 measured?
–19– –4/4
Neutral Disconnect Switch
Disconnect harness from neutral disconnect switch. Check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire.
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace neutral disconnect switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7835AB –19–23SEP92
Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with T52 blue wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity NOT measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-96
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=378
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A 97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-97
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=379
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Horn Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) The following conditions must exist for horn circuit to function: • Key switch must be in ON or ACC position • Horn switch must be depressed
TX,9015,QQ1821 –19–12MAR93–1/1
9015 15A 98
Horn Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to horn switch. When horn button is pushed, switch closes and power flows to activate horn. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1786 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-98
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=380
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Horn Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7835AE
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A 99
TX,9015,QQ1787 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-99
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=381
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Horn Circuit (S.N. — 872256)
CED,TX17864,1031 –19–04FEB99–1/1
Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/horn fuse.
– – –1/1
Horn Switch
Disconnect harness from horn switch.
9015 15A ,100
YES: Horn switch is good.
Push horn switch and measure for continuity. NO: Replace horn switch. Is continuity measured?
T7199CY –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Horn
Key switch OFF.
YES: Horn is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from horn. NO: Replace horn. Connect battery voltage to horn (+) positive terminal. Ground horn body. Does horn sound? T6573AO –UN–23AUG93
– – –1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for turn signal, flasher and brake light circuit to function:
Key switch in ON position
TX,9015,QQ1822 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-100
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=382
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse, to terminal 8 of 4-way flasher switch. With 4-way flasher switch in OFF position power flows from terminal 6 to terminal 5 of turn signal switch. Power also flows from unswitched hazard/monitor fuse to terminal 2 of 4-way flasher switch. Power flows from terminal 6 of 4-way flasher switch to flasher energizing flasher. Turn Signal: With power on terminal 5 of turn signal switch and turn signal switch turned left, pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wires to terminal 6 of turn signal switch and out terminal 7 to left turn lights and left turn indicator light making them flash. Power is also sent out terminal 3 of turn signal switch lighting up right turn lights and right turn indicator light.
9015 15A ,101
With power on terminal 5 of turn signal switch and turn signal switch turned right, pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wires to terminal 6 of turn signal switch and out terminal 3 to right turn lights and right turn indicator light making them flash. Power is also sent out terminal 7 of turn signal switch lighting up left turn lights and left turn indicator light. 4-Way Flasher: With 4-way flasher in the ON position and power on terminal 2, power flows out terminal 6 of 4-way flasher switch to flasher, energizing flasher. Pulsing power is sent from flasher through L49 brown wire to terminal 5 of 4-way flasher switch and out terminals 1 and 3. Pulsing power is sent to left and right turn lights and indicator lights, making them flash.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-101
TX,9015,DY667 –19–16AUG96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=383
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) NOTE: P23 red wire when installed into terminal number (2) of flasher and P19 red wire removed, the flasher will work with key switch OFF. Brake Light: Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to brake light switches. When brakes are applied the brake light switches close and power is routed to brake lights. Lights are grounded through G20 black wire. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10. 9015 15A ,102 TX,9015,DY667 –19–16AUG96–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-102
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=384
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7835AF
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A ,103
TX,9015,QQ1789 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-103
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=385
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1032 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/horn fuse, left turn fuse and right turn fuse.
– – –1/1
4-Way Flasher Switch
Disconnect harness from 4-way flasher switch.
9015 15A ,104
With 4-way flasher switch OFF, check for continuity between terminals 6 and 8. Is continuity measured?
YES: 4-way flasher switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace 4-way flasher switch.
Flasher switch ON. T7199CZ –UN–16AUG90
Check for continuity between terminals 6 and 2, 5 and 3, 5 and 10, and 5 and 1. Is continuity measured? – – –1/1
Flasher
Key switch ON.
YES: Replace flasher.
4-way flasher switch ON.
NO: Check bulbs. Check wiring harness.
Connect jumper wire from terminal with L49 brown wire to terminal with L50 brown wire. Do all turn lights function? T7199DA –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-104
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=386
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Turn Signal Switch
Disconnect harness from turn signal switch. With turn signal switch turned right, check for continuity between connector terminals 5 and 7, and 6 and 3. Is continuity measured?
YES: Turn signal switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace turn signal switch.
With turn signal switch turned left, check for continuity between connector terminals 5 and 3, and 6 and 7. Is continuity measured?
9015 15A ,105
T7199DB –UN–01OCT90
– – –1/1
Brake Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked STOP, and ground terminal marked GROUND.
YES: Brake light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
Does brake light function?
T7199DS –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Turn Signal Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked DIRECTIONAL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does turn signal light function?
YES: Turn signal light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DT –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-105
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=387
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Left/Right Indicator Light
Disconnect harness from indicator light. Connect battery voltage to purple wire and ground black wire. Does indicator light function?
YES: Indicator light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace indicator light.
T7199DC –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Brake Light Switch 9015 15A ,106
Disconnect harness from brake light switch.
YES: Replace switch.
Check for continuity between the two terminals.
NO: Go next step in this check.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DD –UN–16AUG90
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. With brake light switch pushed (closed), check for continuity between the two terminals.
YES: Brake light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DD –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Beacon Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for beacon circuit to function: • Key switch to ACC or ON position • Beacon switch to ON position
TX,9015,QQ1823 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-106
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=388
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) Power flows from return-to dig/beacon fuse to beacon switch. With beacon switch ON, power flows to the beacon. Ground for beacon is provided through G20 black wire. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15A ,107 TX,9015,QQ1791 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-107
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=389
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Beacon Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7835AG
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A ,108
TX,9015,QQ1792 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-108
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=390
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Beacon Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1033 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
– – –1/1
Beacon Switch
Disconnect harness from beacon switch.
YES: Beacon switch is good. Go to next check.
Beacon switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 1 and 5.
NO: Replace beacon switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199DE –UN–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Beacon
Disconnect harness from beacon. Connect 12 volts to beacon terminal (white wire), and ground beacon (black wire).
YES: Beacon is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace beacon.
Does beacon function?
T7199DF –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for return-to-dig circuit to function: • Key switch ON • Engine running
TX,9015,QQ1824 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-109
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=391
9015 15A ,109
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Return-to-Dig Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Return-to-dig circuit consists of return-to-dig/beacon fuse, return-to-dig-switch and return-to-dig solenoid. Power flows from return-to-dig/beacon fuse to return-to-dig switch. When the bucket is not in the "LEVEL" position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which routes battery power to the return-to-dig solenoid. The return-to-dig solenoid is grounded through ground wire G01 black. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10. 9015 15A ,110 TX,9015,QQ1793 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-110
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=392
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Return-to-Dig Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7835AH
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A ,111
TX,9015,QQ1794 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-111
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=393
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Return-to-Dig Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1034 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
– – –1/1
Return-to-Dig Switch
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch.
9015 15A ,112
Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal.
YES: Replace return-to-dig switch. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DG –UN–17SEP90
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Actuate return-to-dig switch.
YES: Return-to-dig switch is good. Go to next check.
Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal.
NO: Replace return-to-dig switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DG –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-112
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=394
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig solenoid.
YES: Return-to-dig solenoid is good.
Apply battery voltage to solenoid, and ground solenoid. Move control lever to return-to-dig detent position.
NO: Replace return-to-dig solenoid.
Remove voltage from solenoid. T7199DH –19–17SEP90
Does control lever stay in return-to-dig detent position until voltage is removed, and then return to neutral?
– – –1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications (S.N. —872256)
9015 15A ,113
Specification Fuel Gauge Level Sender— Empty Resistance......................................................................... 10 ohms Full Resistance ........................................................................... 180 ohms
TX,9015,QQ1825 –19–31AUG95–1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for fuel gauge circuit to function: Key switch in ON position The following conditions must exist for tachometer/hour meter circuit to function: • Key switch in ON position • Engine running
TX,901515,QQ600 –19–31AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-113
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=395
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Fuel Gauge: The circuit consists of monitor fuse, fuel gauge/light and fuel sender. Power flows from monitor fuse to (+) terminal of fuel gauge, out S terminal of fuel gauge to fuel sender. Fuel sender is grounded through G10 black wire. Power also flows from (+) terminal of fuel gauge to fuel gauge light. Fuel gauge light is grounded through G10 black wire. Tachometer/Hour Meter: 9015 15A ,114
Power flows from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wire to S terminal on tachometer/hour meter. Tachometer light gets power from P21 red wire and is grounded through G10 black wire. With key switch ON and engine running, hour meter gets power from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wires to alternator relay, energizing the relay and connecting terminals 30 and 87 suppling power for hour meter, causing the hour meter to run. With engine OFF key switch ON alternator relay is de-energized connecting terminals 30 and 87A removing power for hour meter and suppling ground for alternator indicator light in display module, causing the alternator indicator light to come on. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,DY668 –19–16AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-114
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=396
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T7835AI
–19–23SEP92
9015 15A ,115
TX,9015,QQ1796 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-115
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=397
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1035 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse and hazard/monitor fuse
– – –1/1
Fuel Gauge
NOTE: Be sure some fuel is in tank.
9015 15A ,116
YES: Fuel gauge is good. Go to next check.
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. NO: Replace fuel gauge. Disconnect harness from fuel gauge. Does gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to (+) terminal and ground GND terminal. T7199DI –UN–02OCT90
Does gauge read FULL?
– – –1/1
Fuel Gauge Sender
Key switch ON. Engine OFF.
YES: Replace sender.
Disconnect wire Y33 yellow from center of sender.
NO: Fuel gauge sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does gauge read EMPTY? Reconnect wire Y33 yellow to center of sender. T6431AJ –UN–19OCT88
Attach a jumper wire from center screw to ground. Does gauge read FULL?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-116
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=398
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Tachometer/Hour Meter
Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral.
YES: Hour meter is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
Park brake ON. Check ground (-) terminal for good connection. Using a voltmeter check voltage on (+) terminal with M37 purple wire. Are 12—14 volts (DC) measured?
9015 15A ,117
T7199DJ –19–02OCT90
Using a voltmeter, check voltage on terminal (SIG) M39 purple wire.
YES: Tachometer is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter.
Are 7.63 volts (AC) measured? NO: Check wiring harness.
T7199DK –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Alternator Relay
IMPORTANT: Relay is a six volt relay. Do not apply more than 6 volts when testing.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay.
NO: Replace relay.
Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? T7596AQ –19–03OCT91
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-117
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=399
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. —872256) The following conditions must exist for auxiliary valve circuit to function: • Key switch ON position • Machine running • Auxiliary valve switch in FOOT ON or CONTINUOUS ON position
TX,9015,QQ2581 –19–12APR94–1/1
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) 9015 15A ,118
The circuit consists of auxiliary valve relay, auxiliary valve switch, auxiliary valve diode, auxiliary valve foot switch and auxiliary valve solenoid. Components are grounded by the R01 black wire through cab side console harness. With key switch on, power is routed through P01 red wire to auxiliary valve relay terminal 30 and to auxiliary valve switch terminal 7. With auxiliary valve switch in OFF position power is routed out terminal 3 of auxiliary valve switch to terminals 85 and 87 of auxiliary valve relay. The relay is energized latching terminals 30 and 87 of auxiliary valve relay.
from terminal 6 is sent to terminal 9 for light in switch. Power from terminal 5 is sent to auxiliary valve foot switch. When foot switch is depressed power is sent to auxiliary valve solenoid energizing solenoid. When auxiliary valve switch is moved to CONTINUOUS ON position, power is routed out terminal 1 and 2. Power from terminal 2 is sent to terminal 9 for light in switch. Power from terminal 1 is sent to auxiliary valve solenoid energizing solenoid, keeping continuous power on solenoid.
When auxiliary valve switch is moved to FOOT ON position, power is routed out terminals 5 and 6. Power
TX,9015,QQ2582 –19–12APR94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-118
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=400
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Schematic (S.N. —872256)
T8544AL
–19–29AUG95
9015 15A ,119
TX,9015,BD2754 –19–18APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-119
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=401
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256)
Sub-System Diagnostics/Auxiliary Valve Circuit (S.N. —872256)
CED,TX17864,1036 –19–05FEB99–1/1
Auxiliary Valve Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by monitor fuse.
– – –1/1
Auxiliary Valve Relay
Key switch OFF.
9015 15A ,120
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
NO: Replace auxiliary valve relay.
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Auxiliary Valve Switch
Disconnect harness from auxiliary valve switch. Move auxiliary valve switch to FOOT ON.
YES: Auxiliary valve switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 3 and 6.
NO: Replace auxiliary valve switch.
Is continuity measured? T8173BN –UN–20FEB94
Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 3 and 2. Is continuity measured? – – –1/1
Auxiliary Valve Diode Check
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-120
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=402
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Auxiliary Valve Foot Switch
Disconnect harness from auxiliary valve foot switch. Foot switch pressed.
YES: Auxiliary valve foot switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Measure for continuity between terminals A and B of connector end.
NO: Replace auxiliary valve foot switch.
Is continuity measured?
9015 15A ,121
T8173BP –UN–20FEB94
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-121
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=403
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. —872256) Auxiliary Valve Solenoid
Key switch ON. Auxiliary valve switch to CONTINUOUS ON. Harness wires connected. Check battery voltage at (A).
YES: Continue on. NO: Check ground connection at (B). Check wiring harness.
Is battery voltage measured? Check continuity at (B). Is continuity measured?
9015 15A ,122
T8176AF –UN–20FEB94
Disconnect harness wires from valve.
YES: Solenoid is good.
Check continuity at (A).
NO: Replace solenoid.
Is continuity measured?
T8176AF –UN–20FEB94
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15A-122
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=404
Group 15B
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Power Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for power circuit to function: Voltage must be present at these distribution points for other circuits to operate. • • • • • •
BAT terminal of key switch Terminal 30 of accessory relay Start relay B+ terminal of alternator Starter motor Radio fuse 9015 15B 1 TX,9015,QQ6762 –19–06JUN96–1/1
Power Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) The power circuit includes battery and main current paths to primary distribution points. With key switch OFF, power from battery goes to key switch, accessory relay, start relay, alternator, starter motor and unswitched radio fuse. When key switch is moved from OFF position, power continues through IGN and ST terminals to main fuse block. ACC terminal power goes to accessory relay, energizing relay sending power to the main fuse block. The key switch “G” terminal is a ground terminal only in “Bulb Check” and “Start” positions. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ6763 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=405
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Power Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T100796
–19–10SEP96
9015 15B 2
TX,9015,QQ6764 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=406
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Power Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
TX,9015,QQ6765 –19–06JUN96–1/1
Power Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the alternator and the batteries.
– – –1/1
Battery State Of Charge CAUTION: Engine may crank during this check. Move light switch to ON position.
YES: Clean battery cable terminals. Repeat test. If lights still get dim, test battery.
Do Work lights go out or get very dim while cranking engine? NO: Battery Charge is good. Go to next check.
– – –1/1
Starter Motor
Key switch OFF.
YES: Check complete.
With harness connected, check voltage at terminal of starter with red cable.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and starter
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BK –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Alternator
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next check.
With harness connected, check voltage at B+ terminal of alternator
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and alternator
Are 12 volts measured?
T7828AA –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=407
9015 15B 3
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next check.
With harness connected, check voltage at terminal with BO3 red wire.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and start relay.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BM –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF.
9015 15B 4
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Disconnect harness from switch. Check voltage on B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
Are 12 volts measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Turn key switch to START position. NO: Replace key switch. Check for continuity between BAT and IGN terminals and BAT and ST terminals. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next check.
Key switch ON.
NO: Replace key switch.
Check for continuity between BAT and ACC terminal. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90 – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=408
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Accessory Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at large terminal with B11 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Key switch ON.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessary relay. 9015 15B 5
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Disconnect harness from relay.
YES: Relay is good.
Connect battery voltage to small terminal. Ground mounting bracket.
NO: Replace accessory relay.
Does relay click? Measure continuity between the two large terminals. T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Start Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for start circuit to function: • FNR lever in neutral • Loader lever switch not depressed • Key switch in START position
CED,TX17864,171 –19–11SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=409
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Start Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) The start circuit converts the electrical energy from the battery to mechanical energy by the starter. A heavy current draw takes place in the starter. With key switch OFF, power flows from battery to starter motor terminal, start relay spade terminal, accessory relay, and key switch BAT terminal. With key in ON or IGN, power flows from IGN terminal through FNR/park brake fuse and loader lever switch, to the FNR switch. With the FNR in neutral, power flows to the neutral start relay terminal 86, energizing relay. 9015 15B 6
With key switch in START, power flows from ST terminal through start fuse, neutral start relay, to the start relay closing the start relay. Power also flows to the hydraulic pump destroke solenoid and energizes the solenoid which destrokes the pump allowing for easy starting. With start relay closed, power flows from starter motor through BO3 red wire to start relay, through EO2 white wire to starting motor solenoid “S terminal”, closing solenoid contacts. With solenoid contacts closed, power flows from battery to the starter windings. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
CED,TX17864,172 –19–11SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=410
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Start Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117158
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 7
CED,TX17864,170 –19–10SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=411
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
TX,9015,QQ6769 –19–21JUL98–1/1
Start Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse and the start fuse.
– – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Switch disconnected from harness.
9015 15B 8
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Turn key switch to START position. NO: Replace key switch. Check for continuity between BAT and IGN terminals and BAT and ST terminals. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
YES: Continue with check
FNR Lever Check
NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown. Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=412
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Neutral Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #85.
NO: Replace neutral start relay.
Does relay click? T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Start Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good.
Disconnect harness from relay.
NO: Replace start relay.
Connect battery voltage to one of the small blade terminals and ground the other. Does relay click?
T7287BK –19–16AUG90
Measure continuity between two large terminals. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Starter Solenoid Check CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor.
YES: Solenoid is OK. Check starter motor. NO: Replace starter solenoid.
Disconnect metal strap from starter motor terminal. Connect battery voltage to solenoid small terminal. T6534BI –UN–19OCT88
Ground metal strap from solenoid with heavy gauge wire. Does solenoid “click”? Remove jumper wires.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=413
9015 15B 9
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Starter Motor
YES: Starter motor is good. Check wiring harness.
CAUTION: Starter will crank engine if metal strap is NOT disconnected from starter motor. Disconnect metal strap from starter motor large terminal.
NO: Repair or replace starter motor.
Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal. T6534BJ –UN–07JAN97
Connect a heavy gauge jumper wire from battery positive cable to starter motor terminal. Does starter motor turn, but NOT crank engine? – – –1/1
9015 15B 10
Hydraulic Pump Destroke Solenoid
Key switch OFF.
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from destroke solenoid. NO: Replace solenoid. Connect battery voltage to solenoid terminal A and ground terminal B. Does solenoid click? T7418AN –19–27NOV90
– – –1/1
Charging Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for charging circuit to function: • Key switch in ON position • Engine running
TX,9015,QQ6770 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=414
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Charging Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) 65 or 95 AMP Bosch Alternator: The alternator (B+) terminal is connected to battery voltage at all times. The alternator terminal (D+) gets power from ACC terminal of the key switch by energizing the accessory relay, closing relay contacts and sending power to MFWD/Alternator/Diff. Lock fuse. With key switch ON and engine running, power flows from terminal (W) of alternator to display monitor, ground is removed and indicator light goes out. When key is on but engine is not running or if alternator fails, a ground is supplied to the display monitor and indicator lights come on.
9015 15B 11
NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10
TX,9015,QQ6771 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=415
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Charge Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T100798
–19–03NOV97
9015 15B 12
TX,9015,QQ6772 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=416
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Charging Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
TX,9015,QQ6773 –19–04AUG98–1/1
Charging Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
– – –1/1
Alternator Output
Key switch OFF. Measure and record battery voltage. Start and run engine at 1500 rpm, and check battery voltage.
T6569AZ –UN–23AUG93
YES: Alternator is good. Check wiring harness. Check battery. NO: Check alternator.
Specification Alternator Output Check—Engine Speed....................................... 1500 rpm Does battery voltage increase?
– – –1/1
Alternator
Key switch ON. Engine running. Park brake ON.
YES: Alternator is good.
Using a multimeter, check for DC voltage at terminals (D+) and (B+).
NO: Alternator is failed. Repair or replace.
Is 14 DC volts measured? Using a multimeter, check for AC voltage at terminal (W). Is 7.63 AC volts measured?
T7835AT –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=417
9015 15B 13
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Alternator Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF.
9015 15B 14
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Disconnect harness from switch. Check voltage on B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
Are 12 volts measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Turn key switch to START position. NO: Replace key switch. Check for continuity between BAT and IGN terminals and BAT and ST terminals. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next check.
Key switch ON.
NO: Replace key switch.
Check for continuity between BAT and ACC terminal. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90 – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=418
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Accessory Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at large terminal with B11 red wire.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessory relay.
Are 12 volts measured?
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Key switch ON.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
With harness connected, check voltage at small terminal with B14 red wire. Are 12 volts measured?
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and accessary relay. 9015 15B 15
T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Disconnect harness from relay.
YES: Relay is good.
Connect battery voltage to small terminal. Ground mounting bracket.
NO: Replace accessory relay.
Does relay click? Measure continuity between the two large terminals. T7199BN –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for differential lock to function. • Key switch in ON position. • Engine running • Differential lock switch held down.
CED,TX17864,86 –19–12JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=419
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Differential Lock Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from the MFWD/Alternator/Differential lock fuse (F1) to the differential lock switch (S3). The differential lock switch is normally open. When the operator depresses the differential lock switch, power continues to flow to the differential lock solenoid (Y8) and energize the solenoid. When the operator releases the switch, the switch opens and the differential solenoid is de-energized. The differential lock diode (V11) prevents voltage spikes from arching across the terminals of the switch when the switch is released. 9015 15B 16 CED,TX17864,87 –19–12JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=420
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Differential Lock Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T115838
–19–19JUN98
9015 15B 17
CED,TX17864,88 –19–12JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=421
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Differential Lock Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,89 –19–12JUN98–1/1
Differential Lock Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
– – –1/1
Differential Lock Switch
Disconnect harness from switch.
9015 15B 18
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Connect multimeter to switch terminals. NO: Replace switch. Depress differential lock switch. Is continuity measured? T115875 –19–19JUN98
Release Switch.
YES: Replace switch.
Is continuity measured?
NO: Go to next check.
T115875 –19–19JUN98
– – –1/1
Differential Lock Solenoid
Key switch ON.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
Differential lock switch depressed and held. Disconnect harness from solenoid.
NO: Repair harness. (See group 10 of this section)
Measure voltage at terminals in harness. T115864 –19–19JUN98
Are 12 volts measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=422
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Differential Lock Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is measure in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
9015 15B 19 – – –1/1
MFWD Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for MFWD to function. • Key switch in ON position. • Engine running • MFWD switch on.
CED,TX17864,86 –19–12JUN98–1/1
MFWD Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from the MFWD/Alternator/Differential lock fuse (F1) to the MFWD switch (S2). When the operator switches on the MFWD switch, power continues to flow to the MFWD solenoid (Y1) and energize the solenoid. When the operator releases the switch, the switch opens and the differential solenoid is de-energized. The differential lock diode (V10) prevents voltage spikes from arching across the terminals of the switch when the switch is released.
CED,TX17864,87 –19–12JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=423
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
MFWD Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T115840
–19–19JUN98
9015 15B 20
OUO1048,00003E3 –19–13SEP00–1/1
Sub-System Diagnostics/MFWD Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,89 –19–12JUN98–1/1
MFWD Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the MFWD/alt./diff. lock fuse.
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=424
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) MFWD Switch
YES: MFWD switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace MFWD switch.
9015 15B 21
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. MFWD switch OFF. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 1. Is continuity measured? MFWD switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
MFWD Solenoid
Key switch ON.
YES: Repair or replace solenoid.
MFWD switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid.
NO: Repair harness. (See group 10 of this section)
Measure voltage at terminals in harness. T115864 –19–19JUN98
Are 12 volts measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=425
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) MFWD Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals. Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace diode. NO: If continuity is measure in one check and not the other, diode is OK.
9015 15B 22 – – –1/1
Radio Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for the radio circuit to function. • Key switch in ACC or ON position. • Radio turned ON
CED,TX17864,181 –19–15SEP98–1/1
Radio Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) When the key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to the accessory relay energizing the relay. Power is then sent to the dome light fuse and front work light fuse. Switched power is sent to radio fuse and radio. Unswitch power from radio fuse maintains station memory and the clock. Power from the front work light fuse is for light in the radio. Power from the dome light fuse powers the radio and speakers.
CED,TX17864,182 –19–15SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-22
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=426
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Radio Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117203
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 23
CED,TX17864,183 –19–15SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=427
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Radio Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,184 –19–15SEP98–1/1
Radio Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the unswitched radio fuse, dome light/radio fuse, and the front work/tail light fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuses 9015 15B 24
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 5 amp radio fuse (unswitched power), 5 amp dome light/radio fuse, and 25 amp front light/tail light fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Are any of the fuses blown? – – –1/1
Front Light Switch
Disconnect harness from front light switch.
YES: Front light switch is good. Go to next check.
Light switch ON. NO: Replace switch. Measure for continuity between terminals 3 and 1, and 2 and 8. Is continuity measured? T7199CN –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Radio
Unplug harness from radio. Key switch ON and front light switch ON. Check for voltage at P15, P25, and L43 receptacles.
YES: Go to next check. NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
Are 12 volts measured?
T117205 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=428
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Radio Speaker
Disconnect harness from radio speaker.
YES: Replace radio.
Measure resistance between radio speaker terminals.
NO: Replace speaker
Is 7.3 ohms measured?
T7828AU –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 25
The following condition or conditions must exist for the dome light circuit to function. • Key switch in ACC or ON position. • Dome light switch ON
CED,TX17864,185 –19–15SEP98–1/1
Dome Light Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) When the key switch is ON or in ACC position of switch, power flows to the accessory relay energizing the relay. Power is then sent to the dome light fuse. Power continues to flow through the dome light/radio fuse to the dome light switch. When the dome light switch is in the ON position, power is allowed to flow to the dome light causing the dome light to light.
CED,TX17864,186 –19–15SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=429
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Dome Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117204
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 26
CED,TX17864,187 –19–15SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-26
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=430
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Dome Light Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,188 –19–15SEP98–1/1
Dome Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the dome light/radio fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuses
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 5 amp radio fuse (unswitched power), 5 amp dome light/radio fuse, and 25 amp front light/tail light fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Are any of the fuses blown? – – –1/1
Dome Light Switch and Dome Light
Disconnect dome light assembly from harness. Key switch ON or ACC position.
YES: Replace dome light assembly.
Check for voltage at dome light connectors.
NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
Are 12 volts measured?
T117254 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
Start Aid Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for start aid circuit to function: • Key switch in IGN or ON position • Start aid switch depressed
TX,9015,BG984 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=431
9015 15B 27
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Start Aid Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid and reverse warning alarm fuse to start aid button. When button is pushed, power is supplied to start aid solenoid. Ground is supplied through G01 black wire energizing solenoid. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15B 28 TX,9015,QQ1751 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=432
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Start Aid Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T7828AJ
–19–23SEP92
9015 15B 29
TX,9015,QQ1752 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=433
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Start Aid Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,243 –19–08OCT98–1/1
Start Aid Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
Start Aid Switch
Disconnect harness from start aid switch.
9015 15B 30
With start aid button pushed, check for continuity between terminals with P12 red wire and E25 white wire.
YES: Start aid switch is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace start aid switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199BW –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Start Aid Solenoid
NOTE: Remove start aid fluid canister from holder to prevent injecting starting fluid into engine.
YES: Start aid solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
Key switch OFF. Disconnect harness from solenoid.
NO: Replace start aid solenoid.
Connect battery voltage to terminal with E25 white wire. Ground terminal with E27 white wire. Does solenoid "click"? T7828AK –19–23SEP92
– – –1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for fuel shut-off circuit to function: Key switch in IGN or ON position
TX,9015,BG985 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-30
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=434
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from key switch IGN terminal to fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse, start aid switch and fuel shut-off solenoid. Solenoid is grounded to frame. When the fuel shut-off solenoid is "energized" fuel is allowed into the injection pump. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9015 15B 31 TX,9015,BG986 –19–01APR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=435
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T7418AZ
–19–12DEC90
9015 15B 32
TX,901515,QQ825 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-32
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=436
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Shut-Off Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,242 –19–08OCT98–1/1
Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shutoff/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
Injection Pump Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid
Connect battery voltage to solenoid P12 red wire terminal. Does solenoid "click"?
YES: Solenoid is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15B NO: Replace fuel shut-off 33 solenoid.
Remove voltage from terminal. Does solenoid "click" again? T6785AG –UN–18OCT88
– – –1/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for reverse alarm circuit to function: • Key switch ON • FNR lever must be in reverse position
TX,9015,QQ1815 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=437
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Reverse Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) When the key switch is ON position of switch, power flows to the FNR/park brake fuse. Power is then sent through the loader lever switch to the FNR switch. With the FNR switch in reverse, power flows to the reverse alarm relay energizing the relay. With reverse alarm relay energized power is allowed to flow through the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse and reverse alarm relay to the reverse warning alarm causing the alarm to sound.
9015 15B 34 CED,TX17864,180 –19–15SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=438
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Reverse Alarm Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117206
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 35
CED,TX17864,189 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=439
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Reverse Alarm Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,191 –19–16SEP98–1/1
Reverse Alarm Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuses 9015 15B 36
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 15 amp fuel shut-off/start aid/reverse alarm fuse and 10 amp FNR/park brake fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Are fuses blown? – – –1/1
Loader Lever Switch
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace loader lever switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199CU –19–02OCT90
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured?
YES: Replace loader lever switch. NO: Loader lever switch is good. Go to next check.
T7199CU –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-36
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=440
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) FNR Lever Check
YES: Continue with check NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown.
9015 15B 37
Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector? – – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=441
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown.
9015 15B 38
Place FNR lever in first speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in second speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, B, and C of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in third speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in fourth speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B and D of six pin connector?
–19– –2/2
Reverse Alarm Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click?
NO: Replace reverse alarm relay.
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-38
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=442
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Reverse Alarm
Disconnect harness from reverse alarm. Connect battery voltage to reverse warning alarm positive (+) terminal. Connect jumper wire from reverse warning alarm negative (-) terminal to ground. T7199BZ –UN–16AUG90
YES: Reverse alarm is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace reverse alarm.
Does reverse alarm sound?
– – –1/1
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 39
The following condition or conditions must exist for the air adjust seat circuit to function • Key switch in ACC or ON position. • Air adjust seat switch held in ON position.
CED,TX17864,195 –19–16SEP98–1/1
Air Adjust Seat Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the heater fuse to the air adjust seat switch. When the switch is depressed and held, power continues to flow to the air adjust seat motor causing the motor to operate.
CED,TX17864,196 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=443
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117256
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 40
CED,TX17864,192 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-40
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=444
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Air Adjust Seat Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,197 –19–17SEP98–1/1
Air Adjust Seat Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 30 amp heater/air conditioning fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Air Adjust Seat Switch
Disconnect switch from harness.
YES: Go to next check.
Connect a multi meter to switch as shown.
NO: Replace switch.
Depress and hold switch and check for continuity. Is continuity measured?
T117271 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
Air Adjust Seat Motor
Disconnect harness from motor. Connect motor to 12 volts and ground as shown.
YES: An open circuit is indicated. Check wiring harnesses.
Does motor run?
NO: Replace motor.
T117270 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=445
9015 15B 41
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for the blower circuit to function. • Key switch in ACC or ON position. • Blower switch in any of the four positions.
CED,TX17864,198 –19–17SEP98–1/1
9015 15B 42
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed.
CED,TX17864,199 –19–17SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=446
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117257
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 43
CED,TX17864,193 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=447
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Blower Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,200 –19–17SEP98–1/1
Blower Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 44
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 30 amp heater/air conditioning fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Blower Switch
Disconnect harness from blower switch.
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check.
Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to position, 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4)
NO: Replace blower switch.
T117277 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
Blower Resistor
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read approximately 0.9 ohms? NO: Replace resistor.
T102849 –UN–06AUG96
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-44
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=448
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Heater Blower Motor
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Air Conditioning Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 45
Specification A/C Freeze Switch (normally closed)—Opening Temperature ................... -0.56 ± 0.83 °C (31 ± 1.5 °F) Closing Temperature ..................................... 2.22 ± 0.83 °C (36 ± 1.5 °F) Specification Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch (normally closed)— Opening Pressure .................................. 2760 ± 138 kPa (27.6 ± 1.4 bar) (400.3 ± 20 psi) Closing Pressure .................................... 1310 ± 138 kPa (13.1 ± 1.4 bar) (190 ± 20 psi) Specification Air Conditioning Low Pressure Switch (normally open)—Closing Pressure ................................................... 345 ± 35 kPa (3.45 ± 0.35 bar) (50 ± 5.1 psi) Opening Pressure .................................... 173 ± 35 kPa (1.73 ± 0.35 bar) (25.1 ± 5.1 psi)
CED,TX17864,205 –19–17SEP98–1/1
Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for this circuit to operate: • • • •
Key switch ON. Engine running. Blower switch in any of the four ON speeds. A/C switch ON.
CED,TX17864,202 –19–17SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-45
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=449
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed.
High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. Freeze Protection Switch
9015 15B 46
When the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds, power also flows through the normally closed freeze control switch and to the A/C on/off switch. When the A/C on/off switch is switched on power continues to flow through the normally closed high and low pressure switches to the A/C compressor engaging the compressor clutch.
The freeze protection switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the freeze protection switch opens, stopping power flow to the compressor. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the freeze protection switch closes allowing power to continue to flow to the compressor.
Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line.
The freeze protection switch receives power from the blower switch when the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds.
CED,TX17864,203 –19–17SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-46
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=450
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117258
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B 47
CED,TX17864,194 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=451
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,206 –19–17SEP98–1/1
Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks This circuit is powered by the heater fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 48
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 30 amp heater/air conditioning fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Blower Switch
Disconnect harness from blower switch.
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check.
Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to position, 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4)
NO: Replace blower switch.
T117277 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
Blower Resistor
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read 0.9 ohms? NO: Replace resistor
T102849 –UN–06AUG96
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-48
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=452
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Heater/Blower Motor Check
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
A/C Freeze Switch
With A/C freeze switch at room temperature. Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Do A/C Freeze Switch Test. See Group 9031-25. If switch is OK, check wiring harness.
Measure continuity across switch terminals. Is continuity measured?
NO: Switch has failed. Replace switch.
T7835AV –19–24SEP92
– – –1/1
Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. —816286)
Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. Place switch in snowflake or A/C position, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 1.
YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DE –UN–02OCT90
Place switch in cactus or defrost position and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=453
9015 15B 49
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch. Check for continuity between terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Continue with this check. NO: Replace switch.
T101619 –19–13JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.)
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Measure for continuity across switch terminals.
NO: Go to Low Pressure Switch Test, Group 9031-25.
Does ohmmeter read open? 9015 15B 50
– – –1/1
Air Conditioner High Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Continue with this check.
Measure continuity across outer switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
NO: Switch may be bad, or system pressure is too high. Continue with this check to verify switch operation.
T101618 –19–13JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness and system pressure. Go to Air Conditioning Pressure Diagnostic Chart, Group 9031-25. NO: Replace switch.
– – –1/1
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Coil
Disconnect harness from clutch. Connect battery voltage to clutch terminal that has orange wire. Ground black wire terminal.
YES: A/C compressor clutch coil is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace clutch coil.
Does Clutch "click"?
T6534CV –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-50
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=454
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Wiper/Washer Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for wiper/washer circuit to function. • Key switch must be in ON or ACC position. • Front/rear wiper or washer switch must be turned on.
TX,9015,QQ1817 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 51
Power flows from wiper/washer fuse to terminal 2B of the front wiper switch, washer switch, and rear wiper switch. Front Wiper The front wiper switch has both a high and low position. With the switch on low, power flows from terminals 2A and 5A to both the left and right front wiper motors causing the motors to run on low speed. With the switch on high, power flows from terminals 6 and 3 to both the left and right front wiper motors causing the motors to run on high speed. Rear Wiper The rear wiper switch has both a high and low position. With the switch on low, power flows from terminal 2A to the rear wiper motor causing the motor to run on low speed. With the switch on high, power flows from terminal 6 to the rear wiper motor causing the motor to run on high speed. Washer When the washer switch is depressed and held power flows from terminal 3 to the washer motor causing the motor to run and activate the pump.
CED,TX17864,207 –19–18SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-51
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=455
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Wiper/Washer Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T116925
–19–08OCT98
9015 15B 52
CED,TX17864,209 –19–18SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-52
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=456
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Wiper/Washer Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,210 –19–18SEP98–1/1
Wiper/Washer Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the wiper/washer fuse.
– – –1/1
Front Wiper Switch
YES: Go to next check. 9015 15B 53
NO: Replace Switch
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Front wiper switch on low. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 2A. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 5A. Is continuity measured for both points? Front wiper switch on high. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 6. Is continuity measured for both points? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-53
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=457
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Front Right Wiper Motor
Connect an external ground to the eyelet on the end of the G20 BLK wire.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses.
Connect 12 volts to the “L” terminal. NO: Replace wiper motor. Does wiper run on low speed? Connect 12 volts to the “H” terminal. T117301 –UN–08OCT98
Does wiper run on high speed? Connect 12 volts to the “P” terminal. Does wiper return the parked position and stop?
9015 15B 54 – – –1/1
Front Left Wiper Motor
Connect an external ground to the eyelet on the end of the G20 BLK wire.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses.
Connect 12 volts to the “L” terminal. NO: Replace wiper motor. Does wiper run on low speed? Connect 12 volts to the “H” terminal. T117301 –UN–08OCT98
Does wiper run on high speed? Connect 12 volts to the “P” terminal. Does wiper return the parked position and stop?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-54
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=458
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Rear Wiper Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
9015 15B 55
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Rear wiper switch on low. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 2A. Is continuity measured? Rear wiper switch on high. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Rear Wiper Motor
Disconnect harness from wiper motor wire lead. Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/RED wire. Ground terminal with black wire.
YES: Wiper motor is good. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace wiper motor.
Does wiper motor run at low speed?
T7199CB –UN–17SEP90
Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/BLK wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does wiper motor run at high speed? Connect battery voltage to terminal with BLU/WHT wire. Ground terminal with black wire. Does wiper motor return to the parked position?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-55
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=459
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Washer Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch
9015 15B 56
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Washer switch held in the ON position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Washer Motor
Disconnect harness from washer motor. Connect battery voltage to motor A71 ORG terminal of motor. Ground other terminal to machine frame.
YES: An open circuit is indicated. Check wiring harnesses. NO: Replace motor.
Does washer motor run?
T7349DJ –UN–27AUG90
– – –1/1
Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for the rear light circuit to function. • Key switch in ON or ACC position. • Rear work light switch ON.
CED,TX17864,211 –19–21SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-56
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=460
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Rear Work Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the rear work light fuse to the rear light switch. With the rear light switch in the ON position, power continues to flow to the left and right rear work lights causing the lights to light.
CED,TX17864,212 –19–21SEP98–1/1
9015 15B 57
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-57
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=461
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Rear Work Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117299
–19–08OCT98
9015 15B 58
CED,TX17864,213 –19–21SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-58
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=462
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Rear Work Light Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,214 –19–21SEP98–1/1
Rear Work Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the rear work light fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 15 amp rear light fuse fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Rear Work Light Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Rear work light switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-59
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=463
9015 15B 59
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Rear Work Lights
Disconnect harness from rear work light.
YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness.
Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON?
NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199CP –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
9015 15B 60
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for the front work and drive light circuit to function. • Key switch in ACC of ON position. • Front light switch ON.
CED,TX17864,215 –19–21SEP98–1/1
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the front work/tail light fuse to the front light switch. The front light switch is a three position switch: off, drive/tail lights, or drive/tail/front work lights. With the switch in the first position or the drive/tail light position, power flows to both the front drive lights and to the tail lights. When the switch is in the second position or drive/tail/front work light position, power also flows to the front work lights in addition to the front drive lights and tail lights.
CED,TX17864,216 –19–21SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-60
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=464
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117300
–19–08OCT98
9015 15B 61
CED,TX17864,217 –19–21SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-61
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=465
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Front Work and Drive Light Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,218 –19–21SEP98–1/1
Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the front work/tail light fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 62
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 25 amp front work/drive light fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Front Light Switch
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Front light switch in the drive/tail light position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured? Front light switch in the drive/tail/work light position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3 and 5B & 6. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-62
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=466
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Work/Drive Lights
Disconnect harness from work/drive light.
YES: Work light is good. Check wiring harness.
Connect 12 volts to blue wire and ground black wire. Does light come ON?
NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199CP –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Tail Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked TAIL, and ground terminal marked GROUND.
YES: Tail light is good. Check wiring harness.
9015 15B NO: Replace bulb. If bulb 63 is good replace light.
Does tail light come on?
T7199CQ –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for park brake/FNR circuit to function: • Key switch OFF • Park brake dash switch in ON position with machine running • Machine Mechanically Shut Down TX,9015,QQ6784 –19–21JUL98–1/1
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) Specification Park Brake Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Opening Pressure ............................................... 1103 ± 110 kPa (11.3 ± 1.10 bar) (160 ± 16 psi) Closing Pressure ..................................... 896 ± 89.6 kPa (8.96 ± 0.9 bar) (130 ± 13 psi)
TX,9015,QQ6783 –19–21JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-63
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=467
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) The Park Brake/FNR circuit controls the park brake and transmission. The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. NOTE: The park brake applies automatically when machine is mechanically shut down or when key switch is turned off. Park brake dash switch must be cycled first to applied position (ON), then to released position (OFF) before park brake can be released when engine is running. 9015 15B 64
The machine is unable to move because the park brake dash switch is NOT sending voltage to the timer relay, thus all of the speed solenoids are de-energized. • Machine started with park brake switch in OFF position:
Park brake cannot be hydraulically released if FNR/Park Brake Fuse is blown. • Key ON: • Park Brake Dash Switch in On Position: • FNR Lever in Neutral: Power flows from terminal 3 to terminal 2B of park brake dash switch (S12) and then to park brake latching relay terminal 85, energizing the park brake latching relay (K5) causing it to latch terminals 30 and 87. Ground is supplied to the park brake latching relay through the “S” terminal of starter motor. Power is disconnected from park brake solenoid (Y4), and timer relay (K7). With the FNR switch (S11) in neutral, power flows from the FNR switch to the display monitor (H8). Combine this with the park brake pressure switch being closed and providing a ground for the park brake indicator light, the park brake indicator light in the display monitor glows signaling that the park brake is applied. • • • •
the display monitor disappears. With the park brake switch on, the park brake pressure switch is closed sending a ground signal to the display monitor. With the ground signal present from the park brake pressure switch without the power signal from the FNR switch, the park brake indicator light on display monitor glows and the alarm sounds. The red stop light will also blink on and off.
Key ON: Engine Running: Park Brake Dash Switch In ON position: FNR Lever Shifted Out of Neutral:
When the machine is started with the park brake dash switch in the OFF position the park brake latching relay is unlatched or open. When the park brake latching relay is open, the park brake dash switch does not receive voltage to terminal 2B. If the FNR switch is placed out of neutral the display monitor alarm will sound and the stop light will flash. This occurs because the park brake solenoid is not energized, thus the park brake pressure switch is closed and sending a ground signal to the display monitor. To enable the machine to operate, place the park dash switch in the ON position. This allows power to flow to terminal 85 of the park brake latching relay causing the relay to close. With the relay closed, power can now flow from terminal 87 of the park brake latching relay to terminal 2B of the park brake switch. • Key ON: • Engine Running: • Park Brake Switch OFF: With the park brake dash switch in the OFF position, voltage is sent to both the timer relay and the park brake solenoid.
With the park brake dash switch ON, and FNR lever shifted out of neutral, the signal from the FNR lever to
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-64
CED,TX17864,177 –19–15SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=468
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) The park brake solenoid is now energized and sending pressurized oil to the park brake to release it. This also opens the park brake pressure switch, thus the ground signal to the display monitor is removed and the park brake indicator light goes out. • • • •
opens the park brake pressure switch, thus the ground signal to the display monitor is removed and the park brake indicator light goes out. Power flows through the loader lever switch (S13) to the FNR switch (S11). With FNR switch in either forward or reverse power flows to the timer relay terminal 7. This signal closes the timer relay allowing power to flow from the park brake dash switch through the timer relay to the FNR switch. Depending on FNR switch position, the proper direction and speed solenoids in the transmission are energized.
Key ON: Engine Running: Park Brake Switch OFF: FNR Switch in Forward or Reverse:
With the park brake dash switch in the OFF position, voltage is sent to both the timer relay (K7) terminal 2 and the park brake solenoid.
NOTE: If the signal to the timer relay terminal 7 disappears for more than one second, the timer relay will open.
The park brake solenoid is now energized and sending pressurized oil to the park brake to release it. This also
9015 15B 65
Solenoids Energized Solenoid
Y5
Y6
1st Forward
Y18 X
Y12
Y13
X
2nd Forward
X
X
X
3rd Forward
X
X
X
4th Forward
X
Y14 X X X
X
1st Reverse
X
X
2nd Reverse
X
X
X
3rd Reverse
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X X
Neutral
CED,TX17864,177 –19–15SEP98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-65
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=469
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
–19–29JUN98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116096
9015-15B-66
Park Brake/FNR Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
–19–15SEP98–1/1
PN=470
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,178
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Park Brake/FNR Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,179 –19–15SEP98–1/1
Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the FNR/park brake fuse and the start fuse.
– – –1/1
Park Brake Switch “Dash”
YES: Park brake switch is good. Check wiring 9015 harness. 15B 67 NO: Replace park brake switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from park brake switch. Park brake switch OFF. Check for continuity between terminals 2A and 1. Is continuity measured? Park brake switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-67
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=471
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Transmission Solenoids Check
9015 15B 68
T101725 –19–12SEP96
Remove fuse block cover. Remove FNR/park brake fuse. Using a Fluke multimeter, turn to DC current. Red lead into (10A) terminal and black lead into (COM.) terminal. Place probe ends of multimeter at locations (A and B) in fuse block. Key switch ON and engine OFF. Park brake switch “OFF”. Approximately 1.9 amp value will display. NOTE: If 1.9 amp value is not displayed, cycle park brake on then off again. FNR lever in forward position. NOTE: Each solenoid in the transmission draws approximately 0.5 amps. If measured amperage value is approximately 0.5 amps less than specification, a problem with one solenoid is indicated. NOTE: The following specifications are at a voltage of 12.4 volts. Voltage should be approximately 12.4 volts when current measurements are taken. Does the amp value match the following specifications for each speed? Specification FNR Current—1st Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................................................ 2nd Speed Forward Amperage ............................................................... 3rd Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................ 4th Speed Forward Amperage ................................................................
3.38 3.38 3.38 3.00
± ± ± ±
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
amps amps amps amps
FNR lever in reverse position. Does the amp value match the following specifications for each speed? Specification FNR Current—1st Speed Reverse Amperage .................................................................................................. 3.5 ± 0.1 amps 2nd Speed Reverse Amperage................................................................. 3.5 ± 0.1 amps 3rd Speed Reverse Amperage ................................................................. 3.5 ± 0.1 amps
– – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-68
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=472
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: The current value measurement is controlled by the number of components that are connected within the circuit.
YES: Transmission solenoids are electrically good. See Group 9020-25 Power Train Test. NO: Check wiring harness or transmission solenoids.
–19– –2/2
Park Brake Solenoid Check
YES: Reverse solenoid electrically is good. See Group 9020-25 Power Train Test. NO: Check wiring harnesses. See Group 9015-10.
T101725 –19–12SEP96
Remove fuse block cover. Remove FNR/park brake fuse. Using a Fluke multimeter, turn to DC current. Red lead into (10A) terminal and black lead into (COM.) terminal. FNR lever in neutral position. Key switch ON and engine OFF. Place probe ends of multimeter at locations (A and B) in fuse block. Park brake switch “ON”. Approximately 0.45 amp value will display. Move park brake switch to “OFF” position. Does the amp value increase by approximately 1.5 amps? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-69
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=473
9015 15B 69
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Loader Lever Switch
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire.
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Replace loader lever switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199CU –19–02OCT90
Disconnect harness from loader lever switch Depress loader lever switch and check for continuity between terminals with J27 tan wire and T53 blue wire. Is continuity measured? 9015 15B 70
YES: Replace loader lever switch. NO: Loader lever switch is good. Check wiring harness.
T7199CU –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
Park Brake Latching Relay
Key switch OFF.
YES: Relay is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from relay. NO: Replace relay. Connect battery voltage to terminal #86. Ground terminal #85. Does relay click? T7287BH –UN–16AUG90
Measure continuity between terminals #30 and #87. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-70
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=474
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Timer Relay Check
YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace timer relay.
9015 15B 71
T114654 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect timer relay from front console harness. Connect a 12 power supply and ground to the timer relay as shown. Check for continuity across terminals 5 and 6 of timer relay. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Park Brake Pressure Switch
Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Replace switch.
Measure continuity between terminals A and B on connector end of switch.
NO: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Is continuity measured?
T7199EE –UN–02OCT90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-71
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=475
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) FNR Lever Check
YES: Continue with check NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown.
9015 15B 72
Place FNR lever in neutral. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal D of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in reverse. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal B of four pin connector? Place FNR lever in forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminal C of four pin connector? – – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-72
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=476
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Go to next check. NO: Replace FNR lever.
T114633 –19–21JUL98
Disconnect FNR lever from harness. Connect a 12 volt power supply to FNR lever as shown.
9015 15B 73
Place FNR lever in first speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in second speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals A, B, and C of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in third speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B, C, and D of six pin connector? Place FNR lever in fourth speed forward. Are 12 volts measured at only terminals B and D of six pin connector?
–19– –2/2
Park Brake Relay Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-73
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=477
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Park Brake Solenoid Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
Reverse Solenoid Diode
Remove diode from connector.
9015 15B 74
Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
Forward Solenoid Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
Low Range Solenoid Diode
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-74
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=478
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Speed Solenoid Diodes
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
Horn Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 75
The following conditions must exist for horn circuit to function: • Key switch must be in ON or ACC position • Horn switch must be depressed
TX,9015,QQ1821 –19–12MAR93–1/1
Horn Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from turn/stop/horn fuse to horn switch. When horn button is pushed, switch closes and power flows to activate horn. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9015,QQ1786 –19–12MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-75
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=479
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Horn Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T7835AE
–19–23SEP92
9015 15B 76
CED,TX17864,220 –19–22SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-76
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=480
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Horn Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,219 –19–22SEP98–1/1
Horn Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/flash/horn fuse.
– – –1/1
Horn Switch
Disconnect harness from horn switch. Push horn switch and measure for continuity. Is continuity measured?
YES: Horn switch is good.
9015 15B NO: Replace horn switch. 77
T7199CY –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Horn
Key switch OFF.
YES: Horn is good. Check wiring harness.
Disconnect harness from horn. NO: Replace horn. Connect battery voltage to horn (+) positive terminal. Ground horn body. Does horn sound? T6573AO –UN–23AUG93
– – –1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) Specification Brake Light Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Pressure......................... 414—758 kPa (4.14—7.58 bar) (60—110 psi)
CED,TX17864,234 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-77
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=481
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition or conditions must exist for the Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit to function: • • • •
Key switch in ACC or ON position. Four-way flasher switch ON Turn signal switch in either left or right position. Brake pedal depressed.
CED,TX17864,221 –19–22SEP98–1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) 9015 15B 78
Power flows through the 20 amp Turn/Stop/Flash/Horn fuse to the flasher, 4-way flasher switch, and brake light switch.
left, flashing power flows out terminal 5B and to the left front and left rear turn light. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the flashing power to flow to the right turn lights.
4-Way Flasher When the 4-way flasher switch is switched on, current is allowed to flow through the flasher and causes it to alternate on and off or flash. This flashing power flows in terminal 2B of the 4-way flasher switch and out terminal 3 to the 4-way flasher switch diodes. The flashing power continues to flow through the diodes to the front and rear turn lights causing them to blink. Turn Signal The turn signal switch can function two different ways. The first is to have only the turn signal switch on by itself, or it can work in combination with the 4-way flasher switch. When the turn signal switch is on by itself, current is allowed to flow through the flasher and causes it to alternate on and off or flash. This flashing power flows into terminals 3 and 4 of the turn signal switch. When the turn signal switch is switched to the right, flashing power flows out terminal 2B and to the right front and right rear turn light. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the flashing power to flow to the left turn lights. When the turn signal switch is switched to the
When the turn signal switch is used in combination with the 4-way flasher switch switched ON, the turn signal switch receives continuous power from the 4-way flasher switch and flows to terminals 1 and 6 of the turn signal switch. The 4-way flasher switch also sends flashing power to all four turn lights causing them to blink. When the turn signal switch is switched to the right, continuous power flows from terminal 6 to terminal 5B of the turn signal switch and on to the left turn lights. This causes the left turn lights to glow continuously. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the right turn lights from glowing continuously and allows them to remain blinking. When the turn signal switch is switched to the left, continuous power flows from terminal 1 to terminal 2B of the turn signal switch and on to the right turn lights. This causes the right turn lights to glow continuously. The 4-way flasher switch diode prevents the left turn lights from glowing continuously and allows them to remain blinking. Brake Light When the brake pedals are depressed, pressurized oil causes the brake light switch to close sending power to the brake lights and lighting the lights.
CED,TX17864,222 –19–22SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-78
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=482
–19–08OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117361
9015-15B-79
–19–22SEP98–1/1
PN=483
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,223
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit (S.N. 872257— ) CED,TX17864,224 –19–22SEP98–1/1
Turn Signal, Flasher, and Brake Light Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the turn/stop/flash/horn fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 80
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 20 amp Turn/Stop/Flash/Horn fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Brake Light Switch
Disconnect harness from brake light switch.
YES: Replace switch.
Check for continuity between the two terminals.
NO: Go next step in this check.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DD –UN–16AUG90
Disconnect harness from brake light switch. Key switch ON, engine running. Depress brake pedal and check for continuity between the two terminals.
YES: Brake light switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace switch.
Is continuity measured? T7199DD –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Brake Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked STOP, and ground terminal marked GROUND.
YES: Brake light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
Does brake light function?
T7199DS –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-80
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=484
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Flasher
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Continue with check.
Remove flasher from fuse block. Key switch in ACC or ON position.
T117385 –19–08OCT98
NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
Check for voltage between G10 BLK and P19 RED terminals. Is 12 volts measured?
Key switch in ACC or ON position.
YES: Replace flasher.
4-way flasher switch ON.
NO: An open circuit is indicated. Check harnesses.
Install a jumper wire between P19 RED and L49 BRN terminals. T117386 –19–08OCT98
9015 15B 81
Do all turn lights light?
– – –1/1
4-Way Flasher Switch
YES: Switch is OK. Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. 4-way flasher switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 6. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-81
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=485
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Turn Signal Switch
YES: Continue with check. NO: Replace switch.
9015 15B 82
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Turn signal switch in right turn position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 6. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-82
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=486
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Switch is OK. Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
9015 15B 83
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Turn signal switch in left turn position. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 1. Is continuity measured? Check for continuity between terminals 5B & 4. Is continuity measured?
–19– –2/2
4-Way Flasher Switch Diodes
Remove diode from connector. Connect an ohmmeter to diode terminals.
YES: If continuity is measured in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace.
Is continuity measured? Reverse ohmmeter probes. T7961AA –UN–10MAR93
Is continuity measured?
NO: If continuity is NOT measured in either check diode has failed in an open mode. Replace. NO: If continuity is measured in one check and not the other, diode is OK. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-83
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=487
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Turn Signal Light
Disconnect harness from turn/tail/brake light. Connect 12 volts to terminal marked DIRECTIONAL, and ground terminal marked GROUND. Does turn signal light function?
YES: Turn signal light is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace bulb. If bulb is good replace light.
T7199DT –19–02OCT90
– – –1/1
9015 15B 84
Beacon Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for beacon circuit to function: • Key switch to ACC or ON position • Beacon switch to ON position
CED,TX17864,225 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows from return-to dig/beacon fuse to beacon switch. With beacon switch ON, power flows to the beacon. With beacon switch ON, power also flows to the display monitor to illuminate the beacon indicator light in the monitor. Ground for beacon is provided through G20 black wire.
CED,TX17864,226 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-84
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=488
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Beacon Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117389
–19–28OCT98
9015 15B 85
CED,TX17864,227 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-85
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=489
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Beacon Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,228 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Beacon Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return to dig/beacon fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B 86
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 10 amp RTD/Beacon fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
Beacon Switch
YES: Switch is OK. Go to next check. NO: Replace switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from switch. Beacon switch ON. Check for continuity between terminals 2B & 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-86
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=490
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Beacon
Disconnect harness from beacon. Connect 12 volts to beacon terminal (white wire), and ground beacon (black wire).
YES: Beacon is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Check bulb, if good replace beacon.
Does beacon function?
T7199DF –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B 87
The following conditions must exist for return-to-dig circuit to function: • Key switch ON • Engine running
CED,TX17864,233 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Return-to-dig circuit consists of return-to-dig/beacon fuse, return-to-dig-switch and return-to-dig solenoid. Power flows from return-to-dig/beacon fuse to return-to-dig switch. When the bucket is not in the "LEVEL" position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which routes battery power to the return-to-dig solenoid. The return-to-dig solenoid is grounded through ground wire G01 black.
CED,TX17864,232 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-87
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=491
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Return-to-Dig Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T7835AH
–19–23SEP92
9015 15B 88
CED,TX17864,231 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-88
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=492
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Return-to-Dig Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,230 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Return-to-Dig Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the return-to-dig/beacon fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 10 amp RTD/Beacon fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is the fuse blown? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-89
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=493
9015 15B 89
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Return-to-Dig Switch
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal.
YES: Replace return-to-dig switch. NO: Go to next step in this check.
Is continuity measured?
9015 15B 90
T7199DG –UN–17SEP90
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig switch. Actuate return-to-dig switch.
YES: Return-to-dig switch is good. Go to next check.
Check for continuity between common terminal and open terminal.
NO: Replace return-to-dig switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DG –UN–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Disconnect harness from return-to-dig solenoid.
YES: Return-to-dig solenoid is good.
Apply battery voltage to solenoid, and ground solenoid. Move control lever to return-to-dig detent position.
NO: Replace return-to-dig solenoid.
Remove voltage from solenoid. T7199DH –19–17SEP90
Does control lever stay in return-to-dig detent position until voltage is removed, and then return to neutral?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-90
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=494
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) Specification Fuel Gauge Level Sender— Empty Resistance................................................................... 10 ± 6 ohms Full Resistance ................................................................... 180 ± 12 ohms Specification Transmission Temperature Sender—Resistance at 60°C (140°F) ................................................................................ 221 ± 26 ohms Resistance at 90°C (194°F) 83 ± 8 ohms Resistance at 120°C (248°F) ........................................... 36.5 ± 2.7 ohms Specification Engine Coolant Temperature Sender—Resistance at 60°C (140°F) ................................................................................ 221 ± 26 ohms Resistance at 90°C (194°F) 83 ± 8 ohms Resistance at 120°C (248°F) ........................................... 36.5 ± 2.7 ohms
9015 15B 91
CED,TX17864,235 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for fuel gauge circuit to function: Key switch in ON position The following conditions must exist for tachometer/hour meter circuit to function: • Key switch in ON position • Engine running
TX,901515,QQ600 –19–31AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-91
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=495
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Fuel Gauge: The circuit consists of monitor fuse, fuel gauge/light and fuel sender. Power flows from monitor/gauge fuse to (+) terminal of fuel gauge, out S terminal of fuel gauge to fuel sender. Fuel sender is grounded through G01 black wire. Power also flows from (+) terminal of fuel gauge to fuel gauge light. Fuel gauge light is grounded through G10 black wire.
9015 15B 92
As the fuel level changes, the resistance in through the fuel sender also changes. The change in resistance causes a voltage change at terminal S of the fuel gauge, this voltage change is what causes the needle in the gauge to move. Tachometer/Hour Meter: Power flows through the monitor/gauge fuse to both the tachometer and the tachometer lights. With key switch ON and engine running, hour meter and tachometer also get power from W terminal of alternator through M39 purple wire. This is the signal power source that causes the hour meter to begin counting time and also indicates engine speed. The hour meter, tachometer, and tachometer lights are all grounded by G10 BLK. Optional Gauge Cluster This gauge cluster replaces the single fuel gauge with a four gauge cluster that contains fuel, voltage, transmission temperature, and engine coolant gauges. The fuel gauge, transmission temperature, and engine coolant temperature gauges all measure a changing voltage at the S terminal of the gauge. The voltage change is caused by the changing resistance in the sender. The voltage gauge simply measures the system voltage.
CED,TX17864,236 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-92
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=496
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117535
–19–08OCT98
9015 15B 93
CED,TX17864,237 –19–24SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-93
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=497
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,238 –19–24SEP98–1/1
Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse and hazard/monitor fuse
– – –1/1
Fuel Gauge
NOTE: Be sure some fuel is in tank.
9015 15B 94
YES: Fuel gauge is good. Go to next check.
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. NO: Replace fuel gauge. Disconnect harness from fuel gauge. Does gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to (+) terminal and ground GND terminal. T7199DI –UN–02OCT90
Does gauge read FULL?
– – –1/1
Fuel Gauge Sender
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect wire Y33 yellow from center of sender.
YES: Fuel gauge sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does gauge read FULL?
NO: Replace sender.
Reconnect wire Y33 yellow to center of sender. T6431AJ –UN–19OCT88
Attach a jumper wire from center screw to ground. Does gauge read EMPTY?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-94
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=498
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Tachometer
Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral.
YES: Hour meter is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
Park brake ON. T117604 –UN–08OCT98
Disconnect tachometer from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are 12—14 volts (DC) measured?
Machine running. Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral.
YES: Tachometer is bad, replace tachometer/hour meter. NO: Check wiring harness.
Park brake ON. T117605 –UN–08OCT98
Disconnect tachometer from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are approximately 7.63 volts (AC) measured?
– – –1/1
Hour Meter
Machine running.
YES: Hourmeter is bad, replace hour meter.
Lower all equipment to ground. FNR lever in neutral.
NO: Check wiring harness.
Park brake ON. T117606 –UN–08OCT98
Disconnect hourmeter from harness. Connect multi-meter to harness as shown. Measure voltage. Are approximately 7.63 volts (AC) measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-95
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=499
9015 15B 95
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Fuel gauge is good. Continue with check.
Optional Gauge Cluster
NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 96
T105163 –19–19NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y33 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does fuel gauge read EMPTY? Connect battery voltage to terminal 3 and ground to terminal G. Does fuel gauge read FULL?
– – –1/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-96
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=500
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Engine coolant temperature gauge is good. Continue with check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 97
T105163 –19–19NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y01 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does engine coolant temperature gauge read COLD? Connect battery voltage to terminal 2 and ground to terminal G. Does engine coolant temperature gauge read HOT?
–19– –2/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-97
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=501
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Transmission temperature gauge is good. Continue with check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 98
T105163 –19–19NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect Y02 YEL and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does transmission temperature gauge read COLD? Connect battery voltage to terminal 1 and ground to terminal G. Does transmission temperature gauge read HOT?
–19– –3/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-98
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=502
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) YES: Voltage gauge is good. Go to next check. NO: Replace gauge cluster.
9015 15B 99
T105163 –19–19NOV96
Key switch ON. Engine OFF. Disconnect P21 RED and G10 BLK wires from gauge cluster. Does voltage gauge read LOW? Connect battery voltage to terminal B+ and ground to terminal G. Does voltage gauge read HIGH?
–19– –4/4
Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (Optional)
Key switch ON. Engine OFF.
YES: Replace sender.
Disconnect wire Y01 YEL from engine coolant sender.
NO: Sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does engine coolant temperature gauge read COLD? Ground Y01 YEL wire. T117613 –19–08OCT98
Does engine coolant temperature gauge read HOT?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-99
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=503
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Transmission Temperature Sender (Optional)
Key switch ON. Engine OFF.
YES: Replace sender.
Disconnect wire Y02 YEL from transmission temperature sender.
NO: Sender is good. Check wiring harness to sender.
Does transmission temperature gauge read COLD? Ground Y02 YEL wire. T117614 –19–08OCT98
Does transmission temperature gauge read HOT?
– – –1/1
9015 15B ,100
Display Monitor Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following condition must exist for display module to function. The key switch must be in the “ON” position so failures will be indicated.
TX,9015,QQ6774 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-100
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=504
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
T118037
–UN–22OCT98
Display Monitor Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
A—Park Brake Indicator B—Seat Belt Indicator C—STOP-Engine Indicator D—Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator E—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
F—Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator G—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator H—Not Used
Power is supplied to the display monitor through the 10 AMP Monitor/Gauge fuse. Each display indicator will be colored either (RED) or (YELLOW) to indicate the severity of the situation. Red is a high level warning and the yellow is a low level warning. When the “RED” high level warning is indicated, the operator will see a (RED COLORED INDICATOR), (RED STOP INDICATOR) and (AUDIBLE ALARM). When the “YELLOW” low level warning is indicated, the operator will see only the (YELLOW COLORED INDICATOR). On “Low Level” warnings the operation of the machine can continue but the problem should be investigated and solved. On “High Level” warnings except “Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator” the operation of the machine should be stopped immediately and problem corrected, CONDITION: High Level Warning Indicators (RED) “STOP”
I—Brake Pressure Indicator J—Alternator Voltage Indicator K—Air Filter Restriction Indicator L—Beacon Indicator (If Equipped)
M—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Indicator (If Equipped)
9015 15B ,101
indicator comes on, or temperature will rise further. Reduce load and run engine at slow idle for several minutes, stop engine and service machine. • Brake Pressure Indicator CONDITION: Low Level Warning Indicators (YELLOW) “SERVICE” • • • • •
Air Filter Restriction Indicator: Charging System Indicator: Converter Oil Temperature Indicator: Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator: Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator:
CONDITION: Seat Belt Indicator (WHITE) • The seat belt indicator will be back-lighted “White” when ever the key switch is on and park brake is applied. CONDITION: MFWD Indicator (GREEN)
• • • •
Red Stop Indicator: Park Brake Indicator: Engine Oil Pressure Indicator: Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator: DO NOT stop engine when engine coolant temperature
• MFWD indicator will be back-lighted “Green” when switch is on. CONDITION: Beacon Indicator (GREEN)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-101
CED,TX17864,173 –19–11SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=505
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) • Beacon indicator will be back-lighted “Green” when switch is on.
CED,TX17864,173 –19–11SEP98–2/2
9015 15B ,102
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-102
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=506
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Display Monitor Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117170
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B ,103
CED,TX17864,174 –19–11SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-103
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=507
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Display Monitor (S.N. 872257— )
TX,9015,QQ6777 –19–06JUN96–1/1
Display Monitor Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor/gauge fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse 9015 15B ,104
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse
Check 10 amp monitor/gauge fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is fuse blown? – – –1/1
Key Switch Check
Key switch OFF.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Disconnect harness from switch. Check voltage on B11 red wire at BAT terminal of key switch.
NO: Check wiring harness between battery and key switch.
Are 12 volts measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next step in this check.
Turn key switch to START position. NO: Replace key switch. Check for continuity between BAT and IGN terminals and BAT and ST terminals. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90
Switch disconnected from harness.
YES: Go to next check.
Key switch ON.
NO: Replace key switch.
Check for continuity between BAT and ACC terminal. Is continuity measured? T7199BO –UN–17SEP90 – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-104
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=508
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Display Monitor
YES: Go to next step in this check. NO: Check wiring harness
9015 15B ,105
T102886 –19–08AUG96
Unplug 12 pin harness connector from display monitor. Key switch to ON position. Check for voltage on P21 red wire Are 12 volts measured?
YES: Check connector pins in connector. IF OK: Go to indicator circuit and check indicators. IF OK: Replace display monitor. NO: Check wiring harness.
T102887 –19–08AUG96
Unplug 8 pin harness connector from display monitor. Key switch to OFF position. Check for continuity between R31 black wire and ground. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-105
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=509
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Indicator Circuit Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) Specification Engine Coolant Temperature Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Temperature ........................................................... 110 ± 5°C (230 ± 9°F) Specification Engine Oil Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Opening Pressure ........................................................... 37—72 kPa (0.4—0.7 bar) (5.5—10.5 psi)
9015 15B ,106
Specification Air Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Vacuum.................................................. 4.98—7.48 kPa Vacuum (20—30 in. H2O) Specification Converter Oil Temperature Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Temperature ............................................. 114°C—122°C (238°F—252°F) Specification Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch (Normally Open)—Closing Pressure ......................................................... 344 kPa (3.45 bar) (50 psi) Specification Brake Pressure Switches (Normally Open)—Closing Pressure ............................................... 7584 ± 690 kPa (75.84 ± 6.9 bar) (1100 ± 100 psi)
CED,TX17864,175 –19–14SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-106
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=510
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Indicator Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The indicator circuit has “Two” modes of operation. • Bulb check mode • Failure mode The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in bulb check mode: Key switch moved between “ON” and “START” position for bulb check. The following conditions must exist for indicator circuit to function in a failure mode:
9015 15B ,107
Engine must be running for a failure to be indicated on display monitor. An indicator switch or alternator senses a failure and supplies a high or low level warning to display monitor.
TX,9015,QQ6779 –19–06JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-107
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=511
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Indicator Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9015 15B ,108
Indicator switches to the display monitor are:
Bulb Check Mode
• • • • • • • • • •
Key switch is moved between “ON” and “START” position to activate bulb check mode. All high and low level indicator lights will activate and audible alarm will sound. The seat belt (White) indicator will be on.
B17 Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B18 Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B10—Park Brake Pressure Switch: (Stop) B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch: (Stop) B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Switch: (Stop) B7—Air Filter Restriction Switch: (Service) B8—Converter Oil Temperature Switch: (Service) B9—Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch: (Service) B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (Service) G2—Alternator: (Service)
The following indicators will be displayed on display monitor when a signal from a High Level Warning Indicator switch is activated: • Red Colored Indicator • Red Stop Indicator • Audible Alarm The following indicator will be displayed on display monitor when a signal from a Low Level Warning Indicator switch is activated or the signal from the alternator disappears.
High or Low Level Warning Mode During normal operation the indicator lights are turned on when an indicator switch or the alternator provides a signal to the display monitor indicating a “STOP” High Level Warning or “SERVICE” Low Level Warning indicator. Seat Position Sensor The seat position sensor is located in the operators seat base. When the seat is moved to operate backhoe functions the sensor is closed. When the sensor is closed (seat moved to operate backhoe functions) A signal is sent to the display monitor. When the FNR lever is moved into forward or reverse position during backhoe operation the display monitor is activated turning on the audible alarm and the red “STOP” indicator light.
Yellow Colored Indicator On Mode Key switch is moved to “ON” position. The park brake, seat belt, engine oil pressure, charging system light and stop warning light will be on.
CED,TX17864,176 –19–14SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-108
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=512
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Indicator Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117193
–19–18SEP98
9015 15B ,109
TX,9015,QQ6781 –19–02OCT96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-109
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=513
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Indicator Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
TX,9015,QQ6782 –19–02OCT96–1/1
Indicator Circuit Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the monitor fuse, and hazard/monitor fuse.
– – –1/1
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator 9015 Switch 15B ,110
Disconnect X36 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is engine coolant indicator light on? T7199CG –19–16AUG90
– – –1/1
Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Disconnect N34 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is engine oil pressure indicator light on? T7199DZ –19–26SEP90
– – –1/1
Engine Alternator Indicator Circuit
Disconnect M39 purple wire from terminal (W) of alternator and apply 6 volts to M39 purple wire.
YES: Circuit is good. Repair or replace alternator.
Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. NO: Go to next check. Is alternator indicator light off? Remove voltage from M39 purple wire. Is alternator indicator light on?
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-110
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=514
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch
Disconnect M40 purple wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON?
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is air filter restriction indicator light on? T7199CI –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Converter Oil Temperature Switch
Disconnect X38 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is converter oil temperature light on? T7199CJ –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
Hydraulic Filter Restriction Indicator Switch
Disconnect F39 yellow wire from switch and ground to frame. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON.
YES: Replace switch. NO: Switch is good. Go to next check.
Is hydraulic filter restriction indicator light on? T7199CK –19–17SEP90
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-111
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=515
9015 15B ,111
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Brake Pressure Switches
Disconnect left brake pressure switch from harness.
YES: Replace Switch
Install jumper wire into harness connector as shown.
NO: Switch is good. Continue with check.
Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is indicator light off? T117196 –19–18SEP98
Disconnect right brake pressure switch from harness. Install jumper wire into harness connector as shown. Without starting engine, turn key switch to BULB CHECK, then release to ON. Is indicator light off? 9015 15B ,112
YES: Replace Switch NO: Switch is good. An open circuit in harnesses is indicated. Check harnesses. Go to next check.
T117194 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
Seat Position Sensor
Key switch OFF.
T102968 –19–12AUG96
Seat in loader function position.
YES: Seat position sensor is good. Check wiring harness.
NOTE: Seat position sensor is located in the operators seat base.
NO: Replace seat position sensor.
Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire Is continuity “NOT” measured? Move seat into backhoe function position Check for continuity between terminals with M1 purple wire and G10 black wire Is continuity measured:
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-112
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=516
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ) The following conditions must exist for the selective flow valve circuit to function. NOTE: The selective flow valve circuit has two different modes of operation. It can be either continuously on or momentarily on using the foot switch. This selected using the two different positions on the switch in the dash. NOTE: If the selective flow valve switch is in either continuous on or foot on position when the machine is started, the switch must be cycled to off and then back on for the system to operate.
9015 15B ,113
• Key switch ON • Selective flow valve switch in either foot ON or continuous ON. • Foot switch held ON if selective flow valve switch is in foot ON position.
CED,TX17864,119 –19–31JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-113
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=517
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: If the selective flow valve switch is in either continuous on or foot on position when the machine is started, the switch must be cycled to off and then back on for the system to operate. Power flows from the auxiliary fuse (F15) to both the selective flow valve relay (K8) and the selective flow valve switch (S28). With the selective flow valve switch in the off position, power flows through the switch to back to the coil side of the selective flow valve relay to energize the relay.
9015 15B ,114
With the selective flow valve relay energized, power now flows from the relay to the selective flow valve switch through the H01 GRN wire. With the selective flow valve switch in the foot on position, power flows through the switch lighting the bulb in the switch and through the H04 GRN wire to the foot switch (S29). When the foot switch is depressed, power continues to flow through the H03 GRN wire to the selective flow valve solenoid (Y16) . When the foot switch is released, power stops flowing to the solenoid and the selective flow valve relay diode (V5) allows the current to dissipate. With the selective flow valve is in the continuous on position, power flows through the switch lighting the bulb in the switch and through H03 GRN wire to the selective flow valve solenoid. When the switch is switched off, power stops flowing to the solenoid and the selective flow valve relay diode (V5) allows the current to dissipate.
CED,TX17864,116 –19–31JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-114
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=518
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Selective Flow Valve Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T116668
–19–31JUL98
9015 15B ,115
CED,TX17864,117 –19–31JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-115
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=519
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— )
Sub-System Diagnostics/Selective Flow Valve Circuit (S.N. 872257— )
CED,TX17864,118 –19–31JUL98–1/1
Selective Flow Valve Diagnostic Procedures This circuit is powered by the auxiliary fuse.
– – –1/1
Fuse Check 9015 15B ,116
Remove fuse cover.
YES: Replace fuse.
Check 10 amp auxiliary fuse.
NO: Go to next check.
Is fuse blown? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-116
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=520
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Selective Flow Valve Switch Check
YES: Go to next check. NO: If switch fails any of the above continuity checks, replace switch.
9015 15B ,117
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
Disconnect harness from selective flow valve switch. Selective Flow Valve Switch to OFF position Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 4. Is Continuity measured? Selective Flow Valve Switch to foot on position. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 3 of switch. Is continuity measured? Selective Flow Valve Switch to continuous on position. Check for continuity between terminals 5B and 6 of switch. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Foot Switch Check
Disconnect foot switch from harness.
YES: Go to next check.
Depress foot switch.
NO: Replace foot switch.
Check for continuity at connector. Is continuity measured? T116147 –19–27JUL98
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-117
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=521
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ) Selective Flow Valve Solenoid Check
Key switch ON.
YES: Replace solenoid.
Selective flow valve switch in continuous on position.
NO: Check wiring harness.
Disconnect selective flow valve harness under cab. Measure voltage at end of harness. T116672 –19–31JUL98
Are 12 volts measured?
– – –1/1
9015 15B ,118
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-15B-118
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=522
Group 20
References Alternators and Starting Motors—Use CTM77 For additional information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required.
TS225
–UN–17JAN89
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
TX,9010,SS2208 –19–01SEP94–1/1
JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation
9015 20 1
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Clamp-On Tachometer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only—DO NOT over tighten.
T6813AG
B—Black Clip (-). Connect to main frame.
–UN–28FEB89
Tachometer
C—Red Clip (+). Connect to transducer. D—Tachometer Readout. Install cable.
10T,9010,K182 –19–10AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=523
References
Battery Operation
9015 20 2
A battery is a device for converting chemical energy to electrical energy. It is not a storage tank for electricity, but stores electrical energy in chemical form.
Batteries should be maintained at an open circuit voltage of 12.50 volts or greater. To determine open circuit voltage do the following:
Because of the constant chemical to electrical change (self-discharge, discharge, or charge), the battery has a limited life. Proper care (cleaning, adding water, charging) will extend the life of the battery.
1. Turn master disconnect switch to ON position.
The battery is made up of positive plates, negative plates, separators, plate straps, and chemical solution (electrolyte). The electrolyte is a solution of sulfuric acid and water. Sulfuric acid is not lost during overcharging; therefore, if the liquid solution is low, only water should be added.
3. For machines that have been run in the past ten hours, remove surface charge. Turn key switch to START, turn on 3 or 4 work lights and leave them on for 3 to 5 minutes. Turn key switch OFF, then wait two minutes. (If machine does not have lights, turn key switch to START position for at least 5 minutes, then turn off.)
In a fully charged battery, the positive plate is lead peroxide (PBQ2), the negative plate is "spongy" lead (Pb), and the electrolyte solution is about 1.270 times heavier than water. The amount that the solution is heavier than water is called specific gravity. All batteries will self discharge at a rate of .001 specific gravity point per 24 hour period at a constant 85 °F. The discharge rate increases as temperature increases and decreases as temperature decreases. If the machine is not used for a period of time, the batteries must be maintained or stored in a cool place. Wipe batteries with a damp cloth. If terminals are corroded, use a stiff brush and wash with an ammonia solution. After washing, flush battery and compartment with clear water. Keep caps in place when cleaning and charging.
2. For machines that have not been run during the past ten hours, go to Step 4.
4. Measure voltage at alternator by placing the negative lead of a multimeter to case of alternator and the positive lead to the sense terminal of the alternator. STABILIZED OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 12.5 Volts or More
PERCENT CHARGED 100%
12.4
75%
12.2
50%
12.0
25%
11.7 or less
0%
TX,9015,MM1631 –19–10AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=524
References
Battery Specifications Specification Battery—Voltage............................................................................ 12 Volts Cold Cranking Power ......................................... 625 amps at -18°C (0°F) Reserve Capacity ................................................ 160 minutes at 25 amps BCI Group Size ...................................................................................... 31 Fully Charged Electrolyte Specific Gravity ................................................................................... 1.265—1.280
TX,9015,BG993 –19–02APR97–1/1
9015 20 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=525
References
Diagnose Battery Malfunctions
9015 20 4
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Battery Using Too Much Water
Shorted battery cell
Check battery state of charge. (See Procedure for Testing Batteries.)
High ambient temperature
Add distilled water.
Cracked battery case
Check battery hold down clamps. Replace battery.
Regulator
Do Alternator Output Check. (See Charging Circuit Operational Checks.)
Battery hold down clamp too tight, too loose or missing
Install new battery. Install hold down clamps correctly.
Frozen battery
Keep electrolyte at correct level and battery fully charged during cold weather.
Low water level
See Battery Using Too Much Water and Cracked Battery Case symptoms.
Dirty or wet battery top, causing discharge
Clean battery top. Recharge battery.
Corroded or loose battery cable ends
Clean and tighten cable end clamps. Recharge battery.
Broken or loose battery posts
Wiggle posts by hand. If posts are loose or will turn, replace battery.
Loose fan/alternator belt or worn pulleys
Inspect belt or pulley. Adjust or replace as necessary.
Cracked Battery Case
Low Battery Output
TX,901505,QQ365 –19–10AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=526
References
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals A—Battery Post B—Fill Tube C—Electrolyte Level Range
T6996DB
–UN–10FEB89
TS203
–UN–23AUG88
9015 20 5
T6996DA
–UN–10FEB89
Single Level Fill Tube Application
Dual Level Fill Tube Application Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-5
TX,9015,QQ1696 –19–01SEP95–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=527
References
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and replace it last. Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. 9015 20 6
Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Use proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 10—15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Drink large amounts of water or milk. 2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or vegetable oil. 3. Get medical attention immediately. 1. Remove hold-down clamps. 2. Remove battery covers.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-6
TX,9015,QQ1696 –19–01SEP95–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=528
References IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, batteries must be charged after water is added to prevent battery freezing. Charge battery using a battery charger or by running the engine. 3. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled water. DO NOT overfill.
TX,9015,QQ1696 –19–01SEP95–3/3
Procedure for Testing Batteries 9015 20 7
Visual Check
Record specific gravity reading for each cell.
1. Check for damage such as cracked or broken case and electrolyte leakage.
If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is between 1.225 and 1.280, battery is fully charged, go to LOAD TEST.
If damage is seen, replace battery. If high and low readings vary LESS than 0.050 and average specific gravity is LESS than 1.225, charge battery and repeat test. If average specific gravity is still LESS than 1.225, replace both batteries.
2. Check electrolyte level. (See procedure in this group) If low, add distilled water to specified level and charge battery.
If high and low readings vary MORE than 0.050, charge battery and repeat test. If high and low readings still vary MORE than 0.050, replace both batteries.
3. Check terminals for corrosion. If corroded, clean using a wire brush or battery post cleaner such as JT05838 Battery Post/Clamp Cleaner. 4. Check posts for looseness. If posts are loose, replace battery. Hydrometer Test
Load Test Check battery capacity with a load tester such as JT05832 Battery Load Tester. Follow tester manufacturer’s instructions for proper load test procedures. If one battery fails load test, replace both batteries.
Check specific gravity with a hydrometer or battery tester such as JT05460 Coolant/Battery Tester.
TX,9015,DY669 –19–16AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=529
References
Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System
T6713AI1
T6508AE1
–UN–24OCT91
–UN–24OCT91
9015 20 8
Single Battery Application
Two Battery Application
A—Machine Batteries
B—Booster Batteries
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut down and secured to prevent unexpected machine movement when engine starts. CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while batteries are in use or being charged. Keep flames or sparks away from the battery area. Make sure the batteries are charged in a well ventilated area.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 12 volt negative (-) ground. Use only 12 volt booster batteries. Connect booster batteries as shown for your battery application. Make last connection to frame.
TX,901505,QQ364 –19–01SEP95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=530
References
9015 20 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=531
References
Alternator Operation—78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. —787513)
T7596AR
–19–03OCT91
9015 20 10
A—Alternator B—Battery C—Key Switch D—Indicator Light
E—Alternator Relay F—BAT terminal G—R Terminal H—Terminal 2
I—Terminal 1 J—Regulator K—Diode Trio L—Rotor (Field)
The alternator is a 12 volt system. The operating principles are as follows: When key switch (C) is turned ON, voltage is applied to terminal 1 (I) of the alternator. The regulator (J) switches the rotor (L) ON or OFF. Once the engine reaches alternator cut in RPM, alternating output current is produced in the stator (M) windings. This alternating current is changed to direct current by the rectifier (N) diodes. Voltage is available at BAT (F) terminal. The current is used to charge the battery (B) and supply electrical current to the machine electrical system. Once alternator is charging, field current is supplied by the diode trio. Diode (O) protects the diode trio from external loads.
The regulator (J) acts like a switch for the rotor (L). A wire runs from BAT terminal (F) to terminal 2 (H). If the regulator (J) senses a low battery voltage, rotor is switched on. Field current increases and alternator output increases. When high battery voltage is sensed by the regulator the rotor is switched off, reducing current output from stator. This on and off occurs many times a second. The voltage regulator is temperature compensated to provide a slightly higher voltage at low temperature to charge the battery.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
M—Stator N—Rectifier O—Diode
9015-20-10
TX,9015,QQ1926 –19–10AUG95–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=532
References When the alternator is operating, the R terminal voltage is approximately 7.8 volts AC. This voltage is supplied to the alternator relay, energizing the relay
and removing the ground for the alternator indicator light (D) in the display module, turning off the alternator indicator light.
TX,9015,QQ1926 –19–10AUG95–2/2
9015 20 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=533
References
Alternator Operation—95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514— )
T7812AZ
–19–23SEP92
9015 20 12
A—Alternator B—Internal Ground C—Negative Diodes D—Exciter Diodes E—Stator Windings F—Positive Diodes
G—D+ Terminal H—B+ Terminal I—W Terminal J—Excitation Winding K—Regulator
L—External Ground Terminal M—Rotor N—Alternator Diode O—Battery P—Key Switch
Q—Alternator Relay R—Indicator Light S—Brushes T—Sense Circuit U—Noise Filter
TX,9015,QQ1927 –19–10AUG95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=534
References
Alternator Operation—95 Amp BOSCH The 95 AMP Bosch alternator has three basic stages for proper operation. The operating principles are as follows. Pre-Excitation Stage: When key switch (P) is turned to ON position, battery power flows to (G) terminal D+ on alternator, excitation winding (J), through regulator (K) and to internal ground (B). Excitation Stage: During alternator start (as the engine speeds up from 0 to idle) current supplied by the external alternator diode to the field coil of the rotor produces a magnetic field which induces current in the three-phase winding of the stator (E). The alternator reaches cut-in RPM when the induced current is large enough to produce voltage equal to the battery voltage plus 1.0 volt. At this time, some current from the stator is rectified by the exciter diodes (D) (producing battery voltage at the D+ terminal (G)) and is supplied to the carbon brushes and slip rings of the excitation winding (J), strengthening the magnetic field in the excitation winding. This in turn will increase the stator voltage. This will occur continuously until the alternator (A) is fully excited and the alternator regulated voltage is reached.
and F) and delivered to the battery and current consuming accessories. The currents in the stator winding (E) are constantly changing magnitude and direction. However, current flowing to the battery and accessories always maintains the same direction. This is because no matter what position the rotor (M) is in, all the diodes are simultaneously involved in the process of rectification. The regulator (K) measures the B+ voltage (H) and compares it to an internal reference. When the B+ voltage (H) starts to rise above the reference voltage the regulator (K) switches off the field current. When the B+ voltage (H) starts to fall below the reference voltage the regulator (K) switches on the field current. The regulator (K) switches the field ON and OFF several thousand times a second in response to the current load placed on the alternator output and the engine RPM. When the alternator is operating, the W terminal voltage is (7 to 8) volts (AC). This voltage is supplied to the alternator relay, energizing the relay and removing the ground for the alternator indicator light (Q) in the display module, turning off the alternator indicator light. Current available from the alternator is dependent on engine RPM. Depending on pulley ratios, little or no current is available below abut 700 RPM. Full rated current is not available below about 1500 RPM.
Normal Operation: The alternating current induced in the stator winding (J) is rectified by the positive and negative diodes (C
TX,9015,DY670 –19–16AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=535
9015 20 13
References
Monitor Test in Machine 1. Turn key switch to "Bulb Check" position. All indicator and warning lights and the buzzer must come on. If none of the lights come on, check the "monitor" fuse. If one or two lights fail to light, replace the bulb.
9015 20 14
2. Return key switch to "ON" position from "bulb check". Hold just momentarily in "bulb check". If held too long, the logic modules with time delay will have no delay. With machines that have time delay logic modules, after 2-3 seconds the engine oil pressure and engine alternator volts indicator lights and the red warning light and buzzer should come on. With no time delay the lights and buzzer will come on immediately. On some machines additional indicator lights may come on, depending on sending unit switches being closed and sending a ground signal to the monitor.
sending unit switches that are closed and sending a ground signal for a primary (red light) failure indication. 4. Turn key switch to "bulb check" momentarily and back to "on". After 2-3 seconds, the alternator indicator light and the yellow warning light should come on. There may be additional indicator lights on, depending on which secondary (yellow light) failure sending unit switches are closed. 5. If the warning lights do not come on, with (S.N — 815415) the next step is to isolate the logic module from the display module and the machine wiring and sending units. See Logic Module Test In Machine, and Logic Module Bench Test in this group.
3. Turn key switch to "OFF" position. Disconnect lead from engine oil pressure switch and all other
TX,9015,QQ3203 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=536
References
Logic Module Test in Machine (S.N. — 815415) 1. Disconnect 6 wire connector (G) from left side of display. Turn key switch ON. Ground pins "D" "E" and "F" one at a time. 2. Pin "D" must be grounded first to "arm" logic module. 3. With pin "D" grounded, yellow service required light, red STOP light and alarm must come on. 4. With pin "E" grounded, yellow service required light must come on. 5. With pin "F" grounded, red STOP light and alarm must come on.
9015 20 15
T6883BE
–UN–03NOV88
If logic module does not work when grounding pins "D", "E" and "F", check logic module wiring by continuing with step 6. If wiring is OK, replace logic module.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-15
TX,9015,QQ3201 –19–10MAR97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=537
References 6. To check wiring, reconnect wiring at display module. 7. Disconnect harness connectors from logic module. NOTE: Some of the continuity checks are made on circuits that contain warning lights or diodes in the display module. A test light will not work on these circuits, an ohmmeter must be used. If a digital ohmmeter is used, it must be set on the Diode Test position. 8. Make the following voltage and continuity checks at the logic module connectors in the wiring harness. Voltage Checks—Engine OFF, Key Switch ON:
Continuity Checks—Key Switch OFF • • • • • •
A of 4-Pin to C of 4-Pin A of 4-Pin to D of 6-Pin B of 4-Pin to Ground D of 4-Pin to Ground B of 6-Pin to Alternator Relay NO Terminal E of 6-Pin to Ground (With key in BULB CHECK position only) • F of 6-Pin to Ground
–UN–09FEB94
• 6-Pin Connector • A—12 Volts • C—12 Volts
T8174AM
9015 20 16
If voltage or continuity is not correct, see the schematic and wiring diagram to trace the circuit.
TX,9015,QQ3201 –19–10MAR97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=538
References
Logic Module Bench Test (S.N. —815415)
IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow wires to touch one another after being connected to logic module. 1. Connect wires (A and B) from positive (+) battery post to pins A and C in large connector. 2. Connect wire (C) from negative battery post to pin F in large connector. 3. Using a 12V indicator light with two wire leads, connect one lead to pin D in large connector, and one lead to pin A in small connector.
T8188AN
T8188AM
–UN–28FEB94
–UN–28FEB94
9015 20 17
does, remove wire from pin E and go to next step. If light does not come on, replace module. 5. Connect wire (E) to pin B in small connector. Light must come on. If it does, remove wire (E) from pin B and go to next step. If light does not come on, replace module. 6. Remove the indicator light lead from pin D in large connector and connect to pin C in small connector. Connect wire (D) to pin D in small connector. Light must pulse on and off. If it does not, replace module.
4. Connect wire (D) to pin E in large connector, and negative battery post. Light must come on. If it
TX,9015,QQ3202 –19–10MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=539
References
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. —872256)
3. Adjust screw (B) to adjust machine tachometer to high idle speed.
T7545BQ
2. Verify engine speed using tachometer. See Tachometer Installation in this group.
–UN–27JUN91
1. Remove heater control knob, blower speed knob and four side console panel screws to remove panel.
TX,9015,QQ1798 –19–31AUG95–1/1
9015 20 18
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=540
References
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. 872257— ) 1. Remove side console panel. 2. Verify engine speed using tachometer. See Tachometer Installation in this group.
4. Press and hold in calibration button as you turn on ignition and start engine. Hold button until “ADJUST” is displayed on LCD readout. When it does, release calibration button.
T114085
3. Cut and remove plastic covering from calibration button (E) on back of tachometer (C).
–UN–09APR98
NOTE: Calibration of tachometer should be performed at an engine speed near 2000 rpm.
6. When either “UP” or “DN” is showing, press button again and hold it in to move pointer. If button is held in for just a short time, pointer will move slowly either upwards or downwards, depending on which mode is selected. Holding button in for a longer period of time makes pointer move faster.
T114688B
NOTE: If pointer is moved past upper limit of calibration range, LCD display will flash and pointer can only be adjusted downward. If pointer is moved past lower calibration limit, LCD display will also flash and pointer can only be adjusted upward.
–UN–02APR98
5. Press calibration button once, and “UP” will be displayed on LCD readout for upward calibration of pointer. Press calibration button again, and “DN” will be displayed for downward calibration of pointer.
7. When pointer is in desired position, release calibration button and wait. If no further adjustments are made within one minute, tachometer will perform self-test and revert back to normal operating mode. 8. After calibration is complete, cover hole for calibration button (E) with a small amount of non-corrosive Form-in-Place Gasket sealer.
T114523
–19–03APR98
C—Tachometer E—Calibration Button
CED,TX17864,110 –19–21JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=541
9015 20 19
References
9015 20 20
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9015-20-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=542
Section 9020
Power Train Contents Page
Page
Group 05A—Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-1 Torque Converter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-4 Power Flow Through Transmission Neutral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-6 First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-8 Second Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-10 Third Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-12 Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-14 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-16 Second Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-18 Pressure Regulating Valve Operation . . . 9020-05A-20 Transmission Filter Operation . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-22 Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Operation . . 9020-05A-23 Transmission Control Circuit First Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-24 First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-28 Second Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-29 MFWD System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-30 MFWD Differential Operation (S.N. —872256) Unequal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-31 MFWD Differential Operation Equal Tractiion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-33 Transmission Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . 9020-05A-35
Control Circuit-First Forward-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-21 Control Valve and Shift Valve-First Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Control Circuit-High Range (Fourth) Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Control Circuit-High Range (Fourth) Forward-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-25 Control Valve and Shift Valve-High Range (Fourth) Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Control Circuit-First Reverse . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Control Circuit-First Reverse-Continued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-29 Control Valve and Shift Valve-First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Power Shift Modulation Valve Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Differential Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-34 Differential Lock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-36 Park Brake Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-40 MFWD Differential Operation Equal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-42 Unequal Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-44
Group 05B—Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power Train Conponents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-1 Torque Converter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Transmission Pump Operation . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4 Transmission Filter Operation . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Thermal Bypass Valve Operation . . . . . . . 9020-05B-6 Power Shift High Range Forward, First Speed and Second Speed Clutch Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-8 Power Shift Power Train Overview . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Power Shift Transmission Gear Flow . . . 9020-05B-12 Power Shift Transmission Clutch Engagement And Solenoids Activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit-Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Control Circuit-Neutral-Continued. . . . . 9020-05B-17 Control Valve and Shift Valve-Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Control Circuit-First Forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Group 15A—System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) John Deere Inboard Planetary Axles—Use CTM43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-1 Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions . . . . . 9020-15A-2 Transmission Oil Passage Identification . . 9020-15A-8 Group 15B—System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Diagnose Power Shift Power Train Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-1 Diagnose MFWD Malfunction . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-10 Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction . . . . . . . 9020-15B-11 Hydraulic Circuit Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-15 Group 20—Adjustments Check and Adjust Toe-In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9020-20-1
9020-1
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
9020
Contents
Page
9020
Group 25A—Tests (S.N. —872256) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure . . . . . . 9020-25A-2 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Transmission System Pressure Test . . . . . 9020-25A-6 Transmission Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-8 Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-10 Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-12 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-14 Transmission Leakage Test (Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure) . . . . . . . 9020-25A-16 Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure. . . . . . . . 9020-25A-20 Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-22 Transmission Lube Pressure Test . . . . . . 9020-25A-24 Control Circuit Test Using Seven Gauge Method (Modified) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-26 Complete Transmission System Test . . . 9020-25A-28 Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-32 Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-34 Analysis of Complete Transmission Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-36 C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-38 C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-39 Transmission “Drag” Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-40
Page
MFWD Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test. . . . . . . . . Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9020-25B-20 9020-25B-22 9020-25B-24 9020-25B-26 9020-25B-28 9020-25B-30
Group 25B—Tests (S.N. 872257— ) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . . . 9020-25B-2 Power Shift Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations. . . . . 9020-25B-3 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Converter-In Relief Valve Test . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Park Brake Release Pressure Test . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 System Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Reducing Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Modulation Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Differential Lock Pressure Test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 05A
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Transmission (S.N. —872256) The power train consists of the engine, torque converter, powershift transmission, a disk-type park brake, rear axle assembly and an optional mechanical front wheel drive axle. NOTE: (S.N. —872256) The operation and test procedures for the park brake, service brakes and differential lock are found in Section 9025. The torque converter is a fluid coupling between the engine and the powershift transmission. It uses oil flow, rather than a dry clutch disk, to transmit engine power to the rest of the power train. The torque converter powershift transmission consists of five elements. The arrangement of the power elements is as follows: C1 Clutch-Input (Direct Drive) B1 Brake-Input (Reverse Underdrive) B2 Brake-Input (Forward Underdrive) B3 Brake-Output Brake (Over Drive) C2 Clutch-Output Clutch (Direct Drive)
9020 05A 1
Input/Output Sections The input section of the transmission consists of the input shaft, C1 clutch, B1 brake and B2 brake. The transmission input shaft is splined to the C1 clutch hub and the second planetary sun gear. The first planetary sun gear is machined to the input shaft. The C1 clutch drum is splined to the compound planetary carrier. The output section of the transmission consists of the reduction gear shaft, the B3 brake, the C2 clutch and the output shaft. The reduction gear shaft is splined to the third planetary sun gear and the C2 clutch hub and is in mesh with the output shaft. The C2 clutch drum is splined to the fourth planetary sun gear.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-1
TX,9020,BG381 –19–14JAN97–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=545
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) The following chart shows the solenoids that are energized and the clutches and brakes that must be engaged to obtain the transmission speeds. The transmission hydraulic control circuit controls the engagement of each clutch and brake. One of output sections of transmission is always pressurized when engine is running. Two elements must be engaged to move the machine. SOLENOIDS ENERGIZED -
N
1st Forward
X
2nd Forward
X
3rd Forward
X
4th Forward
X
C2-B3
FWD
C1-B2
REV
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
1st Neutral 2nd Neutral
X
3rd Neutral
X
4th Neutral 9020 05A 2
X
1st Reverse
X
2nd—4th Reverse
X
X X
X
X
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT CHART -
C1
B1
1st Forward
B2
B3
C2
X
2nd Forward
X
3rd Forward
X
4th Forward
X
X X X X
1st Neutral
X
2nd Neutral
X
3rd Neutral
X
4th Neutral
X
1st Reverse
X
2—4 Reverse
X
X X
When the neutral disconnect switch is depressed, engagement oil is blocked from going to the neutral spool. The rear axle assembly includes the differential, final drives and service brakes.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-2
TX,9020,BG381 –19–14JAN97–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=546
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) option is available. The MFWD axle uses a limited slip differential to provide maximum traction to the front wheels and still provide differential action when turning. TX,9020,BG381 –19–14JAN97–3/3
9020 05A 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=547
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Torque Converter Operation (S.N.—872256)
F IMPELLER
G TURBINE
PUMP HOUSING E
SEAL D
TRANSMISSION INPUT H SHAFT
CONVERTER-IN C 9020 05A 4
TO COOLER B AND LUBE
I CONVERTER-OUT J STATOR
PUMP A DRIVE GEAR
N TORQUE CONVERTER OPERATION
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7601AB
TXC7601AB
–19–15JAN98
K CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE L CONVERTER-OUT PRESSURE M LUBE PRESSURE
9020-05A-4
10T,9020,J196 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=548
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Pump Drive Gear B—To Cooler and Lube C—Converter-In D—Seal
E—Pump Housing F—Impeller G—Turbine H—Transmission Input Shaft
The single turbine torque converter is located inside the front of the transmission housing. A drive plate is mounted to the torque converter housing. The outer edge of the drive plate is attached to the engine flywheel. There are three main parts to the torque converter. • Impeller (F) • Turbine (G) • Stator (J) The impeller is driven by the engine and drives the transmission oil pump drive gear (A). As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of the impeller against the blades of the turbine. This forces the turbine to rotate in the same direction as the impeller. The turbine is connected to the transmission input shaft (H).
I—Converter-Out J—Stator K—Converter-In Pressure
L—Converter-Out Pressure M—Lube Pressure N—Torque Converter Pressure
stationary stator. The stator blades are curved so the oil flow changes direction and exits the stator moving in the same direction as the impeller. The turbine rotates at a slower speed than the impeller, but with more torque. The increased force developed by the stator makes the torque converter able to multiply torque. During light load applications, the turbine speed becomes equal to the impeller speed. The free wheel clutch will unlock allowing the stator to rotate with the turbine and impeller. Input speed and torque from the engine is equal to the output speed and torque of the converter when the stator is freewheeling. There are no serviceable parts inside the torque converter. If it is defective, replace the entire assembly.
9020 05A 5
As the oil leaves the turbine, it is moving in the opposite direction of the impeller. This oil enters the
10T,9020,J196 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=549
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—Neutral (S.N. —872256)
SECOND SUN GEAR E FIRST SUN GEAR F
C2 CLUTCH D
REDUCTION FROM GEAR SHAFT CONTROL C VALVE B
9020 05A 6
C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
G POWER FROM TORQUE H CONVERTER INPUT SHAFT
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
I
PRESSURE OIL
J
RETURN OIL
T6885AA
–19–15JAN98
K POWER FLOW - NEUTRAL
TXC6885AA
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-6
10T,9020,J198 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=550
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—From Control Valve C—Reduction Gear Shaft
D—C2 Clutch E—Second Sun Gear F—First Sun Gear
G—Power from Torque Converter H—Input Shaft
In neutral, power from the engine is transmitted through the torque converter (G) to the transmission input shaft (H). The transmission input shaft is splined to the C1 clutch hub and the second planetary sun gear (E). The first planetary sun gear (F) is machined in the input shaft. These parts rotate at engine speed. Since neither B1 or B2 brakes or C1 clutch are
I—Pressure Oil J—Return Oil K—Power Flow-Neutral
engaged, no power is transmitted to the output section of the transmission. In neutral, engagement oil is routed from the transmission control valve (B) to the C2 clutch (D). With no power coming from the input section of the transmission, the reduction gear shaft (C) and the output shaft (A) do not rotate.
10T,9020,J198 –19–03MAR93–2/2
9020 05A 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=551
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—First Forward (S.N. —872256)
THIRD SUN GEAR FOURTH F SUN GEAR G B2 BRAKE E H B2 RING GEAR
D C2 CLUTCH
I SECOND SUN GEAR
REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B 9020 05A 8 C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT
L PRESSURE OIL M RETURN OIL
T7601AC
–19–15JAN98
E POWER FLOW - FIRST FORWARD
TXC7601AC
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-8
10T,9020,J200 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=552
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—From Control Valve C—Reduction Gear Shaft D—C2 Clutch
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—B2 Brake H—B2 Ring Gear
I—Second Sun Gear J—Power from Torque Converter K—Input Shaft
L—Pressure Oil M—Return Oil N—Power Flow-First Forward
When the transmission control lever is shifted to first forward, transmission control oil is sent to the B2 Brake (under drive) (G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive) (D).
sun gear (I). The second sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit around the B2 ring gear rotating the planetary carrier in the same direction as the input shaft, but at a slower speed.
The B2 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission housing.
The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. When C2 is engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked to the reduction gear shaft and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the carrier.
The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C). Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft (K) and the compound planetary second
The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 9
10T,9020,J200 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=553
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—Second Forward (S.N. —872256)
B3 BRAKE D
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
F THIRD SUN GEAR G B2 BRAKE
B3 RING GEAR C
H B2 RING GEAR
REDUCTION GEAR SHAFT B
C2
B1
C1
J
I POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER
INPUT SHAFT B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
K PRESSURE OIL L
RETURN OIL
–19–15JAN98
M POWER FLOW - SECOND FORWARD
T6885AG
9020 05A 10
TXC6885AG
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-10
10T,9020,J202 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=554
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—Reduction Gear Shaft C—B3 Ring Gear D—B3 Brake
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—B2 Brake H—B2 Ring Gear
I—Power from Torque Converter J—Input Shaft K—Pressure Oil
When the transmission control lever is shifted to second forward, transmission control oil is sent to the B2 Brake (under drive, G) and the B3 Brake (over drive, D). The B2 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission housing. The B3 ring gear (C), which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum, is also clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case. Engine power (I) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft (J) and the second sun gear. The
L—Return Oil M—Power Flow-Second Forward
second gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B2 ring gear rotating the planetary carrier in the same direction as the input shaft, but at a slower speed. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake (D) is engaged, the fourth sun gear (E) is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier, but at a faster speed. Power from the reduction gear shaft is sent through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 11
10T,9020,J202 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=555
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—Third Forward (S.N. —872256)
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
C2 CLUTCH D
F THIRD SUN GEAR
G C1 CLUTCH REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B
9020 05A 12 C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
C1
H POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER I INPUT SHAFT J PRESSURE OIL
B FROM CONTROL VALVE
K RETURN OIL
T7601AD
–19–15JAN98
L POWER FLOW - THIRD FORWARD
TXC7601AD
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-12
10T,9020,J204 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=556
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—From Control Valve C—Reduction Gear Shaft D—C2 Clutch
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—C1 Clutch
H—Power from Torque Converter I—Input Shaft
When the transmission control lever is moved to third forward, transmission control oil (B) is sent to the C1 Clutch (direct drive, G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive, D). The C1 clutch drum is locked to the C1 clutch hub. This clamps the input shaft (I) to the planetary carrier and causes it to rotate at the same speed as the input shaft. The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C).
J—Pressure Oil K—Return Oil L—Power Flow-Third Forward
Engine power (H) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and planetary carrier. The carrier rotates at the same speed as the input shaft. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. With C2 clutch engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked to the reduction gear shaft and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the input shaft. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
9020 05A 13
10T,9020,J204 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=557
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—Fourth Forward (S.N. —872256)
D B3 BRAKE
B3 RING GEAR C
FOURTH SUN GEAR E
F THIRD SUN GEAR
G C1 CLUTCH REDUCTION B GEAR SHAFT
9020 05A 14 C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
C1
H POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER I INPUT SHAFT
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
J PRESSURE OIL K RETURN OIL
T6885AD
–19–15JAN98
L POWER FLOW - FOURTH FORWARD
TXC6885AD
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-14
10T,9020,J206 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=558
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—Reduction Gear Shaft C—B3 Ring Gear D—B3 Brake
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—C1 Clutch H—Power from Torque Converter
I—Input Shaft J—Pressure Oil K—Return Oil
When the transmission control lever is shifted to fourth forward, transmission control oil is sent to the C1 Clutch (direct drive, G) and B3 Brake (over drive, D). The C1 clutch drum is locked to the C1 clutch hub. This clamps the input shaft (I) to the planetary carrier and causes it to rotate at the same speed as the input shaft. The B3 ring gear which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum is clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case.
L—Power Flow-Fourth Forward
The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake is engaged, the fourth sun gear is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier, but at a faster speed. Power from the reduction gear shaft is sent through the output shaft (A) to the differential.
Engine power (H) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and planetary carrier. The carrier rotates at the same speed as the input shaft.
9020 05A 15
10T,9020,J206 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=559
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—First Reverse (S.N. —872256)
THIRD SUN GEAR FOURTH F SUN GEAR G B1 BRAKE E H B1 RING GEAR
C2 CLUTCH D
I FIRST SUN GEAR
REDUCTION C GEAR SHAFT FROM CONTROL VALVE B
9020 05A 16
C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
C1
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT L PRESSURE OIL
B FROM CONTROL VALVE
M RETURN OIL
T7601AE
–19–15JAN98
N POWER FLOW - FIRST REVERSE
TXC7601AE
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-16
10T,9020,J208 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=560
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—From Control Valve C—Reduction Gear Shaft D—C2 Clutch
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—B1 Brake H—B1 Ring Gear
I—First Sun Gear J—Power from Torque Converter K—Input Shaft
When the transmission control lever is shifted to first reverse, transmission control (B) oil is sent to the B1 Brake (reverse, G) and the C2 Clutch (direct drive, D). The B1 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission case.
L—Pressure Oil M—Return Oil N—Power Flow-First Reverse
sun gear and the B1 ring gear. This causes the planetary carrier to rotate in the opposite direction of the input shaft. Carrier rotates 15 percent faster making reverse speeds 15 percent faster than corresponding forward speeds.
The C2 clutch drum is locked to the C2 clutch hub. This ties the fourth sun gear (E) to the reduction gear shaft (C).
The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. When C2 is engaged, both the third and fourth sun gears are locked together and provide direct drive out of the transmission at the same speed as the carrier.
Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and its first sun gear (I). Since the B1 ring gear is locked to the transmission case, the first sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B1 ring gear.
The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential in the reverse direction of the converter input. 9020 05A 17
There are two sets of planet pinion gears in the first planetary assembly. They are in mesh with the first
10T,9020,J208 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=561
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Power Flow Through Transmission—Second Reverse (S.N. —872256)
F THIRD SUN GEAR
D B3 BRAKE
G B1 BRAKE FOURTH E SUN GEAR
B3 RING GEAR C
H B1 RING GEAR I FIRST SUN GEAR
REDUCTION B GEAR SHAFT
9020 05A 18 C2
B1
B3
B1
C1
C1
J POWER FROM TORQUE CONVERTER K INPUT SHAFT
B2
A OUTPUT SHAFT
L PRESSURE OIL M RETURN OIL
T6885AF
–19–15JAN98
N POWER FLOW - SECOND REVERSE
TXC6885AF
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-18
10T,9020,J210 –19–22OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=562
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Output Shaft B—Reduction Gear Shaft C—B3 Ring Gear D—B3 Brake
E—Fourth Sun Gear F—Third Sun Gear G—B1 Brake H—B1 Ring Gear
I—Power from Torque Converter K—Input Shaft L—Pressure Oil
When the transmission is shifted into second reverse, transmission control oil is sent to the B1 Brake (reverse, G) and the B3 Brake (over drive, D). The B1 ring gear (H) is clamped to the transmission case. The B3 ring gear (C), which is located on the external diameter of the C2 clutch drum, is also clamped to the transmission case. This ties the fourth planetary sun gear (E) to the transmission case. Engine power (J) flows through the torque converter to the input shaft and its first sun gear (I). Since the B1 ring gear is locked to the transmission case, the first sun gear forces the planet pinion gears to orbit the B1 ring gear.
M—Return Oil N—Power Flow-Second Reverse
the B1 ring gear. This causes the planetary carrier to rotate in the opposite direction of the input shaft. Carrier rotates 15 percent faster making reverse speeds 15 percent faster than corresponding forward speeds. The planetary carrier transmits power to the output planetary set. Since the B3 brake is engaged, the fourth sun gear is stationary. The output planet pinions are forced to orbit the fourth sun gear. This causes the third sun gear (F) and reduction gear shaft (B) to rotate in the same direction as the planetary carrier (reverse), but at a faster speed. The reduction gear shaft transmits engine power through the output shaft (A) to the differential in the reverse direction of the converter input.
9020 05A 19
There are two sets of planet gears in the first planetary assembly. They are in mesh with the first sun gear and
10T,9020,J210 –19–22OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=563
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Pressure Regulating Valve Operation (S.N. —872256)
G
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
H I
E F B E D REDUCED FLOW FROM TRANSMISSION FILTER F 9020 05A 20
C TO G CONVERTER - IN
TO RESERVOIR C
FROM LUBE CIRCUIT H CONVERTER - IN RELIEF VALVE
EXCESS A LUBE PRESSURE
I
B LUBE RELIEF VALVE
EXCESS CONVERTER - IN PRESSURE J K CONTROL PRESSURE L CONVERTER - IN PRESSURE
N RETURN
TXC7849AL
O PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE HOUSING
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-20
T7849AL
–19–15JAN98
M LUBE PRESSURE
10T,9020,J214 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=564
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Excess Lube Pressure B—Lube Relief Valve C—To Reservoir D—Reduced Flow E—Pressure Regulating Valve
F—From Transmission Filter G—To Converter-In H—From Lube Circuit I—Converter-In Relief Valve
The pressure regulating valve housing contains the pressure regulating valve (E), the lube relief valve (B) and the converter-in/cooler relief valve (I). The pressure regulating valve is used to set the pressure for the transmission control circuit. Oil from the transmission filter (F) acts on the top of the valve poppet. The control pressure is determined by the valve spring and shims. During normal operation, the valve allows excess pump flow to go to the torque converter-in circuit (G). When there is reduced flow from the transmission pump (D) like during a shift, the valve moves up and blocks oil flow to the converter-in circuit.
J—Excess Converter-In Pressure K—Control Pressure L—Converter-In Pressure
M—Lube Pressure N—Return O—Pressure Regulating Valve Housing
subsequently, the oil cooler. Excess converter-in oil pressure (J) due to cold oil or a restriction in the oil cooler will push the valve poppet down opening a passage for oil to flow to the lube circuit (H). The lube relief valve is used to set the maximum pressure in the lube circuit. Excess lube pressure (A) pushes the valve spool down opening a passage from the lube circuit to the reservoir (C). The spring side of the three relief valves are open to the reservoir to prevent a hydraulic lock of the valve spool. The lube relief and the converter-in relief valves are not adjustable. If pressure settings are low, replace the spring.
The converter-in/cooler relief valve is used to control the pressure of oil going to the torque converter and,
9020 05A 21
10T,9020,J214 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=565
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Filter Operation (S.N. —872256)
G
9020 05A 22
H
E
F D
I E F A B C
G
–19–29JAN97
H
T6300AG
I
T6300AG
A—High Pressure Oil B—Medium Pressure Oil C—Low Pressure Oil
D—Restricted Filter E—Filter Relief Valve
F—To Lube G—From Transmission Pump
The transmission filter (I) is a 10 micron full-flow filter. It is protected by a pressure differential type relief valve (E). Oil flow from the transmission pump (G) flows through the filter to transmission control circuit (H). Oil from the pump acts on the end of the relief valve. Filtered oil acts on the spring side of the relief
H—To Control Circuit I—Filter Element
poppet. When the filter becomes restricted (D), the filter inlet oil pressure increases and the outlet oil pressure decreases. When the pressure differential exceeds the spring force of the poppet spring, the relief valve opens the routes the unfiltered oil to the lube circuit (F).
10T,9020,J216 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-22
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=566
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Operation (S.N. —872256)
F SOLENOID COIL
E PLUNGER
B FROM PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
TXC7864AN
A—Energized B—From Pressure Regulating Valve
PRESSURE OIL
H
RETURN OIL
I DE-ENERGIZED
T7864AN
A ENERGIZED
G
–19–15JAN98
D TO RETURN C BALL
J SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
C—Ball D—To Return E—Plunger
F—Solenoid Coil G—Pressure Oil H—Return Oil
The neutral solenoid is used to disengage the transmission during normal operation. When the solenoid is de-energized (I), the plunger (E) is in the down position. In this position, pressure oil from the pressure regulating valve (B) is blocked at the neutral solenoid.
I—De-Energized J—Solenoid Valve Operation
When the operator releases the neutral disconnect switch, he energizes (A) the neutral solenoid. The coil draws the plunger up and opens the passage from the pressure regulating valve to the neutral spool and FNR spool.
10T,9020,J219 –19–04MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=567
9020 05A 23
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Control Circuit—First Neutral (S.N. —872256) FNR SPOOL J
C1
B1 B2 B3
C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR H C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR G
C2
C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL I
K C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
SOLENOID L
FROM OIL COOLER TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION D E
F NEUTRAL SPOOL
C1, B2
REV
FWD C2, B3 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE HOUSING M
NEU
FILTER C RELIEF VALVE
B TRANSMISSION FILTER
R TRANSMISSION PUMP S CONTROL PRESSURE
A SUCTION SCREEN
T CONVERTER PRESSURE
O CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE P LUBE RELIEF VALVE Q PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
U LUBE PRESSURE V RETURN
TXC7870BE
W TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-1ST NEUTRAL Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-24
–19–15JAN98
N TO TORQUE CONVERTER AND OIL COOLER
T7870BE
9020 05A 24
TX,9020,BG383 –19–14JAN97–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=568
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) A—Suction Screen B—Transmission Filter C—Filter Relief Valve D—From Oil Cooler E—Transmission Lubrication F—Neutral Spool G—C2,B3 Accumulator
H—C1,B1,B2 Accumulator I—C2,B3 Shift Spool J—FNR Spool K—C1,B2 Shift Spool L—Solenoid M—Pressure Regulating Valve Housing
The transmission hydraulic system is independent of the machine hydraulic system. Transmission oil flows through a suction screen (A) in the transmission case to the transmission oil pump (R). The oil pump is mounted to the front of the transmission case and is driven by the torque converter impeller. Pump flow is routed through the full flow oil filter (B) to the pressure regulating valve (Q). A filter relief valve (C) protects the filter element by routing oil to the transmission lubrication circuit (E) if there is excessive pressure on the filter. Oil from the pressure regulating valve is used to control the engagement of the clutch and brake elements. Oil not needed in the transmission control circuit is sent through the torque converter to the oil cooler (N) and then to the transmission lubrication circuit. The pressure regulating valve housing (M) contains the pressure regulating valve, the converter-in/cooler relief valve (O) and the lube relief valve (P). The pressure regulating valve sets the pressure for the engagement of the transmission clutches and brakes. The converter-in relief valve protects the torque converter, and subsequently the oil cooler, from excessive pressure. When the converter-in relief valve opens, oil is routed to the lube circuit. The lube relief valve protects the lube circuit from excessive pressure by releasing oil to the reservoir. The transmission control valve contains the: • • • • •
Neutral Solenoid Forward Solenoid Reverse Solenoid C1,B2 Solenoid C2,B3 Solenoid
N—To Torque Converter and Oil Cooler O—Converter-In Relief Valve P—Lube Relief Valve Q—Pressure Regulating Valve R—Transmission Pump
• • • •
FNR Spool C1,B2 Shift Spool C2,B3 Shift Spool Pressure Test Ports
The accumulator housing is mounted to the back of the transmission control valve and it contains the: • B1,B2,C1 Accumulator • B3,C2 Accumulator • Neutral Spool Transmission operation is controlled by the FNR lever which activates forward, neutral and reverse solenoids. These solenoids allow engagement of transmission input elements C1,B1,B2. Speed control is accomplished by a rotary electrical switch that is located on the end of the FNR lever. Rotating the switch provides four forward speeds and two reverse speeds by energizing or de-energizing C1,B2 and/or C2,B3 solenoids. Oil flow from the solenoids is used to control the position of the neutral spool, FNR spool and the shift spools. This results in main engagement pressure oil being directed to the appropriate packs that are used in each gear. (See Transmission Hydraulic Schematic in this group). In first neutral, pressure oil to operate the transmission is routed from the transmission case to the oil galley that is located in the lower portion of the transmission control valve. Since all five solenoids are de-energized and no control oil flow is provided, main pressure is allowed to flow from the inlet passage to the accumulator housing where both accumulators are charged.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
S—Control Pressure T—Converter Pressure U—Lube Pressure V—Return W—Transmission Hydraulic Circuit-1st Neutral
9020-05A-25
TX,9020,BG383 –19–14JAN97–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=569
9020 05A 25
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Spring force closes the neutral spool and blocks oil flow to the FNR spool. Oil flow is routed from the accumulator housing back through the C2,B3 shift
spool which is being held down by spring force. Oil flow through the shift spool in this position results in the engagement of only the C2 clutch.
TX,9020,BG383 –19–14JAN97–3/3
9020 05A 26
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-26
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=570
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
9020 05A 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=571
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Control Circuit—First Forward (S.N. —872256)
B1
C1
FNR SPOOL D
B2 B3
C2
C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR C C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR B
C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL I
E C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
SOLENOID F
9020 05A 28
C1, B2 FWD
REV
C2, B3
A NEUTRAL SPOOL
–19–15JAN98
NEU
G CONTROL PRESSURE
TXC7840BE
A—Neutral Spool B—C2,B3 Accumulator C—C1,B1,B2 Accumulator
T7840BE
H RETURN I TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-1ST FORWARD D—FNR Spool E—C1,B2 Shift Spool F—Solenoid
G—Control Pressure H—Return
When the FNR lever is moved from the neutral position, the neutral solenoid is energized and control oil is allowed to flow to the neutral spool. When the neutral spool is moved against the spring, main pressure from the B1,B2,C1 accumulator is available to the FNR spool for clutch or brake engagement.
I—Transmission Hydraulic Circuit—First Forward
the spool moves up against the spring, pressure oil from the neutral spool is allowed to flow through the FNR spool to the C1,B2 shift spool. Since the C1,B2 solenoid is not energized, pressure oil flows through to engage B2 brake.
In first forward, the forward solenoid is energized and control oil is routed to the bottom of FNR spool. When
TX,9020,YY745 –19–04MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=572
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Control Circuit—Second Reverse (S.N. —872256)
B1
C1
FNR SPOOL E
B2 B3 C1, B1, B2 ACCUMULATOR C C2, B3 ACCUMULATOR B
C2
C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL D
F C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
SOLENOID G
9020 05A 29
C1, B2 A NEUTRAL SPOOL
REV
FWD C2, B3
–19–15JAN98
NEU
H CONTROL PRESSURE
TXC7840BD
A—Neutral Spool B—C2,B3 Accumulator C—C1,B1,B2 Accumulator
T7840BD
I RETURN J TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT-2ND REVERSE D—C2,B3 Shift Spool E—FNR Spool F—C1,B2 Shift Spool
G—Solenoid H—Control Pressure I—Return
When the FNR lever is moved from neutral position, the neutral solenoid is energized and control oil is allowed to flow to the neutral spool. When the neutral spool is moved against the spring, main pressure from the B1,B2,C1 accumulator is available to the FNR spool for clutch or brake engagement. In 2nd reverse, the reverse solenoid is energized and control oil is routed to the top of the FNR spool. When
J—Transmission Hydraulic Circuit—Second Reverse
the spool moves down against the spring, pressure oil from the neutral spool is allowed to flow through the FNR spool to engage B1 brake. The C2,B3 solenoid is also energized which routes control oil to the bottom of C2,B3 shift spool. When the spool moves up against the spring, main pressure from the C2,B3 accumulator is allowed to flow to engage B3 brake.
TX,9020,YY746 –19–04MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=573
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
MFWD System Operation (S.N. —872256) Differential drive gear supplies power to MFWD driver shaft then to front MFWD drive gear set. MFWD idler gear shaft directs power to clutch through MFWD clutch drive gear.
Drive shaft powers sun gear of wheel hub planetary. Sun gear rotates fixed planetary gears which turn outer ring. The planetary system reduces drive shaft output speed and increases torque at front tires.
When control valve is engaged, valve prevents flow of clutch control oil to clutch. Springs force clutch disk pack together and power is transmitted forward by U-jointed drive shaft to front axle differential drive shaft. Shaft drive gear and ring gear mesh turning limited-slip differential unit.
Wheel drive gear is meshed with outer ring. Outer ring is meshed to wheel hub. When MFWD control valve is disengaged, valve directs pressure oil to release the MFWD clutch.
Differential supplies required power to left and right axle shafts.
TX,9020,BG382 –19–14JAN97–1/1
9020 05A 30
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-30
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=574
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
MFWD Differential Operation—Unequal Traction (S.N. —872256)
T6771AH
–UN–19OCT88
9020 05A 31
A—Tire with Most Traction B—Drive Shaft C—RH Drive Gear
D—LH Drive Gear E—Pinion Gears F—Differential Housing
G—Clutch Disks H—Clutch Plate
As available traction changes, tire with better traction (A) can use more power. Self-limiting differential action begins to occur.
I—Power Flow J—Rotation Direction
drive gear (C) from rotating. Wheel with less traction provides less resistance against its drive gear (D).
When one wheel begins to slip more than the other, wheel with better traction holds its drive shaft (B) and
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-31
TX,05,SS3140 –19–10SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=575
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Pinion gears (E) continue to be driven by rotating differential housing (F). These pinion gears push against bevel drive gears as before. Angle of gear teeth tries to force meshed gears apart. On the side with more traction, pinion gears begin to “walk” around drive gear and push against restraining force transmitted from tire. Drive gear is wedged outward and compresses a clutch pack with disks (G) splined to axle and plates (H) tanged to housing. Disks begin to slip less against plates as compressing force increases. As the pack slippage decreases drive shaft begins to receive driving force through the differential housing.
Since the tire with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the bevel gear force is not being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than the clutch pack on the other side. With MFWD engaged, differential works to automatically balance driving power to available traction.
TX,05,SS3140 –19–10SEP98–2/2
9020 05A 32
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-32
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=576
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
MFWD Differential Operation—Equal Traction (S.N. —872256)
T6771AG
–UN–19OCT88
9020 05A 33
A—Differential Drives Shaft B—Ring Gear
C—Differential Housing D—Pinions
E—Bevel Drive Gears F—Drive Shafts
Differential unit has self-applied, limited slip feature. When engaged under slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each wheel.
With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right axle. No differential action occurs.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
G—Power Flow H—Rotation Direction
9020-05A-33
TX,05,SS3141 –19–10SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=577
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256) Power flows into axle housing through differential drive shaft (A), turning ring gear (B) and attached differential housing (C). When both wheels have equal traction,
pinions (D) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (E) and drive shafts (F) splined to drive gears.
TX,05,SS3141 –19–10SEP98–2/2
9020 05A 34
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=578
TXC7840BA
OIL COOLER
SUCTION SCREEN
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
RETURN
LUBE PRESSURE
CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE
CONTROL PRESSURE
TRANSMISSION FILTER
FILTER RELIEF VALVE
CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE
9020-05A-35
LUBE RELIEF VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER
MFWD SOLENOID [ENGAGED]
B3-C2 ACCUMULATOR B1-B2-C1 ACCUMULATOR
NEUTRAL SOLENOID
C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL
C1
C2, B3 SOLENOID
–19–14JAN97–1/1
PN=579
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9020,BG386
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC - 2ND NEUTRAL
See Page 9020-05A-35 A
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION
–19–15JAN98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T7840BA
Transmission Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. —872256)
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
B1
C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
B2
C1, B2 SOLENOID
B3
NEUTRAL SPOOL
REV SOLENOID
FNR SPOOL
See Page 9020-05A-35 B
C2
FWD SOLENOID
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
9020 05A 36
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-36
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=580
Theory of Operation (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. —872256) T7840BA –19–15JAN98
TORQUE CONVERTER
OIL COOLER
B3-C2 ACCUMULATOR
LUBE RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
CONVERTER-IN RELIEF VALVE
TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION FILTER RELIEF VALVE TRANSMISSION PUMP
TRANSMISSION FILTER SUCTION SCREEN
MFWD SOLENOID [ENGAGED]
CONTROL PRESSURE CONVERTER-IN PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE
TXC7840BA
RETURN
TRANSMISSION HYDRAUL TX,9020,BG386 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05A-35
Page 9020-05A-35 A
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=579
NEUTRAL SOLENOID
C2, B3 SOLENOID
C1, B2 SOLENOID
FWD SOLENOID
REV SOLENOID
B1-B2-C1 ACCUMULATOR
FNR SPOOL C1, B2 SHIFT SPOOL
C2, B3 SHIFT SPOOL
NEUTRAL SPOOL
C1
C2
B1
B2
B3
RAULIC SCHEMATIC - 2ND NEUTRAL /1
der 22602
579
Page 9020-05A-35 B
Group 05B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power Train Conponents (S.N.872257— ) NOTE: For (S.N. 872257— ) The operation and test procedures for the park brake and differential lock are found in Section 9020. Service brakes are found in Section 9025. The power train uses a ZF (4WG98—4 speed forward & 3 speed reverse) reversing powershift transmission with hydrodynamic torque converter. Optional MFWD axle is a ZF (APL—355E). Rear Axle is ZF (AP-2085) with multiple disk hydraulically activated differential and wet multiple disk brakes. Park Brake is integral with the rear axle housing. The power train consists of the following components: • • • • • •
A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged four speed forward, three speed reverse, countershaft type power shift transmission. A multiple wet disk park brake is located in the rear axle. It is spring applied and hydraulic released. The park brake switch on the side console controls a solenoid located in the transmission duct plate to activate the park brake. The transmission outputs through universal joints and two drive shaft assemblies. The front axle may be equipped with either a standard axle or optional MFWD limited slip self-locking differential axle. The rear axle is equipped with the differential lock.
Torque converter Transmission Rear drive shafts MFWD (Optional) Park brake (in rear axle) Front and rear axles
The torque converter is a fluid coupling between the engine and the powershift transmission. It uses oil flow, rather than a dry clutch disk, to transmit engine power to the rest of the power train.
9020 05B 1
Engine power is transmitted to the transmission torque converter by the engine flywheel.
TX,05,SS3678 –19–13FEB97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=581
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Torque Converter Operation (S.N. 872257— )
T101172
–19–04MAR98
9020 05B 2
1—Turbine 2—Impeller 3—Stator Shaft
4—Input Shaft 5—Shaft Seal 6—Drain Plug
7—Turbine Shaft 8—Pump Drive Shaft 9—Free-wheel Clutch
The three main parts of the torque converter include the impeller, turbine and stator. The impeller (2) is driven by the engine. As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of the impeller against the blades of the turbine (1). This forces the turbine to rotate in the same direction as the impeller.
10—Stator 11—Torque Converter
Pump drive shaft (8) is driven by the engine directly and at engine speed. The pump drive shaft provides input to the transmission pump and the hydraulic system pump. As the oil leaves the turbine, it is redirected by the stator (10) back into the impeller which increases the torque converter performance.
The turbine (1) is connected to the turbine shaft (7) which provides input to the transmission gear train.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-2
TX,05,SS3120 –19–09SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=582
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Oil leaving the turbine enters the stator (10). The stator is curved so that the oil flow changes direction. Oil leaving the stator is moving in the same direction as the impeller. This adds to the force of the oil entering the impeller. The turbine will be rotating at a slower speed than the impeller, but it will produce a higher torque. It is this increased force developed by the stator that makes a converter able to multiply torque. Under light load the speed of the turbine will increase until it equals impeller speed. The free-wheel clutch (9) unlocks, allowing the stator to free-wheel or rotate with the turbine and impeller as a unit. Input speed and
torque are equal to output speed and torque when the stator is free-wheeling. The transmission pump is constantly pumping oil through the converter. The converter multiplies the torque and at the same time, the heat created in the converter is eliminated through the circulation of oil from converter to cooler and back to sump. There are no serviceable parts inside the torque converter. If it is defective, replace the entire assembly.
TX,05,SS3120 –19–09SEP98–2/2
9020 05B 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=583
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Transmission Pump Operation (S.N. 872257— )
T101251
–UN–12JUL96
9020 05B 4
1—Angle Disk 2—Washer
3—O-Ring (2 used) 4—Cap Screw (4 used)
5—Pump Housing 6—O-Ring
7—Needle Bearing 8—Stop Sleeve
TX,05,SS3124 –19–22JUN98–1/2
T101252
The input shaft to the pump is driven by the engine. The pump gears rotate inside of the pump housing. As the gears rotate, oil is trapped between the gear teeth and the pump housing which forces oil to move from the pump inlet around the gears to the pump outlet.
–UN–12JUL96
The transmission uses a high capacity fixed displacement gear-type pump to provide constant flow for the transmission hydraulic system. Pump flow is proportional to engine speed.
TX,05,SS3124 –19–22JUN98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=584
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
T101250
–19–12JUL96
Transmission Filter Operation (S.N. 872257— )
A—Filter B—Spring
C—Bypass Valve
D—To Transmission Circuit
E—From Transmission Pump
NOTE: Filter housing removed to show element and bypass valve.
through the middle of the element to the transmission control system.
The transmission filter is a spin on replaceable element. If the filter (A) becomes obstructed, a bypass valve (C) opens to maintain flow to the transmission control system.
If the filter element becomes obstructed or during extremely cold conditions, the pressure difference across the filter element exceeds the set value of the bypass spring (B), causing the bypass valve (C) to unseat. This unseated valve allows unfiltered oil to pass through the filter housing. Bypass operation for extended periods of time is not recommended.
Oil from the transmission pump enters from outside of the filter element. The filter element traps contaminants as the oil passes through it. Filtered oil flows up
TX,05,SS3125 –19–22JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=585
9020 05B 5
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Thermal Bypass Valve Operation (S.N. 872257— ) C D H
A
E
C TO LUBE
C
G
F
9020 05B 6
D
FROM COOLER
D
SEAT B
H SPRING
VALVE A
FROM CONVERTER
E
I BYPASS
TXC7799BX
F TO COOLER
F K LUBE/CONVERTER-OUT FLOW
M THERMAL BYPASS VALVE
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-6
L TO COOLER (VALVE CLOSED) FLOW
T7799BX
THERMOSTAT G
J COOLING
–19–20JAN98
E
TX,9020,ME437 –19–28AUG96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=586
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Valve B—Seat C—To Lube D—From Cooler
E—From Converter F—To Cooler G—Thermostat H—Spring
I—Bypass J—Cooling K—Lube/Converter-Out Flow
The thermal bypass valve is used to maintain the transmission oil temperature at a level which provides optimum torque converter performance and lubrication to transmission. The valve contains a standard automotive-type thermostat element connected to a hollow valve spool. The valve is designed to bypass the transmission oil cooler at low temperatures. Converter outlet flow
L—To Cooler (Valve Closed) Flow M—Thermal Bypass Valve
enters passage (E) and flows through the valve (A) to lube (C). At higher temperatures, the thermostat (G) begins to open, allowing flow out of passage (F) to the transmission oil cooler. The thermostat will go to the full open position, forcing the valve closed against the seat (B). The spring loaded seat will act as a relief valve in the event cooler flow is blocked.
TX,9020,ME437 –19–28AUG96–2/2
9020 05B 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=587
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift High Range Forward, First Speed and Second Speed Clutch Packs (S.N. 872257— )
T117074
–19–04SEP98
9020 05B 8
A—Separator Plate (as required per clutch pack) B—Disk (as required per clutch pack)
C—Clutch Drum D—Roller Bearing E—Tapered Bearing F—Pressure Oil
G—Hub H—End Plate I—Piston J—Spring
NOTE: This operation covers the power shift high range forward, first and second speed clutch packs. The function of the packs are the same, but the quantity on the disks and separator plates will be different between packs. When the FNR lever is placed in forward or reverse, pressure oil (F) from the control valve forces the clutch piston (I) to compress the plates (A) and disks (B). The
K—Tapered Bearing L—Lubrication Oil M—Clutch Pack
plates are splined to the clutch drum (C) and the disks are splined to hub (G) locking them together. The drive shaft gear is splined to the low range forward, reverse, and high range forward (4th) gear. All gears are constantly meshed and supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutches are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (L). Spring disks (J) push back the piston (I) when the clutch pack (M) is disengaged, thus releasing the multi-disk clutch.
CED,TX03399,4234 –19–29MAY98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=588
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9020 05B 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=589
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Power Train Overview (S.N. 872257— ) B HIGH RANGE (4TH) FORWARD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION PUMP C TORQUE A CONVERTER
PUMP DRIVE J SHAFT
D
9020 05B 10
REVERSE CLUTCH
LOW RANGE E FORWARD CLUTCH FIRST SPEED I CLUTCH
THIRD F SPEED CLUTCH
MFWD H
K TRANSMISSION Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117096
T117096
–19–01FEB99
SECOND G SPEED CLUTCH
9020-05B-10
CED,TX03399,4205 –19–03MAR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=590
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Torque Converter B—High Range (4th) Forward Clutch
C—Transmission Pump D—Reverse Clutch E—Low Range Forward Clutch
F—Third Speed Clutch G—Second Speed Clutch H—MFWD
I—First Speed Clutch J—Pump Drive Shaft K—Transmission
A single stage torque converter drives a hydraulically engaged four speeds forward and three speeds reverse countershaft type power shift transmission.
The optional MFWD front axle is a self applied limited slip design. It consists of a differential with outboard planetary final drives.
Six clutch packs provide four forward and three reverse speeds. Two clutch packs have to be engaged for movement. One directional clutch pack, either low-range forward, high-range forward or reverse and one speed range clutch pack either 1st, 2nd or 3rd.
The rear axle is an inboard planetary design with internal wet multi-disk service brakes that are self adjusting. Pressure oil for the service brakes is supplied by a full power operated brake valve. The park brake is a wet multi-disk design which is spring applied and hydraulically released. The differential lock is a lever activated multi-disk clutch design, which is hydraulically engaged and spring released.
The transmission may also have an optional front output shaft (H) for mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) which is spring applied and hydraulically released. The transmission pump (C) is a gear type pump. The transmission pump is driven at engine speed through the impeller drive from the torque converter.
9020 05B 11
CED,TX03399,4205 –19–03MAR98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=591
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Gear Flow (S.N. 872257— ) 1st FORWARD 4th FORWARD (HIGH RANGE) A
4th FORWARD (HIGH RANGE)
B REVERSE
C LOW RANGE FORWARD
2nd SPEED G
C G
D 1st SPEED
F 3rd SPEED (REAR OUTPUT)
B
A
D
F
E MFWD OUTPUT
E
2nd FORWARD B
B
A C
G
C
G
D
F
D
F
E
E
3rd FORWARD A
2nd REVERSE
B
A
3rd REVERSE
C G
D
G
D
F
E
B
C
C
G
F
A
B
D
E
T115189
E
F
–19–02JUN98
A
9020 05B 12
1st REVERSE
T115189
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-12
CED,TX03399,4206 –19–03MAR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=592
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—4th Forward (High Range) B—Reverse
C—Low Range Forward D—1st Speed
The torque converter supplies torque to the drive gear which is in constant mesh with the low-range forward, reverse and high range forward clutch hubs. The low-range forward clutch, reverse, high range forward and second speed clutch outer gears are in mesh. As are the first speed hub gear and third speed clutch outer gear. With MFWD (if equipped) the first speed hub is in mesh with the MFWD output gear.
E—MFWD Output F—3rd Speed (Rear Output)
G—2nd Speed
As a example, with the transmission in second speed forward, the low range forward clutch (C) and the second speed clutch (G) are engaged. The torque converter supplies torque to the drive gear which meshes with the gear on the low-range forward clutch. Power flow continues through the reverse (B) and high range forward clutch (A) output gears to the second speed (G) output gear which drives the third speed clutch (F) rear axle output which is in mesh with first speed clutch (D) hub which is in mesh with the MFWD (E) (if equipped) output gear.
CED,TX03399,4206 –19–03MAR98–2/2
9020 05B 13
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=593
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Clutch Engagement And Solenoids Activated (S.N. 872257— ) Transmission Clutch Engagement Low and High Range Forward and Reverse Pack Engaged Lo-Range Forward
Hi-Range Forward
Speed Pack Engaged
Reverse
1st
2nd
3rd
N F1
X
F2
X
F3
X
X X X
F4
X
X
R1
X
R2
X
R3
X
X X X
Solenoids Activated Gear Selection 9020 05B 14
Low Range, Forward, & Reverse Solenoid Energized Reverse
Speed Solenoid Energized
Forward
Low Range
1
1st Forward
X
X
2nd Forward
X
X
X
3rd Forward
X
X
X
4th Forward (High Range)
X
2
3
X
X
Neutral
X X
X
1st Reverse
X
X
2nd Reverse
X
X
X
3rd Reverse
X
X
X
X X
X
X X
CED,TX03399,4223 –19–24MAR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=594
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9020 05B 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=595
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
See Page 9020-05B-16 A
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
2ND REVERSE
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
1ST FORWARD
T117376
SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
2ND FORWARD
NEUTRAL
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
1ST SPEED CLUTCH
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
F
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL
SEQUENCE VALVE
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
N
SUMP
TRANSMISSION PUMP
FILTER AND BYPASS
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
MODULATION VALVE G
ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O
LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
REVERSE CLUTCH
See Page 9020-05B-16 B
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — NEUTRAL
LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Q
TM1537 (26FEB02)
FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
–19–01FEB99
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
T117376
RETURN PRESSURE
LUBE PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
MEDIUM PRESSURE
–19–06MAR98–1/1
See Page 9020-05B-16 C
PN=596
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03399,4214
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
9020-05B-16
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—Neutral (S.N. 872257— )
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
NEUTRAL 1ST FORWARD
X
X
2ND FORWARD
X
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
X
2ND REVERSE
X
X
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
T117376
Page 9020-05B-16 A
X
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C
Power Shift T117376 –19–01FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
DIFFERENTIA
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F
TORQUE CONVERTER
MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
PRESSUR REDUCIN VALVE
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
FILTER AND BYPASS
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — NEUTRAL
SUMP
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-16 B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Shift Transmission Control Circuit—Neutral (S.N. 872257— ) 9–01FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE
MFWD
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
ESSURE DUCING ALVE Q
SYSTEM PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN PRESSURE
CED,TX03399,4214 –19–06MAR98–1/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
Page 9020-05B-16 C
PN=596
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—Neutral—Continued (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The transmission control valve regulates the hydraulic oil pressures and controls circuits required for operation of the transmission. Electrical signals from the FNR lever and park brake switch are used to energize the solenoids which direct oil to move the shift valves and engage the appropriate selected clutches. The transmission control valve contains the main frame harness (A), forward solenoid valve (B), low range solenoid valve (C), reverse solenoid valve (D), converter relief valve (E), pressure regulating valve (F), modulation valve (G), modulation piston (N), forward/reverse shift valve (O), low range shift valve (P), and the pressure reducing valve (Q). The transmission speed shift valve contains the speed solenoid valves 1, 2 and 3 (H, I and M) and speed shift valves 1, 2 and 3 (J, K and L). The converter relief valve (E) controls the maximum pressure to the torque converter. The pressure regulating valve (F) is a spring loaded spool valve with shims. It regulates main system pressure. Excess oil from the circuit is directed to the torque converter through this valve. The modulation valve (G) is a spring loaded spool which controls the rate of clutch engagement during a shift. Within the valve is the modulation piston (N). When a gear is selected the speed solenoid valves (H, I, or M) are energized in combinations of two which shift two of the speed shift valves (J, K, or L). The shift valves direct system pressure oil to one of the speed clutches 1st, 2nd or 3rd. The forward/reverse shift valve (O), is a spring loaded spool valve which routes system pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P). The low range shift valve (P),
is a spring loaded spool valve which routes system oil to the low range, high range forward, and reverse clutches. The forward and reverse solenoid valves, (B) and (D), are activated by the FNR lever. Each directs medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O). The low range solenoid valve (C), directs medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P). The low range solenoid valve is controlled by the gear selection on the FNR lever. The pressure reducing valve (Q) supplies medium pressure oil to the speed, forward, reverse and low range solenoid valves. Flow from the transmission charge pump passes through the filter to the pressure regulating valve. The pressure regulating valve regulates system pressure and directs high pressure oil to the reducing valve, differential solenoid valve, MFWD solenoid valve and the park brake solenoid valve. When pressure exceeds the pressure regulating valve setting the valve opens. Low pressure oil then flows through the torque converter. Converter flow is excess oil from the pressure regulating valve. A torque converter relief valve protects the circuit by dumping to tank when pressure exceeds the setting. The oil is then routed to the oil cooler. The oil returning from the cooler provides lubrication to the clutches. In neutral, with park brake OFF, the forward and reverse solenoids are de-energized (open), medium pressure oil is not directed to the forward/reverse shift valve. The low range solenoid valve is de-energized (open) and no pressure oil is routed to the end of the low range shift valve. In neutral all speed clutch packs also dump to sump and all speed clutch solenoids are de-energized. The reducing valve controls the pressure by dumping oil to tank when pressure exceeds its setting.
CED,TX03399,4218 –19–06MAR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=597
9020 05B 17
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve Operation—Neutral (S.N. 872257— ) B FORWARD SOLENOID
C LOW RANGE SOLENOID D REVERSE SOLENOID E CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE
A MAIN FRAME HARNESS
Q PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
P LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE
R ORIFICE N O FORWARD MODULATION OR REVERSE PISTON SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL U LOW PRESSURE OIL V RETURN OIL L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3 W T114881
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - NEUTRAL Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-18
–19–26JUN98
J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1
K SPEED SHIFT VALVE 2
T114881
9020 05B 18
CED,TX03399,4224 –19–27MAR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=598
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Main Frame Harness B—Forward Solenoid Valve C—Low Range Solenoid Valve D—Reverse Solenoid Valve E—Converter Relief Valve F—Pressure Regulating Valve G—Modulation Valve
H—Speed Solenoid Valve 1 I—Speed Solenoid Valve 2 J—Speed Shift Valve 1 K—Speed Shift Valve 2 L—Speed Shift Valve 3 M—Speed Solenoid Valve 3 N—Modulation Piston
O—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve P—Low Range Shift Valve Q—Pressure Reducing Valve R—Orifice (In Valve Housing) S—System Pressure Oil
T—Medium Pressure Oil U—Low Pressure Oil V—Return Oil W—Transmission Control Valve And Shift Valve— Neutral
CED,TX03399,4224 –19–27MAR98–2/2
9020 05B 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=599
VALVE 2 I
SPEED
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
See Page 9020-05B-20 A
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
2ND REVERSE
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
1ST FORWARD
T117377
SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
2ND FORWARD
NEUTRAL
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
1ST SPEED CLUTCH
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D
REVERSE CLUTCH
See Page 9020-05B-20 B
SUMP
TRANSMISSION PUMP
FILTER AND BYPASS
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
MODULATION VALVE G
N
–19–01FEB99
TM1537 (26FEB02)
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Q
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
T117377
FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
F
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL
SEQUENCE VALVE
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FIRST FORWARD
LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
PARK BRAKE
RETURN PRESSURE
LUBE PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
MEDIUM PRESSURE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
–19–06MAR98–1/1
PN=600
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03399,4215
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
See Page 9020-05B-20 C
9020-05B-20
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Forward (S.N. 872257— )
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED
LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
VALVE 2 I
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
NEUTRAL 1ST FORWARD
X
X
2ND FORWARD
X
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
X
2ND REVERSE
X
X
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
X X
TRA
T117377
Page 9020-05B-20 A
Power Shift T117377 –19–01FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
DIFFERENTIA
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F
TORQUE CONVERTER
MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
PRESSUR REDUCIN VALVE
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
FILTER AND BYPASS
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FIRST FORWARD
SUMP
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-20 B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Forward (S.N. 872257— ) 9–01FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE
MFWD
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
ESSURE DUCING ALVE Q
SYSTEM PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN PRESSURE
CED,TX03399,4215 –19–06MAR98–1/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
Page 9020-05B-20 C
PN=600
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Forward—Continued (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 1st gear forward operation the forward solenoid valve (B), low range solenoid valve (C), speed solenoid valve 2 (I), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. The energized low range solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P) and moves the spool down. The energized forward solenoid valve (B) routes medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O) moving its spool up. The energized speed solenoids 2 and 3 (I and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 2 and 3 (K and L) moving the spools down. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 1st speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool
and the low range shift spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the low range forward clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
CED,TX03399,4219 –19–06MAR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=601
9020 05B 21
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve—First Forward (S.N. 872257— ) B FORWARD SOLENOID
C LOW RANGE SOLENOID D REVERSE SOLENOID E CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE
A MAIN FRAME HARNESS
Q PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
P LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE
R ORIFICE N O FORWARD MODULATION OR REVERSE PISTON SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3 V T114882
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FIRST FORWARD Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-22
–19–26JUN98
J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1
U RETURN OIL
K SPEED SHIFT VALVE 2
T114882
9020 05B 22
CED,TX03399,4227 –19–22APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=602
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Main Frame Harness B—Forward Solenoid Valve C—Low Range Solenoid Valve D—Reverse Solenoid Valve E—Converter Relief Valve F—Pressure Regulating Valve G—Modulation Valve
H—Speed Solenoid Valve 1 I—Speed Solenoid Valve 2 J—Speed Shift Valve 1 K—Speed Shift Valve 2 L—Speed Shift Valve 3 M—Speed Solenoid Valve 3
N—Modulation Piston O—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve P—Low Range Shift Valve Q—Pressure Reducing Valve R—Orifice (In Valve Housing)
S—System Pressure Oil T—Medium Pressure Oil U—Return Pressure Oil V—Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve— First Forward
CED,TX03399,4227 –19–22APR98–2/2
9020 05B 23
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=603
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
See Page 9020-05B-24 A
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
2ND REVERSE
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
1ST FORWARD
T117378
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
2ND FORWARD
NEUTRAL
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
1ST SPEED CLUTCH
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D
REVERSE CLUTCH
See Page 9020-05B-24 B
SUMP
TRANSMISSION PUMP
FILTER AND BYPASS
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
–19–01FEB99
TM1537 (26FEB02)
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Q
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
T117378
FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B MODULATION VALVE G
N
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O
LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
F
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL
SEQUENCE VALVE
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FOURTH FORWARD
LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
PARK BRAKE
RETURN PRESSURE
LUBE PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
MEDIUM PRESSURE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
–19–06MAR98–1/1
PN=604
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03399,4216
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
See Page 9020-05B-24 C
9020-05B-24
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—High Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257— )
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
GEAR SELECTION
LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
NEUTRAL 1ST FORWARD
X
X
2ND FORWARD
X
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
X
2ND REVERSE
X
X
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
X X
TRAN
T117378
Page 9020-05B-24 A
Power Shift T117378 –19–01FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
DIFFERENTIA
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE P SHIFT VALVE
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F
TORQUE CONVERTER
MODULATION VALVE G ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
PRESSUR REDUCIN VALVE
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
FILTER AND BYPASS
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FOURTH FORWARD
SUMP
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-24 B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Shift Transmission Control Circuit—High Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257— ) 9–01FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE
MFWD
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
ESSURE DUCING ALVE Q
SYSTEM PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN PRESSURE
CED,TX03399,4216 –19–06MAR98–1/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
Page 9020-05B-24 C
PN=604
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—High Range (Fourth) Forward—Continued (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 4th gear forward operation the forward solenoid valve (B), speed solenoid valve 1 (H), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. Both the low range shift valve (P) and the forward/reverse shift valve (O) are in the up position. The energized speed solenoids 1 and 3 (H and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 1 and 3 (J and L) moving the spools down. Pressure oil is routed through the shift valves to the 3rd speed clutch. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 3rd speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the high range forward
clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
CED,TX03399,4222 –19–13MAR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=605
9020 05B 25
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve—High Range (Fourth) Forward (S.N. 872257— ) B FORWARD SOLENOID
C LOW RANGE SOLENOID D REVERSE SOLENOID E CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE
A MAIN FRAME HARNESS
Q PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
P LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE
R ORIFICE N O MODULATION PISTON FORWARD OR REVERSE SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL
J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1
T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL U RETURN OIL
V T114883
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FOURTH FORWARD Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-26
–19–26JUN98
L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3 K SPEED SHIFT VALVE 2
T114883
9020 05B 26
CED,TX03399,4228 –19–22APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=606
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Main Frame Harness B—Forward Solenoid Valve C—Low Range Solenoid Valve D—Reverse Solenoid Valve E—Converter Relief Valve F—Pressure Regulating Valve G—Modulation Valve
H—Speed Solenoid Valve 1 I—Speed Solenoid Valve 2 J—Speed Shift Valve 1 K—Speed Shift Valve 2 L—Speed Shift Valve 3 M—Speed Solenoid Valve 3 N—Modulation Piston
O—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve P—Low Range Shift Valve Q—Pressure Reducing Valve R—Orifice (In Valve Housing) S—System Pressure Oil
T—Medium Pressure Oil U—Return Pressure Oil V—Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve— High Range (Fourth) Forward
CED,TX03399,4228 –19–22APR98–2/2
9020 05B 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=607
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
See Page 9020-05B-28 A
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
2ND REVERSE
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
1ST FORWARD
T117379
SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
2ND FORWARD
NEUTRAL
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
3RD SPEED CLUTCH
2ND SPEED CLUTCH
1ST SPEED CLUTCH
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TORQUE CONVERTER
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D
REVERSE CLUTCH
See Page 9020-05B-28 B
SUMP
TRANSMISSION PUMP
FILTER AND BYPASS
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
MODULATION VALVE G
N
–19–01FEB99
TM1537 (26FEB02)
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Q
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
T117379
FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B
LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
F
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL
SEQUENCE VALVE
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FIRST REVERSE
LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
PARK BRAKE
RETURN PRESSURE
LUBE PRESSURE
LOW PRESSURE
MEDIUM PRESSURE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
–19–06MAR98–1/1
PN=608
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03399,4217
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
See Page 9020-05B-28 C
9020-05B-28
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Reverse (S.N. 872257— )
1ST SPEED CLUTCH 2ND SPEED CLUTCH 3RD SPEED CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION SPEED SHIFT VALVE
SPEED SHIFT VALVE L 3 SPEED SHIFT VALVE K 2 SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1 J
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 M
GEAR SELECTION
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2 I
LOW RANGE SOLENO VALVE C
SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 H
LOW RANGE, FORWARD, & REVERSE SPEED SOLENOID ENERGIZED SOLENOID ENERGIZED FORWARD LOW RANGE REVERSE 1 2 3
NEUTRAL 1ST FORWARD
X
X
2ND FORWARD
X
X
X
3RD FORWARD
X
X
X
X
HIGH RANGE (4TH FORWARD)
X
X
X
X
1ST REVERSE
X
X
2ND REVERSE
X
X
X
3RD REVERSE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
COOLER RELIEF BYPASS VALVE THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
X X
TRA
T117379
Page 9020-05B-28 A
Power Shift T117379 –19–01FEB99
HIGH RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE
DIFFERENTIA
LOW RANGE FORWARD CLUTCH
REVERSE CLUTCH LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE P
FORWARD/REVERSE SHIFT VALVE O SEQUENCE VALVE ORIFICE IN VALVE HOUSING R
LOW RANGE SOLENOID VALVE C
REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE D
ORIFICE IN MODULATION SPOOL ORIFICE IN DUCT PLATE PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F
TORQUE CONVERTER
N FORWARD SOLENOID VALVE B MODULATION VALVE G
ORIFICE IN MODULATION PISTON
PRESSUR REDUCIN VALVE
ORIFICE IN INTERMEDIATE PLATE
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE E
FILTER AND BYPASS
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER
TRANSMISSION PUMP
TO LUBE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL CIRCUIT — FIRST REVERSE
SUMP
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9020-05B-28 B
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Reverse (S.N. 872257— ) 9–01FEB99
RENTIAL LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE
PARK BRAKE
MFWD
PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
SCREEN IN ALL SOLENOIDS
ESSURE DUCING ALVE Q
SYSTEM PRESSURE MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE LUBE PRESSURE RETURN PRESSURE
CED,TX03399,4217 –19–06MAR98–1/1
26FEB02)
9020-05B-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
Page 9020-05B-28 C
PN=608
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit—First Reverse—Continued (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: Keys and story on control valve in the circuit correspond to the control valve on next page. The relief valves are the same pressure oil as shown in the neutral story. Refer to neutral story for pressure reducing, converter relief and pressure regulating valve. During 1st gear reverse operation the reverse solenoid valve (D), low range solenoid valve (C), speed solenoid valve 2 (I), and speed solenoid valve 3 (M) are energized. The energized reverse solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the forward/reverse shift valve (O) moving its spool down. The energized low range solenoid valve routes medium pressure oil to the low range shift valve (P) moving its spool down. The energized speed solenoids 2 and 3 (I and M) route medium pressure oil to the shift valves 2 and 3 (K and L) moving the spools down. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) to fill the 1st speed clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool and the
low range shift spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve to fill the reverse clutch pack and compress the clutch plates. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (R) in valve housing from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. As pressure builds, the balance between orifice size and spring load in the modulation valve controls the rate of shift and pushes the modulation piston down. The sequence valve insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch by allowing oil to flow from the modulation valve to the speed clutch circuit downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) when the pressure in the speed clutch circuit is lower than the pressure in the direction clutch circuit. The downward force from the modulation piston pushes on the modulation springs which drive the modulation spool down to the fully open position. In the fully open position, high pressure oil form the pressure regulating valve keeps the speed and direction clutches engaged.
CED,TX03399,4221 –19–13MAR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=609
9020 05B 29
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve—First Reverse (S.N. 872257— ) B FORWARD SOLENOID
C LOW RANGE SOLENOID D REVERSE SOLENOID E CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE
A MAIN FRAME HARNESS
Q PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
F PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
P LOW RANGE SHIFT VALVE
R ORIFICE N O FORWARD MODULATION OR REVERSE PISTON SHIFT VALVE
G MODULATION VALVE H SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 1 I SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 2
M SPEED SOLENOID VALVE 3 S SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL T MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
L SPEED SHIFT VALVE 3 V T114884
TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE AND SHIFT VALVE - FIRST REVERSE Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-30
–19–26JUN98
J SPEED SHIFT VALVE 1
U RETURN OIL
K SPEED SHIFT VALVE 2
T114884
9020 05B 30
CED,TX03399,4229 –19–22APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=610
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Main Frame Harness B—Forward Solenoid Valve C—Low Range Solenoid Valve D—Reverse Solenoid Valve E—Converter Relief Valve F—Pressure Regulating Valve G—Modulation Valve
H—Speed Solenoid Valve 1 I—Speed Solenoid Valve 2 J—Speed Shift Valve 1 K—Speed Shift Valve 2 L—Speed Shift Valve 3 M—Speed Solenoid Valve 3
N—Modulation Piston O—Forward/Reverse Shift Valve P—Low Range Shift Valve Q—Pressure Reducing Valve R—Orifice (In Valve Housing)
S—System Pressure Oil T—Medium Pressure Oil U—Return Pressure Oil V—Transmission Control Valve and Shift Valve— First Reverse
CED,TX03399,4229 –19–22APR98–2/2
9020 05B 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=611
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Modulation Valve Operation (S.N. 872257— ) M ORIFICES FILL
G PISTON
PRE MODULATION MOD.
ENGAGEMENT
H OUTER SPRING F ORIFICE
I INNER SPRING J SEQUENCE VALVE
B
C
D
E ORIFICE M6
M6
A NEUTRAL B START OF FILL
L MODULATION SPOOL C MODULATION
D ENGAGEMENT
N SYSTEM PRESSURE –19–26JUN98
O MEDIUM HIGH PRESSURE P MEDIUM PRESSURE Q LOW PRESSURE R RETURN PRESSURE T114787
S MODULATION VALVE Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T114787
9020 05B 32
K ORIFICE
9020-05B-32
CED,TX03399,4225 –19–27MAR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=612
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Neutral B—Start of Fill C—Modulation D—Engagement E—Orifice
F—Orifice (In Valve Housing) G—Piston H—Outer Spring I—Inner Spring J—Sequence Valve
Rate of shift is controlled by movement of the modulation valve and modulation piston during a shift. By regulating the amount of oil flow being sent to engage the direction pack, the time required is extended to assure a smooth shift. When the machine is in neutral (A), system pressure oil (N), bleeds by the edge of the modulation spool (L). This oil (Q) (low pressure) flows through orifice (F), which is open to return. Low pressure oil (Q), also flows through orifice (E) to the bottom side of the modulation spool (L). This oil applies sufficient force on the spring to hold the valve on the edge of pressure port opening. All direction and speed clutch packs are also open to sump when the FNR is in neutral. The start of fill mode (B), begins when a shift occurs. Shifting of the speed shift spools allows oil to flow from the regulating valve through the orifice (K) to fill the speed clutch pack. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool allows oil to flow from the modulation valve and will fill the direction clutch pack. Shifting of the forward/reverse spool also blocks the flow of oil downstream of the orifice (F) from returning to tank and allows the pressure in the modulation valve to build. Both direction and speed clutch packs fill rapidly at the low pressure level. Modulation mode (C), begins as pressure in the clutch pack begins to rise (P). The pressure is also being sensed through orifice (F). Pressure on the back side of orifice (F) is building to low pressure (Q). This pressure starts moving the modulation piston (G),
K—Orifice In Duct Plate (Replenishing Orifice) L—Modulation Spool M—Orifice (2 used) N—System Pressure
O—Medium High Pressure P—Medium Pressure Q—Low Pressure R—Return Pressure S—Modulation Valve
springs (H and I) and modulation spool (L), down. There are two small orifices (M) located near the top of the piston (G). These orifices allow return oil to dump to sump during start of fill and half way through modulation mode. This helps control the rate of shift. The orifices in the piston close off as the piston moves down. An equalization of spring and pressure force on the modulation valve regulates the rate of clutch engagement during modulation. The orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) (K), supplies oil from the pressure regulating valve to the speed shift valves. The sequence valve (J) supplies oil from the modulation valve to the speed shift valves also, but only when the oil downstream of the orifice in duct plate (replenishing orifice) (K) is below the modulation pressure filling the direction clutch pack. This insures that the speed clutch fills and engages before the direction clutch. When the final engagement mode (D) is reached, the modulation spool (L) is in the fully open position, and the two small orifices (M) in the modulation piston (G) are closed off. With the spool in the fully open position, high pressure oil from the pressure regulating valve maintains the downward force on the modulation piston and keeps the clutches engaged until the next shift. Cycling the forward/reverse spool allows the high pressure oil in the engaged clutch and between the orifice (F) and the top of the modulation piston to vent to tank. The resulting loss in pressure allows the modulation valve to reset to begin the next shift sequence.
CED,TX03399,4225 –19–27MAR98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=613
9020 05B 33
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Differential Operation (S.N. 872257— )
T117161
–19–02FEB99
9020 05B 34
A—Final Drive Ring Gear B—Differential Housing C—Differential Ring Gear
D—Bevel Pinion Shaft (2 used) E—Bevel Pinion (4 used) F—Input Pinion Shaft
The differential allows independent rotation of the axles when the machine is steered. The final drive planetaries are attached to the axles. Their purpose is to reduce speed and increase torque through gear
G—Side Gear H—Sun Pinion Shaft I—Planet Pinion Carrier
reduction. The input pinion shaft to differential ring gear also provides a reduction in speed and an increase to torque.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
J—Output Shaft K—Differential
9020-05B-34
TX,05,SS3139 –19–23JUN98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=614
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Input torque from the drive shaft rotates the input bevel pinion shaft (F) which meshes with the differential ring gear (C), causing it to turn. The ring gear is fastened to the differential housing (B) which drives the bevel pinion shafts (D) and bevel pinions (E). The bevel pinions located on the bevel pinion shaft are in mesh with the side gears (G) which spline to the sun pinion shaft (H). The sun pinion shaft meshes with the planet pinion carrier assembly (I) which rotates around the inside of the stationary planetary final drive ring gear (A).
Torque is transferred into the output shaft (J) causing it to rotate at a reduced speed but with greater torque. As the machine is steered, the inside wheel slows down in relation to the outside wheel. This causes the side gear, attached to the inside wheel’s axle, to slow down. The rotating differential housing and bevel pinion shafts allow the differential bevel pinions to rotate around the slow moving side gear; this allows the opposite side gear to rotate at a faster speed. This rotation causes the outside wheel’s axle to rotate faster than the inside axle which prevents tire scuffing.
TX,05,SS3139 –19–23JUN98–2/2
9020 05B 35
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=615
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Differential Lock Operation (S.N. 872257— ) E BEARING SIDE A GEAR
B DIFFERENTIAL HOUSING
C LEVER
F SNAP RING
D CAGE
G SEAL
H BRAKE HOUSING
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID VALVE I 9020 05B 36
J SEAL K NEEDLE BEARING L PISTON
Q SYSTEM PRESSURE
P CLUTCH PACK
O SPRING
–19–02FEB99
FROM M TRANSMISSION PUMP
N SLIDING SLEEVE
R RETURN PRESSURE
A—Side Gear B—Differential Housing C—Lever D—Cage E—Bearing
S DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
F—Snap Ring G—Seal H—Brake Housing I—Differential Solenoid Valve J—Seal
When the operator has the differential lock foot control switch in the "OFF" position (unapplied), the spring force (O) moves the sliding sleeve (N), lever (C) and
K—Needle Bearing L—Piston M—From Transmission Pump N—Sliding Sleeve O—Spring
P—Clutch Pack Q—System Pressure R—Return Pressure S—Differential Lock
piston (L) back releasing the differential lock. The return oil returns through the same port as when the switch is in the "ON" position.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117099
T117099
9020-05B-36
TX,05,SS3130 –19–23JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=616
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) When the operator pushes the differential lock foot control switch to the "ON" position, the switch energizes the differential lock solenoid (I) on the transmission. When the differential lock solenoid is energized, pressure oil flows to the inlet and through
the cross-drilled passages to the piston (L). The pressurized oil moves the piston against the sliding sleeve and lever to lock up the clutch pack (P) with side gear (A) of the differential, causing both axles to rotate at the same speed.
TX,05,SS3130 –19–23JUL98–2/2
9020 05B 37
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=617
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Park Brake Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9020 05B 38
A INNER SPRING
F PISTON
B OUTER SPRING
H PARK BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
DISK E G FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP
D PLATE C TOWING CAP SCREW
I
SYSTEM PRESSURE
D—Disk (5 used) E—Plate (5 used) F—Piston
G—From Transmission Pump H—Park Brake Solenoid Valve I—System Pressure
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117163
K PARK BRAKE - ON
T117163
A—Inner Spring B—Outer Spring C—Towing Cap Screw
–19–02FEB99
J RETURN PRESSURE
9020-05B-38
J—Return Pressure K—Park Brake—ON
TX,05,SS3134 –19–16MAY96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=618
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the park brake is applied (ON) or machine is shut-off, spring force applies the park brake. The springs (A&B) force the piston (F) against brake disks (D) and plates (E) on the axle input shaft.
the transmission. The solenoid routes transmission system pressure oil (I) to the park brake piston (F). The piston moves against the springs (A&B) and releases the disks and plates (D and E). Two manual operated cap screws (C) release the park brake for emergency towing.
When park brake switch is cycled to the OFF position, the switch energizes the park brake solenoid (H) on
TX,05,SS3134 –19–16MAY96–2/2
9020 05B 39
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=619
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation (S.N. 872257— )
FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT A
ACTUATION DRIVE GEAR PIN SPRING F D B PISTON PLATES C AND DISKS E
G MFWD SOLENOID VALVE H FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP
9020 05B 40
O MFWD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY (ENGAGED)
RETAINER J
RETAINER SPRING I
G MFWD SOLENOID VALVE
L SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL
K END PLATE
M RETURN OIL
T117105
P MFWD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY (DISENGAGED) Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-40
T117105
N LUBRICATION OIL
–19–28OCT98
K END PLATE
H FROM TRANSMISSION PUMP
CED,TX03399,4226 –19–15APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=620
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) A—Front Output Shaft B—Spring C—Piston D—Actuation Pin
E—Plates and Disks F—Drive Gear G—Solenoiod Valve H—From Transmission Pump
The MFWD is spring applied, hydraulically released. When the MFWD switch is “ON”, spring (B) force locks the clutch pack disk and plates with drive gear (F). The drive gear is connected to the front output shaft (A) and transmits power to the front axle drive shaft.
I—Retainer Spring J—Retainer K—End Plate L—System Pressure
M—Return Oil N—Lubricatin Oil O—MFWD—On (Engaged) P—MFWD—On (Disengaged)
When energized, with MFWD switch in the “OFF” position, transmission pressure oil (H) is routed to piston (C). Pressure pushes the piston against the spring (B) and releases actuation pin (D) from end plate (K). The drive gear (F) and front output shaft (A) are now disengaged.
The disengagement of the MFWD is controlled by an electric solenoid (G) located on the transmission.
CED,TX03399,4226 –19–15APR98–2/2
9020 05B 41
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=621
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
MFWD Differential Operation—Equal Traction (S.N. 872257— )
T6058AM
–UN–24MAY89
9020 05B 42
A—Differential Driveshaft B—Ring Gear
C—Differential Housing D—Pinions
E—Bevel Drive Gears F—Drive Shafts
Differential unit in MFWD axle has self-applied, limited-slip feature. When MFWD is engaged under slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each wheel.
G—Power Flow H—Rotation Direction
Power flows into axle housing through differential drive shaft (A), turning ring gear (B) and attached differential housing (C). When both wheels have equal traction, pinions (D) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (E) and drive shafts (F) splined to drive gears.
With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right axle. No differential action occurs.
TX,9020,BG384 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=622
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9020 05B 43
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=623
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
MFWD Differential Operation—Unequal Traction (S.N. 872257— )
T6058AL
–UN–24MAY89
9020 05B 44
A—Tire With Most Traction B—Drive Shaft C—R.H. Drive Gear
D—L.H. Drive Gear E—Pinion Gears F—Differential Housing
G—Clutch Disks H—Clutch Plate
As available traction changes, tire with better traction (A) can use move power. Self-limiting differential action begins to occur. When one wheel begins to slip more than the other, wheel with better traction hold its drive shaft (B) and drive gear (C) from rotating. Wheel with less traction provides less resistance against its drive gear (D). Pinion gears (E) continue to be driven by rotating differential housing (F). These pinion gears push against bevel drive gears as before. Angle of gear teeth tries to force meshed gears apart. On the side with more traction, pinion gears begin to "walk" around drive gear and push against restraining force transmitted from tire. Drive gear is wedged outward
and compresses a clutch pack with disks (G) splined to axle and plates (H) tanged to housing. Disks begin to slip less against plates as compressing force increases. As the pack slippage decreases driveshaft begins to receive driving force through the differential housing. Since the tire with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the bevel gear does not force the drive gear outward and its clutch pack increases its slip. Less drive force is being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than pack for other side.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
I—Power Flow J—Rotation Direction
9020-05B-44
TX,9020,BG385 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=624
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) With MFWD engaged, differential works to automatically balance driving power to available traction.
TX,9020,BG385 –19–14JAN97–2/2
9020 05B 45
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-45
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=625
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— )
9020 05B 46
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-05B-46
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=626
Group 15A
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) John Deere Inboard Planetary Axles—Use CTM43 (S.N. —872256)
M44215
Use the CTM in conjunction with this machine manual.
–UN–07SEP88
For additional information, the component CTM is also required.
TX,CTM18 –19–09NOV92–1/1
9020 15A 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=627
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256)
Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions (S.N. — 872256) NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify; to least likely and more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem. • Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure (See Group 9005.) • Step 2. Diagnostic Charts • Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests Symptom
Problem
Solution
Transmission Slippage (Low Pressure)
Low oil level
Check and add oil.
Restricted oil filter
Inspect and replace filter.
Weak or broken pressure regulating valve spring
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Excessive clutch or brake element seal leakage
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Filter bypass valve stuck open
Remove filter housing and inspect valve. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Transmission pump suction screen restricted
Remove and clean screen. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Low transmission pump flow due to worn pump or manifold gasket leakage
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Pressure regulating valve housing gasket, shift valve housing gasket, or piston seal leakage
Do Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove valves and inspect gaskets. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Low oil level (aeration of oil)
Check and add oil.
Plugged filter
Inspect and replace filter.
Low transmission pressure
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
9020 15A 2
Transmission Shifts Too Slow
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-2
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–1/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=628
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Transmission Shifts Too Fast
Oil Leakage From Torque Converter Housing
Erratic Shifts (Wrong Gears or No Gear Change When Gearshift Lever is Moved)
Problem
Solution
Transmission pump suction screen restricted
Remove and clean screen. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Low transmission pump flow
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Excessive clutch or brake circuit leakage
Do Transmission Leakage Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
C1-B1-B2, or B3-C2 accumulator piston stuck (in charged position)
Remove and inspect accumulator. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Oil passages restricted between control valve and clutch or brake
Remove control valve and inspect oil passages. See Transmission Oil Passage Identification in this group.
System pressure too high
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Clutch or brake piston not returning properly or warped disks and plates
Do Transmission Drag Check. (See Group 9005-10.)
C1, B1-B2, or B3-C2 accumulator piston stuck (in discharged position)
Remove and inspect accumulator. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Transmission overfilled with oil
Check oil level. (See Group 9000-04.)
Transmission breather plugged
Remove and inspect breather.
Incorrect placement of cap screws in oil manifold
Remove cap screws and install in correct location. (See Repair Manual, Group 0250.)
Failed torque converter seal
Remove torque connector and inspect. (See Repair Manual, Group 0350.)
Shift valve stuck
Do Control System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.) Remove and inspect valve.
Return passage in control valve or transmission case restricted
Remove transmission control valve and inspect. See Transmission Oil Passage Identification in this group.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-3
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–2/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=629
9020 15A 3
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Machine Will Not Move In Any Gear (No Load Put On Engine When Shifted Into Gear)
Neutral disconnect solenoid
Do Transmission Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check. (See Group 9005-10.)
Drive shaft between transmission and differential
Inspect and repair drive shaft.
No system pressure
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Transmission
Inspect transmission suction screen for metal particles.
Transmission
Inspect transmission suction screen for metal particles.
Differential
Drain and inspect oil sample from differential for metal particles.
Transmission control valve gasket leakage or stuck shift valve
Remove control valve and inspect gaskets and shift valves.
Transmission overfilled with oil
Check oil level.
Warped disks and plates in transmission
Do Transmission Drag Test. (See Group 9005-10.)
Transmission overfilled with oil
Check oil level.
Temperature gauge or sender
Install temperature sensor to verify temperature. See Tachometer and Thermometer Installation Procedure. (See Group 9025-25.)
Air flow through oil cooler or radiator restricted
Do Radiator Air Flow Test. (See Group 9010.) Clean oil cooler and radiator.
Drag in transmission
Do Transmission Drag Test. (See Group 9005-10.)
Machine Will Not Move (Load Put On Engine Or Engine Stalls When Shifted Into Gear)
9020 15A 4
Machine Creeps In Neutral (Load Put On Engine When Brakes Are Applied)
Transmission Hydraulic System Overheats (Slow Hydraulic Functions And Transmission Slippage May Also Occur)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-4
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–3/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=630
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Cooler relief valve stuck open or spring broken
Remove and inspect cooler relief valve. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.)
Leakage in transmission hydraulic system
Do Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Low transmission pump output
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Loss of 3rd and 4th Forward
C1 element, C1 circuit leakage, or broken sealing rings on reduction gear shaft
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Loss of 1st and 2nd Forward
B2 element or B2 circuit leakage
Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Loss of 1st and 2nd Reverse
B1 element or B1 circuit leakage
Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
9020 15A 5
Loss of 2nd, 4th Forward and 2nd Reverse
B3 element or B3 circuit leakage
Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Loss of 1st, 3rd Forward and Reverse
C2 element, C2 circuit leakage, or broken sealing rings on reduction gear shaft
Do Transmission Control Circuit Pressure Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Lube Pressure Low, Control Pressure and Charge Pressure Normal
Lube relief valve stuck open or spring broken
Inspect lube relief valve and spring.
Lube Pressure Low, Control Pressure Normal, And Charge Pressure Low
Excessive wear in bushings in transmission
Remove transmission filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case.
Main hydraulic system non-return leak
Do Hydraulic Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Engine slow idle too low
Check engine slow idle speed. (See Group 9010-20.)
Excessive Transmission Noise (Under Load or No Load)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-5
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–4/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=631
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Differential Overfilled With Oil
9020 15A 6
Excessive Differential or Axle Noise
Problem
Solution
Parts worn or damaged in transmission
Remove transmission suction screen. Inspect for metal particles. (See Repair Manual, Group 0360.) Repair as necessary.
Low or no lube flow
Do Transmission Lube Pressure Test or Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Brake piston seals leaking
Remove front differential check plug. Actuate brake and observe leakage from check plug. Repair. (See CTM43.)
Differential lock capture system seals leaking
Remove differential check plug. Actuate differential lock and observe leakage from check plug. (See CTM43.)
Low oil level in differential
Remove drain plug and inspect for metal particles in differential case. Disassemble and determine cause.
Brakes dragging
Do Brake Drag Check. (See Group 9005-10.)
Pinion bearing
Remove and inspect pinion. Check to ensure pinion housing was indexed. (See CTM43.)
Gear mesh pattern between ring and pinion gear incorrect
Remove pinion gear housing and inspect ring and pinion gear. (See CTM43.)
Differential pinion gears and/or shafts
Remove differential housing drain plug and inspect for metal particles. Disassemble and inspect. (See CTM43.)
Axle bearing
Do Ring Gear and Pinion Check. (See Group 9005-10.)
Axle planetary
Remove differential. Inspect, repair. (See CTM43.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-6
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–5/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=632
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Oil Seeping From Outer Axle Seal
Excessive axle end play
Check axle end play. (See CTM43.)
Worn outer bearing or cup
Disassemble, inspect outer axle bearing, cup, spacer, and seal, replace. (See CTM43.)
Differential overfilled with oil
Check differential oil return system for excessive internal restriction. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Internal axle seal worn or damaged
Disassemble, inspect, replace. (See CTM43.)
MFWD valve solenoid stuck
Remove and inspect solenoid.
Drive shaft universal joints or drive output shaft
Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
Gear in MFWD transfer case
Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD drive. If MFWD shaft does not turn. (See Repair Manual, Group 0350.) Inspect MFWD transfer gears.
Ring or pinion in MFWD
Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. If MFWD drive shaft turns and wheel constant velocity joints do not turn. Inspect ring gear pinions. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
Wheel constant velocity joint
Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
MFWD axle shaft
Raised all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. Look at wheel without power, if MFWD constant velocity joint does not turn, repair axle. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
No Power To Either MFWD Wheel
No Power To One MFWD Wheel
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-7
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–6/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=633
9020 15A 7
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Outboard planetary
Raise all wheels off ground with engine running. Engage MFWD. If MFWD constant velocity joint will turn but the front tire will not, repair planetary. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
No Power To One Wheel (Under Load)
Limited-slip in MFWD
Raise rear tires off ground. Turn steering wheel for a full left or right turn. Set engine at approximately 1200 rpm and engage MFWD. If only one wheel spins, repair limited-slip in MFWD. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
MFWD Whines or Makes Excessive Noises
Low oil level
Check MFWD oil level. Add oil as necessary.
Worn U-joints in drive shaft
Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
Incorrect MFWD differential backlash.
Inspect and repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0240.)
9020 15A 8
10T,9020,J234 –19–03MAR93–7/7
Transmission Oil Passage Identification (S.N. —872256)
T6917AN
–UN–20MAR90
A—From Oil Filter to Pressure Regulating Valve B—From Pressure Regulating to Convertor-In Circuit C—From Lube Relief Valve to Vent of Reservoir Spring End of all Three Valves D—From Filter Relief Valve to Lubrication Circuit E—From Regulating Valve to Transmission Control Circuit
Pressure Regulating Valve Oil Passages
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-8
10T,9020,J242 –19–30OCT91–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=634
T6921AB
T6921AC
–UN–22MAR90
–UN–22MAR90
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Filter Oil Passages A—From Filter to Transmission Control Circuit
B—From Filter Relief Valve to Lubrication Circuit
C—From Transmission Pump to Filter
D—Oil Filter Housing E—Transmission Housing
10T,9020,J242 –19–30OCT91–2/3
T6917AJ
–UN–22MAR90
9020 15A 9
T6917AK
–UN–22MAR90
Oil Pump and Transmission Oil Passages
A—Convertor-Out To Oil Cooler
B—From Pump To Filter C—From Reservoir To Pump
D—From Regulating Valve To Convertor-In
E—From Oil Cooler To Lubrication Circuit
10T,9020,J242 –19–30OCT91–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=635
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. —872256)
9020 15A 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15A-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=636
Group 15B
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Diagnose Power Shift Power Train Malfunction (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Machine Will Not Move in Low Range Forward, High Range (4th) or Reverse
Low oil level in transmission, park brake will not release and light on console is ON.
Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04.
Service Brakes Dragging
Adjust Brake Pedals and Equalizing Valves. See group 9025-20. Check brake valve and repair. See repair manual, Group 1060.
If light in console OFF and park brake not releasing
Check console light and /or pressure switch. See Group 9015-15. Check park brake disks and separator plates. See repair in Group 0250.
Proper solenoids not energized
Test solenoids. See Group 9015-15.
Low or no system pressure
Check system pressure. See Group 9020-25.
Leaking clutch piston O-ring
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Piston in clutch pack stuck
Check System Pressure, Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 If OK, mechanical problem is indicated. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Piston ball does not seat
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Torque Converter Flexplate broken
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350 for Removal and Installation. See Group 0651 for Disassemble and Assemble.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-1
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–1/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=637
9020 15B 1
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
9020 15B 2
Problem
Solution
Worn or slipping low range forward, high range forward reverse, or speed clutch disks
Check system pressure. See Group 9020-25.
Incorrect shim under modulation piston
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair and adjust. See Group 0360.
Restricted modulation orifice
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual Group 0360.
Stuck spool in control valve
Do Clutch Pressure Tests in Group 9020-25. Remove and inspect control valve spools. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Clutch malfunction in torque converter
Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25.
Low torque converter oil flow/pressure
Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Converter drive splines worn or not engaged in pump drive shaft
Replace converter. See repair manual, Group 0651.
Pump gears seized
Replace pump assembly, Inspect and replace pump drive parts as necessary. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Mechanical failure in transmission
Inspect transmission and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Broken drive shafts or pump drive shaft
Inspect drive shafts, universal joints, and pump drive shaft for external or internal damage. See repair manual, Group 0325 or 0360.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-2
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–2/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=638
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Machine Will Not Move In One Gear
Transmission Slippage
Problem
Solution
Broken ring or pinion gear
If drive shafts rotate with transmission in gear but machine does not move a differential failure is indicated. Repair. See Rear Axle, Group 0250.
Leakage in speed clutch
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test.
Proper solenoids not working
Check solenoids. See Group 9015-15.
Worn or slipping in one clutch pack
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Low oil level and park indicator light ON
Add oil. See Group 9000-04.
Wrong oil grade
Change oil. See Group 9000-04.
Restricted modulation orifice
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Leaking clutch piston O-ring
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Piston ball does not seat
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking.
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-3
9020 15B 3
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–3/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=639
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
9020 15B 4
Machine “Creeps” with FNR in Neutral
Problem
Solution
Worn or slipping clutch disks
Do individual clutch pressure tests. See Group 9020-25. Check system pressure or circuit pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Leak in transmission control valve, shift valve or gaskets
Do Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Remove valve and inspect gaskets. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Low torque converter oil flow/pressure
Do Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Low transmission pump flow due to worn pump
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Weak or broken pressure regulating valve spring
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Weak or broken modulation valve spring
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Warped disks and plates in transmission
Check transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Piston in clutch pack stuck.
Check System Pressure and Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Ball pressed in end of clutch shafts (lube passage) came out
Check Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Clutch ball stuck shut
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-4
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–4/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=640
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow
Problem
Solution
Internal leakage in control valve
Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25.
Solenoids stuck
Check Solenoids. See Group 9015-15.
Oil level is low and park brake indicator light is ON
Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04
Wrong oil, aerated oil
Change oil. See Group 9000-04
Service Brake dragging
Check for excessive heat in brake area of axle housing after operating machine. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Park brake dragging, piston stuck
Repair park brake in rear axle. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Engine fast idle speed set too low
Check fast idle adjustment. See Group 9010-20.
Low pressure in transmission system
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Restricted modulation orifice
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove orifice and check for contamination and/or plugged. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Leaking clutch piston O-ring
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Piston ball does not seat
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Clutch pack slipping
Do Transmission System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Clutch pack dragging, disks warped
Repair clutch pack. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-5
9020 15B 5
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–5/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=641
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Clutch shaft sealing ring leaking
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test or Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Clutch ball stuck shut
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Internal leakage in control valve
Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25.
Failed torque converter
Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25.
Low torque converter oil flow/pressure
Do Torque converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25.
Wrong torque converter
Do Torque Converter Stall Test in Group 9020-25. Check number of torque converter through access hole under machine either 247002 or 4168-028-211.
Low engine power
Do Engine Performance Test. See Group 9010-25.
Mechanical failure in transmission or axle
Inspect. See repair manual, Group 0250 or 0350.
Low or high oil level (aeration of oil)
Add oil or drain. See Group 9000-04
Wrong oil
Change oil. See Group 9000-04.
Pressure reducing valve setting incorrect
Do Reducing Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Pressure regulating valve setting incorrect
Do System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Clutch pack slipping
Do System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair, see repair manual, Group 0350
Control valve leaking internally
Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25 Repair.
9020 15B 6
Transmission Shifts Too Slow
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-6
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–6/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=642
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Transmission Shifts Too Fast
Transmission Overheats
Problem
Solution
Control valve modulation piston not shimmed properly
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Repair. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Restricted modulation orifice
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Modulation piston spring broken
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Remove control valve cover and inspect modulation piston and spring. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Restricted oil passage to clutch pack
Do Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Transmission pump malfunction
Do Pump Flow Test and System Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Transmission pump oil pickup blocked
Repair transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Modulation piston orifice blocked
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Repair, see Group 0360.
Modulation valve piston stuck
Do Modulation Valve Pressure Test in Group 9020-25. Remove control valve cover and inspect modulation piston and spring. Repair, see Group 0360.
Modulation orifice out of place or missing
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Modulation orifice oversized
Do Modulation Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Oil level too high or too low
Check oil level and correct. See Group 9000-04.
Incorrect type of oil
Drain and replace oil. See Group 9000-04.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-7
9020 15B 7
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–7/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=643
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
9020 15B 8
Problem
Solution
Temperature sensor malfunction
Check sensor, see Group 9015-15.
Clutch pack dragging, worn disks
Repair transmission. See Group 0350.
Torque converter malfunction
Do Torque Converter Stall Speed Test. See Group 9020-25. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Torque converter stalled excessively
Use neutral disconnect switch in machine operations to reduce stall.
Operating in too high a gear
Operate one gear lower. See Operator’s Manual.
Oil cooler air flow restricted
Inspect and clean exterior of cooler. Do Air Flow Test. See Group 9010-25.
Missing baffles, damaged fan shrouds or loose fan belt
Inspect and check belt. See Group 9010-20. Check baffles and repair. See repair manual, Group 0510.
Oil cooler restricted internally
Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Flush Cooling System. See CTM104.
Oil flow to or from cooler restricted
Do Cooler-In/Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Converter-In relief valve stuck open or broken spring
Do Converter-In Relief Valve Test in Group 9020-25. Remove valve, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Low transmission pump flow
Do Pump Flow Test. See Group 9020-25.
Transmission mechanical malfunction
Inspect transmission and repair. See Repair, Group 0350.
Engine Over-fueled
Remove fuel injection pump. See your authorized Injection Pump Service Center
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-8
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–8/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=644
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive Power Train Noise
Engine low idle too slow
Check engine slow idle speed. See Group 9010-20.
Oil level low
Fill to correct oil level. See Group 9000-04.
Worn or damaged parts in transmission or axle
Check transmission filter for metal particles. Repair as necessary. See repair manual, Groups 0250 and 0350.
Worn universal joints on drive shaft
Inspect universal joints or drive shaft. See repair manual, Group 0325.
Misalignment of power train components
Check position of components. Be sure they are setting on mounts correctly.
No oil in lube circuit
Do Cooler In and Out Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Do Converter Relief Valve Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Hydraulic lines in contact with power train components
Inspect all hydraulic lines and repair. See Hydraulic Component Location in Group 9025-05.
Assembly adjustments or setting made incorrectly
Isolate where noise is coming from. Adjust. Repair. Check mounts. See Groups 0315, 0315 and 0350.
Rate of shift too fast
Do Modulation Pressure Test in Group 9020-25.
Worn Gears
Inspect transmission. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Transmission oil level too low
Add oil. See Group 9000-04.
Park brake solenoid not working
Test solenoid. See Group 9015-15.
Excessive Gear Clash When Shifting
Park Brake Pressure Light Comes On
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-9
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–9/10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=645
9020 15B 9
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Problem
Solution
Park brake piston leak
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Park brake hose leaking
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair leak.
CED,TX03399,4235 –19–04JUN98–10/10
Diagnose MFWD Malfunction (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: See CTM4509 for repair for MFWD axle.
9020 15B 10
Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Power to MFWD
Solenoid not actuated
Check electrical connection. Inspect solenoid. See Group 9015-10.
Drive shaft failure
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0325.
Failed MFWD output shaft spline
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
Failed ring gear or pinion in front axle.
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
Failed MFWD gear train components in transmission
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0350.
Wheel U-Joint failure
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
Failed outboard planetary
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240
Failed limited-slip in MFWD
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0240.
No Power to One Wheel of MFWD
TX,15,MA17 –19–23JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=646
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— )
Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Differential Lock Operation
Malfunction in electrical circuit to solenoid
With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Do Differential Lock Operational Checks. See Group 9015-10.
Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged
Differential Lock Will Not Release
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Remove and inspect valve. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Excessive leakage in differential lock piston seals
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Check rear axle oil level. See Group 9000-04
Stuck differential lock piston
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears or clutch
Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Excessive leakage differential lock piston seals
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Failed seals on differential lock solenoid valve
Remove and inspect seals. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Stuck differential lock piston
Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Excessive wear of differential lock engaging gears or clutch
Disassemble, inspect, and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Stuck foot switch
Inspect. See electrical, Group 9015-10.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-11
TX,15,MA18 –19–23JUL98–1/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=647
9020 15B 11
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
9020 15B 12
Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil
Poor Service Brakes
Problem
Solution
Malfunction in electrical circuit
With engine stopped and key switch on, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. See Differential Lock Circuit, Group 9015-10.
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
With engine stopped and key switch on, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Remove and inspect valve. See repair manual, Group 0360.
Stuck differential lock piston
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Stuck differential lock engaging gears or clutch
Disassemble, inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Oil level low in transmission
Add oil to correct level. See Group 9000-04. Check axle for overfill.
Differential lock piston seals leaking
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect, repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Service brake piston seals leaking
Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Park brake piston seals leaking
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Low oil level
Check oil level and fill. See Group 9000-04.
Air in brake valve or lines or piston
Bleed brakes. See Group 9025-20.
Brake valve leaks
Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25.
Brake piston seals leak
Inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-12
TX,15,MA18 –19–23JUL98–2/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=648
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Service Brakes Will Not Release
Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy
Park Brake Will Not Hold
Problem
Solution
Brake disks worn excessively
Inspect disks through axle brake inspection hole. Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Restriction in brake circuit
Remove lines and components and inspect.
Brake pedal not returning to full up position or not adjusted properly
Inspect brake pedal linkage. Repair/Adjust. See Group 1060.
Brake valve malfunction
Remove, disassemble and inspect. Repair brake valve. See repair manual, Group 1060.
Warped brake disks
Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Stuck brake piston
Remove and inspect. See Repair, Group 0250.
No free travel on brake adjusters
Disassemble and inspect, check specifications. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Air in brake system
Bleed brakes. See Group 9025-20.
Wrong oil in rear axle
Drain and refill with correct oil. See Group 9000-04.
Disks worn excessively
Disassemble, inspect and repair. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Brake Valve leakage
Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. See Group 9025-25. Repair.
Worn parts
Inspect and replace. See repair manual, Group 0250.
Park brake piston stuck
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25.
Park brake manually released
Do System and Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020 15B 13
9020-15B-13
TX,15,MA18 –19–23JUL98–3/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=649
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— ) Symptom
Park Brake Will Not Release
Problem
Solution
Park brake solenoid plugged
Check solenoid. See Group 9015-15. Repair.
Park brake hose leaking
Inspect and repair all leaks.
Low hydraulic pressure oil to park brake
Do Park Brake Release Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25
Park Brake Solenoid not working
Check solenoid. See Group 9015-15.
Park brake piston stuck
Remove and inspect. See Repair.
Park Brake piston seals leaking
Do Park Brake Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25. Inspect and repair. See Group 0250.
TX,15,MA18 –19–23JUL98–4/4
9020 15B 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=650
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— )
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols (S.N. 872257— )
TS700
–19–28SEP89
9020 15B 15
TX,9020,SS3253 –19–30AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=651
System Diagnostic Information (S.N. 872257— )
9020 15B 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-15B-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=652
Group 20
Adjustments Check and Adjust Toe-In
–UN–02NOV88
1. Measure distance from ground to hub center (A). At this height, mark front (B) and rear (C) in center of tread of each front tire. 2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rear marks (C).
T6382JW
MACHINES WITHOUT MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD): 3. Front marks must be 6 ± 3 mm (0.25 ± 0.12 in.) closer than rear marks.
–UN–02NOV88
To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) and turn tie rod tube (D). After adjustment, tip cap screws 45° down toward rear of machine. Tighten clamp cap screws to 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft).
T6162AT
MACHINES WITH MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD): 4. Front marks must be 6 ± 3 mm (0.25 ± 0.12 in.) closer than rear marks.
–UN–02NOV88
5. To adjust toe-in on MFWD axle, loosen nuts (H), remove cotter pin (G) and nut (F). Remove tie rod end from steering arm. Turn end to get proper toe-in.
T5983AF2
Install nut (F), tighten to 220 N•m (162 lb-ft) and install cotter pin. Tighten nuts (H).
A—Center of Hub B—Front of Tire C—Rear of Tire D—Tie Rod Tube F—Nut G—Cotter Pin H—Nut
10T,9020,J220 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=653
9020 20 1
Adjustments
9020 20 2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=654
Group 25A
Tests (S.N. —872256) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. —872256) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Clamp-on Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. B—Black Clip (-). Connect to main frame.
T6813AG
C—Red Clip (+). Connect to transducer.
–UN–28FEB89
Tachometer
D—Tachometer Readout. Install cable.
10T,9010,K182 –19–10AUG95–1/1
9020 25A 1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. —872256) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Temperature Probe—Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. B—Cable
T6808CE
C—Digital Thermometer
–UN–28FEB89
Digital Thermometer
TX,9020,BG388 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=655
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. — 872256) 1. Hold service brakes on. 2. Operate engine at fast idle. IMPORTANT: Do not stall reverser for longer than 30 seconds or serious converter damage could result. 3. Put FNR/Range lever (A) in 4th forward and stall for 30 seconds. 4. Shift FNR/Range lever to neutral position for 10 seconds to circulate oil before doing next converter stall.
–UN–23SEP92
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until transmission oil reaches test temperature.
T7840BB
9020 25A 2
TX,9020,BG389 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=656
Tests (S.N. —872256)
9020 25A 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=657
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Minimum Engine Speed With Pump Destroked Torque Converter Stall Speed
1800—2000 rpm
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT38070 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) –UN–23SEP92
3. Hold service brakes on.
T7840BB
9020 25A 4
2. Install hydraulic pump destroke tool. (See procedure in Group 9025-25).
4. Operate engine at fast idle. IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 30 seconds or serious damage could result. 5. Put FNR/Range lever (A)in 4th forward and stall for 30 seconds. 6. Shift FNR/Range lever to neutral position for 10 seconds to circulate oil before doing next converter stall.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-4
TX,9020,BG390 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=658
Tests (S.N. —872256) IMPORTANT: Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken-in and using No. 2 fuel. Specification Minimum Engine Speed With Pump Destroked—Torque Converter Stall Speed ..................................................... 1800—2000 rpm
7. Run engine at fast idle until oil reaches specification. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
8. If converter stall speed is low, check for: • Low engine output. (See Group 9010.) • Incorrect torque converter. • Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. 9. If converter stall is too high, check for: • • • • • • • • •
Incorrect oil temperature. Low oil level. Incorrect oil in machine. Restricted suction screen. (See repair manual.) Incorrect torque converter. Engine over-fueled. (See Group 9010.) Converter failure. Failed transmission clutch pack. Low system (pump) pressure in transmission.
9020 25A 5
TX,9020,BG390 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=659
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission System Pressure Test (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
One Shim Changes Pressure
70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
Transmission Pressure
240 ± 35 kPa (12.4 ± 0.35 bar) (180 ± 5 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT05490 (3/8-24 M ORB x 7/16 M 37°) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37° x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer (36952) Hose Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi) 9020 25A 6
The pressure regulating valve setting and leakage in C-2 clutch is checked using this test. 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-6
TX,9020,YY714 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=660
Tests (S.N. —872256) 2. Connect test equipment to transmission test port (A). 3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
4. Run engine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm
Record pressure reading.
Specification One Shim Changes—Pressure .......................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
T7840BC
If low pressure is NOT caused by leakage in C2 clutch circuit, adjust pressure regulating valve. One shim will change pressure approximately 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi).
–UN–23SEP92
If pressure is low, depress neutral disconnect switch on loader control lever and move gearshift lever to 2nd gear. If system pressure increases by approximately 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi), excessive leakage is indicated in the C2 clutch circuit.
NOTE: The transmission system pressure test port is located in the circuit before the control valve. Depressing the neutral disconnect switch will NOT cause pressure to decrease at this test port. Specification Transmission—Pressure ........................ 1240 ± 35 kPa (12.4 ± 0.35 bar) (180 ± 5 psi)
TX,9020,YY714 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=661
9020 25A 7
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Pump Flow Test (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Test Pressure
240 ± 35 kPa (12.4 ± 0.35 bar) (180 ± 5 psi)
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 5 rpm
New Pump Minimum Flow
38 L/min (10 gpm)
Used Pump Minimum Flow
34 L/min (9 gpm)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG419 Pump Adapter JT03059 (1-1/16-12 M 37° x 1-1/16-12 F 37°) 90° Elbow (2 used) JT03048 (1-1/16-12 M 37° x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) Adapter (2 used) JT05490 (3/8-24 M ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37° x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 9020 25A 8
JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Flowmeter Hoses (36952) Hose Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-8
TX,9020,BG391 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=662
Tests (S.N. —872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. 2. Remove transmission filter housing. Inspect filter elements and filter bypass valve to make sure these components are not causing low flow. 3. Connect flowmeter to transmission using parts (A—E). 4. Connect gauge using parts (F—H). Specification Test—Pressure ....................................... 1240 ± 35 kPa (12.4 ± 0.35 bar) (180 ± 5 psi)
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to transmission pump, flowmeter loading valve must be open before starting machine. 5. Open flowmeter loading valve. –UN–27MAR90
6. Heat oil to specifications.
T6327AA
Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
7. Adjust engine speed to specifications. Put FNR lever in neutral. Record flow rate. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................... 1500 ± 5 rpm
8. If flow is below specifications, check oil level and clean suction screen. Repeat test. If flow is still low, remove and inspect pump. See Repair Manual, Group 0350.
A—JT03059 90° Elbow B—JT03048 Adapter C—JDG419 Pump Adapter D—To Flowmeter Inlet E—From Flowmeter Outlet F—JT01608 Quick Coupler Adapter G—JT05490 Adapter H—Hose to Gauge
Specification New Pump—Minimum Flow ......................................... 38 L/min (10 gpm) Used Pump—Minimum Flow .......................................... 34 L/min (9 gpm)
TX,9020,BG391 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=663
9020 25A 9
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure Test (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS Converter-In/Cooler Relief Pressure
793 ± 70 kPa (7.9 ± 0.7 bar) (115 ± 10 psi)
Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
Approximately 1500 rpm
Each Shim Changes Pressure
35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05496 (7/16-20 M 37° x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) A—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS B—Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi) JT05800 Digital Thermometer C—Vice Grips
9020 25A 10
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-10
TX,9020,BG392 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=664
Tests (S.N. —872256) This test checks that relief setting is low enough to protect torque converter and oil cooler (D) but high enough to provide adequate oil flow through cooler. Specification Converter-In/Cooler Relief— Pressure ............................................... 793 ± 70 kPa (7.9 ± 0.7 bar) (115 ± 10 psi)
1. Apply park brake and put FNR lever in neutral. 2. Install adapter (A) and gauge (B). 3. Heat oil to specification. See procedure in this group. Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Specification Engine—Speed ................................................... Approximately 1500 rpm
6. Compare reading to specification. If required, adjust relief to specification with shims. Each shim will change pressure approximately 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi).
T7845AC
5. Start engine, operate at approximately 1500 rpm (1/2 speed) and record pressure.
–UN–23SEP92
4. Block transmission cooler (D) flow with vice grips (C) on hose.
Specification Each Shim Changes—Pressure......................... 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi)
7. Remove vice grips from cooler hose.
TX,9020,BG392 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=665
9020 25A 11
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Test (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
Approximately 40°C (104°F)
Engine Speed
Slow idle
B2 Switch Down Transmission Pressure
0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
B2 Switch Up Transmission Pressure
1206 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.70 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05490 (7/16 M 37° x 3/8-24 M ORB) A—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS B—Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi)
9020 25A 12
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-12
TX,9020,YY716 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=666
Tests (S.N. —872256) This test checks that solenoid valve is holding system pressure and releasing all pressure in circuit when activated.
Specification Oil—Temperature .......................................... Approximately 40°C (104°F)
T7847AC
2. Start engine and heat oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
–UN–23SEP92
1. Install gauge (B) in B2 test port.
3. Lower stabilizers and raise machine off ground. 4. Put transmission in 1st forward, operate at slow idle and record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Slow idle
5. Depress and hold neutral disconnect switch on loader control lever and record pressure after three second wait.
9020 25A 13
6. Compare reading to specification: • If pressure does not drop at all, check power to solenoid. See Section 9015. • If pressure does not drop to zero, remove solenoid and inspect O-rings. See Repair Manual, Group 0360. Specification B2 Switch Down—Transmission Pressure .................................................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
• If pressure is low with switch up, system pressure may be low. Shift transmission to 1st reverse, if pressure is now OK, B2 has leakage. Do Transmission Leakage Test in this group. If pressure is still low, do Transmission System Pressure Test in this group. Specification B2 Switch Up—Transmission Pressure ................................................. 1206 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.70 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
TX,9020,YY716 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=667
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Pressure Test (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 15 rpm
Engaged MFWD Clutch Pressure
0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
Disengaged MFWD Clutch Pressure
210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± .70 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05487 (1/8 M NPT x 7/10-20 M 37°) B—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer A—Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) 0—300 psi)
9020 25A 14
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-14
TX,9020,BG393 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=668
Tests (S.N. —872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. See procedure in this group.
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
T6910AW
3. Heat transmission oil to test specifications. See procedure in this group.
–UN–07APR89
2. Remove sender. Connect gauge to sender port using fittings.
4. Raise machine off ground using loader bucket and stabilizers. Put transmission in 1st forward. 5. Run engine at 1500 ± 15 rpm. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 15 rpm
6. Engage MFWD. Record pressure reading. 9020 25A 15
Specification Engaged MFWD Clutch— Pressure .................................................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
7. Disengage MFWD. Record pressure reading. Specification Disengaged MFWD Clutch— Pressure ................................................... 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± .70 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
8. If pressure is not correct: • Remove and inspect solenoid O-rings. • Do Transmission System Pressure Test in this group to adjust pressure.
TX,9020,BG393 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=669
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Leakage Test (Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure) (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Lube Pressure Difference
Must vary proportionally in same direction as Converter-In/Cooler Pressure
Converter-In/Cooler Maximum Pressure Difference
70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
Engine Speed
1000 ± 3 rpm
Oil Temperature
65 ± 7°C (150 ± 10°F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT03111 (9/16-18M 37° x 7/16-20 F 37°) D—Adapter JT05496 (7/16-20 M 37° x 1-1/16-12 M ORB) A—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer 9020 25A 16
C—Gauge 0—400 kPa (0—4 bar) (0—60 psi) B—Gauge 0—1000 kPa (0—10 bar) (0—150 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-16
TX,9020,BG394 –19–14JAN97–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=670
Tests (S.N. —872256)
–UN–23SEP92
This test locates and defines the amount of leakage in the transmission using variations in cooler pressure. A new machine has a maximum cooler pressure variation of 34 kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi). The Transmission System Pressure Test, in this group, should be done prior to this test. 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
T7849AC
2. Install gauge (C) in LUBE port. Specification Lube—Pressure Difference .................... Must vary proportionally in same direction as Converter-In/Cooler Pressure
3. Install adapter (A) and gauge (B) in pressure regulating valve to record converter-in/cooler pressure. Specification Converter-In/Cooler—Maximum Pressure Difference ............................................ 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) 9020 25A 17
CAUTION: Rear wheels will turn. If machine is equipped with mechanical front wheel drive, front wheels will also turn during this test. Machine must be supported by shop stands so that wheels are free to turn or machine could move during test. 5. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket and position shop stands under axles for support. 6. Start in 1st neutral and adjust engine rpm to 1000 rpm. This is baseline engine speed that must be maintained during test. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................... 1000 ± 3 rpm
7. Follow procedure; record gauge readings on test chart. 8. Maintain temperature at ± 3°C (± 5°F) of starting temperature during this test. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 7°C (150 ± 10°F)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-17
TX,9020,BG394 –19–14JAN97–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=671
Tests (S.N. —872256) • U—Neutral disconnect switch up. • D—Neutral disconnect switch down.
9020 25A 18
Engine Speed Hold to ± 3 RPM
Step
Gear
Cooler Pressure
1
N1
1000
Adjust engine rpm
2
F1
1000
Shift to first gear forward
3
R1
1000
Shift to first gear reverse
4
F3
1000
Shift to third gear forward and adjust engine rpm.
5
N2
1000
Shift to fourth gear forward with clutch cut-off down.
6
N1
1000
Shift to 1st neutral and disengage MFWD (light off) if equipped.
Lube Pressure
Test Instructions
If cooler pressures are within specification, do Transmission Drag Test in this group to isolate problem. If cooler pressure are out of specifications, see Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test to interpret this data.
TX,9020,BG394 –19–14JAN97–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=672
Tests (S.N. —872256)
9020 25A 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=673
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure (S.N. — 872256) NOTE: Oil temperature is critical during this test. If a circuit pressure is low, repeat test with temperature held constant before starting repairs. See Repair Manual, Group 0360. Step 1 This establishes a test baseline on the principle of a constant volume of oil, (gear pump at set rpm) over a orifice (cooler circuit). Changes in cooler pressure with rpm and temperature held constant reflect leakage in circuit pressurized. In N1 the lube circuit, accumulators, gaskets, and C2 clutch sealing rings, piston rings and O-rings are pressurized. Step 2 9020 25A 20
Any change is caused by B2 brake circuit, piston rings or O-rings. It is normal for cooler pressure to drop 7—30 kPa (0.07—0.30 bar) (1—4 psi) when the second circuit is pressurized. Lube pressure must vary proportionally in the same direction as cooler pressure. If it does not, a leak in sealing rings on clutch circuit shaft is indicated. Step 3 Same as step 2 but now B1 brake circuit is pressurized. Step 4 Same as step 2 but now C1 clutch circuit is pressurized. C1 circuit has sealing rings on shaft.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-20
TX,9020,DY658 –19–15AUG96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=674
Tests (S.N. —872256) Step 5 Same as step 1 but now B3 brake circuit is pressurized. Changes are caused by comparison to C2 leakage baseline pressure. C2 circuit is no longer pressurized. If pressure decreases 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi), B3 has excessive leakage. It is normal for pressure to increase slightly, 7—15 kPa (0.07 to 0.15 bar) (1—2 psi). If pressure raises more than 50 kPa (0.5 bar) (7 psi), C2 circuit has excessive leakage. Step 6 Same as step 1 but now MFWD clutch circuit is pressurized. If leakage is excessive, check for failed O-rings on MFWD solenoid first.
TX,9020,DY658 –19–15AUG96–2/2
9020 25A 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=675
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 6°C (150 ± 10°F)
Oil Flow
30.4 L/min. (8 gpm)
Gauge Difference Maximum Pressure Drop
70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 203654 (7/16-20 M37° x 1/2 M NPT) G—Connector JT03348 (1/2 F NPT) H—Tee (2 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) I—Adapter (6 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT 1-1/6-12 F 37° SW) J—Coupler (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS A—Hydraulic Analyzer B—Gauge 0—1000 kPa (0—10 bar) (0—150 psi) F—Switch Box 9020 25A 22
Flowmeter With Temperature Gauge
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-22
TX,9020,YY721 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=676
Tests (S.N. —872256) NOTE: If an internally restricted oil cooler is suspected, the oil cooler can be back flushed to check for debris. Steps 1—3 describe how to back flush the cooler and Steps 4—7 describe how to test cooler for an internal restriction. BACK FLUSH COOLER 1. To back flush the cooler, connect cooler inlet hose to cooler outlet. Disconnect inlet line and put end of hose in a five gallon bucket. 2. Start engine and run at slow idle for 10 seconds. 3. Connect cooler hoses to original position on flowmeter. INTERNAL RESTRICTION TEST 4. Make test connection. Refill transmission, then start engine to fill to proper level before test. 5. Open flowmeter. Heat oil to test specification. See Transmission Warm-Up Procedures in this group.
9020 25A 23
Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 6°C (150 ± 10°F)
6. Increase engine speed until flow is at specification. Specification Oil—Flow .................................................................... 30.4 L/min. (8 gpm)
7. Read pressure gauges at inlet and outlet of cooler. Difference in gauge reading is pressure drop in cooler.
–UN–29SEP92
Specification Gauge Difference—Maximum Pressure Drop .................................................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
T7851AD
A—Hydraulic Analyzer B—Gauge—1000 kPa C—Gauge Port D—Cooler-In E—Cooler-Out F—Switch Box G—Connector H—Tee I—Adapter J—Coupler K—Flowmeter
TX,9020,YY721 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=677
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission Lube Pressure Test (S.N. — 872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
Variable (Slow idle to relief valve opening)
Lube Relief Pressure
276 ± 70 kPa (2.8 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT03111 (9/16-18 M ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter JT01608 (7/16-20 F 37° x 1/8) Nipple Quick Coupler Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer JT05081 Electronic Tachometer Gauge 0—400 kPa (0—4 bar) (0—60 psi) (36952) Hose 9020 25A 24
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-24
TX,9020,BG395 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=678
Tests (S.N. —872256) 1. Install digital thermometer and electronic tachometer. See procedure in this group.
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
4. Slowly increase engine speed from slow idle until lube pressure stops increasing (relief valve opens). Record pressure.
T7852AB
3. Heat oil to specifications.
–UN–23SEP92
2. Connect test equipment to lube pressure test port.
Specification Engine—Speed ..................................... Variable (Slow idle to relief valve opening)
NOTE: If engine speed is increased too much, lube pressure can start increasing again due to restriction through the lube relief valve. 9020 25A 25
5. If lube pressure is high, lube relief valve may be sticking in bore or passages may be restricted. Specification Lube Relief—Pressure ........................... 276 ± 70 kPa (2.8 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi)
6. If lube pressure is low, do the following: • Put gearshift in 2nd and FNR lever in forward, depress clutch cut-off switch. If lube pressure increases to specification, leakage is indicated in C2 clutch circuit. Do Transmission Leakage Test in this group. • If pressure is still low, remove and inspect lube relief valve and spring. • Remove transmission filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case. Low lube pressure can be caused by excessive wear in transmission bushings.
TX,9020,BG395 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=679
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Control Circuit Test Using Seven Gauge Method (Modified) (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Transmission System Pressure
210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
Difference Between System Maximum Pressure and Each Element Pressure
69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi)
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 5 rpm
JT05081 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT03111 (7/16 M 37° x 9/16 M ORB) Adapter AT53713 (3/4-16 M ORB x 9/16-18 M JIC x 1/8 -27 NPTF)a 90° Elbow R39832 (1/8-27 F NPFT x 1/8-27 M 37°)a Adapter JT05401 Power Shift Transmission Test Kit a
These fittings can be ordered through normal service parts channels.
9020 25A 26
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-26
TX,9020,BG396 –19–14JAN97–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=680
T7852AC
–UN–29SEP92
Tests (S.N. —872256)
A—JT05490 Adapter (C2) B—JT05490 Adapter (B3)
C—JT05490 Adapter (B1) D—JT05490 Adapter (C1)
E—JT05490 Adapter (B2) F—JT05490 Adapter (Pressure)
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT CHART 1st Forward
B2
2nd Forward
B2
3rd Forward
C1
4th Forward
C1
in control valve of that circuit. C2
B3 C2 B3
1st Neutral
C2
2nd Neutral
B3
3rd Neutral
Specification Transmission System— Pressure............................................. 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi) Difference Between System— Maximum Pressure and Each Element Pressure ...................................... 69 kPa (0.69 bar) (10 psi)
C2
4th Neutral
B3
1st Reverse
B1
2nd—4th Reverse
B1
C2
1. Raise rear wheels off the ground and position shop stands under axles for support. Raise front wheel if equipped with MFWD.
B3
2. Connect gauges to test ports.
This test checks the engagement pressure at each pack during each shift. Difference in pressure readings may indicate leakage, stuck shift spool or failed gasket
3. Connect electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
G—JT03111 Adapter (Lube) H—Gauge Kit
9020-25A-27
TX,9020,BG396 –19–14JAN97–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=681
9020 25A 27
Tests (S.N. —872256) 4. Heat oil to 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F). (See procedure in this group.) Operate machine in 4th forward to warm-up transmission components.
Shift machine into each gear and adjust engine speed to test specification. Record pressure reading of each gauge.
Specification Oil—Temperature ............................................ 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Specification Engine—Speed .............................................................. 1500 ± 5 rpm
5. Run engine at slow idle. Engage MFWD if equipped.
If pressure difference is excessive, leakage is indicated in that element or circuit.
6. Shift to each gear and use the chart to check for engagement of proper elements. If element engagement is not correct in any gear, a sticking shift spool or leaking control valve housing gasket is indicated.
TX,9020,BG396 –19–14JAN97–3/3
9020 25A 28
Complete Transmission System Test (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
Converter-in/Cooler Minimum Flow at Fast Idle
30.2 L/min (8 gpm)
JT03111 (7/16 M 37° x 9/16 M ORB) Adapter
Converter-in/Cooler Maximum Flow Difference Between Gears
3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm)
New Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked) Flow
38 L/min (10 gpm)
Used Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked) Flow
34 L/min (9 gpm)
Converter-in/Cooler Relief Pressure
793 ± 70 kPa (7.9 ± 0.7 bar) (115 ± 10 psi)
JT05800 Digital Thermometer
Lube Pressure
276 ± 70 kPa (2.8 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi)
Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—3000 psi) (7 used)a
Transmission System Pressure
1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
1/2 in. I.D. Hose 4 ft. Long
Difference Between System and Circuit Maximum Pressure
70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi)
Neutral Disconnect Switch Down Pressure
0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
Neutral Disconnect Switch Up Pressure
1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
JT05490 (7/16 M 37° x 3/8-24 ORB) Adapter 6 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) Adapter (2 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT x 1-1/16-12 F 37°) Adapter (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05081 Electronic Tachometer
JT05401 Powershift Transmission Test Kit
Flowmeter
9.5 mm (0.38 in.) x 92 mm (3.62 in.) Pin 10 Ton Shop Stands ( 2 required—4 with MFWD) a
These items are part of JT05401 Powershift Transmission Test Kit.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-28
TX,9020,BG397 –19–14JAN97–1/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=682
T7852AD
–UN–29SEP92
Tests (S.N. —872256)
A—JT05490 Adapter (C2) B—JT05490 Adapter (B3) C—JT05490 Adapter (B1)
D—JT05490 Adapter (C1) E—JT05490 Adapter (B2) F—JT05490 Adapter (P)
This test checks the overall performance of transmission hydraulic system. Use a copy of Transmission Test Checkout Sheet to record data
G—JT03111 Adapter (Lube) H—JT05401 Gauge Kit I—JT03212 Adapter
during test. After test, use this data with Specifications and Analysis to make diagnosis.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
J—JT03070 Adapter K—Flowmeter
9020-25A-29
TX,9020,BG397 –19–14JAN97–2/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=683
9020 25A 29
Tests (S.N. —872256) 1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Install test gauges.
9020 25A 30
T94644
–UN–31JAN90
Specification Converter-in/Cooler—Minimum Flow at Fast Idle .......................................................... 30.2 L/min (8 gpm) Maximum Flow Difference Between Gears ........................................................... 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm) New Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked)—Flow............................................................. 38 L/min (10 gpm) Used Pump (with Cooler Relief Blocked)—Flow............................................................... 34 L/min (9 gpm) Converter-in/Cooler Relief— Pressure ............................................... 793 ± 70 kPa (7.9 ± 0.7 bar) (115 ± 10 psi) Lube—Pressure ...................................... 276 ± 70 kPa (2.8 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi) Transmission System—Pressure ............. 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi) Difference Between System and Circuit—Maximum Pressure ............................... 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) Neutral Disconnect Switch Down—Pressure........................................................ 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi) Neutral Disconnect Switch Up— Pressure ................................................... 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
3. Install flowmeter in cooler-in hose. IMPORTANT: DO NOT install pin behind cooler relief valve until Step 5 of Test Procedure. 4. Make a 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) diameter by 92 mm (3.62 in.) length pin. 5. In Step 5 of Test Procedure, remove plug and spring from behind cooler relief valve. Install pin and plug. Hand tighten plug only. One or two threads must be showing when valve is tight against seat.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-30
TX,9020,BG397 –19–14JAN97–3/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=684
Tests (S.N. —872256)
CAUTION: Rear wheels will turn. If machine is equipped with mechanical front wheel drive, front wheels will also turn during this test. Machine must be supported by shop stands so that wheels are free to turn or machine could move during test. 6. Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Position shop stands under axles for support. 7. Check transmission oil level. 8. Heat transmission oil to 40 ± 4°C (104° ± 7° F). (See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in this group.)
TX,9020,BG397 –19–14JAN97–4/4
9020 25A 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=685
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Test Procedure (S.N. —872256) NOTE: To get accurate test data, keep temperature and rpm at specifications.
flow and pressure, lube pressure, and C2 circuit pressure.
Step 1
Step 7
System Pressure Check: Run engine at 1500 ± 15 rpm. Record reading on gauge from point F.
MFWD circuit leakage check (If equipped): Disengage MFWD switch (light off). Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow and pressures.
Step 2 Step 8
9020 25A 32
Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check: Put transmission in 1st forward. Run engine at 1500 ± 15 rpm. Observe B2 pressure gauge. Depress neutral disconnect switch and record reading.
Direction Spool Leakage Check: Put FNR lever in forward. Engage MFWD (light on) if equipped. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow.
Step 3
Step 9
Lube Relief Pressure Check: Run engine at slow idle. Slowly increase engine speed until lube pressure stops increasing. Record reading for lube pressure.
B1 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 1st reverse. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 10
Step 4 Cooler (converter-in) relief valve check: Close flowmeter. Put transmission in 1st neutral. Run engine at 1500 ± 5 rpm. Record reading from pressure gauge in flowmeter. Open flowmeter. Step 5 IMPORTANT: Do not close flowmeter with cooler relief valve blocked or pump damage could occur. Block oil cooler relief valve: Stop engine. Open flowmeter. Install pin behind cooler relief valve to hold valve closed. Leave pin installed for remainder of test.
B2 Brake Leakage Check: Put transmission in 1st forward. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 11 B3 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 2nd forward. Depress neutral disconnect switch. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 12 C1 Leakage Check: Put transmission in 3rd forward. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler flow. Step 13
NOTE: Flowmeter must be open for remainder of test. Step 6
Stop engine, remove pin from cooler relief valve and install spring. For oil cooler and accumulator check, heat oil to 65 ± 6°C (150 ± 10°F).
Transmission pump check, C2 leakage check and establish base cooler flow for steps 7 through 12: Put FNR lever in 1st neutral. Engage MFWD (light on) if equipped. Run engine at 1500 ± 3 rpm. Record cooler
1. Put FNR lever in 1st neutral. Increase engine speed to fast idle. Record cooler flow.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-32
TX,9020,BG398 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=686
Tests (S.N. —872256) 2. B1,B2,C1 accumulator check: Run engine at 1500 ± 15 rpm. Observe gauge in B2 test port. Put FNR in 1st reverse then wait 5 seconds. Shift FNR lever to 1st forward. Compare observations to gauge illustration at B2 test port.
3. C2,B3 accumulator check: Observe gauge in B3 test port. Put FNR in 1st forward then wait 5 seconds. Shift into 2nd forward. Compare observations to gauge illustration at B3 test port.
TX,9020,BG398 –19–14JAN97–2/2
9020 25A 33
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=687
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet (S.N. —872256)
U=Neutral Disconnect switch up. D=Neutral Disconnect switch down. Step
9020 25A 34
Gear
Engine RPM
Cooler Flow
Cooler Pressure
1
N-1-U
1500 ± 15
P
2
F-1-U
1500 ± 15
B2
F-1-D
1500 ± 15
B2
3
N-1-U
Variable
4
N-1-U
1500 ± 15
5
Stop engine, install pin in cooler relief and open flow meter.
6
MFWD (if equipped)
Lube Pressure
Test Port
Temperature
Start
With flow meter closed.
N-1-U
1500 ± 3
C2
7
N-1-U
1500 ± 3
C2
8
F-1-U
1500 ± 3
C2
9
R-1-U
1500 ± 3
B1
10
F-1-U
1500 ± 3
B2
11
F-2-D
1500 ± 3
B3
12
F-3-U
1500 ± 3
C1
13
Stop engine, remove pin from cooler relief and install spring.
a
N-1-U
b
R-1-U to F-1-U Shift
B2
Observe Gauge
c
F-1-U to F-2-U Shift
B3
Observe Gauge
End
Fast Idle
CLUTCH/BRAKE ENGAGEMENT 1st Forward
B2
C2
2nd Forward
B2
B3
3rd Forward
C1
C2
4th Forward
C1
B3
1st Neutral
C2
2nd Neutral
B3
3rd Neutral
C2
4th Neutral
B3
1st Reverse
B1
C2
2nd—4th Reverse
B1
B3
TX,9020,BG399 –19–14JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=688
Tests (S.N. —872256)
9020 25A 35
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=689
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Analysis of Complete Transmission Test (S.N. —872256) After testing the transmission and recording data on Checkout Sheet, use the following analysis to determine if the transmission hydraulic system meets specified flows and pressures for proper transmission operation. Information is also given to help identify the cause of possible problems.
Step 4 Cooler relief valve pressure must be 793 ± 70 kPa (7.6 ± 0.7 bar) (115 ± 10 psi). A low pressure can be caused by a low pressure setting of filter relief valve, weak, broken or wrong cooler relief valve spring, or a valve spool that does not slide freely in its bore.
Step 1 Step 5 Transmission system pressure must be 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi). A low pressure reading can be caused by a weak, broken or wrong spring or valve spool that does not slide freely in its bore. Leak in C2 clutch circuit can also cause low pressure because it is pressurized also. Step 2
9020 25A 36
B2 brake circuit pressure must be equal to system pressure in step 1 when neutral disconnect switch is up. The pressure must drop to zero within 3 seconds after neutral disconnect switch is held down. If pressure does not drop at all, see Neutral Disconnect Solenoid Check in Group 9015. If pressure drops but not to zero, remove and inspect O-rings on neutral disconnect solenoid valve. Step 3 Lube relief valve pressure must be 276 ± 70 kPa (27.6 ± 0.7 bar) 40 ± 10 psi). Shift to 2nd forward and depress neutral disconnect switch. If lube pressure increases to specification, leakage is indicated in C-2 circuit. If lube pressure is still low, remove and inspect lube relief valve and spring. Low lube pressure can also be caused by excessive wear in transmission bushings. Remove filter and suction screen to inspect for metal particles in filter and bottom of transmission case. NOTE: If during test lube pressure increases and cooler pressure does not, a sealing ring leak is indicated in that circuit.
This step is required to divert full transmission pump flow to the converter-in/cooler circuit and eliminates possibility of cooler relief leakage on test results. Step 6 Minimum cooler flow (transmission pump flow) is 38 L/min (10 gpm) for a new pump and 34 L/min (9 gpm) for a used pump. If flow is low in Step 11, remove transmission filter and inspect filter bypass valve. Repeat step 6. If still low, do Transmission Pump Flow Test in this group. Step 7 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 7 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine MFWD system leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 8 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 8 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine spool leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 1.0 L/min (0.2 gpm). Step 9 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 9 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B1 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-36
TX,9020,BG400 –19–14JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=690
Tests (S.N. —872256) NOTE: If leakage is excessive, check shift valve gaskets before removing clutch or brake packs. Step 10 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 10 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B2 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 11 Compare cooler flow measured in step 11 to cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine B3 circuit leakage. They should be approximately equal. It is normal for flow to increase slightly, if it increases more than 2.0 L/min (0.6 gpm), C2 leakage is excessive. If cooler flow decreases more than 2.0 L/min (0.6 gpm), B3 leakage is excessive. Step 12 Subtract cooler flow measured in step 12 from cooler flow measured in step 6 to determine C1 circuit leakage. Maximum allowable leakage is 3.0 L/min (0.8 gpm). Step 13 Remove pin and install cooler relief spring to check oil cooler restriction and accumulator modulation. • Cooler flow must be 30.2 L/min (8 gpm). If step 6 flow and step 4 pressure was at specifications, back-flush oil cooler. See Transmission Oil Cooler Restriction Test in this group.
• The actual time required to charge the accumulator is difficult to measure. The charging time is important to the service life of the transmission and can be a help in diagnosing transmission problems. Proper accumulator operation can be determined by operating the tractor as follows and observing the gauge as the specified shifts are made. As the shift is made from 1st reverse to 1st forward for front accumulator on B2 gauge or 1st forward to 2nd forward for rear accumulator on B3 gauge and count one thousand and one, one thousand and two. The gauge must be up to system pressure by the count one thousand and one. Compare your pressure gauge readings to the following gauge illustrations as the specified shift is made. The first gauge indicator movement on the illustrations indicated the point at which the accumulator piston has moved to discharge condition. The second gauge indicator movement on the illustrations is the pressure rise as the accumulator is charged. This allows the disks and plates in the transmission to pick up the load as pressure builds. The next gauge indicator movement in the illustrations indicates the accumulator piston is fully charged and in a full flow bypass condition. The time from the midpoint pressure to normal operating pressure is very short. A long charging time can be caused by excessive leakage in a given brake, clutch or plugged orifice. A short charging time can be caused by broken accumulator spring, accumulator installed backwards or missing orifice or stuck accumulator
TX,9020,BG400 –19–14JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=691
9020 25A 37
Tests (S.N. —872256)
C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port (S.N. —872256) (S.N. —872256) TX,9020,BG401 –19–14JAN97–1/4
T7639AA
–UN–28OCT91
Shift lever in first forward after five seconds.
TX,9020,BG401 –19–14JAN97–2/4
T7639AB
–UN–28OCT91
Shift transmission from first forward to second forward with accumulator charging for 0.3—0.5 seconds. Pressure must be 275 ± 70 kPa (2.7 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi).
TX,9020,BG401 –19–14JAN97–3/4
–UN–28OCT91
0.8 seconds after shifting gears with accumulator charged. Pressure is 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi)
T7639AC
9020 25A 38
TX,9020,BG401 –19–14JAN97–4/4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-38
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=692
Tests (S.N. —872256)
C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port (S.N. —872256)
T7639AA
–UN–28OCT91
Shift lever in first reverse after five seconds.
10T,9020,M145 –19–03MAR93–1/3
T7639AB
–UN–28OCT91
Shift FNR lever from first reverse to first forward with accumulator charging 0.3—0.5 seconds. Pressure must be 275 ± 70 kPa (2.7 ± 0.7 bar) (40 ± 10 psi).
10T,9020,M145 –19–03MAR93–2/3
T7639AC
–UN–28OCT91
1.7 seconds after shifting gears with accumulator charged. Pressure at 1210 ± 70 kPa (12.1 ± 0.7 bar) (175 ± 10 psi).
10T,9020,M145 –19–03MAR93–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=693
9020 25A 39
Tests (S.N. —872256)
Transmission “Drag” Test
TX,9020,BG402 –19–14JAN97–1/1
Transmission “Drag” Test Transmission oil must be at operating temperature for these tests.
– – –1/1
C1 Clutch, B1, B2 Brake Drag Test
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 2nd forward. Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm.
9020 25A 40
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Move FNR lever to neutral position.
OK: Go to next test. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a slower speed, B2 is dragging. NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but at a faster speed, C1 is dragging.
LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop. NOTE: If wheels turn, apply service brakes until wheels stop and note change in rpm on tachometer. If depressing brake pedal causes rpm to drop enough that difference can be seen on tachometer (15 rpm), it indicates warped disks in that pack. Lube oil does not affect these "drag" checks because they are done at operating temperature and at slow idle. If "drag" is caused by lube oil within the transmission clutches and brakes, "drag" will increase when oil is cold. When engine speed is increased to 1500 rpm or higher, "drag" is reduced because lube relief valve opens and returns excessive cold oil to sump. It is normal for wheels to "creep" with cold oil as engine speed is increased but to stop moving at speeds above 2000 rpm. If "drag" is caused by warped clutch or brake disks or plates, "drag" will be seen at any oil temperature and will increase proportionally as engine speed is increased.
NOT OK: If wheels continue to move but in a reverse direction at same speed, B1 is dragging. NOT OK: "Drag" causes rpm to drop excessively. Inspect transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350.
– – –1/1
C2 Clutch, B3 Brake Drag Test
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket. Release park brake. Shift transmission to 1st forward.
OK: Check completed. NOT OK: Engine speed drops, C2 is dragging. Repair transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350.
Adjust engine speed to 1000 rpm. T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Shift transmission to 2nd forward. LOOK: Wheels must increase in speed but engine rpm must return to 1000 rpm.
NOT OK: Engine speed increases, B3 is dragging. Repair transmission. Go to Repair Manual, Group 0350. – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25A-40
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=694
Group 25B
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. 872257— ) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Clamp-On Transducer. Remove paint using emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. B—Black Clip (-). Connect to main frame.
T6813AG
C—Red Clip (+). Connect to transducer.
–UN–28FEB89
Tachometer
D—Tachometer Readout. Install cable.
TX,25,SS3151 –19–17JUN96–1/1
9020 25B 1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. 872257— ) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
C—Digital Thermometer
NOTE: Cooler In and Cooler Out lines can be switched depending on installation.
T6808CE
B—Cable
–UN–28FEB89
A—Temperature Probe
For transmission testing, run machine for two minutes. Use a temperature probe and determine which line is the hottest and install temperature probe on metal part of line for cooler IN or feel both cooler hoses and start machine, whichever one pressurizes first is cooler inlet. On Torque Converter Stall, Converter-In Relief Pressure Test, and Cooler In and Out Pressure Test, install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube.
TX,25,SS3152 –19–23JUN98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=695
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Low Idle (900 ± 25 rpm) and High Idle (2375 ± 25 rpm)
IMPORTANT: Never operate machine equipped with MFWD with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the MFWD will occur. NOTE: Have test equipment installed before warm-up. Cooling system is highly efficient and may require blocking air flow around the transmission cooling system to control temperature.
2. Put transmission in third gear (A). Park brake OFF. IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 20 seconds or serious converter damage could result.
T7840BB
9020 25B 2
–UN–23SEP92
1. Raise machine off ground using loader and stabilizers.
3. Cycle from low idle to high idle with service brakes engaged. Approximately 10 seconds in high idle and 5 seconds in low idle until desired temperature is reached. Specification Engine—Speed ................................... Low Idle (900 ± 25 rpm) and High Idle (2375 ± 25 rpm)
NOTE: To cool machine, shift to neutral and run at high idle. Temperature should drop approximately 1° every 5 seconds.
CED,TX03399,4231 –19–15MAY98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=696
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations (S.N. 872257— )
T113993
–19–18MAY98
9020 25B 3
A—Differential Lock Solenoid B—Park Brake Pressure Port C—Differential Lock Pressure Port D—Transmission Control Valve E—Transmission Speed Shift Valve F—Oil Drain G—Model Identification Plate
H—Filter I—Transmission Pump J—MFWD Solenoid K—MFWD Test Port L—Park Brake Solenoid M—Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port N—Converter-In Relief Valve Pressure Port O—Modulation Valve Pressure Test Port
P—System Pressure Test Port Q—Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port R—Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port S—First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port T—High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port
U—Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port V—Reducing Valve Pressure Test Port W—Output Flange to Rear Axle X—Rear of Transmission Y—Control Valve Z—Speed Shift Valve
CED,TX03399,4230 –19–08MAY98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=697
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Transmission/Hydraulic Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Torque Converter Stall Speed
1875—2100 rpm
converter damage may result. Return FNR lever to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. 7. Operate engine at high idle. The highest stabilized speed measured is converter stall speed.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS Specification Engine—Speed ...................................................................... Fast Idle Torque Converter—Stall Speed ............................... 1875—2100 rpm
JT38070 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
IMPORTANT: Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken-in and using No. 2 fuel.
Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Torque Converter Stall: Install electronic tachometer. (See procedure in this group.)
8. If converter stall speed is low, check for:
2. Install digital thermometer probe into the transmission sump through the dipstick tube. 9020 25B 4
3. Install hydraulic pump destroke tool. See procedure in Group 9025-25.
• Low engine output. See Group 9010-25. • Incorrect torque converter. Check part number through inspection hole in bottom of transmission housing, number should be 4168-028-219). • Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. 9. If converter stall speed is too high, check for:
4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Transmission/Hydraulic Oil— Temperature .................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
See Transmission Warm-Up Procedure in this Group and Hydraulic Warm-Up Procedure in Group 9025-25. 5. Place FNR lever in 3rd gear. 6. Apply and hold service brakes. IMPORTANT: Converter should NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds or serious
• • • • • • • • •
Incorrect oil temperature. Low oil level. Incorrect oil in machine. Restricted suction screen. See repair manual. Incorrect torque converter. Check part number through inspection hole in bottom of transmission housing, number should be 4168-028-219. Engine over fueled. See Group 9010-25. Converter failed. Failed transmission clutch pack. Low system (pump) pressure in transmission.
TX,25,SS3154 –19–22JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=698
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9020 25B 5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=699
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Converter-In Relief Valve Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature at Sump
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
2375 ± 25 rpm
Converter-in Relief Valve Pressure (SN —895999)
800 + 200 kPa (8 + 2 bar) (116 + 29 psi)
Converter-in Relief Valve Pressure (SN 896000—)
900—1150 kPa (9 — 11.5 bar) (130—167 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi)
1. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.
3. Install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube. Warm transmission oil, see procedure in this group.
T101750
9020 25B 6
–UN–12JUL96
2. Install adapter and gauge in port (A).
Specification Oil—Temperature at Sump .................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
4. Put FNR lever in neutral. IMPORTANT: DO NOT exceed 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi) or converter damage could result. 5. Slowly increase rpm until maximum pressure is reached on gauge. Specification Engine—Speed ......................................................................... 2375 ± 25 Converter-In Relief Valve (SN — 895999)—Pressure............................... 800 + 200 kPa (8 + 2 bar) (116 + 29 psi) Converter-In Relief Valve (SN 896000—)—Pressure ............................... 900—1150 kPa (9 — 11.5 bar) (130—167 psi)
6. If maximum pressure is reached at low idle, check for a plugged cooler. Back flush using an oil caddy or replace cooler.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-6
TX,25,SS3155 –19–17APR01–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=700
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 7. If pressure is too high, remove relief valve. Disassemble, clean and inspect valve. 8. If pressure is low, check for weak or broken spring and scored or sticking valve. 9. Install and check relief valve after repair.
TX,25,SS3155 –19–17APR01–2/2
9020 25B 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=701
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Park Brake Release Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
Park Brake Release Pressure
1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
Park Brake Applied Pressure
0
ESSENTIAL TOOLS D—38H1032 (—10 M x —10 F x —10 M ORFS) (Parker No. 10R6IO-S) Tee B—JT03458 (7/16 —20 M JIC x 1-14 F ORFS —10) Adapter A—PD34BTX Quick Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer –UN–06AUG96
Digital Thermometer Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
1. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.
T101901
9020 25B 8
2. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) A—Quick Coupler B—Adapter C—Park Brake-to-Transmission Line D—Tee
3. Make test connections. 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
(See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group.) 5. Increase rpm to specification and record pressure reading with park brake OFF, FNR in neutral , MFWD engage (if equipped) and differential lock disengaged. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm Park Brake—Release Pressure .......... 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
With park brake switch ON pressure should be zero. Specification Park Brake Applied—Pressure ................................................................ 0
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-8
TX,25,SS3157 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=702
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 6. If park brake pressure is not to specification, do System Pressure Test. (See procedure in this group.) If system pressure is OK, but park brake pressure is low, it indicates leakage in park brake circuit. Check axle oil level. See Section 9000, Group 4. If oil level is high park brake piston seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, park brake solenoid or gasket.
TX,25,SS3157 –19–22JUL98–2/2
9020 25B 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=703
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
System Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
System Pressure
1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes Pressure
115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.
T101892
9020 25B 10
–UN–12JUL96
1. Install Electronic Tachometer and Digital Thermometer, see procedures in this group.
3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group. 5. With FNR lever in neutral and gear shift lever (manual shift) in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm System—Pressure ............................... 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
6. If pressure is too low, run test at 80° C (176° F) if pressure is still low check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust. A 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) shim is equal to 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi) (see Pressure Regulating Valve Adjustment in repair manual).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-10
CED,TX03399,4265 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=704
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes—Pressure .................................. 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
If adjustment does not raise pressure, do Transmission Pump Flow Test see procedure in this group. 7. If pressure is too high redo test using 80° C (176° F) temperature. If pressure is still to high check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust. Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes—Pressure .................................. 115 kPa (1.15 bar) (16.68 psi)
Make sure test was performed at correct specifications.
CED,TX03399,4265 –19–22JUL98–2/2
9020 25B 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=705
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Oil Temperature Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
Forward or Reverse Pressure
1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
Neutral Disconnect De-Activated Pressure
0
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
T115471
9020 25B 12
–UN–21MAY98
Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connection in appropriate port (A, B, C, D, E or F). 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
A—Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port B—Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port C—High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port D—First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port E—Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port F—Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) NOTE: All clutch pressures should be the same. 5. Machine off ground. Engine speed at specifications and park brake OFF and FNR lever in forward or reverse, record pressure in all speed ranges. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm Forward or Reverse—Pressure........... 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-12
CED,TX03399,4233 –19–15MAY98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=706
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 6. Low pressure in one direction indicates a leakage in that pack or solenoid. Low pressure in both directions indicates a leakage in the speed clutch or low system pressure. (Do System Pressure Test in this group.) 7. With FNR lever in neutral, a slight pressure recorded in either the forward or reverse test port could indicate that the ball in the clutch shaft came out (lube passage) or a problem in control valve. Repair clutch pack see Group 0350. Repair control valve, see Group 0360. 8. With FNR lever in neutral, pressure recorded in the speed clutch test ports could indicate a problem with the time delay relay. See Group 9015-15. NOTE: When neutral disconnect is de-activated pressure should be zero. Specification Neutral Disconnect De-Activated—Pressure ........................................................................... 0
9020 25B 13
CED,TX03399,4233 –19–15MAY98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=707
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Reducing Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
Reducing Valve Pressure
850—1050 kPa (8.5—10.5 bar) (123—152 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Install Electronic Tachometer and Digital Thermometer, see procedure in this group 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A).
T101897
9020 25B 14
–UN–22AUG96
Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi)
4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group. 5. With FNR lever in neutral and gear shift lever (manual shift) in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm Reducing Valve—Pressure ...................... 850—1050 kPa (8.5—10.5 bar) (123—152 psi)
6. If reducing valve pressure is not to specification do System Pressure Test in this group. If system pressure is OK, but reducing valve pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See repair Group 0360. 7. If pressure is too high check reducing valve for sticky spool or binding. See repair manual, Group 0360. Make sure test was performed at correct specifications.
CED,TX03399,4266 –19–22JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=708
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Modulation Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
System Modulated (Final) Pressure
1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi)
Neutral-Modulation Phase Pressure
270—1200 kPa (2.7—12 bar) (39—174 psi)
Modulation Valve Pressure Test Shift Time
Neutral into gear 0—1600 kPa (0—16 bar) (0—232 psi) in 2 seconds and from Forward/Reverse or Reverse/Forward into a gear 1.7 seconds Maximum
Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes Pressure
42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS –UN–12JUL96
AT202955 (Parker No. PD357) Diagnostic Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
T101898
Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A). 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. FNR lever in neutral, record pressure reading. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm Neutral—Pressure ......................................... 270—300 kPa (2.7—3 bar) (39—44 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-15
TX,25,SS3170 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=709
9020 25B 15
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: Forward and reverse pressures should be the same. 6. Machine off the ground. FNR lever in forward or reverse, record pressure gauge readings. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm System Modulated (Final)— Pressure .............................................. 1600 + 300 kPa (16 + 3 bar) (232 + 44 psi) Modulation Phase—Pressure ......................... 300—1200 kPa (3—12 bar) (44—174 psi)
7. If total shift time from 0—1600 kPa (0—16 bar) (0— 232 psi) takes more than specifications while doing this test, it indicates a problem in the modulation valve.
9020 25B 16
Specification Modulation Valve Pressure Test—Shift Time ........................................ Neutral into gear 0—1600 kPa (0—16 bar) (0—232 psi) in 2 seconds and from Forward/Reverse or Reverse/Forward into a gear 1.7 seconds Maximum
8. If shift is slow (long modulation time only), and neutral pressure is between 270—300 kPa (2.7—3 bar) (39— 44 psi) orifice in modulation circuit is restricted. If shift is hard or neutral pressure is high, orifice is oversized, loose or missing. If shift is long (hesitation or long fill time) or neutral pressure is low, spring is weak, orifice is plugged. A shim 1 mm (0.039 in.) is equal to 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi), see repair manual for modulation shim adjustment if modulation shift is not acceptable. See Group 0360. Clean orifice, see Group 0360. Specification Each 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Shim Changes—Pressure ...................................... 42 kPa (0.42 bar) (6.09 psi)
TX,25,SS3170 –19–22JUL98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=710
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9020 25B 17
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=711
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Differential Lock Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
Differential Lock Pressure
1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1022 (1/4 M x 1/4 F x 1/4 M) (Parker No. 4R6LO-S) Tee PD34BTX Quick Coupler JT03455 (7/16 —20 M JIC x 9/16 —18 x —4 F ORFS) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS.
T101983
9020 25B 18
–UN–16JUL96
Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
3. Make test connections. 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
A—Tee B—Quick Coupler C—Adapter D—Transmission-to-Differential Lock Rear Axle Hose
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. MFWD and park brake engaged. 6. Increase rpm to specification and record pressure reading with differential lock pedal switch pressed down. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm Differential Lock—Pressure ................. 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-18
TX,25,SS3165 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=712
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) NOTE: When differential lock pedal switch is released pressure should be zero. 7. If differential pressure is not to specification, do System Pressure Test. (See procedure in this group). If system pressure is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See repair. Check axle oil level. See Section 9000. Group 4. If oil level is high, seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but differential lock pressure is low leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, differential lock solenoid or gasket.
TX,25,SS3165 –19–22JUL98–2/2
9020 25B 19
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=713
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
MFWD Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 rpm
MFWD Pressure
1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
(M10 x 1.0 ORB) (Parker No. PD357) Quick Coupler SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer Gauge 0—3500 kPa (0—35 bar) (0—500 psi)
1. Install tachometer and thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) –UN–12JUL96
2. Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. 3. Make test connections in port (A).
T101916
9020 25B 20
4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
(See Transmission Oil Warm-Up procedure in this group.) 5. Increase rpm to specifications and record pressure reading with MFWD switch OFF, park brake engaged and differential lock disengaged. Specification Engine—Speed ........................................................................... 1500 rpm MFWD—Pressure................................ 1600 + 400 kPa (16 + 4 bar) (232 + 58 psi)
NOTE: When MFWD switch is ON pressure should be zero. 6. If pressure is low, check System Pressure, see procedure in this group. If low, leakage in MFWD circuit is indicated. Possible locations include the delivery tube (inside case), the MFWD piston seal, the transmission control valve gasket, or the MFWD solenoid.
TX,25,SS3166 –19–22JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=714
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9020 25B 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=715
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— )
T118098
–UN–30OCT98
9020 25B 22
A—3/4 in Barb Tee
B—3/4 in Test Hose
C—Gauge
SPECIFICATIONS
D—Flowmeter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Oil Temperature at Sump
80 ± 5° C (176 ± 10° F)
Electronic Tachometer
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
Digital Thermometer Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi) (2 Used)
Cooler In Pressure Minimum
110 kPa (1 bar) (16 psi)
Cooler Out Pressure Test Pressure Minimum
55 kPa (0.6 bar) (8 psi)
(D) Flowmeter
Normal Cooler Pressure Difference (Drop)
55 ± 14 kPa (0.6 ± 0.14 bar) (8 ± 2 psi)
Cooler Flow
26 ± 1 L/min (7 ± 0.264 gpm)
Minimum Cooler Flow
15 ± 1 L/min L/min (4.0 ± 0.264 gpm)
1. Install Electronic Tachometer, see procedure in this group. 2. Install digital thermometer probe into sump using dipstick tube. 3. Make test connections to cooler and flow meter.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS (1/2 M NPT x 3/4 x 3/4) (A) Barb Tee (2 Used) 3/4 in. (B) Test Hose cut to length as required (2 used)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-22
CED,TX03399,4267 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=716
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 4. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature at Sump............................ 80 ± 5° C (176 ± 10° F)
Cooler—Flow ....................................... 26 ± 1 L/min (7 ± 0.264 gpm) Minimum Cooler—Flow .................... 15 ± 1 L/min L/min (4.0 ± 0.264 gpm)
See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group.
6. If cooler restriction is high, inspect cooler hoses and cooler for damage. If no damage found, clean cooler using oil caddy.
5. With FNR lever in neutral. Operate machine to specifications and record pressure and flow.
7. If cooler pressures are low, see Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test in this group.
Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................ 1500 ± 25 rpm —Specification Cooler In—Pressure Minimum ..................... 110 kPa (1 bar) (16 psi) Cooler Out Pressure Test— Pressure Minimum ......................................... 55 kPa (0.6 bar) (8 psi) Normal Cooler—Pressure Difference (Drop) ............................... 55 ± 14 kPa (0.6 ± 0.14 bar) (8 ± 2 psi)
8. Check cooler pressures in all shifts. If pressure is low, FNR solenoid or pump problems are indicated. Pump stop sleeve may be blocking flow to torque converter or torque converter may be plugged. Do Torque Converter Stall in this group.
9020 25B 23
CED,TX03399,4267 –19–22JUL98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=717
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Test (S.N. 872257— )
T117559
–UN–23OCT98
9020 25B 24
A—Test Hose SPECIFICATIONS
2. Install electronic Tachometer, see procedure
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25
Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Starting To Open) Temperature
80 ± 3° C (176 ± 5° F)
Minimum Cooler Flow
15 ± 1 L/min L/min (4.0 ± 0.264 gpm)
Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Full Open) Temperature
96° C (205° F)
Cooler Flow
26 ± 1 L/min (7 ± 0.264 gpm)
3. Connect bypass valve to flow meter with 3/4 in. test hose (A). Connect flow meter outlet to existing cooler hose. 4. Open restriction valve on flowmeter. 5. Start engine.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
6. Heat Transmission oil to specifications. See warm up procedure in this Group.
Temperature Reader Flow Meter 3/4 in. Test Hose
7. Run engine at test speed. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................... 1500 ± 25
1. Install digital temperature reader in sump of transmission using the dipstick tube..
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-24
TX,9020,ME475 –19–26JUN98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=718
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 8. Flow meter reading must start to increase at specified temperature. Specification Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Starting To Open)— Temperature .................................................... 80 ± 3° C (176 ± 5° F) Minimum Cooler—Flow .................... 15 ± 1 L/min L/min (4.0 ± 0.264 gpm)
Specification Thermal Bypass Valve Flow: (Full Open)—Temperature............................................ 96° C (205° F) Cooler—Flow ....................................... 26 ± 1 L/min (7 ± 0.264 gpm)
10. If valves does meet specifications, inspect valve repair or replace. 11. Repeat test after repair.
9. Flow meter reading must be at maximum flow at specified temperature.
TX,9020,ME475 –19–26JUN98–2/2
9020 25B 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=719
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Transmission Oil Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872257— )
T117560
–UN–23OCT98
9020 25B 26
A—3/4 in. Barb Tee
B—3/4 in. Test Hose
SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
80 ± 6°C (176 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Cooler Bypass Pressure Differential Pressure
214—269 kPa (2.1—2.7 bar) (31—39 psi)
JTO5753 Hydraulic Switch Box or Differential Pressure Gauge SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
3/4 in. Barb Tee
NOTE: If an oil cooler bypass valve malfunction is suspected, the thermal bypass valve can be removed and inspected or replaced in less time than it takes to perform a test. 1. Install Electronic Tachometer, see procedure in this Group.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
3/4 in. Barb Plug
C—3/4 in. Barb Plug
2. Install digital thermometer probe on thermal relief bypass valve housing. 3. Disconnect hose from oil cooler at thermal bypass valve and install plug (C) in hose.
3/4 in. Test Hose Temperature Reader Electronic Tachometer
4. Install Tee (A) and short test hose in line going to torque converter from bypass valve..
Gauge 700 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-26
TX,9020,ME476 –19–17JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=720
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) 5. Connect differential pressure gauge or Hydraulic Switch Box to tee and bypass valve outlet going to cooler.
Specification Cooler Bypass Pressure Differential—Pressure ............................ 214—269 kPa (2.1—2.7 bar) (31—39 psi)
6. Heat transmission oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
If Pressure Is Low:
Specification Transmission Oil—Temperature ...................... 80 ± 6°C (176 ± 10°F)
• A failed cooler thermal bypass valve is indicated. Disassemble and inspect valve or replace. See Repair Manual.
NOTE: Pressure differential should start out low and then when thermal bypass valve opens, pressure differential will increase.
If Pressure Is High:
7. Observe pressure gauges during warm-up. 8. With transmission in neutral, run engine at test speed.
• A failed torque converter relief valve. Disassemble and inspect relief valve or replace. See Repair Manual. • A failed cooler thermal bypass valve is indicated. Disassemble and inspect valve or replace. See Repair Manual.
Specification Engine—Speed ...................................................................... Slow Idle 9020 25B 27
9. Record differential pressure and compare to specification.
TX,9020,ME476 –19–17JUL98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=721
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature at Sump
80° C (176° F )
Engine Speed
900 + 25 - 0 rpm
NOTE: Do Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test in conjunction with this test. If cooler pressures are low from the Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test do the following test. 1. Install test equipment, see Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test in this group. 2. Heat oil to specification. See procedure in this group. Specification Oil—Temperature at Sump ............................................... 80° C (176° F ) 9020 25B 28
3. Machine off the ground. FNR lever in neutral, operate machine to specifications. Record pressures and flows in forward, high range forward reverse, neutral, speed clutches, MFWD, differential lock and park brake. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................... 900 + 25 - 0 rpm
There should be a momentary fluctuation in pressure/flow if circuit is normal. If pressure and cooler pressure in and out and flow remains down, this indicates a leakage in that circuit. See 9015-15 to check solenoids.
CED,TX03399,4268 –19–22JUL98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=722
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9020 25B 29
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=723
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
Transmission Pump Flow Test (S.N. 872257— ) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
1500 ± 25 rpm
New Pump Flow
42 L/min (11.2 gpm)
Used Pump Flow
36 L/min (9.5 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
A—JDG596 Filter Adapter JDG596A1 Spacer and Sealing Washer Kit SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS B—Flowmeter Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
–UN–03FEB99 T119993
9020 25B 30
IMPORTANT: On early machines use the washers and spacer to make filter adapter fit. This will keep filter from leaking. On later machines just use the filter adapter. 1. Make test connections. When installing filter adapter use a washer on both sides of spacer on early machines. 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) IMPORTANT: Before starting engine, check that flowmeter loading valve is open. Pump can be damaged if engine is started with loading valve closed. 3. Heat oil to specifications. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
(See Transmission Oil Warm-up Procedure in this group.) 4. Run engine at test specification. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1500 ± 25 rpm
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-30
TX,25,SS3207 –19–22JUL98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=724
Tests (S.N. 872257— ) Measure flow. Specification Pump—Flow .............................................................. 42 L/min (11.2 gpm)
5. Low transmission pump flow can be caused by: • • • • • •
Low oil level in transmission Cold transmission oil Plugged intake tube Air leak in pump suction tube Pump mounting cap screws loose Worn transmission pump
TX,25,SS3207 –19–22JUL98–2/2
9020 25B 31
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=725
Tests (S.N. 872257— )
9020 25B 32
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9020-25B-32
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=726
Section 9025
Hydraulic System Contents Page
Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-2 Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-4 Hydraulic Schematic (SN —830204) . . . . . . .9025-05-5 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 830205— 850352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-6 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 850353— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-7 Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . .9025-05-8 Charge Pump Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Main Hydraulic Pump Operation . . . . . . . . .9025-05-10 Pressure Compensator Operation . . . . . . . .9025-05-12 Hydraulic Return Filter Operation . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Priority Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Accumulator Operation—Brake (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Accumulator Operation—Brake (S.N. 872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20 Steering Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Loader Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Loader Bucket Valve Section Operation . . .9025-05-25 Loader Boom Valve Section Operation . . . .9025-05-28 Loader Auxiliary Valve Section Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Backhoe Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation—Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34 Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation— Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35 Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-Cavitation—Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-36 Backhoe Swing Valve Operation-Swing Left Position—Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-38 Backhoe Bucket Valve Operation—Bucket Curl Position—Husco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-40 Backhoe Boom Valve Operation—Husco . .9025-05-42 Backhoe Valve Crowd Operation—Crowd In Position—Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-44 Backhoe Valve Auxiliary Operation—Extend Operation—Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Backhoe Solenoid Controlled Auxiliary Valve—Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Backhoe Swing Valve Operation— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50
Backhoe Boom Valve Operation— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-52 Backhoe Bucket Valve Operation— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe Crowd Valve Operation— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 Backhoe Auxiliary Valve Operation— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Stabilizer Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-57 Brakes Released (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . .9025-05-58 Brakes Engaging (S.N. —872328) . . . . . . .9025-05-62 Manual Braking—Prefill (S.N. —872328). . .9025-05-66 Manual Braking (Engaging) (S.N. — 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-70 Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Brake Valve Operation (S.N. 872329— ). . .9025-05-76 Brakes Released (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . .9025-05-78 Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . .9025-05-80 Brake Engaging—Right Side Only (S.N. 872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-82 Parking Brake Operation (S.N. — 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Differential Lock Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-86 Park Brake Differential Lock Valve Operation (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-88
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Steering System Malfunctions . . . .9025-15-1 Diagnose Main Hydraulic System Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-4 Diagnose Brake System Malfunctions . . . . .9025-15-10 Diagnose Park Brake and Differential Lock System Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-12 Group 20—Adjustments Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN —830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-1 Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Adjust Park Brake (S.N. —872328) . . . . . . . .9025-20-4
9025-1
Continued on next page
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
9025
Contents
9025
Page
Page
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. —872328) . .9025-20-5 Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Service Brake Valve And Pedal Adjustment (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-10 Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-12
Service Brake Valve Work Port Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. — 872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-66
Group 25—Tests John Deere Radial Piston Pump—Use CTM7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation . . .9025-25-1 Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. . . . . . . . .9025-25-2 Manual Destroke Installation Procedure . . . .9025-25-3 Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-4 Charge Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Charge Pump Flow (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . .9025-25-6 Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872329— ) . . . . . .9025-25-8 Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Main Pump Standby Pressure Test . . . . . . .9025-25-10 Main Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Priority Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Priority Valve "LS" Port Flow Test . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test. . . . . .9025-25-18 Steering Valve Neutral Drift Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Cylinder Drift Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Steering System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26 Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 Hydraulic Component Leakage Test . . . . . .9025-25-29 Circuit Relief Valve Test with Flow Regulator—Test Cylinder Method— Gresen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-36 Circuit Relief Valve Test—Remote Pump Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-43 Cycle Time Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cycle Time Test Continued . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-49 Flowmeter Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . .9025-25-50 Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-52 Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Test (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-56 Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. —872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-60 TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation
9025 05 1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=729
Theory of Operation
T105415
–UN–19FEB97
Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. —872256)
9025 05 2
T106263
–UN–19FEB97
(Serial No. —830204)
(Serial No. 830205—872256) Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-2
TX,9025,BG216 –19–02JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=730
Theory of Operation A—Backhoe Control Valve B—Stabilizer Control Valve C—Brake Valve D—Steering Valve
E—Hydraulic Reservoir F—Brake Accumulator G—Charge Pump H—Hydraulic Oil Cooler
I—Main Hydraulic Pump J—Surge Relief Valve K—Loader Control Valve L—Priority Valve
This is a closed-center hydraulic system. Oil flows from the hydraulic reservoir to the charge pump (G). Charge oil flows to inlet of hydraulic filter (N). Return oil from all hydraulic functions except steering, brakes and differential lock also flows to filter inlet to form charge circuit flow. A surge relief check valve (J) is used to maintain charge pressure and protect oil cooler from excess pressure by releasing excess oil to the hydraulic reservoir (E). Oil flows from the filter to main hydraulic pump (I) inlet. Oil flows from the main pump to the park brake/differential lock valve (M). Oil from the park
M—Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve N—Hydraulic Filter O—Rear Differential
brake/differential lock valve is routed to the priority valve (L) and brake valve (C). Oil flows past the priority valve spool to the non-priority circuit (loader function). When pressure drops below setting of valve, flow to the loader circuit is restricted to supply priority oil to the steering circuit. Charge circuit flow not required by the main hydraulic pump flows to the hydraulic oil cooler (H). Oil cooler, main hydraulic pump seal drain, steering valve, brake valve, and differential lock and park brake valve return oil flow directly to hydraulic reservoir.
TX,9025,BG216 –19–02JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=731
9025 05 3
Theory of Operation
T117454
–UN–23OCT98
Main Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872329— )
9025 05 4
A—Backhoe Control Valve B—Stabilizer Control Valve C—Brake System Filter D—Right Stabilizer Cylinder E—Steering Valve F—Brake Valve G—Brake Accumulator (2 used)
H—Hydraulic Reservoir I—Surge Relief Valve J—Transmission Oil Cooler K—Hydraulic Oil Cooler L—Left Loader Boom Cylinder M—Loader Bucket Cylinder N—Main Hydraulic Pump
The hydraulic system is a closed-center system. Oil flows from the hydraulic reservoir to the charge pump (U). Charge oil flows to inlet of hydraulic filter (V). Return oil from all hydraulic functions except steering, brakes, transmission and differential lock flows to filter inlet to form charge circuit flow. A surge relief check valve (I) is located in the reservoir return line from the filter base in the bottom of the reservoir. It is used to maintain charge pressure and protect oil cooler from excess pressure by releasing excess oil to the hydraulic reservoir (H).
O—Steering Cylinder P—Attenuator Hose Q—Thermal Relief Bypass Valve R—Right Loader Boom Cylinder S—Loader Control Valve
T—Priority Valve U—Charge Pump V—Hydraulic Filter W—Right Swing Cylinder X—Left Swing Cylinder Y—Left Stabilizer Cylinder
(T). Oil flows to the priority valve spool to the non-priority circuit (loader function). When pressure drops below setting of valve, flow to the loader circuit is restricted to supply priority oil to the steering circuit. Charge circuit flow not required by the main hydraulic pump flows to the hydraulic oil cooler (H). Oil cooler, main hydraulic pump seal drain, steering valve, brake valve, and differential lock and park brake valve return oil flow directly to hydraulic reservoir.
Oil flows from the filter to main hydraulic pump (N) inlet. Oil flows from the main pump to the priority valve
CED,TX03610,135 –19–19MAR99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=732
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T119027
BUCKET
9025-05-5
STABILIZER VALVE
BOOM
BACKHOE VALVE STABILIZER VALVE BRAKE VALVE
–19–24APR98–1/1
BOOM
022602
PN=733
BUCKET
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N.
PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03768,8484
AUXILIARY
)
HYDRAULIC FILTER
LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. 812258–
Theory of Operation
See Page 9025-05-5 A
INLET END CAP
SWING
BOOM
BUCKET
CROWD
AUXILIARY
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
–19–13JUL99
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T119027
Hydraulic Schematic (SN —830204)
DIFF. LOCK
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
RELIEF VALVE
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
See Page 9025-05-5 B
PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
)
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
CHARGE PUMP
ACCUMULATOR
RESERVOIR (S.N. 80220 —
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
AUXILIARY
—812257)
LOADER VALVE
PRIORITY VALVE
STEERING VALVE
T
PRIORITY VALVE
LS P
R
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
ACCUMULATOR
L
STEERING VALVE
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
RETURN OIL
TRAPPED OIL
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
HIGH PRESSURE OIL
See Page 9025-05-5 C
FILTER BYPASS VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RESERVOIR
BRAKE VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T119026
INLET END CAP
SWING
BOOM
BUCKET
CROWD
AUXILIARY
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
See Page 9025-05-6 A
STABILIZER VALVE
BRAKE VALVE
BOOM
DIFF. LOCK
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
RELIEF VALVE
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
See Page 9025-05-6 B
PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (GRESEN BACKHOE VALVE)
AUXILIARY
CHARGE PUMP
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
LOADER VALVE
BUCKET
LOADER CONTROL VALVE
PRIORITY VALVE
PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE
HYDRAULIC FILTER
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE
Theory of Operation
–19–17DEC98
L
T
TM1537 (26FEB02)
ATTENUATOR HOSE
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
PRIORITY VALVE
LS P
R
STEERING VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
T119026
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
–19–24APR98–1/1
PN=734
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03768,8485
RETURN OIL
TRAPPED OIL
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
HIGH PRESSURE OIL
See Page 9025-05-6 C
9025-05-6
FILTER BYPASS VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RESERVOIR
BRAKE VALVE
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 830205—850352)
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (SN —830204) T119027 –19–13JUL99
BACKHOE VALVE STABI VALVE
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
CROWD
HYDRAULIC FILTER LOADER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. 812258– BUCKET
BOOM
BUCKET
)
AUXILIARY PARK BRAKE DIFF. LOCK V
BOOM
LOADER CO BOOM SWING STABILIZER VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE INLET END CAP
T119027
CED,TX03768,8484 –19–24APR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-5
Page 9025-05-5 A
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=733
SURGE RELIEF VALVE STABILIZER VALVE
RESERVOIR (S.N. 80220 —
STEERING VALVE
BRAKE VALVE
)
ACCUMULATOR CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
BRAKE/ OCK VALVE
ACCU
PRIORITY VALVE
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
LOADER VALVE
ER CONTROL VALVE (S.N. OM
BUCKET
—812257) AUXILIARY
RELIEF VALVE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
DIFF. LOCK
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
/1
der 22602
733
Page 9025-05-5 B
BRAKE VALVE
STEERING VALVE L
R
T
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE ACCUMULATOR
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC FILTER
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
HIGH PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
CHARGE PUMP
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE
RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Page 9025-05-5 C
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE OUTLET END CAP
BRAKE VALVE
AUXILIARY
CROWD
HYDRAULIC FILTER BUCKET
PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE PRIORITY VALVE BOOM
LOADER CONTROL VALVE BOOM SWING STABILIZER VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE INLET END CAP
T119026
Page 9025-05-6 A
BU
Hydraulic Sc T119026 –19–17DEC98
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
KE E
STEERIN ACCUMULATOR
L
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
T
PR VA ACCUMULATOR MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP LOADER VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
ALVE BUCKET
AUXILIARY
RELIEF VALVE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
MAIN HYDRAU ATTE HOSE
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
DIFF. LOCK
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (GRESEN BACKHOE VALVE)
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
TM1537 (26FEB0
Page 9025-05-6 B
Theory of Operation
ulic Schematic (S.N. 830205—850352) 9–17DEC98
BRAKE VALVE
TEERING VALVE L
R
T
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE OR
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC FILTER
HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE
HIGH PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
CHARGE PUMP
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE
RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
CED,TX03768,8485 –19–24APR98–1/1
26FEB02)
9025-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9025-05-6 C
022602
PN=734
T119025
–19–17DEC98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T119025
9025-05-7
See Page 9025-05-7 A
INLET END CAP
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
AUXILLIARY (ATTACHMENT)
SWING
BOOM
BUCKET
CROWD
AUXILIARY
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
STABILIZER VALVE
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 850353—872256)
–19–24APR98–1/1
BOOM
PN=735
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX03768,8486
BRAKE VALVE
AUXILIARY
DIFF. LOCK
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
RELIEF VALVE
PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
See Page 9025-05-7 B
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (HUSCO BACKHOE VALVE)
CHARGE PUMP
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
LOADER VALVE
BUCKET
LOADER CONTROL VALVE
PRIORITY VALVE
PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE
HYDRAULIC FILTER
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
T
PRIORITY VALVE
LS P
R
ATTENUATOR HOSE
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
ACCUMULATOR
L
STEERING VALVE
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
RETURN OIL
TRAPPED OIL
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
HIGH PRESSURE OIL
See Page 9025-05-7 C
FILTER BYPASS VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RESERVOIR
BRAKE VALVE
T116994
INLET END CAP
STABILIZER VALVE
LEFT STABILIZER CYLINDER
BOOM CYLINDER
BUCKET CYLINDER
LEFT SWING CYLINDER
BACKHOE VALVE
BOOM
CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RIGHT SWING CYLINDER
CROWD CYLINDER
See Page 9025-05-8 A
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
AUXILLIARY (ATTACHMENT)
SWING
BOOM
BUCKET
CROWD
AUXILIARY
OUTLET END CAP
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK CYLINDER
BUCKET
LOADER VALVE
PRIORITY VALVE
STABILIZER VALVE
RIGHT STABILIZER CYLINDER
AUXILIARY
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
T LS
P
R
See Page 9025-05-8 B
L
STEERING VALVE
STEERING CYLINDER
B I P
ATTENUATOR HOSE
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
TM1537 (26FEB02)
MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL PUMP
–19–13NOV98
ACCUMULATOR
T116994
BUCKET CYLINDER
LEFT LOADER CYLINDER
THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
ATTENUATOR HOSE
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
PRIORITY VALVE
RIGHT LOADER CYLINDER
HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR
BRAKE ACCUMULATORS
TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC FILTER
BRAKE SYSTEM FILTER
STEERING BRAKE VALVE VALVE
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
–19–28SEP98–1/1
PN=736
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX04577,769
RETURN OIL
LUBRICATION OIL
TRAPPED OIL
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL
See Page 9025-05-8 C
9025-05-8
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
P
B
ACCUMULATOR
HIGH PRESSURE OIL
I
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Hydraulic Schematic
FILTER BYPASS VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RESERVOIR
C
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
A C
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
BRAKE VALVE
Theory of Operation
A
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 872329— )
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Schematic (S.N. 850353—872256) T119025 –19–17DEC98
BACKHOE STABILIZER VALVE VALVE BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
CROWD HYDRAULIC FILTER BUCKET PARK BRAKE/ DIFF. LOCK VALVE BOOM
PRIORITY VALVE
SWING
LOADER CON BOOM
AUXILLIARY (ATTACHMENT)
INLET END CAP
STABILIZER VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T119025
CED,TX03768,8486 –19–24APR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-7
Page 9025-05-7 A
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=735
ER
STEERING VALVE RESERVOIR
BRAKE VALVE
ACCUMULATOR SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
ACCU
VE MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
ORITY VE LOADER VALVE
CHARGE PUMP
ER CONTROL VALVE OM
BUCKET
AUXILIARY
RELIEF VALVE
PARK BRAKE SOLENOIDS
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID PARK BRAKE
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
DIFF. LOCK
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC (HUSCO BACKHOE VALVE)
THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
/1
der 22602
735
Page 9025-05-7 B
BRAKE VALVE
STEERING VALVE L
R
T
LS P
PRIORITY VALVE ACCUMULATOR
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC FILTER
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP ATTENUATOR HOSE
HIGH PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
CHARGE PUMP
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE
RETURN OIL HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Page 9025-05-7 C
EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK CYLINDER
BACKHOE VALVE
CROWD CYLINDER
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
RIGHT STABILIZE CYLINDER
STABILIZ VALVE
OUTLET END CAP AUXILIARY
BUCKET CYLINDER CROWD
BOOM CYLINDER LEFT STABILIZER CYLINDER
BUCKET
LEFT SWING CYLINDER
HYDRAULIC FILTER
RIGHT SWING CYLINDER
CHARGE PUMP
BOOM
PRIORITY VALVE
LOADER VALVE
SWING BOOM
AUXILLIARY (ATTACHMENT)
INLET END CAP
STABILIZER VALVE
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE
T116994
Page 9025-05-8 A
BU
Hydraulic S
T116994 –19–13NOV98
HT BILIZER INDER ABILIZER LVE
STEERING BRAKE VALVE VALVE
BRAKE ACCUMULATORS
BRAKE SYSTEM FILTER
SURGE RELIEF VALVE
HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER THERMAL RELIEF BYPASS VALVE LEFT LOADER CYLINDER
BUCKET CYLINDER
RITY VE OADER ALVE
BUCKET
ACCUMU
TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC FILTER
RIGHT LOADER CYLINDER
ATTENUATOR HOSE
STEERING CYLINDER
MAIN HYDRAULIC OIL PUMP
STEERING VALVE
AUXILIARY
L
R
MAIN HYDRA
ATTE HOS PRIORITY VALVE
T LS
P
710D HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
TM1537 (26FEB
Page 9025-05-8 B
Theory of Operation
ulic Schematic (S.N. 872329— ) 9–13NOV98
BRAKE VALVE
CUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
B I P
A
A
C
C
B I
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
P
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
RESERVOIR
HYDRAULIC FILTER
HYDRAULIC PUMP
HIGH PRESSURE OIL
ATTENUATOR HOSE
MEDIUM PRESSURE OIL SURGE RELIEF VALVE
CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TRAPPED OIL
CHARGE PUMP
LUBRICATION OIL RETURN OIL FILTER BYPASS VALVE HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Hydraulic Schematic CED,TX04577,769 –19–28SEP98–1/1
26FEB02)
9025-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader
Page 9025-05-8 C
022602
PN=736
Theory of Operation
Charge Pump Operation
H G
E F
I
L
D
–19–15JAN98
J A B
K
T6895AD
C TXC6895AD
A—Charge Pressure B—Return Oil (Low Pressure) C—Return Oil (Pressure Free)
D—Charge Pump E—Main Hydraulic Pump F—Hydraulic Oil Cooler
G—Loader Control Valve H—Stabilizer Control Valve I—Backhoe Control Valve
J—Auxiliary Valve K—Hydraulic Filter L—Hydraulic Reservoir
The charge pump (D) (SN —830204) is located on left side of engine above injection pump. It is belt driven off the engine crankshaft pulley and belt tension is adjustable.
Charge pump is a low pressure, constant displacement gear pump. Charge oil is drawn from hydraulic reservoir (L) and pumped into return line ahead of hydraulic filter to supply main hydraulic pump (E).
The charge pump (SN 830205— 872256) is located on the right side of the engine beneath the alternator. It is driven by the right camshaft gear through the auxiliary drive assembly.
When main hydraulic pump is at standby, charge oil (A) flows through oil cooler (F) and is returned to hydraulic reservoir. Excess charge flow is returned to reservoir through surge relief check valve. The surge relief check valve is located in reservoir return line from filter base and limits charge pressure to a maximum of 827 kPa (120 psi).
The charge pump (S.N. 872329— ) is mounted on the rear of the transmission. The pump is driven by the transmission input shaft at engine speed.
TX,9025,BG217 –19–02JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=737
9025 05 9
Theory of Operation
Main Hydraulic Pump Operation
K J
N L
O U T I A
M
H F
G D B
A
9025 05 10
E
–19–15JAN98
P Q
T6902AA
C
R S TXC6902AA
Single Bank Pump Shown A—Inlet B—High Pressure Outlet C—Discharge Valve D—Piston E—Shaft F—Bearing Race G—Inlet Valve
H—Crankcase I—Orifice J—Pressure Compensator Adjusting Screw K—Spring L—Pressure Compensator Valve
The 3000 Series radial piston pump is a variable displacement pump. Single and double bank versions operate the same to provide high pressure oil flow. A
M—Destroke Plug (Optional Manual or Electric Solenoid) N—Shuttle Valve O—Crankcase Relief Valve P—Discharge Pressure Oil
double bank pump is essentially two single bank pumps sharing a common drive shaft and control valve.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Q—Crankcase Pressure Oil R—Inlet Pressure Oil S—Pump Housing T—Inlet Housing U—Valve Housing
9025-05-10
27T,9025,M65 –19–24MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=738
Theory of Operation Inlet oil (R) enters through inlet ports (A) in the inlet housing (T). A common inlet gallery in the housing provides oil to eight inlet valves (G) in pump housing (S). Pistons (D) radially surround an eccentric cam. The pistons ride on the cam bearing race (F). A spring behind each piston hold it against the bearing race. As pump shaft (E) rotates, a low pressure cavity develops in the piston spring area during downward stroke of piston. This low pressure allows inlet valve (G) to open filling the piston cavity with oil. Inlet valves close at the end of intake stroke of pistons. High pressure oil is developed as bearing race pushes pistons outward. As pressure increases, the discharge valve (C) opens allowing discharge pressure oil (P) to pass into the outlet gallery. At the end of stroke, discharge pressure
oil in the outlet gallery closes the discharge valve (C). All discharge valves share a common outlet gallery in the pump housing (S). An orifice (I) is located between the crankcase and the inlet gallery. Any oil leakage past the pistons is routed through the orifice (I) to the inlet gallery. This flow allows for cooling and lubrication. Pressure compensation pumps (both older style non-utilized and newer style unitized designs) are designed to provide "on demand" discharge pressure oil (P) regardless of flow requirements. As demand for oil decreases, system pressure increases. Pressure compensator valve (L) then routes system oil into crankcase (H). Increased pressure in the crankcase overcomes piston spring pressure and holds pistons (D) away from race (F), thereby destroking the pump.
27T,9025,M65 –19–24MAR93–2/2
9025 05 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=739
Theory of Operation
Pressure Compensator Operation
A
B
P
P
G E
G
N
B
C E
M I
F J K
H 9025 05 12
A—Pressure Compensator Adjusting Screw B—Pressure Compensator Spring(s) C—Spring Guide D—Pressure Compensator Valve
D
O
T6902AB
TXC6902AB
–19–15JAN98
L
E—Crankcase Relief Valve F—External Control Valve G—Spring H—Shuttle Valve I—Spring J—Discharge Pressure Oil
K—Crankcase Pressure Oil L—Inlet Pressure Oil M—Pressure Compensator Valve in 1st Position N—Pressure Compensator Valve in 2nd Position
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-12
O—Plug (or Optional Manual Destroke or Electric Solenoid) P—Valve Housing
27T,9025,M67 –19–15OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=740
Theory of Operation The 3000 Series unitized designed pump provides a bolt-on control valve. The pressure compensator valve (D) controls the flow of oil in the pump. Valve movement is controlled by discharge pressure oil (J) on one end of the valve and by inlet pressure oil (L) and force from spring (B) on the other end. Discharge pressure can be increased or deceased by changing the force on spring (B) using the pressure compensator adjusting screw (A). Shuttle valve (H) is used in conjunction with either a manual destroke screw or an electric destroke solenoid in place of plug (O). Valve (H) moves against crankcase relief valve (E) and spring (G) allowing discharge pressure oil to be dumped into crankcase and inlet destroking the pump. Pump is in FULL STROKE when pressure compensator valve (D) is in the position (M) shown above. As demand for oil decreases, discharge
pressure increases moving pressure compensator valve (D) toward spring (B). The valve continues to move to position (N) dumping discharge pressure oil (J) into the crankcase, increasing crankcase pressure. Crankcase pressure overcomes the combined spring force on the pump pistons. Pistons are then held away from the pump shaft bearing race and the pump is DESTROKED. The pump goes into QUICK DESTROKE when there is a sudden drop in demand for oil flow, creating a sudden increase in discharge pressure oil. Discharge pressure oil increases greatly allowing the crankcase relief valve (E) to move against the spring (G). This allows crankcase pressure oil (K) to dump into inlet pressure oil (L). This limits high pressure spikes caused by discharge pressure oil being too rapidly routed into crankcase cavity.
27T,9025,M67 –19–15OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=741
9025 05 13
Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Return Filter Operation A P
INLET I
INLET A P
HOUSING B PISTON
C J
G BYPASS VALVE A
C
K
G
NORMAL OPERATION SPRING D
SPRING F
H TERMINAL J TO RESERVOIR
K OUTLET
K O RETURN FILTER
T101460
A—Inlet Passage B—Housing C—Piston D—Spring
L RESTRICTED FLOW – INDICATOR LIGHT ON AND BYPASS OIL
I ELEMENT
F—Spring G—Valve H—Terminal I—Element
J—To Reservoir K—Outlet Passage L—Restricted Flow
The hydraulic return filter removes contaminants from the hydraulic system oil. The filter housing contains a bypass valve and a filter restriction switch. Under normal operation, return flow from the backhoe loader and priority valve enters the inlet (A), flows through the filter element (I), up through the filter canister and out the outlet (K) or to the reservoir (J). If the pressure differential between the inlet and outlet increases past a set level due to cold oil or partially restricted filter element, inlet pressure in the housing
N RETURN FLOW
M—Semi-Restricted Flow N—Return Flow O—Return Filter
(B) increases, moving the piston (C) down against spring (D) force and outlet pressure. The piston contacts the terminal (H), completing a circuit which causes the filter restriction indicator light to glow. As the filter element becomes plugged, the pressure differential between the inlet and outlet increases. Inlet pressure is sensed on one side of the valve (G) which opens against spring (F) force and outlet pressure. The return oil then bypasses the filter while the restriction indicator lights glow.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
M SEMI-RESTRICTED FLOW – INDICATOR LIGHT ON
T101460
9025 05 14
–19–10SEP98
J
9025-05-14
27T,9025,M69 –19–24MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=742
Theory of Operation Under normal operation, the restriction indicator light will glow when operating the hydraulic functions with cold oil. If the restriction indicator light continues to glow after the oil reaches operating temperature, the
return filter is being bypassed. Extended operation in the bypass mode will cause damage to the hydraulic system.
27T,9025,M69 –19–24MAR93–2/2
9025 05 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=743
Theory of Operation
Priority Valve Operation D P PORT
SPOOL C LAND NOTCHES
D
A
E
E SPOOL B
F
H G
LS PORT B
SPRING A
9025 05 16
TXC7833AG
A—Spring B—"LS" Port C—Spool Land Notches D—"P" Port, Inlet
F CF PORT
G EF PORT
K STEERING CIRCUIT PRESSURE L
RETURN PRESSURE
M PRIORITY VALVE — NEUTRAL
E—Spool F—"CF" Port, To Steering Valve G—"EF" Port, To Loader Valve
The priority valve (M) is a pressure control valve that maintains priority pressure to the closed-center steering valve. With the engine running and the steering valve in neutral, flow to the steering valve is not required and all flow through the priority valve is directed out the "EF" port (G) to the loader control valve. With the engine off, the spool (E) is pushed to the right by the spring (A). The passage to the "CF" port (F) is open. When the machine is first started, all pump flow is routed to the steering valve which, if not being operated, blocks the flow. This causes pump pressure to increase. Steering inlet pressure is supplied through the pilot orifice to the right end of the spool. This
H—Orifice I—Loader Valve Actuated J—System Pressure
K—Steering Circuit Pressure L—Return Pressure M—Priority Valve-Neutral
causes the priority valve spool to shift left against the spring and open the "EF" port. As long as the steering valve is in neutral, just enough pressure to the steering valve is maintained to keep the priority valve spool shifted to the left. The operating pressure in the loader circuit does not affect the operation of the priority valve. With a loader function activated the priority valve will not shift until the unit is steered. Flow through the priority valve spool passes through the orifice (H) and into the "LS" port (B) flowing through the steering valve "LS" passage which is routed to return when the steering valve is in neutral. This provides a warm-up circuit to prevent binding of the steering valve due to temperature extremes.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
SYSTEM PRESSURE
–19–15JAN98
LOADER I VALVE ACTUATED
J
T7833AG
ORIFICE H
9025-05-16
TX,902505,BS152 –19–03MAR93–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=744
Theory of Operation
D P PORT
SPOOL B LAND NOTCHES
E
H
D
E SPOOL A
F
C G
LS PORT A
SPRING H ORIFICE C
J
HIGH PRESSURE
K MEDIUM PRESSURE F CF PORT
G EF PORT
–19–15JAN98
FULL STEER I RATE
TXC7833AH
A—"LS" Port B—Spool Land Notches C—Orifice D—"P" Port, Inlet
T7833AH
L PRIORITY VALVE — STEERING ACTIVATED
LOADER VALVE IN NEUTRAL E—Spool F—"CF" Port, To Steering Valve G—"EF" Port, To Loader Valve
H—Spring I—Full Steer Rate J—High Pressure K—Medium Pressure
9025 05 17
L—Priority Valve—Steering Activated—Loader Valve in Neutral
When steering the machine, load-sensing pressure from the steering valve flows through the orificed "LS" port (A) in the priority valve. Load sensing pressure plus spring (H) force moves the spool (E) to the right against the pilot pressure on the right end of the spool. This restricts flow through the "EF" port (G) while the "CF" port (F) is open to the steering valve.
conditions. During normal conditions, oil is metered into the load sensing circuit through an orifice in the steering valve. When steering is at the full steer rate (I), the spool shifts to the full right position, directing all flow to the steering valve. At fast idle, the steering system will not use all of the pump flow. Therefore, the excess oil flows to the loader control valve.
The load sensing circuit is a control circuit that routes steering work port pressure oil to the spring side of the priority valve spool to sense the pressure that is required to steer the machine under various load
The load sensing circuit receives the majority of its flow from the load sensing orifice in the steering valve. Some flow is also supplied from the "CF" port through orifice (C) in the priority valve spool.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-17
TX,902505,BS152 –19–03MAR93–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=745
Theory of Operation
E PORT
E
B
SPRING D PLUG C SPOOL B LAND NOTCHES
F SPOOL A
G H
LS PORT A
I
HIGH PRESSURE
J
MEDIUM PRESSURE –19–15JAN98
G CF PORT
H EF PORT
TXC7833AI 9025 05 18
A—"LS" Port B—Spool Land Notches C—Plug D—Spring
T7833AI
K PRIORITY VALVE — STEERING CYLINDER
BOTTOMED AND LOADER ACTIVATED E—"P" Port, Inlet F—Spool G—"CF" Port, To Steering Valve
With steering turned fully against stop, maximum steering system pressure (I) is created, which is pump standby pressure. The spool (F) is shifted to the right as shown. Notches on spool land (B) allow limited flow
H—"EF" Port, To Loader Valve I—High Pressure J—Medium Pressure
K—Priority Valve—Steering Cylinder Bottomed, Loader Activated
into loader valve for boom and bucket operation from EF port. Priority flow and pressure is still given to the steering valve through the CF port (G).
TX,902505,BS152 –19–03MAR93–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=746
Theory of Operation
Accumulator Operation—Brake (S.N. — 872256) NOTE: Brake accumulator is not repairable and is serviced as a complete unit. The brake system uses one accumulator. The accumulator is used to store pressurized oil for reserve brake application. The top side of accumulator is pre-charge with dry nitrogen gas (B) through valve (F). When hydraulic system oil (A) pressure exceeds precharge pressure (B), oil flows through inlet port (C), past check valve (D), and into the accumulator.
F
G
If hydraulic system pressure (A) decreases, check valve (D) closes and traps oil in the accumulator. When the function is activated, oil flows out outlet port (H) to valve. E
The thermal relief valve (G) protects the system from high pressure when the temperature changes. When pressure in the accumulator exceeds the pressure setting of thermal relief valve (G), the valve opens and releases oil to the inlet port (C).
D
D C
9025 05 19
G
A
T94230
H
T94230
B
–UN–07APR98
A—High Pressure Oil B—Gas Pressure C—Inlet Port D—Check Valve E—Piston F—Gas Valve G—Thermal Relief Valve H—Outlet Port
TX,902505,BS209 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=747
Theory of Operation
T119238
–19–04JAN99
Accumulator Operation—Brake (S.N. 872329— )
9025 05 20 A—Inlet Check Valve B—Piston
C—Outlet D—Inlet
E—Brake Circuit Pressure F—Precharge Pressure
NOTE: Brake accumulators are not repairable and are serviced as a complete unit. The brake system uses two accumulators. They are used to store pressurized oil for reserve brake application. The top of the accumulator is charged with dry nitrogen gas valve. When the hydraulic system pressure exceeds the charge pressure, oil flows through the inlet (D) and inlet check valve (A). The piston (B) moves upward until gas pressure is equal to hydraulic circuit pressure.
G—Brake Accumulator
If pump flow stops, the inlet check valve will close against inlet fitting which is machined to provide a check valve seat, keeping the accumulator charged. The accumulator will remain pressurized until the brakes are applied. The volume of the accumulator will allow several brake applications in the event of a loss of brake pump flow.
TX,9025,ME327 –19–28AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=748
Theory of Operation
9025 05 21
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=749
Theory of Operation
Steering Valve Operation
A NEUTRAL B STEERING CYLINDER
D GEROTOR LOAD SENSE PORT TO PRIORITY VALVE C I SLEEVE
J SPOOL
9025 05 22
H RETURN
RETURN H
K STEERING SHAFT L
F FROM PRIORITY VALVE
R
G MANUAL STEER CHECK VALVE
D
C
F T
LS
P
L
SYSTEM PRESSURE OIL
M
WORK PRESSURE OIL
N
TRAPPED OIL
O
RETURN PRESURE OIL
P STEERING VALVE OPERATION
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-22
T7849AB
E
–19–15JAN98
G
H
TXC7849AB
E INLET CHECK VALVE
TX,902505,BS155 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=750
Theory of Operation A—Neutral B—Steering Cylinder C—Load Sense Port D—Gerotor E—Inlet Check Valve
F—Pressure from Priority Valve G—Manual Steer Check Valve H—Return
The steering valve (P) is a closed center valve that consists of a rotary spool (J) inside a sleeve (I) within a housing. When steering wheel is not moving, the valve is in the neutral (A) position. In neutral, the spool and sleeve are aligned so that oil flow through the valve is blocked. The steering cylinder (B) is held stationary by trapped oil (N) in the left and right workports. When the steering valve is turned to the right or left, the spool rotates relative to the sleeve, and opens passages which allows pressure oil from priority valve oil (F) to flow through the spool and sleeve assembly. Work pressure oil (M) flows to gerotor (D) causing the gerotor gear to rotate. Oil flow from the gerotor flows back into the valve where it is directed out the right or left workport to the respective ends of the steering cylinder. Return oil (O) flows back in through the right or left workport through the spool and sleeve assembly to return circuit (H). The load-sensing orifice is located between the sleeve and the gerotor. This orifice feeds the load-sensing circuit between the steering valve and the priority valve through the LS-port (C). When the rotation of the steering wheel shaft (K) stops, the gerotor (D) gear continues to move, turning
I—Sleeve J—Spool K—Steering Shaft L—System Pressure Oil
M—Work Pressure Oil N—Trapped Oil O—Return Pressure Oil P—Steering Valve Operation
the sleeve, until the sleeve stops the flow to the gerotor. At this point, the valve is back in the neutral position and will remain there until the steering wheel is moved again. The steering valve has a variable steering rate which is proportional to the speed the steering wheel is rotated. A variable orifice bypasses oil around the gerotor. Turning the steering wheel slowly takes approximately six turns (variable orifice small) stop-to-stop versus three turns (variable orifice large) when turning the steering wheel quickly. An inlet check valve (E) prevents oil from returning through the steering unit, when pressure on the cylinder side is greater than on the inlet side. This prevents steering wheel kickback. If there is no power to supply pressure oil (L) to the steering valve, the unit can be steered manually. If no pressure oil is available, there is a direct mechanical connection through the drive shaft to the gerotor gear assembly (D). As the gerotor is turned it pumps oil to the steering cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder is drawn through a check valve (G) between inlet and outlet ports to provide oil for manual steering operation. Thus the unit can be steered manually until the unit is brought to a stop.
TX,902505,BS155 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-23
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=751
9025 05 23
Theory of Operation
Loader Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation
F E
H
I
G
D
N
M
9025 05 24
A
L –UN–06MAR97
B C K
T6298BF
J T6298BF
A—High Pressure Oil B—Low Pressure Oil C—Charge Pressure (Return to Charge Circuit)
D—Relief Valve—Open E—Relief Valve—Closed F—Anti-Cavitation Valve— Open
When the circuit relief valve is closed (E), oil from work port (M) flows through orifice (L) into the area behind poppet (K). With pressure equal on both sides of poppet, spring force holds poppet (K) closed and stops flow through return port (G). During relief operation (D) when pressure in the circuit increases above relief valve setting, high pressure oil (A) pushes pilot valve (J) off its seat. Low pressure oil (B) behind the poppet flows out return passage (I)
G—Return Port H—Collar I—Return Passage J—Pilot Valve
K—Poppet L—Orifice M—Work Port N—Snap Ring
faster than oil can flow though orifice causing pressure oil (B) to decrease. Then high pressure oil pushes the poppet off its seat releasing oil through return port (G) to return passage of valve. During anti-cavitation operation (F) the pressure in return port is greater than pressure in work port. The difference in pressure pushes collar (H) against snap ring (N) pulling the poppet off its seat. Oil then flows from return port into work port to prevent cavitation.
TX,9025,BG218 –19–02JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=752
Theory of Operation
Loader Bucket Valve Section Operation F
E
D
D
C A J
B
G I
H
M
J
L
I K
D
H
T6298BM
G
C
–UN–20FEB97
N
T6298BM Loader Bucket Valve in Bucket Rollback Position A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) C—Return-To-Dig Electromagnet
D—Return Passage E—Bucket Dump Work Port F—Bucket Rollback Work Port G—Circuit Relief Valve
The bucket valve is a three-position, four-way, spool-type valve. It contains a lift check (J) and two circuit relief valves. Relief valve (K) also contains an anti-cavitation valve.
H—Inlet Passage I—Lift Check J—Circuit Relief Valve With Anti-Cavitation
When bucket dump function is activated and pressure in circuit is less than charge pressure, oil flows from return passage (E) past anti-cavitation valve (K) to the bucket dump circuit (F).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
K—Bucket Dump Position L—Check Valve M—Bucket Cylinder N—Bucket Rollback Position
9025-05-25
TX,902505,BS228 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=753
9025 05 25
Theory of Operation
G
F
E
E
D A B
K H I
T6298BN
J
–UN–20FEB97
C
T6298BN
9025 05 26
Loader Bucket Valve Shown in Neutral Position A—High Pressure Oil B—Trapped Oil C—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit)
D—Return-To-Dig Electromagnet E—Return Passage F—Bucket Dump Work Port
The valve is equipped with a return-to-dig. When loader control lever is moved to the bucket rollback position, a plate fastened to end of valve spool, contacts an electromagnet (D). If the bucket is in dump position, the return-to-dig switch is closed which energizes the electromagnet and holds spool in the
G—Bucket Rollback Work Port H—Circuit Relief Valve I—Inlet Passage
J—Lift Check K—Circuit Relief With Anti-Cavitation
rollback position. When the bucket rolls back to the dig position, a mechanical linkage opens the return-to-dig switch, which de-energizes electromagnet (D) letting the spool centering spring move the spool to neutral position.
TX,902505,BS228 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-26
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=754
Theory of Operation
9025 05 27
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=755
Theory of Operation
Loader Boom Valve Section Operation
E
D
F
F G
H
M I
L A B K
C
J N
P
L M
–UN–20FEB97
9025 05 28
Q
O J
N
T6298BG
F T6298BG
Loader Boom Valve Shown in Neutral (SN—812257) A—High Pressure Oil B—Trapped Oil C—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) D—Boom Raise Work Port
E—Boom Lower Work Port F—Return Passage G—Leakage Return Passage H—Boom Spool I—Circuit Plug
The boom valve (SN—812257) is a four-position, four-way spool type valve. The spool (H) has grooves in both ends to meter oil through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom valve contains a lift check (K) and an anti-cavitation valve (L). A leakage return passage (G) is used to prevent leakage from the inlet passage to boom raise circuit
J—Inlet Passage K—Lift Check L—Anti-Cavitation Valve M—Cap With Detent
causing function drift. Leakage flows from the inlet passage, through the leakage return passage, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit. Valve spool can be metered to restrict oil flow to the cylinder.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
N—Boom Cylinders O—Boom Float Position P—Boom Lower Position Q—Boom Raise Position
9025-05-28
TX,9025,BG219 –19–02JAN97–1/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=756
Theory of Operation When spool (H) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from functional inlet passage (J), past lift check (K) and spool (H), out the work port to the cylinders.
Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
Continued on next page
TX,9025,BG219 –19–02JAN97–2/5
9025 05 29
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-29
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=757
Theory of Operation
D
E F
F
G
H M A B
I
L
C
K
J
P
Q
N
L
M
O
K F
T105845
J
N
T105845
I
–UN–06MAR97
9025 05 30
Boom Valve Shown in Neutral (SN 812258— ) A—High Pressure Oil B—Trapped Oil C—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) D—Boom Raise Work Port
E—Boom Lower Work Port F—Return Passage G—Leakage Return Passage H—Boom Spool I—Boom Head Circuit Relief Valve
The boom valve for (SN 812258— ) uses a relief valve in the head end circuit. The spool (H) has grooves in both ends to meter oil through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom valve contains a lift check (K) and an anti-cavitation valve (L). A leakage return passage (G) is used to prevent leakage from the inlet passage to boom raise circuit
J—Inlet Passage K—Lift Check L—Anti-Cavitation Valve M—Cap With Detent
causing function drift. Leakage flows from the inlet passage, through the leakage return passage, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit. Valve spool can be metered to restrict oil flow to the cylinder.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
N—Boom Cylinders O—Boom Float Position P—Boom Lower Position Q—Boom Raise Position
9025-05-30
TX,9025,BG219 –19–02JAN97–3/5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=758
Theory of Operation When spool (H) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from functional inlet passage (J), past lift check (K) and spool (H), out the work port to the cylinders. Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (F), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
The relief valve (I) protects the head end of the boom circuit for pressures exceeding the relief valve setting.
TX,9025,BG219 –19–02JAN97–4/5
E
D
C
F
F G
9025 05 31
N
M H
L
–UN–20FEB97
A B J
I
T6298BH
K T6298BH
Boom Valve Shown in Float A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit) C—Detent Housing D—Boom Raise Work Port
E—Boom Lower Work Port F—Return Passage G—Spool H—Circuit Plug (SN —812257)
The boom float function operates the same for all 710D machines. When spool (G) is moved to the boom float (detent) position, both work ports (D and E)
H—Relief Valve (SN 812258— ) I—Inlet Passage J—Lift Check K—Float Oil Passage
L—Plug with Anti-Cavitation M—Detent Balls (4 used) N—Detent Spring (Compressed)
are open to return passage (F) connected by float passage (K) allowing oil to flow in and out both ends of cylinders.
TX,9025,BG219 –19–02JAN97–5/5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-31
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=759
Theory of Operation
Loader Auxiliary Valve Section Operation RETURN PASSAGE C
ROD END WORK PORT D
LIFT CHECK E
HEAD END WORK PORT F
CENTERING SPRING B
A E C
H
G PLUG
9025 05 32
TXC7419BC
H PRESSURE PASSAGE
J CHARGE PRESSURE OIL K TRAPPED OIL
T7419BC
A RELIEF VALVE
–19–15JAN98
I HIGH PRESSURE OIL
M LOADER AUXILIARY VALVE – NEUTRAL Valve Shown in Neutral Position
A—Relief Valve B—Centering Spring C—Return Passage D—Rod End Work Port
E—Lift Check F—Head End Work Port G—Plug
H—Pressure Passage I—High Pressure Oil J—Charge Pressure Oil
The loader auxiliary valve is a three position, four-way, spool-type valve. It contains a lift check (E), relief valve (A) and a plug (G).
K—Trapped Oil M—Loader Auxiliary Valve— Neutral
The relief valve is in the cylinder head end circuit. The auxiliary valve is used to control clam buckets or other front-mounted hydraulic functions.
The valve spool is returned to neutral by a centering spring (B).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-32
TX,902505,BR122 –19–24MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=760
Theory of Operation
RETURN PASSAGE C
HEAD END WORK PORT E
ROD END WORK PORT D
B C
A
TXC7419BB
G CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T7419BB
A PRESSURE PASSAGE
LIFT CHECK B
–19–15JAN98
F HIGH PRESSURE OIL
H LOADER AUXILIARY VALVE – EXTEND Valve Shown in Extend Position
A—Pressure Passage B—Lift Check
C—Return Passage D—Rod End Work Port
E—Head End Work Port F—High Pressure Oil
When the auxiliary valve is moved to the extend position, oil flows from pressure passage (A) by lift check (B) out head end work port (E) to cylinder head end. Oil from rod end of cylinder flows back to valve
9025 05 33
G—Charge Pressure Oil
through rod end work port (D) to return passage. Oil in the return passage is sent to main hydraulic filter where it combines with other return oil and becomes charge oil for main pump.
TX,902505,BR122 –19–24MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-33
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=761
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Circuit Relief and Anti-Cavitation Valve Operation—Gresen
E
J
K L
D I
A
9025 05 34
O H
B –UN–06MAR97
C G M
A—High Pressure Oil B—Low Pressure Oil C—Charge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit)
F
N
D—Relief Valve Open E—Anti-Cavitation Valve Open F—Relief Valve Closed G—Return Port
When the circuit relief valve is closed (F), oil from work port (I) flows through orifice (N) into the area behind poppet (H). With pressure equal on both sides of poppet, spring force holds poppet (H) closed and stops flow through return port (G). During relief operation (D) when high pressure oil (A) in the head end work port circuit increases above relief valve setting, high pressure oil pushes pilot valve (L) off its seat. Low pressure oil (B) behind the poppet flows out return passage (M) faster than oil can flow
P
H—Poppet I—Work Port J—Collar K—Snap Ring
T88947
T88947
L—Pilot Valve M—Return Passage N—Orifice O—Relief Valve
through orifice causing pressure to decrease. Then high pressure oil pushes the poppet off its seat releasing oil through return port (G) to return passage of valve. During anti-cavitation operation (E), the pressure in return port is greater than pressure in work port. The difference in pressure pushes collar (J) against snap ring (K) pulling the poppet off its seat. Oil then flows from return port into work port to prevent cavitation.
27T,9025,M78 –19–24MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-34
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=762
Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation—Husco
G
F
I RETURN PASSAGE
ANTI-CAVITATION POPPET F
C CAVITY
H WORK PORT
T115031
A—Orifice B—Relief Poppet C—Cavity
–19–03JUN98
B RELIEF POPPET
D PRESSURE OIL E CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115031
A ORIFICE
9025 05 35
G CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTI-CAVITATION D—Pressure Oil E—Charge Pressure Oil F—Anti-Cavitation Poppet
The relief is direct acting, non adjustable and has anti-cavitation operation. In normal operation, pressure oil less than relief valve setting flows through orifice (A) into cavity (C) behind relief valve poppet. Pressure oil and spring in cavity hold the anti-cavitation poppet (F) closed because effective area on the spring side is greater than on work port side (H). In relief operation,
G—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation
H—Work Port I—Return Passage
pressure oil overcomes relief poppet (B) pressure setting and opens a path to return passage of valve (I). During anti-cavitation operation, the pressure in the work port (H) is less than pressure in return passage (I). The pressure difference pushes the anti-cavitation poppet (F) off the seat allowing oil to flow from the return passage to work port to prevent cavitation.
CED,TX03768,8487 –19–24APR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=763
Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-Cavitation—Husco
D
MAIN POPPET A
F RETURN PASSAGE –19–03JUN98
E WORK PORT
B HIGH PRESSURE OIL C CHARGE PRESSURE OIL T115029
A—Main Poppet B—Pressure Oil
T115029
9025 05 36
D CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITHOUT ANTI-CAVITATION
C—Charge Pressure Oil D—Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-Cavitation
The relief is direct acting, screw adjustable and does not have anti-cavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by turning the adjustment screw at the end of the relief. In relief operation, pressure oil
E—Work Port
F—Return Passage
overcomes main poppet (A) pressure setting and oil flows from the pressurized work port (E) to return passage of valve (F).
CED,TX03768,8488 –19–24APR98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-36
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=764
Theory of Operation
9025 05 37
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-37
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=765
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Swing Valve Operation-Swing Left Position—Husco I
C
P
F R
SWING LEFT WORK PORT D 9025 05 38
H BRIDGE PASSAGE
S
Q
G
C
LIFT I CHECK
E
SWING RIGHT WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF WITH ANTICAVITATION C
CIRCUIT RELIEF C WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL N RETURN G PASSAGE
J RETURN METERING
K BRIDGE METERING
L INLET METERING
F M BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE INLET PRESSURE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL
T115025
O BACKHOE SWING SECTION-SWING LEFT POSITION Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-38
T115025
B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
–19–03JUN98
K BRIDGE METERING
RETURN J METERING
CED,TX03768,8493 –19–27APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=766
Theory of Operation A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation (2 used) D—Swing Left Work Port E—Swing Right Work Port
F—Inlet Passage G—Return Oil H—Bridge Passage I—Lift Check J—Return metering K—Bridge Metering
L—Inlet Metering M—Bridge Bleed Passage N—Spool O—Backhoe Swing Section-Swing Left Position
The swing section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains two circuit relief valves with anti-cavitation (C) and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (M) to bleed bridge passage (H) to the return passage (G) when spool (N) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (F) from leaking to either work port (D or E) causing function drift. When the spool is moved to
P—Swing Cylinders (2 used) Q—Swing Right R—Swing Left S—Neutral Position
activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (F), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (L) and lift check (I), into the bridge passage (H), past bridge metering notches (K) and out work port (D or E) to the cylinders (P). Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, through holes in spool and return metering notches (J), into the return passage (G), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8493 –19–27APR98–2/2
9025 05 39
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-39
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=767
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Bucket Valve Operation—Bucket Curl Position—Husco
C
J
T
G
BUCKET CURL F WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF D WITH ANTICAVITATION
S
Q
H
D
E I BRIDGE PASSAGE
J LIFT CHECK
BUCKET DUMP WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF WITHOUT ANTICAVITATION C
SPOOL O K RETURN METERING L BRIDGE METERING T BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
K RETURN METERING
L M INLET G INLET BRIDGE METERING PRESSURE METERING
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115026
P BACKHOE BUCKET SECTION-BUCKET CURL POSITION
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-40
–19–03JUN98
RETURN H PASSAGE
T115026
9025 05 40
R
CED,TX03768,8491 –19–27APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=768
Theory of Operation A— High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation D—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation
E—Bucket Dump Workport F—Bucket Curl Workport G—Inlet Pressure H—Return Oil I—Bridge Passage J—Lift Check
The bucket section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (D) in the bucket-curl position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (C) in the bucket-dump position and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (N) to bleed bridge passage (I) to the return passage (H) when spool (O) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (G) from leaking to either work port (E or F)
K—Return metering L—Bridge Metering M—Inlet Metering N—Bridge Bleed Passage O—Spool P—Backhoe Bucket Section-Bucket Curl Position
Q—Bucket Dump R—Bucket Curl S—Neutral Position T—Bucket Cylinder
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (G), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (J), into the bridge passage (I), past bridge metering notches (L) and out work port (E or F) to the cylinder (T). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (K), into the return passage (H), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8491 –19–27APR98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-41
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=769
9025 05 41
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Boom Valve Operation—Husco D
K
U
H
S
T
BOOM LOWER WORK PORT F J BRIDGE PASSAGE
K
E
G BOOM RAISE WORK PORT
LIFT CHECK
CIRCUIT RELIEF WITH ANTICAVITATION D
CIRCUIT RELIEF E WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL P L RETURN METERING
RETURN L METERING M INLET N METERING BRIDGE METERING
O BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE H INLET PRESSURE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL C TRAPPED OIL
T115024
Q BACKHOE BOOM SECTION-BOOM NEUTRAL POSITION Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-42
–19–03JUN98
RETURN I PASSAGE
N BRIDGE METERING
T115024
9025 05 42
I
R
CED,TX03768,8489 –19–27APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=770
Theory of Operation A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Trapped Oil D—Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation E—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation
F—Boom Lower Workport G—Boom Raise Workport H—Inlet Pressure I—Return Oil J—Bridge Passage K—Lift Check
The boom section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (E) in the boom-lower position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (D) in the boom-raise position and a lift check (K). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (O) to bleed bridge passage (J) to the return passage (I) when spool (P) is in the neutral position (T) to prevent inlet pressure (H) from leaking to either work port (F or G)
L—Return metering M—Inlet Metering N—Bridge Metering O—Bridge Bleed Passage P—Spool Q—Backhoe Boom Section-Boom Neutral Position
R—Boom Raise S—Boom Lower T—Neutral Position U—Boom Cylinder
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (H), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (K), into the bridge passage (J), past bridge metering notches (N) and out work port (F or G) to the cylinder (U). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (L), into the return passage (I), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8489 –19–27APR98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-43
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=771
9025 05 43
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Valve Crowd Operation—Crowd In Position—Husco C
J
S
G
R
T
H
Q
CROWD OUT WORK PORT E I BRIDGE PASSAGE
CIRCUIT RELIEF WITHOUT ANTICAVITATION D
J
F
LIFT CHECK
CROWD IN WORK PORT CIRCUIT RELIEF C WITH ANTICAVITATION
SPOOL O RETURN K METERING
L BRIDGE METERING L BRIDGE METERING
M INLET METERING
G INLET PRESSURE
N BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115027
P BACKHOE CROWD SECTION-CROWD IN POSITION Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-44
–19–03JUN98
H RETURN PASSAGE
K RETURN METERING
T115027
9025 05 44
D
CED,TX03768,8490 –19–27APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=772
Theory of Operation A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation D—Circuit Relief Valve without Anti-cavitation
E—Crowd Out Workport F—Crowd In Workport G—Inlet Pressure H—Return Oil I—Bridge Passage J—Lift Check
K—Return metering L—Bridge Metering M—Inlet Metering N—Bridge Bleed Passage O—Spool P—Backhoe Crowd Section-Crowd In Position
The crowd section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains one circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation (C) in the crowd-in position, one circuit relief valve without anti-cavitation (D) in the crowd-out position and a lift check (I). The valve section contains a bridge bleed (N) to bleed bridge passage (I) to the return passage (H) when spool (O) is in the neutral position (T) to prevent inlet pressure (G) from leaking to either work port (E or F)
Q—Crowd Out R—Crowd In S—Crowd Cylinder T—Neutral Position
causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (G), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (M) and lift check (J), into the bridge passage (I), past bridge metering notches (L) and out work port (E or F) to the cylinder (S). Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (K), into the return passage (H), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit.
CED,TX03768,8490 –19–27APR98–2/2
9025 05 45
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-45
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=773
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Valve Auxiliary Operation—Extend Operation—Husco I
P
F
BASE END (EXTEND) D WORK PORT
BRIDGE PASSAGE
S
Q
G
ROD END (RETRACT) E WORK PORT
LIFT I CHECK
SHUT-OFF PLUG C
C
SHUT-OFF PLUG
SPOOL N J RETURN METERING RETURN G PASSAGE
K BRIDGE METERING
K BRIDGE METERING
L INLET METERING
F INLET PRESSURE
M BRIDGE BLEED PASSAGE
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T115028
O BACKHOE AUXILIARY SECTION-EXTEND POSITION
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-46
–19–03JUN98
RETURN J METERING
T115028
9025 05 46
H
R
CED,TX03768,8494 –19–27APR98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=774
Theory of Operation A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Shut-off Plug (two used) D—Base End (extend) Workport E—Rod End (retract) Workport
F—Inlet Pressure G—Return Oil H—Bridge Passage I—Lift Check J—Return metering
K—Bridge Metering L—Inlet Metering M—Bridge Bleed Passage N—Spool O—Backhoe auxiliary Section-extend Position
The auxiliary section is a three-position, four-way, closed center, spool-type valve. The valve contains two shut-off plugs (C) in place of relief valves and a lift check (I). Shut-off plugs may be replaced with circuit relief valves appropriate to attachment being installed. The valve section contains a bridge bleed (M) to bleed bridge passage (H) to the return passage (G) when spool (N) is in the neutral position (S) to prevent inlet pressure (F) from leaking to either work port (D or E) causing function drift. When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the inlet passage (F), through holes in spool and inlet metering notches (L)
P—Cylinder Q—Retract Position R—Extend Position S—Neutral Position
and lift check (I), into the bridge passage (H), past bridge metering notches (K) and out work port (D or E) to the cylinder (P). Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, through return metering notches (J), into the return passage (G), then out of the control valve to the charge circuit. Two auxiliary valve sections can be added to the backhoe valve for a total of six sections. Both are the same in design and operation. The fifth section is normally used for extendible dipper operation. The sixth section can be used to operate accessory hydraulic equipment.
CED,TX03768,8494 –19–27APR98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=775
9025 05 47
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Solenoid Controlled Auxiliary Valve—Stanley
A SOLENOID CARTRIDGE
C SPRING
D THREE POSITION ORIFICE
F SPOOL
E OIL PASSAGE
G HIGH PRESSURE OIL H REDUCED PRESSURE OIL
–19–15JAN98
RELIEF CARTRIDGE B
I RETURN PRESSURE OIL
T7864AC
TXC7864AC 9025 05 48 A—Solenoid Cartridge B—Relief Cartridge C—Spring
D—Three Position Orifice E—Oil Passage F—Spool
The Auxiliary Hydraulic Valve is a flow control valve that is mounted on the RH rear side of the backhoe valve mounting plate. Operation of the valve is controlled by an electrical solenoid. A pressure compensated, variable volume flow rate is provided to meet specific attachment requirements. High pressure oil (G) flow is routed to the auxiliary valve, which is connected to the main hydraulic system at the inlet to the backhoe valve. When the console mounted control switch is moved to the "on" position, electrical current is provided to the foot pedal. Pressing the foot pedal energizes solenoid cartridge (A) and oil flow "in" is diverted at a controlled rate past the spool (F) and three position orifice (D) to the regulated port for operation of the accessory attachment.
G—High Pressure Oil H—Reduced Pressure Oil I—Return Pressure Oil
The reduced pressure (H) that results from oil passing through the three position orifice to the regulated port is routed through passage (E) past the energized solenoid cartridge (A) to the spring (C) end of spool (F). Main pressure oil "in" flows through the radial holes to the opposite end of the spool. Consequently the position of the spool is maintained in a balanced position to provide the "regulated" flow rate that was selected. The relief cartridge (B) protects the regulated circuit by dumping excess pressure oil at the spring (C) end of the spool (F) to tank. Reduced pressure assisting the spring causes the spool to shift toward the spring and the flow of oil that is being routed to the regulated circuit is decreased.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
J—Solenoid Controlled Auxiliary Valve Operation
9025-05-48
TX,902505,BS184 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=776
Theory of Operation The regulated flow can be turned off by de-energizing the solenoid cartridge (A). This allows oil in the spring chamber to be released to tank and pressure inlet oil
(G) forces the spool to move against the spring which blocks oil flow through the valve.
TX,902505,BS184 –19–03MAR93–2/2
9025 05 49
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=777
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Swing Valve Operation—Gresen E
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTICAVITATION D VALVE
SWING RIGHT WORK PORT
F
SWING LEFT G WORK PORT
LIFT CHECK
H
FUNCTIONAL INLET PASSAGE
M METERING GROOVES
RETURN K PASSAGE
AUXILIARY I PASSAGE
J SPOOL
M
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL
L
–19–15JAN98
METERING O PASSAGES
B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
9025 05 50
TXC8381BB
K
D
C
F
N
T8381BB
D
P VALVE IN SWING RIGHT POSITION Valve in Swing Right Position
A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil (Return To Charge Circuit) C—Swing Right D—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation Valve (2 used)
E—Swing Right Work Port F—Lift Check G—Swing Left Work Port H—Functional Inlet Passage I—Auxiliary Passage
The swing valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains two circuit relief valves with anti-cavitation (D). The spool (J) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The return oil metering grooves (M) are longer to give more control of function speed.
J—Spool K—Return passage L—Swing Cylinders (2 used) M—Metering Grooves
N—Swing Left O—Metering Passages P—Backhoe Swing Valve-Swing Right Position
When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (H), past the lift check (F) and spool (J), out the work port to the cylinders. Return oil from the cylinders flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (K), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
Radial metering passages (O) are used to reduce lever effort.
TX,902505,BS157 –19–20DEC94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-50
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=778
Theory of Operation
9025 05 51
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-51
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=779
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Boom Valve Operation—Gresen H
E G
F
D
I
J Q P
Q
L
J
K
D A –UN–07FEB97
M
B
P
C N
I T88938
O
T88938
9025 05 52
G Valve Shown in Neutral Position
A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil C—Trapped Oil D—Circuit Relief Valve E—Boom Raise Work Port
F—Functional Inlet Passage G—Lift Check H—Boom Lower Work Port I—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-Cavitation Valve
The spool (K) has grooves on both ends to "meter" oil flow through valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops. The boom down return oil metering grooves (P) are longer to give more control of boom down speed. The boom valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a lift check (G), a circuit relief valve (D) in boom rise circuit, and a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (I) in boom lower circuit.
J—Return Passage K—Spool L—Auxiliary Passage M—Boom Up
Pressure seal passages (Q) are used to prevent leakage from the boom raise circuit to return passage (J) causing function drift. Oil flows from the inlet passage, through pressure seal passage to the land between boom raise work port (E) passage and return passage to form a high pressure seal between land and housing.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
N—Boom Down O—Boom Cylinder P—Metering Grooves Q—Pressure Seal Passage
9025-05-52
27T,9025,M74 –19–06APR94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=780
Theory of Operation When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F), past the lift check (G) and spool (K), out the work port to the
cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (J), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
27T,9025,M74 –19–06APR94–2/2
Backhoe Bucket Valve Operation—Gresen E BUCKET DUMP WORK PORT
G LIFT CHECK
H BUCKET LOAD WORK PORT O CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE WITH ANTICAVITATION VALVE
CIRCUIT RELIEF D VALVE FUNCTIONAL F INLET PASSAGE
AUXILIARY K PASSAGE
I
SPOOL J
RETURN PASSAGE
N
9025 05 53
B CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
M D
L
G
T8381BA
O
C TRAPPED OIL TXC8381BA
–19–15JAN98
A HIGH PRESSURE OIL
P BACKHOE BUCKET VALVE - LOAD POSITION Valve in Bucket Load Position
A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) C—Trapped Oil D—Circuit Relief Valve
E—Bucket Dump Work Port F—Functional Inlet Passage G—Lift Check H—Bucket Load Work Port I—Return Passage
The backhoe bucket valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (O) in the bucket load circuit and circuit relief valve (D) in the bucket dump circuit.
J—Spool K—Auxiliary Passage L—Bucket Dump M—Bucket Load N—Bucket Cylinder
O—Circuit Relief Valve with Anti-cavitation P—Backhoe Bucket Valve-Load Position
When the spool (J) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F), past the lift check (G) and spool out the work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (I), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
The spool (J) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops.
TX,902505,BS156 –19–20DEC94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-53
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=781
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Crowd Valve Operation—Gresen H
E G
F
D
I
K
J
J
L
O A M
B
–UN–07FEB97
9025 05 54
C N
D I
T88940
G
T88940 Valve Shown in Crowd-In Position A—High Pressure Oil B—Charge Pressure Oil (Return to Charge Circuit) C—Trapped Oil D—Circuit Relief With Anti-Cavitation Valve
E—Crowd-In Work Port F—Functional Inlet Passage G—Lift Check H—Crowd-Out Work Port
The backhoe crowd valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve contains a circuit relief valve with anti-cavitation valve (D) in the crowd-in circuit and circuit relief valve (I) in the crowd-out circuit. The spool (K) has grooves on both ends to meter oil flow through the valve to prevent abrupt starts and stops.
I—Circuit Relief Valve J—Return Passage K—Spool L—Auxiliary Passage
M—Crowd-In N—Crowd-Out O—Crowd Cylinder
When the spool is moved to activate a function, oil flows from the functional inlet passage (F) past the lift check (G) and spool (K), out the work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the other work port, past the spool, into the return passage (J), then out of control valve to charge circuit.
27T,9025,M75 –19–06APR94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-54
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=782
Theory of Operation
Backhoe Auxiliary Valve Operation—Gresen ROD END WORK PORT B
PRESSURE LIFT PASSAGE CHECK D C
HEAD END WORK PORT E
A RETURN PASSAGE A
D
C
A—Return Passage B—Rod End Work Port
H BACKHOE AUXILIARY VALVE – EXTEND C—Lift Check D—Pressure Passage
E—Head End Work Port F—High Pressure Oil
The auxiliary valve is a three-position, four-way spool-type valve. The valve has two plugs and no reliefs. Plugs may be replaced with reliefs appropriate to attachment being installed. When the spool is moved to extend position, oil flows from the pressure passage (D) past the lift check (C) and spool, out the head end work port to the cylinder. Return oil from the cylinder flows into the rod end work
–19–15JAN98
TXC7419BM
F HIGH PRESSURE OIL G CHARGE PRESSURE OIL
T7419BM
A RETURN PASSAGE
G—Charge Pressure Oil
port (B), past the spool into the return passage (A), then out of the valve to charge circuit. Two auxiliary valve sections can be added to the backhoe valve for a total of six sections. Both are the same in design and operation. The fifth section is normally used for extendable dipper operation. The sixth section can be used to operate accessory hydraulic equipment.
TX,902505,BS158 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-55
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=783
9025 05 55
Theory of Operation
Stabilizer Valve Operation D
F
G
G
E
F D
I
A H
–19–10SEP98
B H J
TXC7348AD
A—Pressure Oil B—Return Oil C—Stabilizer Valve-Lower
T7348AD
9025 05 56
J C STABILIZER VALVE - LOWER
D—Return Passage E—Neutral Passage F—Connecting Passage
G—Power Passage H—Poppet
I—Thermal Relief Valve J—Work Passage
The stabilizer valve is a two-spool, unibody valve containing two lockout poppets (H) and one thermal relief valve (I) for each circuit.
The thermal relief valve is used to release high pressures in the rod end of cylinder due to high temperatures changes.
When the valve is activated to lower a stabilizer, inlet oil (A) acts on the lockout plunger and lockout poppet (H). The inlet oil pushes the poppet off its seat and flows through work port (J) to head of cylinder. At the same time, the lockout plunger is pushed against the other poppet, opening the return flow (B) from the cylinder to the return passage (J).
When the stabilizer is in the full down position, high temperatures can be generated by the forces working against the stabilizer. If the forces get too high, the lockout plunger would not push the poppet off its seat to raise the stabilizer.
The lockout poppets are used to prevent cylinder drift while the valve is in neutral. The poppets trap oil in both rod and head ends of the stabilizer cylinder.
TX,902505,BR125 –19–24MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-56
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=784
Theory of Operation
Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. —872256) E
D
C A
T7879AD
–19–15JAN98
B
TXC7879AD
A—Brake Disk B—Final Drive Sun Pinion
C—Backing Plate
D—Annular Brake Piston
E—Oil From Brake Valve
Brake piston (A), backing plate (C), and disk (B) are located on each side of the transmission case final drive.
(not shown). Anti-rotation pin prevents rotation of backing plate. Annular brake piston (D) seats against axle housing and is held in place by anti-rotation pins.
Force applied to a brake pedal unseats the appropriate brake valve sending pressure oil (E), in proportion to force applied, to the connected brake pistons. The right brake pedal operates the brake on the right-hand side and the left brake pedal operates the left side. Locking the pedals together provides simultaneous braking on both sides.
When brakes are applied, oil pressure in annular passage forces piston out. Brake disk is squeezing against backing plate which stops rotation of disk and sun pinion. When force is removed, oil flows from annular pistons back through the brake valve and returns to the hydraulic reservoir.
Brake disk (A) is tanged to final drive sun pinion (B). Backing plate (C) seats against final drive ring gear
TX,902505,BS197 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-57
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=785
9025 05 57
Theory of Operation
RWC20537
24 8 15
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
–UN–20AUG98 RWC20537
16
7
6
10
16
13
13
11
17
22
9
19
22
12
13
9025 05 58
12
14
18
23
1
2
4
20
3
5
21
Brakes Released (S.N. —872256)
9025-05-58
TX,902505,BS198 –19–20DEC94–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=786
Theory of Operation 1—Pressure Oil Inlet 2—Inlet Check Valve 3—Piston (LS) 4—Capped Port (LS) 5—Shuttle Valve (LS) 6—Orifice Ring 7—Brake Piston
8—Prefill Chamber 9—Equalizing Passage 10—Pressure/Return Passage 11—Make-Up Check Valve 12—Orificed Check Valve 13—Annular Pressure Passage
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. Pressure oil (1) from main hydraulic pump opens inlet check valve (2) to reach annular passage (13). Inlet check valve is only required during manual braking.
14—Brake Chamber 15—Pin 16—Relief Valve Ball 17—Spool Valve 18—Return To Sump 19—Equalizing Valve Land
20—Bleed Orifice (LS) 21—Check Ball (LS) 22—To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23—Pressure Oil 24—Return (Pressure Free) Oil
Brake chamber (14) is connected to sump by passage (10). Oil in prefill chamber (8) returns to sump by passing through drilled holes in forward land of brake piston (7) and between orifice ring (6) and second land of piston. Orificed equalizing valve lands (19) are closed trapping oil in equalizing passage (9).
With brake piston and spool in released position, annular pressure passage (13) is closed to brake chamber (14).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-59
TX,902505,BS198 –19–20DEC94–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=787
9025 05 59
24 RETURN OIL
11
12
13
3
21
2
20
4
1
22
18
23 PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation
T7879AE
TXC7879AE
–19–15JAN98
7
8
6
19
16
9
5
14
9025 05 60
Brake Released
TX,902505,BS198 –19–20DEC94–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-60
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=788
Theory of Operation
9025 05 61
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-61
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=789
Theory of Operation
Brakes Engaging (S.N. —872328) 5 21 3
4
20
23
2
1
24 25
18
9025 05 62
14 22
12
12
9 19
13
22 17 11 15 13 13
–UN–11JUL00
16
7
RWC20540
10
6
16
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
8
9025-05-62
TX,902505,BS200 –19–20DEC94–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=790
Theory of Operation 1—Pressure Oil Inlet 2—Inlet Check Valve 3—Piston (LS) 4—Capped Port (LS) 5—Shuttle Valve (LS) 6—Orifice Ring 7—Brake Piston
8—Prefill Chamber 9—Equalizing Passage 10—Pressure/Return Passage 11—Make-Up Check Valve 12—Orificed Check Valve 13—Annular Pressure Passage 14—Brake Chamber
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When brake pedal is depressed, piston (7) and spool valve (17) moves right closing off return at passage (10). Equalizing valve land (19) opens to equalizing passage (9). When both pedals are depressed, equalization of pressure in chambers (14) occurs through passage (9). Additional pedal travel aligns passage (10) in spool valve with pressure oil annular passage (13). Pressure
15—Pin 16—Relief Valve Ball 17—Spool Valve 18—Return To Sump 19—Equalizing Valve Land 20—Bleed Orifice (LS)
oil flows through spool valve, opens check valve (12) and is routed to annular brake piston at rear axle. Oil pressure on pin (15) unseats relief valve ball (16) providing passage to sump for oil trapped in prefill chamber. When pedal release begins, passage (10) closes to annular pressure passage (13) and orifice ring (6) moves against forward land of piston, this opens prefill chamber to sump (18). Brake chamber pressure (14) bleeds past shuttle valve (5), check ball (21) and bleed orifice (20) to sump.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
21—Check Ball (LS) 22—To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23—Pressure Oil 24—Return (Pressure Free) Oil 25—Low Pressure Oil
9025-05-63
TX,902505,BS200 –19–20DEC94–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=791
9025 05 63
24 RETURN OIL
12
13
21
3
2
20
4
1
22
18
23 PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation
–19–15JAN98 T7879AF
TXC7879AF
7
8
6
19
9
17
16
5
14
11
9025 05 64
Brake Engaging
TX,902505,BS200 –19–20DEC94–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-64
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=792
Theory of Operation
9025 05 65
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-65
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=793
Theory of Operation
RWC20539
24 12 8 15
–UN–20AUG98 RWC20539
16
7
6
10
16
13
13
11
17
22
9
19
22
13
14
9025 05 66
12
18
23
1
2
4
20
3
5
21
Manual Braking—Prefill (S.N. —872328)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-66
TX,902505,BS202 –19–20DEC94–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=794
Theory of Operation 1—Pressure Oil Inlet 2—Inlet Check Valve 3—Piston (LS 4—Capped Port (LS) 5—Shuttle Valve (LS) 6—Orifice Ring 7—Brake Piston
8—Prefill Chamber 9—Equalizing Passage 10—Pressure/Return Passage 11—Make-Up Check Valve 12—Orificed Check Valve 13—Annular Pressure Passage
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When main pump pressure is unavailable for braking, inlet check valve (2) prevents loss of oil from brake circuit.
14—Brake Chamber 15—Pin 16—Relief Valve Ball 17—Spool Valve 18—Return To Sump 19—Equalizing Valve Land
20—Bleed Orifice (LS) 21—Check Ball (LS) 22—To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23—Pressure Oil 24—Return (Pressure Free) Oil
When pedal is depressed, piston (7) and spool (17) move forward. Orifice ring (6) seats to rear closing return passage. Oil trapped in pre-fill chamber (8) forces make-up check valve (11) forward against spring pressure. Oil from prefill chamber flows past check valve (12) to differential to take up free play between brake piston, disk and backing plate.
Check ball (21) remains seated preventing lose of oil through sensing circuit.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-67
TX,902505,BS202 –19–20DEC94–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=795
9025 05 67
24 RETURN OIL
20
13
3
21
2
4
1
22
18
23 PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation
–19–15JAN98 T7879AG
TXC7879AG
7
8
6
19
16
5
14
11
12
9025 05 68
Manual Braking—Prefill
TX,902505,BS202 –19–20DEC94–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-68
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=796
Theory of Operation
9025 05 69
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-69
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=797
Theory of Operation
RWC20541 Ê
24 12 8 15
RWC20541
16
7
10
–UN–20AUG98
6
16
13
13
11
17
22
9
19
22
13
14
9025 05 70
12
18
23
1
2
4
20
3
5
21
Manual Braking (Engaging) (S.N. —872328)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-70
TX,902505,BS204 –19–20DEC94–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=798
Theory of Operation 1—Pressure Oil Inlet 2—Inlet Check Valve 3—Piston (LS) 4—Capped Port (LS) 5—Shuttle Valve (LS) 6—Orifice Ring 7—Brake Piston
8—Prefill Chamber 9—Equalizing Passage 10—Pressure/Return Passage 11—Make-Up Check Valve 12—Orificed Check Valve 13—Annular Pressure Passage
NOTE: The brake valve has a load sense (LS) feature which is not used for this machine. Load sense port (4) is closed using a cap. When pressure in prefill chamber (8) reaches relief valve setting, ball (16) is unseated reducing pressure in prefill chamber. As pressure drops in prefill chamber, make-up check valve (11) is seated by spring and oil pressure. As pedal moves further, pressure increases in brake chamber (14), sensing pin (15) fully opens valve ball (16) relieving pressure in prefill chamber to sump.
14—Brake Chamber 15—Pin 16—Relief Valve Ball 17—Spool Valve 18—Return To Sump 19—Equalizing Valve Land
20—Bleed Orifice (LS) 21—Check Ball (LS) 22—To Right And Left Brake Pistons 23—Pressure Oil 24—Return (Pressure Free) Oil
If operator is unable to press pedal hard enough to reach relief valve setting, relief of prefill chamber is accomplished as oil bleeds through end gap of orifice ring (6). Pedal effort is transferred to smaller diameter of spool. When pedal is released, orifice ring seats against forward piston land opening sump passage to pre-fill chamber. Relief valve ball (16) reseats. Oil is drawn past orifice ring into prefill chamber from return line as piston retracts. Smaller orificed check valve (12) slows return of oil from rear axle to allow pumping action to fill chambers.
Further pedal travel now works against smaller diameter of spool (17) producing higher pressure required to apply brakes.
9025 05 71
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-71
TX,902505,BS204 –19–20DEC94–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=799
24 PRESSURE OIL
12
13
21
3
2
20
4
1
22
18
23 PRESSURE OIL
Theory of Operation
–19–15JAN98 T7879AH
TXC7879AH
7
8
6
19
9
16
5
14
11
9025 05 72
Manual Braking—Engaging
TX,902505,BS204 –19–20DEC94–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-72
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=800
Theory of Operation
9025 05 73
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-73
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=801
Theory of Operation
Brake Pistons, Plates and Disks Operation (S.N. 872329— )
T117162
–19–04FEB99
9025 05 74
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-74
TX,05,SS3133 –19–16MAY96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=802
Theory of Operation A—Disk (4 used) B—Plate (4 used) C—Piston
D—From Brake Valve E—Brake Housing
F—Adjusting Screw G—Hub
The rear axle assembly uses wet multi-disk brakes which are self-adjusting to compensate for wear. The disks are splined to the sun gear shaft and the plates are splined to the rear axle housing.
H—Sun Gear Shaft I—Service Brake
against the brake plates (B) and disks (A) which stops rotation of the sun gear shaft (H). When the brakes are released the return oil flows back out the same port to the brake valve.
When the service brakes are applied, the pressure oil from the brake valve (D), forces the brake piston (C) TX,05,SS3133 –19–16MAY96–2/2
9025 05 75
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-75
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=803
Theory of Operation
Brake Valve Operation (S.N. 872329— ) The brake system is hydraulic with no mechanical connection between the brake valve and the brake pressure plates. It consist of two accumulators which are sourced from system pressure oil from the stabilizer valve. The brake valve is a full power valve with equalization.
Two accumulators provide pressure oil for secondary braking. A pressure switch will alert operator with light and audible warning if pressure is below specification. When the brakes are engaged, the brake piston applies force on the brake disks and plates which are connected to the final drive pinion shaft.
The brake valve is activated by two brake pedals that allow individual or simultaneous operation of brake pressure pistons that are located in the brake housing of each axle.
TX,05,SS3131 –19–23JUL98–1/1
9025 05 76
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-76
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=804
Theory of Operation
9025 05 77
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-77
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=805
Theory of Operation
Brakes Released (S.N. 872329— ) 19
12
6
14
8
8
16 13
T118962
10
14 15
13
20 15
21
16 17
18
T118962
11
18
12
19
11
20
10
21
9 8
22
7 23
6 5
24
4
25 26
3 2 1
28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 30 RETURN OIL
T118980
LEFT
31 BRAKES RELEASED
RIGHT
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-78
–19–11JAN99
27
T118980
9025 05 78
22
–UN–07JAN99
9
17
CED,TX03610,138 –19–19MAR99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=806
Theory of Operation 1—Spring 2—Retainer 3—Shim 4—Spring 5—Retainer 6—Check Ball 7—Spring 8—Tank Port
9—Left Port 10—Check Ball 11—Left Pressure Switch Port 12—Spool 13—Left Pressure Switch Port 14—Orifice 15—Brake Light Switch Port 16—Shuttle Tee Check Ball
Oil pressure from the accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). Pressure switches connected to ports (13 & 18) sense pressure in each accumulator through the valve. Spools (12 & 19) block oil pressure from
17—Orifice 18—Right Pressure Switch Port 19—Spool 20—Right Pressue Port 21—Check Ball 22—Right Brake Port 23—Spring
24—Retainer 25—Spring 26—Shims 27—Retainer 28—Spring 29—High Pressure Oil 30—Return Oil 31—Brakes Released
moving through the valve. All other internal chambers and brake ports (9 & 22) are connected to the reservoir via the tank port (8). The pedals are held in the neutral position by springs (7 & 23).
CED,TX03610,138 –19–19MAR99–2/2
9025 05 79
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-79
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=807
Theory of Operation
Brakes Engaging (S.N. 872329— ) 19
12 6
17
14 9
22
8
16 13
T118979
10
14 15
13
15
21
16 17
18
18
12
19
11
20
10
21
9 8
22
7 23
6 5
24
4
25
3 2 1
26 28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 30 LOW PRESSURE OIL
T118981
LEFT
32 BRAKES ENGAGED
RIGHT
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-80
31 RETURN OIL
–19–11JAN99
27
T118981
9025 05 80
20
T118979
11
–UN–16DEC98
8
CED,TX03610,139 –19–19MAR99–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=808
Theory of Operation 1—Spring 2—Retainer 3—Shim 4—Spring 5—Retainer 6—Check Ball 7—Spring 8—Tank Port 9—Left Port
10—Check Ball 11—Left Pressure Switch Port 12—Spool 13—Left Pressure Switch Port 14—Orifice 15—Brake Light Switch Port 16—Shuttle Tee Check Ball 17—Orifice
Oil under pressure from accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). Both pedals are depressed forcing spools (12 & 19) to move through springs (1 & 4) and (25 & 28) respectively. When the spools travel a short distance, the brake ports (9 & 22) become blocked to tank and are then pressurized by oil moving through spools (12 & 19), through check balls (10 & 21), again through spools (12 & 19) and to brake ports (9 & 22). Pressure modulation to each brake is regulated by springs (25 & 28) for the right brake and (1 & 4) for the left brake. If the right side spool (19) is regulating pressure lower than the left side spool (12), check ball
18—Right Pressure Switch Port 19—Spool 20—Right Pressue Port 21—Check Ball 22—Right Brake Port 23—Spring 24—Retainer
25—Spring 26—Shims 27—Retainer 28—Spring 29—High Pressure Oil 30—Low Pressure Oil 31—Return Oil 32—Brakes Engaged
(21) closes and shuttle ball (16) moves to close off the lower right side pressure. The higher pressure from the left spool (12) moves through orifice (17) to increase the right brake pressure to equal that of the left brake. The maximum pressure that can be reached in the brakes is limited by the force of springs (1 & 28) regardless of higher accumulator pressures or pedal force. The maximum brake pressures are set by shims (3 & 26) on retainers (2 & 27). The brake light switch is connected to port (15) and will see the higher modulated brake pressure of either side.
CED,TX03610,139 –19–19MAR99–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-81
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=809
9025 05 81
Theory of Operation
Brake Engaging—Right Side Only (S.N. 872329— ) 19
12 6
17
14 9
22
8
16 13
T118978
10
14 15
13
15
21
16 17
18
18
12
19
11
20
10
21
9 8
22
7 23
6 5
24
4
25 26
3 2 1
28 29 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 32 BRAKE ENGAGED
T118982
LEFT
(RIGHT ONLY)
30 LOW PRESSURE OIL RIGHT
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-82
–19–11JAN99
27
T118982
9025 05 82
20
T118978
11
–UN–16DEC98
8
31 RETURN OIL CED,TX04577,834 –19–18DEC98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=810
Theory of Operation 1—Spring 2—Retainer 3—Shim 4—Spring 5—Retainer 6—Check Ball 7—Spring 8—Tank Port 9—Left Port
10—Check Ball 11—Left Pressure Switch Port 12—Spool 13—Left Pressure Switch Port 14—Orifice 15—Brake Light Switch Port 16—Shuttle Tee Check Ball 17—Orifice 18—Right Pressure Switch Port
Oil under pressure from the accumulators enters pressure ports (11 & 20). The right pedal is depressed forcing spool (19) to move through springs (28 & 25). Spool (12) remains in the neutral position blocking accumulator pressure from moving through the valve and the left brake port (9) remains at tank pressure. When spool (19) travels a short distance, the right brake port (22) becomes blocked to tank and is pressurized with oil moving through spool (19), through
19—Spool 20—Right Pressue Port 21—Check Ball 22—Right Brake Port 23—Spring 24—Retainer 25—Spring 26—Shims
27—Retainer 28—Spring 29—High Pressure Oil 30—Low Pressure Oil 31—Return Oil 32—Brake Engaged (Right Only)
check ball (21), again through spool (19) and to the right brake port (22). Brake pressure is blocked from entering the left brake by check ball (10), shuttle ball (16), and spool (12). Pressure modulation is regulated by springs (25 & 28). The maximum pressure to the right brake is limited by the force of spring (28) regardless of higher accumulator pressures or pedal force. The brake light switch connected to port (15) will see the right brake pressure.
CED,TX04577,834 –19–18DEC98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-83
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=811
9025 05 83
Theory of Operation
Parking Brake Operation (S.N. —872328)
L PARK BRAKE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
A
DUST SEAL
B SEALS C PISTON
9025 05 84
D ADJUSTING SCREW
E LOCK NUT
DISC K J PADS
F COVER
H SPRING WASHERS
G SNAP RING M RETURN PRESSURE OIL –19–15JAN98
I SHAFT
N HIGH PRESSURE OIL
TXC8381BC
P PARKING BRAKE
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T8381BC
O ENGAGEMENT PRESSURE OIL
9025-05-84
TX,902505,BS185 –19–20DEC94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=812
Theory of Operation A—Dust Seal B—Seals C—Piston D—Parking Brake Adjusting Screw
E—Lock Nut F—Cover G—Snap Ring H—Spring Washers I—Shaft
J—Park Brake Pads K—Park Brake Disc L—Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329— ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the park brake. The parking brake (P) is spring applied and hydraulic released. When the operator actuates the park brake switch to the "on" position or shuts the machine off, spring washers (H) force the piston (C) against the shaft (I). This force causes the park brake pads (J) to be compressed against the parking brake disc (K) which is attached to the axle input shaft. When the park brake is applied, engagement of the brake pads with the brake disc prevents machine movement. When the operator moves the parking brake switch to the "off" position with the engine running, two solenoids that are located on the park brake/differential lock valve (L) are energized simultaneously. Main hydraulic pressure oil (N) is routed to the piston (C)
M—Return Pressure Oil N—High Pressure Oil O—Engagement Pressure Oil P—Parking Brake
and the return of oil to reservoir is blocked. This causes the piston to move against the spring washers (H) which releases the force on the shaft (I) and the park brake pads (J). As the pressure on the pads is released, the parking brake disc (K) is free to turn and the machine can move. To release the parking brake following machine shut-down with the switch in the off position, the switch must be cycled from "off" to "on" then back to "off" after the engine is started. If required, the parking brake can be manually released to allow movement of the machine if the engine cannot be started. Remove cover (F), loosen lock nut (E) and turn out parking brake adjustment screw (D) until brake disc is released by the brake pads. The adjusting screw must be turned back in to allow the parking brake to engage.
9025 05 85
TX,902505,BS185 –19–20DEC94–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-85
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=813
Theory of Operation
Differential Lock Operation (S.N. —872256) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PISTON D
CAPTURE SYSTEM RETURN PASSAGE H
PARK BRAKE/ I DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID K
E OIL SEAL
F OIL SEAL
–19–15JAN98
J PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE A HIGH PRESSURE OIL SEALING G RINGS
B ENGAGEMENT PRESSURE OIL
9025 05 86
TXC8381BD
A—High Pressure Oil B—Engagement Pressure Oil C—Return Oil D—Differential Lock Piston
T8381BD
C RETURN OIL L DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION E—Oil Seal F—Oil Seal G—Sealing Rings
H—Capture System Return I—Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329— ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the differential lock. The hydraulic differential lock is supplied with high pressure oil (A) by the main hydraulic system. A pressure reducing valve (J) and a differential lock solenoid valve (K) are located on the park brake/differential lock valve (I) to control oil pressure and flow required for engagement. When the differential lock is not engaged, oil flow to the differential lock piston (D) is blocked and the passage to the piston is open to return. Normal differential action occurs when the differential lock is not activated.
J—Pressure Reducing Valve K—Differential Lock Solenoid L—Differential Lock Operation
Engagement of the differential lock occurs when the differential lock solenoid is energized. Oil is allowed to flow past the energized valve and engagement pressure (B) is routed between internal sealing rings (G) to move the differential lock piston (D). Oil that seeps past the sealing rings is contained by the outer oil seals (E) and (F), and is return oil (C) that is routed to reservoir through the capture system return passage (H). Refer to CTM43 for additional details on differential lock and axle assembly.
TX,902505,BS186 –19–20DEC94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-86
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=814
Theory of Operation
9025 05 87
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-87
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=815
Theory of Operation
Park Brake Differential Lock Valve Operation (S.N. —872256) D C
E
B
G F
H
I
N
O
P
A
K
L
M
W R
Q
SERVICE BRAKES E WORK PORT
D P1-PORT F P2-PORT
9025 05 88
P3-PORT C PARK BRAKE B SOLENOID
"P3"
"P1" "SERVICE BRAKE"
"P2"
PARK BRAKE G SOLENOID
"SWITCH" "DRAIN"
A DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
"PARK BRK"
H PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
"DIFF LOCK"
N RELIEF VALVE
TXC8381BE
I RETURN J DIFFERENTIAL TO DRAIN L LOCK WORK PARK BRAKE PORT WORK PORT K PARK BRAKE S HIGH PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE SENSING T REDUCED PRESSURE OIL SWITCH U RETURN OIL
V PARK BRAKE/DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-88
T8381BE
M DIFFERENTIAL LOCK TEST PORT
–19–15JAN98
"REG TEST"
TX,902505,BS187 –19–20DEC94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=816
Theory of Operation A—Differential Lock Solenoid Valve B—Park Brake Solenoid Valve-Normally Open C—P3 Port D—P1 Port E—Service Brakes Work Port
F—P2 Port G—Park Brake Solenoid Valve-Normally Closed H—Pressure Reducing Valve I—Return To Drain J—Differential Lock Work Port K—Park Brake Pressure Sensing Switch
NOTE: For (S.N. 872329— ) see Section 9020 for operation and test procedures for the differential lock and park brake. The park brake/differential lock valve is mounted on the right frame member below the cab and receives oil directly from the main hydraulic pump at “P3” port (SN—830204) or at “P1” port (SN 830205— ). Solenoid valves control the internal flow of oil that operates the park brake and differential lock functions. Incoming oil is routed to the park brake solenoid valve (G) that is normally closed when de-energized and the park brake is "on". Therefore oil is prevented from flowing to the park brake. Another park brake solenoid valve (B) is normally "open" when de-energized, which allows oil within the park brake to return to reservoir. This results in the spring applied, hydraulic release park brake becoming engaged to prevent the machine from moving. When the park brake switch is moved to the "off" position with the engine running, the normally closed park brake solenoid valve (G) is energized and becomes "open". This allows pressure oil to flow through an orifice (O) and a check valve (P) to the
L—Park Brake Work Port M—Differential Lock Test Port N—Relief Valve O—Orifice P—Check Valve Q—Park Brake R—Differential Lock
S—High Pressure Oil T—Reduced Pressure Oil U—Return Oil V—Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve W—Thermal Relief Valve
park brake. Since the "normally open" park brake solenoid valve (B) is energized at the same time and becomes "closed", oil is prevented from returning to reservoir and pressure increases to release the park brake. A thermal relief valve (W) is located in the park brake pressure port (L). The relief valve prevents excessive pressure build-up from thermal expansion in the park brake circuit. Park brake pressure is sensed at a switch (K) which de-activates a light on the control panel when the brake is "off". Relief valve (N) is in the park brake circuit to protect against excessive pressure build-up on trapped oil due to heat and expansion. By energizing the differential lock solenoid valve (A) reduced pressure oil (T) is allowed to flow to the rear axle for differential lock engagement. When disengaged return oil flows back through the de-energized solenoid and is routed to reservoir.
9025 05 89
High pressure oil is (S) provided the service brakes from the inlet galley through the service brake work port (E).
TX,902505,BS187 –19–20DEC94–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-89
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=817
Theory of Operation
9025 05 90
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-05-90
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=818
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Diagnose Steering System Malfunctions NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem: • Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure • Step 2. Diagnostic Charts • Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests Symptom
Problem
Solution
Slow or Hard Steering
Air in system.
Check oil level.
Steering lines or load sensing "LS" lines damaged (bent).
Check and replace.
Priority valve.
Operate loader while steering machine. If steering effort increases, do Priority Valve Pressure Check. (See Group 9025-10.)
Steering valve binding internally.
Check "LS" orifice for plugging.
Shaft in steering wheel column binding.
Check for bent steering column.
Internal leakage in system.
Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.)
Main hydraulic pump (low pressure).
Do Main Hydraulic Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Priority valve spool.
Inspect and Repair.
Steering cylinder leakage.
Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.)
Excessive wear in steering valve.
Do Steering System Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-10.)
Erratic ("Spongy") Steering
Air in system.
Check oil level. Check for cavitation in charge system.
Steering Wheel "Locks" Up
Debris in gerotor section.
Disassemble and inspect. Flush.
Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-1
T60,9025,C148 –19–24MAY93–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=819
9025 15 1
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Steering Wheel Turns Freely But No Wheel Movement
Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped)
9025 15 2
Steering Wheel Oscillates Or Turns By Itself After Starting Machine
Wander—Vehicle Will Not Stay in a Straight Line.
Problem
Solution
Priority valve.
Do Priority Valve Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Broken drive shaft to gerotor pin.
Replace.
Low hydraulic flow.
Check system pressure and flow.
Steering column shaft broken.
Replace.
Splines on shaft disengaged from steering valve.
Check and repair.
No oil in steering valve. Can happen when starting machine after a repair.
Verify and repair the cause of no oil. Operate valve to purge air from system.
Internal steering valve damage.
Replace valve.
High back pressure in return line.
Remove line, inspect. Replace.
Debris between spool and sleeve.
Inspect screen in priority valve housing to verify. Flush.
Binding or misalignment in steering column or splined connection.
Inspect column and spline to steering valve connection. Repair.
Parts assembled wrong (steering valve improperly timed)
Disassemble, inspect and reassemble.
Line connected to wrong ports.
Inspect and connect correctly.
Air in the system due to low level of oil, cavitating pump, leaky fitting, pinched hose.
Inspect and correct.
Worn mechanical linkage.
Repair or replace. See Repair Manual.
Bending of linkage or cylinder rod.
Repair or replace. See Repair Manual.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-2
T60,9025,C148 –19–24MAY93–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=820
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Loose steering cylinder piston.
Repair or replace. See Repair Manual.
Severe wear in steering control unit.
Replace the steering control unit.
Drift—Vehicle Veers Slowly in One Direction
Worn or damaged steering linkage.
Replace linkage and align front end (toe-in).
Slip—A Slow Movement of Steering Wheel Fails to Cause any Movement of Steered Wheels
Leakage of steering cylinder piston seals.
Replace seals.
Worn steering control unit meter.
Replace steering control unit.
Loose cylinder piston.
Replace cylinder.
Sticking priority valve control spool.
Replace.
"Spongy" or Soft Steering.
Low fluid level.
Add fluid and check for leaks.
Steered Wheels Turn in Wrong Direction When Operator Activates Steering Wheel.
Lines connected to wrong cylinder ports.
Inspect and reconnect correctly.
Steering Wheel Kicks at Start of Steering.
Inlet check valve in steering valve stuck open.
Check and repair.
Erratic Steering.
9025 15 3
T60,9025,C148 –19–24MAY93–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=821
Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Main Hydraulic System Malfunctions Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Hydraulics
Low oil level.
Check Oil level.
Broken pump drive shaft.
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump belt. (SN —830204)
Inspect and replace. See Repair Manual.
Destroke solenoid stuck or O-ring.
Check destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump.
Remove oil cooler inlet hose to check for flow. Repair pump. See Repair Manual.
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Inspect and replace filter. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump belt slipping or missing. (SN —830204)
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Priority valve stuck or orifice in spool plugged.
Check hydraulic functions. If only loader is affected, problem is priority valve.
Destroke solenoid stuck.
Inspect and repair destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual.
Surge relief valve stuck open.
Remove and inspect surge relief valve. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN —830204)
Inspect and clean screen. See Repair Manual.
Charge or return circuit.
Do Hydraulic Pump Charge and Return System Check. (See Group 9025-25.)
Destroke solenoid packing.
Inspect destroke solenoid. See Repair Manual.
System Relief valve too low.
Do System relief Valve Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Slow Hydraulics (Low Pump Output)
9025 15 4
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-4
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–1/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=822
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Low standby pressure.
Do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Stroke control valve seat, spring, or packing.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Crankcase relief valve stuck closed.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump worn.
Do Charge Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9020-25.)
Main pump discharge valve worn. Inlet valve broken or leaking. Worn pistons.
Do Cycle Time Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Do Main Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure)
Hydraulic Function (Or Pump) Makes "Chatter" Noise
Low oil level (aeration of oil)
Add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Inspect and replace filter. See Repair Manual.
Low standby pressure.
Adjust.
Charge pump section screen restricted. (SN —830204)
Inspect and clean screen. See Repair Manual.
Stroke control valve setting too low.
Do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Excessive leakage in hydraulic system.
Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Check. (See Group 9025-25.)
Leakage within work circuit.
Feel component for heat.
Destroke solenoid O-ring damaged.
Inspect O-ring. See Repair Manual.
Low charge flow due to filter relief valve stuck or setting too low, or restriction in filter base or lines.
Do Charge Pump Pressure Check and Transmission Pump Flow Test Group. (See Group 9025-25.)
Low oil level (pump cavitation).
Check and add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-5
9025 15 5
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–2/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=823
Diagnostic Information Symptom
9025 15 6
Excessive Pump Noise
Problem
Solution
Pump cavitation during combined full cycle crowd and bucket curl.
This is normal in full cycle operation of both functions. Function not used in actual digging operation.
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Remove, inspect, and replace filter.
Charge pump belt slipping or missing. (SN —830204)
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Excessive non-return circuit leakage (such as system relief valve leakage).
Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Tests. (See Group 9025-25.)
Surge relief valve setting low .
Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Charge or return circuit leakage.
Do Charge Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN —830204)
Remove, inspect, and clean screen.
Charge pump worn.
Do Transmission Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Pump pistons sticking.
Inspect pistons. See Repair Manual.
Outlet valve or spring broken.
Inspect valves. See Repair Manual.
Wrong circuit relief valve (without anti-cavitation valve) installed in backhoe valve.
Inspect relief valves. See Repair Manual.
Low oil level.
Add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Inspect and replace filter.
Charge pump belt slipping. (SN — 830204)
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Surge relief valve sticking open.
Do Surge Relief Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Surge relief valve setting low.
Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-6
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–3/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=824
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Hydraulic System Overheats
Problem
Solution
System relief valve malfunction.
Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Charge pump suction screen restricted (aeration of inlet oil). (SN —830204)
Inspect and clean screen.
Oil lines in contact with operator’s station.
Inspect and repair.
Rubber isolators.
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Loose pump drive coupling.
Inspect and tighten coupling. See Repair Manual.
Leakage in hydraulic circuit.
Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Destroke solenoid O-ring failed.
Inspect O-ring. See Repair Manual.
Stroke control valve seat, spring or packing.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Pump pistons sticking.
Inspect pistons. See Repair Manual.
Outlet valve broken.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Inlet valve broken.
Inspect valve. See Repair Manual.
Misalignment between pump and engine.
Loosen pump mounting cap screws and start engine. If noise is not heard, misalignment is indicated. Replace pump support.
Reservoir overfilled with oil.
Check oil level. (See Group 9000-04.)
Charge pump belt slipping. (SN — 830204)
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
Low oil level.
Check and add oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-7
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–4/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=825
9025 15 7
Diagnostic Information Symptom
9025 15 8
Function Drifts Down
Problem
Solution
Oil cooler and radiator air flow restricted.
Do Air Flow Test. (See Group 9010-25.)
Wrong oil (viscosity too low)
Verify type of oil. Change oil. (See Group 9000-04.)
Hydraulic filter restricted.
Remove, inspect, and replace filter. See Repair Manual.
Excessive leakage in hydraulic system.
Feel components for heat. Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Excessive leakage in work circuit.
Feel components in circuit for heat. Do Hydraulic System Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Surge relief valve stuck open or spring broken.
Do Surge Relief Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.) Remove and inspect surge relief valve. See Repair Manual.
Charge pump suction screen restricted. (SN —830204)
Remove and clean screen. See Repair Manual.
Low charge pump output.
Do Charge Pump Flow Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Cooler plugged internally.
Do Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Restriction in hydraulic line.
Inspect lines for kinks and dents. Check for internal restrictions by feeling for excessive heat.
Excessive leakage in circuit.
Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-8
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–5/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=826
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Individual Function Low On Power
Excessive leakage in circuit.
Do Hydraulic System Component Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Incorrect circuit relief valve, low relief valve setting, or broken spring in relief valve.
Do Circuit Relief Valve Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Also see Low Hydraulic Power. Higher hydraulic demand by backhoe can make a system problem appear to be isolated to backhoe.
710D,DS4165 –19–03MAR93–6/6
9025 15 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=827
Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Brake System Malfunctions Symptom
Problem
Solution
Poor or No Brakes (steering and hydraulic system operation normal)
Air in system.
Check for damaged O-ring or lines.
Internal brake valve leakage.
Do Brake Valve Leakage Test. (See Group 9025-25.)
Internal leakage in axle brake pistons.
Remove differential level check plug. Actuate brakes and observe leakage from check plug.
Internal restriction in circuit.
Remove lines and components and inspect.
Brake valve sticking.
Remove, inspect and repair. See Repair Manual. (Spool valve and housing are matched.)
Work port orifice plugged. (S.N. — 872256)
Remove, inspect, clean. See Repair Manual.
Malfuntioning retraction springs in axle. (S.N. 872329— )
Remove, inspect and repair. Do Service Brake Work Port Pressure Test. (See Group 9025-25)
Brakes Chatter or Noisy
Air in brake system.
Check for damaged O-rings or lines.
Manual Brakes Do Not Build Pressure (S.N. — 872329)
Inlet check valve leaking.
Replace. See Repair Manual.
Make-up check valve leaking.
Replace. See Repair Manual.
Internal leakage in axle brake pistons.
Remove differential check plug. Actuate brakes and observe leakage from plug.
With Pedals Locked Together— Machine Does Not Stop in Straight Line
Equalization orifice plugged.
Remove spool valve, clean and replace.
Brakes Dragging (S.N. 872328— )
Improper Adjustment
Do Service Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment. (See Group 9025.25)
Brakes Will Not Release Or Drag
9025 15 10
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-10
T60,9025,C198 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=828
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Brake Single Pedal Drift (S.N. 872328— )
Leaking shuttle valve check in brake valve.
Inspect and Repair. See Repair Manual
Leak in circuit
Inspect and repair. See Repair Manual.
T60,9025,C198 –19–03MAR93–2/2
9025 15 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=829
Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Park Brake and Differential Lock System Malfunctions Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Differential Lock Operation
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open or spring broken. (S.N. —872256)
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test See Group 9025-25. Remove and inspect regulating valve.
Differential lock solenoid failed. (S.N. 872329— )
Do Differential Lock Pressure Test. See Group 9020-25 Differential Lock Pressure Test.
Excessive differential lock sealing ring leakage
Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage Test For (S.N. — 872267) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329— ) see 9020-25.
Seals on differential lock regulating valve.
Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.)
Excessive leakage in differential lock circuit
Remove differential check plugs and check leakage. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. For (S.N. —872256) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329— ) see 9020-25.
Differential lock piston stuck in bore
Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. —872329) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872256— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Excessive wear on differential lock disks and plates
Disassemble, inspect, repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 0260.)
Low pressure
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test. For (S.N. — 872256) See Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872329— ) See 9020-25.
Excessive differential lock sealing ring leakage
Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage Test. For (S.N. — 872329) See Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256— ) See 9020-25.
9025 15 12
Differential Lock Slippage
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-12
TX,902515,BS206 –19–20DEC94–1/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=830
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Differential Lock Will Not Release
Differential Lock Chatters When Engaged
Problem
Solution
Seals on differential lock regulating valve.
Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.)
Excessive leakage in differential lock circuit
Remove differential check plugs and check leakage. See Differential Lock Capture Circuit Leakage Test. For (S.N. —872329) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256— ) see 9020-25.
Differential Lock Solenoid
Do Differential Lock Solenoid check. (See group 9015-15)
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open or spring weak or broken. (S.N. —872256)
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Pressure Test. Remove and inspect regulating valve.
Differential lock piston sticking in bore
Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Excessive wear of differential lock disks and plates
Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Differential piston stuck in bore
Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Warped differential lock disks and plates
Disassemble, inspect, repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Excessive differential lock sealing ring leakage
Do Park Brake/Differential Lock Valve Leakage For (S.N. —872329) see Group 9025-25. For (S.N. 872256— ) see 9020-25
Differential lock regulating valve seal
Remove and inspect seals. (See Repair Manual, Group 1160.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025 15 13
9025-15-13
TX,902515,BS206 –19–20DEC94–2/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=831
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Differential Lock Chatters When Disengaged
Differential Overfilled With Oil
9025 15 14
Park Brake Will Not Hold
Park Brake Disk Overheats
Problem
Solution
Differential lock pressure regulating valve stuck open, or spring weak or broken (S.N. —872329
Do Differential Lock Pressure Regulating Valve Test See Group 9025-25. Remove and inspect regulating valve.
Differential lock piston sticking in bore
Disassemble, inspect and repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Warped differential lock disks and plates
Disassemble, inspect, and repair. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.)
Differential lock piston stuck in bore
Disassemble, inspect, and repair.. For (S.N. —872256) see CTM43. For (S.N. 872329— ) see Repair Manual Section 02.
Differential lock pressure oil leaking at piston seals, capture seals, or around differential bearing cup
Remove differential check plugs and check leakage with differential lock engaged.
Brake piston seals leaking
Remove differential check plugs and check leakage with brakes applied.
Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque.
Adjust park brake. (See Group 9025-20.)
Brake disk and/or brake shoes worn
Disassemble, inspect, repair. (See Repair Manual, Group 1111.)
Park brake solenoids
Do Park Brake Solenoid check. (See group 9015-15.)
Thermal relief valve will not open.
Replace. See Repair Manual.
Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque.
Adjust park brake. (See Group 9025-20.)
Brake not released
Disassemble, inspect brake. Repair if necessary. (See Repair Manual, Group 1111.)
Thermal relief valve will not close.
Replace. See Repair Manual.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-14
TX,902515,BS206 –19–20DEC94–3/4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=832
Diagnostic Information Symptom
Problem
Solution
Park Brake Will Not Apply
Incorrect park brake adjusting screw torque. For (S.N. —872329)
Adjust park brake. See Group 9025-25.
Park Brake Solenoids
Do Park Brake Solenoid Check. (See Group 9015-15.)
Thermal relief valve will not open.
Replace. See Repair Manual.
TX,902515,BS206 –19–20DEC94–4/4
9025 15 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=833
Diagnostic Information
9025 15 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-15-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=834
Group 20
Adjustments Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN —830204) 445 N (100 lb force)
Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning) Tension (Used)
311 N (70 lb force)
Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning) Tension (New)
623—800 N (140—180 lb force)
Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning) Tension (Used)
356—512 N (80—115 lb force)
T7861AF
Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning) Tension (New)
–UN–06OCT92
SPECIFICATIONS
A—Charge Pump Drive Belt B—Belt Tension Gauge
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Belt Tension Gauge
1. Remove left engine shield. 2. Loosen mounting cap screws. 3. Loosen adjusting strap cap screw and adjust belt tension to specifications. Specification Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning)—Tension Belt Strand (without Air Conditioning)—Tension Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning)—Tension Belt Strand (with Air Conditioning)—Tension
(New) ................................... 445 N (100 lb force) 9025 20 1
(Used) .................................... 311 N (70 lb force) (New) ............... 623—800 N (140—180 lb force) (Used) ................ 356—512 N (80—115 lb force)
4. Tighten adjusting strap and mounting cap screws.
TX,9025,DS4173 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=835
Adjustments
Loader Bucket Level Indicator and Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment 1. Position bucket flat on ground. Turn engine off. –19–15OCT92
2. Hold bucket lever in roll-back position.
T7864AE
3. Measure gap (A) between guard and stop (B) and bell crank (C). Gap should be 1 mm (0.04 in.). 4. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut and yoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever to return to neutral position. 5. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) and top of actuator tang (G). Gap should be 130 mm (5.1 in.). 6. If gap is not to specification, adjust sensor tube jam nut and yoke (H) to correct length.
–19–15OCT92 T7864AD
9025 20 2
A—1 mm (0.04 in.) gap B—Guard/Stop C—Bell Crank-Neutral Position D—Rod Jam Nut and Yoke E—130 mm (5.1 in.) gap F—Bell Crank Pin G—Actuator Tang H—Sensor Tube Jam Nut and Yoke I—Bucket Dump J—Bucket Rollback
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-2
TX,9025,DS4174 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=836
Adjustments 7. Loosen cap screw (A) and move return-to-dig switch so roller (B) is touching area (C) on the cam. 8. Move switch toward cam until a "click" is heard. –UN–09NOV88
9. Move switch away from cam until a "click" is heard. 10. Tighten cap screw without moving switch.
12. While watching clearance between cam and switch, turn command pointer back and forth to be sure cam does not hit switch bracket.
T87154
11. Remove pin from sensor tube yoke.
A—Cap Screw B—Roller C—Area on Cam
NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller does not bottom on switch housing. 13. If cam touches bracket or switch arm, and roller bottoms on switch housing, reposition switch. (See steps 7—10.)
TX,9025,DS4174 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=837
9025 20 3
Adjustments
T7799CW
–19–14SEP92
Adjust Park Brake (S.N. —872328)
9025 20 4 A—Dust Seal B—Seals C—Piston D—Parking Brake Adjusting Screw
E—Lock Nut F—Cover G—Snap Ring
H—Spring Washers I—Shaft J—Park Brake Pads
NOTE: If this is the initial installation of new park brake pads, install the four mounting screws but do not tighten them.
1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Lower bucket to ground. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Never rely on loader bucket to keep machine from moving. Machine can unexpectedly roll, resulting in death or serious injury. Always block wheels to hold machine when working on park brake. 3. Stop engine. This will engage park brake.
K—Parking Brake Disk L—Cap Screw
Specification Brake Pad Assembly— Minimum Thickness .................................................. 9 mm (0.354 in.) Pad-to-Disk Running— Maximum Clearance ............................................ 4.76 mm (0.187 in.) Pad-to-Disk Running—Minimum Clearance............................................................... 0.5 mm (0.020 in.)
5. Remove three park brake adjustment cover cap screws (L) and cover (F). Loosen lock nut (E).
4. Place blocks in front and behind tires.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-4
TX,9025,DS4176 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=838
Adjustments 6. Tighten park brake adjustment screw (D) to 100 N•m (75 lb-ft).
8. Turn park brake adjustment screw counterclockwise 1/2 turn (180°).
7. If a new brake assembly is being installed, tighten brake assembly mounting cap screws to 70 N•m (50 lb-ft).
9. Hold adjusting screw (D) and tighten lock nut (E). 10. Install cover and tighten cap screws (L).
TX,9025,DS4176 –19–03MAR93–2/2
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. —872328)
2. Remove axle housing and replace brakes if oil grooves on facing material are no longer visible. (See Repair Manual.)
RW18679
Specification Service Brake Inspection— Thickness (New) ......................................................... 7.57 mm (0.298 in.)
–UN–13DEC90
1. Brake disks can be inspected for wear through the external inspection ports (A).
9025 20 5
A—Brake Inspection Port
TX,2520,DS4307 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=839
Adjustments
Service Brake Inspection (S.N. 872329— ) NOTE: Right side inspection port (A) is located on front side of axle but is not shown in illustration. –UN–01OCT98
1. Brake disks can be inspected for wear through the external inspection ports (A).
2. Remove axle housing and replace brakes if oil grooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible. (See Repair Manual.)
T117539
Specification Service Brake Inspection— Thickness (New) ......................................................... 7.24 mm (0.285 in.) External Inspection Ports
A—Brake Inspection Port (Rear shown) B—Oil Grove
T8137AC
–UN–03DEC93
9025 20 6
Oil Grooves on Brake Disk—Left Side Shown OUO1048,00003E4 –19–13SEP00–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=840
Adjustments
9025 20 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=841
Adjustments
Service Brake Valve And Pedal Adjustment (S.N. 872329— ) SPECIFICATIONS Brake Pedal Leveling Adjustment
20—22 mm (0.787—0.866 in.)
Brake Valve Pressure Setting
689 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi)
Brake Pedal Linkage Adjustment
31.8 mm (1.25 in.)
Jam Nut Torque
45 N•m (33 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: If adjustments are made to Service Brake, the pedal leveling adjustment must be done prior to doing the brake pedal pressure adjustment. 1. Adjust and level pedals by adjusting jam nut (B) and stop screw (A) to dimension (C) on left pedal. Adjust right pedal level with left pedal allowing lock bar (D) to engage as shown.
9025 20 8
–UN–04JAN99
Specification Brake Pedal Leveling Adjustment—Clearance ............................. 20—22 mm (.0787—0.866 in.)
T118050
A—Stop Screw B—Jam Nut C—Leveling Adjustment Dimension D—Lock Bar
Pedal Leveling Adjustment
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-8
CED,TX04577,768 –19–21SEP98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=842
Adjustments 2.
–UN–28OCT98
Remove brake light indicator switch in brake valve. Connect fittings and gauge to brake valve port. See Service Brake Valve Pressure Test in this Group.
T118051B
3. Disengage locking bar in brake pedal. Depress right pedal 31.8 mm (1.25 in.) and measure distance (D) using a straight edge or ruler. Measure from edge of one pedal to other pedal as shown. Note pressure reading on gauge when pedal has been depressed down one inch travel dimension (D). Specification Brake Valve Pressure Setting— Pressure ............................................................ 689 kPa (7 bar) (100 psi) Brake Pedal Linkage Adjustment—Distance .................................................. 31.8 mm (1.25 in.)
–UN–02FEB99
4. If pressure is not in specification, adjust pedal linkage to obtain correct pressure setting.
6. Loosen jam nut on push rod. Adjust as required being careful not to tear boot. Note, one flat on jam nut equals approximately 25 psi. Tighten jam nut to specification. Specification Jam Nut—Torque ............................................................ 45 N•m (33 lb-ft)
T118819
5. Scribe a line (B) on jam nut (C) and push rod (A) for ease of adjustment Brake Pedal Linkage Adjustment A—Push Rod B—Scribe Line C—Jam Nut D—Pedal Travel (Pressure Setting Positon)
9025 20 9
.
CED,TX04577,768 –19–21SEP98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=843
Adjustments
Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment
–UN–15OCT92
NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of backhoe valves. Rod lengths given are nominal. Final adjustment is to be done using knob position.
T7861AD
Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position. 2. Measure rods (A) from center of clevis pin hole to center of ball joint. This distance should be 280 mm (11.2 in.)
–UN–30OCT90
3. On machines with extendible dipperstick, auxiliary valve linkage adjustment is also required. Measure rod from center of clevis pin hole to center of ball joint. Distance should be 190 mm (7.5 in.).
5. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Distance (B) should be 140 mm (5.5 in.). Knobs should be 250 mm (9.8 in.) apart.
TX,9025,DS4178 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Loader Control Valve Linkage Adjustment NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of loader valves. –UN–06OCT92
Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity. 1. Put loader control valve spools in neutral position.
T7861AE
9025 20 10
T7407AJ
4. Put a piece of masking tape across the rear ROPS posts on inside surface at backhoe lever know height.
2. Adjust rods (A) so tabs (B) on bell crank are horizontal. A—Rod B—Tab
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-10
TX,9025,BG231 –19–06JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=844
Adjustments
5. Put a piece of masking tape from left front to right front ROPS posts on inside surface at loader knob height. 6. Distance (C) from front of knob to tape should be 130 mm (5.1 in.).
T7407AO
4. Distance (D) from right side of knob to tape should be 250 mm (9.8 in.).
–UN–14NOV90
3. Put a piece of masking tape from right front to right rear ROPS posts on inside surface at loader know height.
7. The distances in steps 4 and 6 can be obtained by adjusting rods (E).
–UN–30OCT90
NOTE: Pivot (F) must remain in slot when holding the loader lever in the roll-back position.
T7407AP
C—130 mm (5.1 in.) D—250 mm (9.8 in.) E—Adjusting Rod F—Pivot
T7407AQ
–UN–30OCT90
9025 20 11
TX,9025,BG231 –19–06JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=845
Adjustments
Stabilizer Valve Linkage Adjustment
1. Put stabilizer valve spools in neutral position. 2. Adjust linkage rods (A) to position tabs (B) vertically.
T7407AK
Cab and other components have been removed in some photographs for clarity.
–UN–30OCT90
NOTE: Levers must be positioned correctly to allow full travel and proper operation of loader valves.
4. Measure the distance (C) from edge of right stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 260 mm (10.2 in.). Measure the distance (D) from edge of left stabilizer knob to tape. It should be 295 mm (11.6 in.). Adjust rods (E) as necessary.
T7407AL
A—Linkage Rods B—Tab C—260 mm (10.2 in.) D—295 mm (11.6 in.)
–UN–30OCT90
3. Put masking tape across rear ROPS posts on inside surface at stabilizer knob height.
T7407AM
–UN–30OCT90
9025 20 12
TX,9025,DS4180 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-20-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=846
Group 25
Tests John Deere Radial Piston Pump—Use CTM7 For complete repair information the Component Technical Manual (CTM) is also required.
TS225
–UN–17JAN89
Use the CTM in conjunction with this repair manual.
09T,2160,K5 –19–12MAY94–1/1
JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
A—Clamp-on Transducer. Remove paint with emery cloth and connect to a straight section of injection line within 100 mm (4 in.) of pump. Finger tighten only. DO NOT overtighten. B—Black Clip (-). Connect to main frame.
T6813AG
C—Red Clip (+). Connect to transducer.
–UN–28FEB89
Tachometer
D—Tachometer Readout. Install cable.
9025 25 1
10T,9010,K182 –19–10AUG95–1/1
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
Fasten to a bare metal line using a tie band. Wrap with shop towel. B—Cable
T6808CE
C—Digital Thermometer
–UN–28FEB89
A—Temperature Probe
902525,AA4 –19–28FEB95–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=847
Tests
Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure
2. Disconnect boom cylinder rod end hose (A) from control valve, and boom cylinder head end hose (B) from boom cylinder. 9025 25 2
X9811 –UN–17SEP92
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
T7839AA
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
–UN–23AUG88
1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the system.
3. Connect boom cylinder rod end hose (A) to cylinder head end port and boom cylinder head end hose (B) to control valve. 4. Put cardboard or other suitable material in front of oil cooler to restrict air flow. 5. Start engine and run at 2000 rpm. 6. Move and hold loader control valve lever to boom raise position to heat oil. 7. Operate all hydraulic functions to distribute heated oil. 8. Heat oil to temperature specified in test.
TX,902525,BS159 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=848
Tests
Manual Destroke Installation Procedure ESSENTIAL TOOLS RE25493 Manual Destroke Assembly a
a
Order from John Deere parts system.
27T,9025,M100 –19–16OCT91–1/2
1. Lower all equipment to ground, stop engine and operate hydraulic controls to relieve pressure.
3. Remove destroke solenoid and install manual destroke assembly.
T6900AG
4. Turn destroke adjusting screw in to destroke pump.
–UN–20MAR90
2. Remove grille.
T6900AH
–UN–20MAR90
9025 25 3
27T,9025,M100 –19–16OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=849
Tests
Diagnostic Destroke Wire Harness Installation Procedure See Section 99 for instructions to make harness. 1. Connect ground clamp (A) to frame. 2. Disconnect solenoid wire harness. Connect diagnostic destroke wire harness solenoid. 3. Turn switch box to "ON" to destroke pump before starting engine. Turn switch "OFF" to put pump into stroke.
T6900AI
–UN–26OCT88
A—Ground Clamp B—Power Cable C—Injection Pump D—Switch Box E—Connector F—Main Hydraulic Pump
27T,9025,M101 –19–16OCT91–1/1
9025 25 4
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=850
Tests
Charge Pressure Test SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Speed
WOT
Charge Minimum Pressure
827 ±138 kPa (8 ±1.4 bar) (120 ±20 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
T7615AF
JT05494 (7/16-20 M 37° x 3/4-16 ORB) A—Adapter
–UN–26SEP91
66 ± 4°C (150 ± 7°F)
Oil Temperature
JT05490 (7/16-20 M 37° x 3/8-24 M ORB) B—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
2. Connect gauge to hydraulic pump using fitting (A) or backhoe valve using fitting (B). 3. Heat hydraulic oil to test specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
T6900AF
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
–UN–26OCT88
Gauge 0—1000 kPa (0—10 bar) (0—150 psi)
9025 25 5
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 66 ± 4°C (150 ± 7°F)
4. Run engine at fast idle. Record oil pressure reading. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................................. WOT Charge—Minimum Pressure ................... 827 ±138 kPa (8 ±1.4 bar) (120 ±20 psi)
If pressure is low check the following: • Loose charge pump belt (S.N. —830204). • Restricted charge pump suction screen (S.N. — 872256). • Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test in this group.
TX,902525,BS160 –19–08NOV01–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=851
Tests
Charge Pump Flow (S.N. —872256) SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Charge Minimum Flow
102 L/min (27 gpm) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT05690 (1-1/16-12 M 37° x -12 F ORFS) A—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer B—Flowmeter
1. Install digital thermometer in hydraulic reservoir.
3. Connect flowmeter (B) to charge pump using hoses and fittings (A). Open flowmeter loading valve.
9025 25 6
4. Apply park brake. Start engine and warm oil to specification (see procedure in this group or use flowmeter).
T6900AM
IMPORTANT: Flowmeter must be open to prevent damage to charge pump.
–UN–26OCT88
2. Remove left engine side shield.
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
5. Operate engine at fast idle and record flow rate. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Fast idle Charge—Minimum Flow ............................................. 102 L/min (27 gpm)
6. If flow is low, check the following before servicing the pump: • Charge pump belt tension (SN —830204). • Suction screen in hydraulic reservoir restricted.
TX,902525,BS161 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=852
Tests
9025 25 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=853
Tests
T117960
–UN–23OCT98
Charge Pump Flow (S.N. 872329— )
9025 25 8 A—Union SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Charge Minimum Flow
102 L/min (27 gpm)
3. Apply park brake. Start engine and warm oil to specification (see procedure in this group or use flowmeter). Specification Oil—Temperature .............................................. 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS A—38H1272 (—12 M x —12 M ORFS) A—Union
4. Operate engine at fast idle and record flow rate.
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Specification Engine—Speed ...................................................................... Fast idle Charge—Minimum Flow ...................................... 102 L/min (27 gpm)
JT05800 Digital Thermometer Flowmeter
1. Install digital thermometer in hydraulic reservoir. IMPORTANT: Flowmeter must be open to prevent damage to charge pump.
5. If flow is low, check the following before servicing the pump: • Do Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test in this group.
2. Connect flowmeter test hose to charge pump and hose removed with union (A) to flowmeter test hose. Open flowmeter loading valve.
CED,TX03610,140 –19–19MAR99–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=854
Tests
Surge Relief Valve Pressure Test SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Surge Relief Pressure
827 ± 140 kPa (8.2 ± 1.4 bar) (120 ± 20 psi)
–UN–12NOV92
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Oil Temperature
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
T7888AA
JT05494 (7/16-20 M 37° x 3/4-16 ORB) A—Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS B—Hose C—Gauge 0—2000 kPa (0—20 bar) (0—300 psi) Digital Thermometer D—Vice Grips
Purpose of this test is check that surge relief valve is set low enough to protect return circuit and high enough to maintain cooler flow to cool hydraulic oil. Surge relief valve (E) is located on bottom of reservoir in line from hydraulic filter. Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F) 9025 25 9
1. Apply park brake. 2. Install gauge (C) and digital thermometer. 3. Clamp oil cooler hose (D) to stop oil flow. –UN–26OCT88
4. Operate engine at fast idle and record surge relief pressure. (Surge relief is not adjustable or repairable, see group 2160 to replace.)
T6900AN
Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Fast idle Surge Relief—Pressure .............................. 827 ± 140 kPa (8.2 ± 1.4 bar) (120 ± 20 psi) A—Adapter B—Hose C—Gauge D—Cooler Hose E—Surge Relief Valve
TX,902525,BS162 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=855
Tests
Main Pump Standby Pressure Test SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Speed
2000 ± 25 rpm
Standby Pressure
17 580 ± 350 kPa (176 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi)
–UN–07FEB90
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Oil Temperature
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
T93021
JT05490 (7/16-20 M37° x 3/8-24 M ORB) A—Connector 202850 (7/16-20 F 37° x 1/8) B—Nipple Adapter JT05491 (7/16-20 M 37° x 14 M x 1.5 M ORB) E—Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer
–UN–26OCT88
36953 C—Hose with Needle Valve
9025 25 10
T6900AO
D—Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi)
A—Connector B—Adapter C—Hose D—Gauge E—Connector F—Adjusting Screw
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-10
TX,9025,BR526 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=856
Tests
2. Connect hose and gauge to main pump or backhoe valve. Heat oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.)
X9811
1. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.)
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
3. Adjust engine speed to specification. Record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 2000 ± 25 rpm Standby—Pressure............................... 17 580 ± 350 kPa (176 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi)
4. Turn adjusting screw (F) to adjust pressure to specifications. If pressure cannot be adjusted, repair or replace valve. See CTM-7. 9025 25 11
TX,9025,BR526 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=857
Tests
Main Pump Flow Test
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. SPECIFICATIONS 65 ± 5°C (150 + 10°F)
Engine Speed
2000 ± 10 rpm
Oil Pressure
13 790 ± 69 kPa (138 ± 0.7 bar) (2000 ± 10 psi)
Acceptable Minimum Flow
170 L/min (45 gpm)
710D Oil Pressure
15 170 kPa (151.7 bar) (2200 psi)
710D Oil Pressure
15 860 kPa (158.6 bar) (2300 psi)
X9811
Oil Temperature
710D Oil Pressure
16 550 kPa (165.5 bar) (2400 psi)
Standby Oil Pressure
17 580 kPa (175.8 bar) (2550 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
JT15073 (1-1/16 Male JIC x 1-5/16-12 Male ORB) Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer 9025 25 12
Digital Thermometer Flowmeter Hoses
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in the hydraulic system.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-12
TX,9025,BR527 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=858
Tests 3. Connect flowmeter (C) to backhoe valve (E) using hoses (B) and connectors (A). Open loading valve (D). 4. Start engine and heat oil with flowmeter. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 + 10°F)
5. Adjust engine speed and oil pressure to specifications. Record oil flow. 6. If pump flowmeter meets test specifications, check pressure compensator valve. Maintain 2000 ± 10 rpm for this part of test. Adjust pump pressure to each of the following test pressures. Record flow rates.
–UN–25MAY89
Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 2000 ± 10 rpm
Subtract recorded flow rates from rate recorded at 13 790 kPa (138 bar) (2000 psi) during first part of test.
Flow rate should not decrease by more than 7.5 L/min (2.0 gpm) until pump pressure is within 2069 kPa (207 bar) (300 psi) of standby pressure, then decrease sharply as pump destrokes.
T6264AH
Specification Oil—Pressure ......................................... 13 790 ± 69 kPa (138 ± 0.7 bar) (2000 ± 10 psi)
9025 25 13
A—JT15073 Connector (2 used) B—Hose (2 used) C—Flowmeter D—Loading Valve E—Backhoe Valve
Specification Acceptable—Minimum Flow ....................................... 170 L/min (45 gpm)
If stroke control valve meets specifications, go to step 7. 7. Check for a plugged screen in priority valve inlet. If screen is clean, do Hydraulic Component Leakage Tests in this group. Item
Measurement
Specification
710D Oil
Pressure Pressure Pressure
15 170 kPa (151.7 bar) (2200 psi) 15 860 kPa (158.6 bar) (2300 psi) 16 550 kPa (165.5 bar) (2400 psi)
Standby Oil
Pressure
17 580 kPa (175.8 bar) (2550 psi)
TX,9025,BR527 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=859
Tests
Priority Valve Test SPECIFICATIONS
High Idle
Steering Against Stops Pressure
17 581 ± 345 kPa (175 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi)
Steering in Neutral Pressure
2068 kPa (20 Bar) (300 psi)
Steering Against Stops and Loader Boom Raising Pressure
17 581 ± 345 kPa (175 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi)
T7845AA
Engine Speed
–UN–14SEP92
40 ± 4° C (104 ± 10°F)
Oil Temperature
ESSENTIAL TOOLS -8 ORFS (Parker No. 8R6LOS) Swivel Run Tee SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hose Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi) JT05800 Digital Thermometer
Continued on next page
9025 25 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-14
TX,902525,BS165 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=860
Tests
Install digital thermometer and gauge (A) at priority valve steering outlet (CF) port.
X9811
1.
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
2. Start engine and heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature .................................................. 40 ± 4° C (104 ± 10°F)
3. Run engine at test specification. Turn steering wheel against stop. Continue turning steering wheel with approximately 22 N (5 lbs ) force. Record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ High Idle Steering Against Stops— Pressure .............................................. 17 581 ± 345 kPa (175 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi) Steering in Neutral—Pressure....................... 2068 kPa (20 Bar) (300 psi) Steering Against Stops and Loader Boom Raising—Pressure ......... 17 581 ± 345 kPa (175 ± 3.5 bar) (2550 ± 50 psi)
9025 25 15
• If pressure is low or high when steering is held against stops do pump standby pressure check in this group. • If neutral pressure is high check for plugged orifices in priority valve "LS" port fitting and do "LS" Port Flow Test in this group. Also check "LS" port orifice in steering valve. (Remove hose at steering valve to inspect.) • Low neutral pressure can also be caused by low spring compression (See Repair Manual) or plugged orifices on spool ends.
TX,902525,BS165 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=861
Tests
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. SPECIFICATIONS 40 ± 6°C (100 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
"LS" Port Flow
700 ± 100 mL/min (.18 ± .03 gpm)
X9811
Oil Temperature
–UN–23AUG88
Priority Valve "LS" Port Flow Test
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1414 (-4 F ORFS) (Parker No. FNL-S) Cap –UN–17SEP92
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05801 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer
T7849AA
Measuring Container Stop Watch
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 9025 25 16
2. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 40 ± 6°C (100 ± 10°F)
3. Disconnect "LS" line (A) at inlet to valve and cap fitting. 4. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Slow Idle
Catch flow from line in a measuring container. Specification "LS" Port—Flow ............................................ 700 ± 100 mL/min (.18 ± .03 gpm)
TX,902525,BS167 –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=862
Tests
9025 25 17
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=863
Tests
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
65 ± 4°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Oil Flow
68.1 L/min. (18 gpm)
Gauge Difference Maximum Pressure Drop
586 kPa (5.8 bar) (85 psi)
Gauge Difference Minimum Pressure Drop
517 kPa (5.1 bar) (75 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 203654 (7/16-20 M 37° x 1/2 M NPT) G—Connector JT03348 (1/2 F NPT) H—Tee (2 used) JT03212 (1/2 I.D. Hose x 1/2 M NPT) I—Adapter (6 used) JT03070 (1/2 F NPT 1-1/6-12 F 37° SW) J—Coupler (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Hydraulic Analyzer Hydrostatic Switching Unit JT05801 Electronic Tachometer K—Flowmeter with Temperature Gauge B—Gauge 0—1000 kPa (0—10.0 bar) (0—150 psi)
NOTE: If an internally restricted oil cooler is suspected, the oil cooler can be back flushed to check for debris. Steps 1—2 describe how to back flush the cooler and Steps 3—6 describe how to test cooler for an internal restriction. BACK FLUSH COOLER
–UN–07APR89
1. To back flush the cooler, connect pump return hose to cooler outlet. Disconnect inlet line and put end of hose in a five gallon bucket. A—Hydraulic Analyzer B—Gauge 0—1000 kPa C—Gauge Port D—Cooler-In E—Cooler-Out F—Switch Unit G—Fitting H—Tee I—Barb Fitting J—Fitting K—Flowmeter
T6908BG
9025 25 18
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-18
TX,902525,BS169 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=864
Tests 2. Start engine and run at slow idle for 10 seconds. INTERNAL RESTRICTION TEST 3. Make test connection. Refill reservoir, then start engine to fill to proper level before test. 4. Open flowmeter. Heat oil to test specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedures in this group. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 4°C (150 ± 10°F)
5. Increase engine speed until flow is at specification. Specification Engine—Speed ........................................................................... 2000 rpm Oil—Flow .................................................................. 68.1 L/min. (18 gpm)
6. Read pressure gauges at inlet and outlet of cooler. Difference in gauge reading as pressure drop in cooler. Specification Gauge Difference—Maximum Pressure Drop .................................................. 586 kPa (5.8 bar) (85 psi) Gauge Difference—Minimum Pressure Drop .................................................. 517 kPa (5.1 bar) (75 psi)
• Check charge pressure if pressure differential is not to specification.
9025 25 19
TX,902525,BS169 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-19
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=865
Tests
Steering Valve Neutral Drift Test SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 10°C (100 ± 20°F) (cylinders warm to touch)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Steering Valve Neutral Maximum Drift
5 mm/min (0.20 in./min)
1. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ................................. 40 ± 10°C (100 ± 20°F) (cylinders warm to touch)
–UN–25MAY89
2. Raise front wheels off of ground with loader bucket. Position wheels straight ahead, measure and record steering cylinder rod length sticking out of cylinder.
Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Fast Idle
9025 25 20
T6076AN
3. Lower stabilizers and operate backhoe for five minutes at fast idle. Two Wheel Drive Axle Shown
4. Stop engine and remeasure steering cylinder rod. The difference between this reading and one in Step 1 is drift. Specification Steering Valve Neutral— Maximum Drift ...................................................... 5 mm/min (0.20 in./min)
5. Repair as necessary. See repair manual. NOTE: Excessive neutral drift will not affect steering control when driving unit.
TX,902525,BR119 –19–06APR94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-20
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=866
Tests
Cylinder Drift Test
Engine Speed
Low Idle
Cylinder Maximum Drift
7 mm/min (0.28 in./min)
1. Warm hydraulic oil to specifications. (See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ................................. 40 ± 10°C (104 ± 20°F) (cylinders warm to touch)
T6222AM
40 ± 10°C (104 ± 20°F) (cylinders warm to touch) –UN–26MAY89
SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
4. Run engine at specified speed, measure extension of cylinder rod in one minute. Record measurement.
T6222AN
3. Retract cylinder. Put cylinder under load (so cylinder rod is being pulled outward) by loading bucket or by using machine weight. Measure and record cylinder rod extension.
–UN–26OCT88
2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake.
Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................. Low Idle 9025 25 21
5. Compare to specification. 6. Repeat procedure for each cylinder to be tested. (Several cylinders can be done simultaneously.) NOTE: If cylinder drifts in rod extend direction, load cylinder in opposite direction, and check drift. If cylinder drifts in both directions, it indicates leakage in control valve. Repair as necessary. See repair manual. Specification Cylinder—Maximum Drift...................................... 7 mm/min (0.28 in./min)
7. If cylinder drifts in rod extend direction only, do Cylinder Leakage Check in this group on machine before removing cylinder for repair. See repair manual.
T60,9025,1073 –19–24MAR93–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-21
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=867
Tests
Steering System Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Speed
Low Idle
Steering Wheel Torque
11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.)
Steering System Maximum Leakage
5 rpm
–UN–26OCT88
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Oil Temperature
T93024
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1145 (4 ORFS) Plug (2 used) 38H1352 (4 ORFS) Nut (2 used) 38H1138 (4 ORFS) Plug (2 used) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer. 2. Heat hydraulic oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
9025 25 22
3. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 4. Run the engine at low idle. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................. Low Idle
5. Remove steering wheel emblem. 6. Bend locking tab away from steering wheel nut. 7. Turn the steering wheel clockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.) with wheels in the maximum right position. Count the rpm. Specification Steering Wheel—Torque ........................................... 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.)
8. Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 N•m (100 lb in.) with wheels in the maximum left turn position.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-22
TX,902525,BS170 –19–24MAY93–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=868
Tests Specification Steering Wheel—Torque ........................................... 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.)
Count the rpm. 9. If the steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm in either direction, excessive leakage is indicated. Go to steps 12-16 to isolate steering valve or cylinder leakage. Specification Steering System—Maximum Leakage ............................................................................................. 5 rpm
10. If the steering wheel cannot be turned more than 5 rpm in both directions, the steering valve and cylinder are good. Stop the test here. Continue with steps 11 thru 16 if steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm. 11. Stop the engine. 12. Operate all hydraulic control valves to release pressure in system.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-23
TX,902525,BS170 –19–24MAY93–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=869
9025 25 23
Tests
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 13. Disconnect hydraulic lines from steering cylinder and install caps (B) and plugs (A).
X9811
14. Start the engine and run at low idle. 15. Turn steering wheel counterclockwise and then clockwise at a constant torque of 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.). Count the rpm.
–UN–25MAY89
16. If steering wheel can be turned more than 5 rpm in either direction, steering valve is leaking excessively.
T6076AM
9025 25 24
Two Wheel Drive Axle Shown TX,902525,BS170 –19–24MAY93–3/3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-24
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=870
Tests
9025 25 25
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-25
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=871
Tests
Steering Cylinder Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Low Idle
Steering Cylinder Leakage
5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min)
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
38H 1145 (4 ORFS) A—Pluga a
These ORFS fittings should be ordered through normal service channels. SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer probe in reservoir. 2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 3. Start engine. Turn the steering wheel to left turn stop to extend cylinder rod. Stop engine. Move steering wheel back and forth to relieve hydraulic pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................. Low Idle Steering Cylinder—Leakage..................................... 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min) 9025 25 26
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-26
T60,9025,1065 –19–21JUL94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=872
Tests 4. Remove rod end hose and plug (A). Put beaker under cylinder port after oil stops dripping. 5. Start engine and hold steering wheel in full left turn with constant pressure for one minute. Stop engine. 6. Measure oil collected and connect hose.
T6076AL
–UN–25MAY89
Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Axle Without MFWD Shown
T60,9025,1065 –19–21JUL94–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-27
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=873
9025 25 27
Tests
Cylinder Leakage Test Low Idle
Cylinder Leakage
5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min)
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
–UN–26OCT88
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
T6222AL
38H1353 (-6 ORFS) Nut 38H1139 (-6 ORFS) Plug 38H1354 (-8 ORFS) Nut 38H1140 (-8 ORFS) Plug 38H1146 (-6 ORFS) Plug 38H1147 (-8 ORFS) Plug SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer probe in reservoir. 2. Put FNR lever in neutral and engage park brake. 3. Start engine. Fully extend cylinder rod. Stop engine. Activate a hydraulic function to relieve pressure in the system. 9025 25 28
Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................. Low Idle Cylinder—Leakage ................................................... 5 ml/min (1/6 oz/min)
4. Remove rod end hose and plug hose. Use a measuring beaker, after oil stops dripping, to catch oil. This can also be done at control valve, which would require capping control valve port and putting hose end into measuring beaker after oil stops dripping. 5. Start engine and actuate cylinder extend function for one minute. 6. Stop engine. Measure oil collected and connect hose. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
7. Repair as necessary. (See repair manual.) 8. Repeat procedure to test each cylinder.
T60,9025,1068 –19–21JUL94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-28
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=874
Tests
Hydraulic Component Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Oil Temperature Engine Speed
1000 ± 10 rpm
Steering Valve Return Line Maximum Leakage
900 mL/min (30 oz/min)
Main Hydraulic Pump Seal Maximum Leakage
2 mL/min 0.07 oz/min
Loader Valve-2 Section Maximum Leakage
220 mL/min (7 oz/min)
Loader Valve-3 Section Maximum Leakage
320 mL/min (11 oz/min)
Loader Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage
31 mL/min (1 oz/min)
Backhoe Valve-4 Section Maximum Leakage
1000 mL/min (34 oz/min)
Backhoe Valve-5 Section Maximum Leakage
1050 mL/min (36 oz/min)
Backhoe Valve-6 Section Maximum Leakage
1100 mL/min (38 oz/min)
Backhoe Valve Work Port Maximum Leakage
60 mL/min (2 oz/min)
Stabilizer Valve Maximum Spool Leakage
500 mL/min (17 oz/min)
Stabilizer Valve Maximum Cylinder Drift
0.15 mm/min (.006 in/min)
(SN—872328)Brake Valve Maximum Leakage (Both pedals Applied)
50 mL/min (1.7 oz/min)
Diff. Lock/Park Brake Valve Maximum Leakage
160 mL/min (6 oz/min)
Differential Lock Capture Circuit Maximum Leakage
1.9 L/min (0.5 gpm)
Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Maximum Leakage
10 mL/min (0.34 oz/min)
9025 25 29
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Electronic Tachometer Digital Thermometer
1. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group). 2. Heat hydraulic oil to 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F). (See procedure in this group.)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-29
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–1/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=875
Tests Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
3. Excessive heat in a return line can indicate leakage in that component. If one return line is hotter than the others check that component first.
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–2/12
NOTE: Return line removed must be capped or hydraulic reservoir will drain through line.
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
9025 25 30
X9811
4. Disconnect return lines for hydraulic components, one at a time, to check for leakage. Install cap on fitting. 5. Place beaker under component to be tested. 6. Apply park brake. 7. Start engine and run for one minute. Specification Engine—Speed .................................................................. 1000 ± 10 rpm
8. Stop engine and measure leakage in beaker.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-30
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–3/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=876
Tests Remove steering return line (A) from reservoir. Specification Steering Valve Return Line— Maximum Leakage ............................................... 900 mL/min (30 oz/min)
T7855AI
–UN–25SEP92
A—Steering Valve Return Line B—Reservoir
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–4/12
If leakage is excessive, check main hydraulic pump shaft for excessive end play.
–UN–25SEP92
Specification Main Hydraulic Pump Seal— Maximum Leakage .................................................. 2 mL/min 0.07 oz/min
T7855AE
A—No. 4 Plug (In reservoir) B—Pump Seal Drain Hose
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-31
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–5/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=877
9025 25 31
Tests 1. Disconnect valve return line (A). 2. Install drain hose (B) (approximately 18 in. X 1.25 in. I.D.) on valve return port. –UN–25SEP92
3. If valve return leakage is high, perform individual work port leakage test using beaker to collect oil.
T7855AH
Specification Loader Valve-2 Section— Maximum Leakage ................................................. 220 mL/min (7 oz/min) Loader Valve-3 Section— Maximum Leakage ............................................... 320 mL/min (11 oz/min) Loader Valve Work Port— Maximum Leakage ................................................... 31 mL/min (1 oz/min)
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–6/12
1. Disconnect return line (B), cap line and fitting. 2. Disconnect stabilizer return line (A) and cap line.
oz/min) oz/min)
T7440BN
Specification Backhoe Valve-4 Section— Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1000 mL/min (34 Backhoe Valve-5 Section— Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1050 mL/min (36 Backhoe Valve-6 Section— Maximum Leakage ............................................. 1100 mL/min (38 Backhoe Valve Work Port— Maximum Leakage ................................................... 60 mL/min (2
–UN–07JAN91
3. Measure leakage at fitting (C). 9025 25 32
oz/min) oz/min)
4. If valve return leakage is high, perform individual work port leakage test using beaker to collect oil.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-32
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–7/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=878
Tests
–UN–07JAN91
NOTE: Stabilizer valve has lockouts to prevent cylinder drift up or down. If drift is above specification remove lockout and check for scratches on seat and poppet. Check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat. Also check the cylinder packings, and the lockout plunger spool which slides between the two lockouts . If the lockout plunger spool is stuck it can hold a lockout open.
T7440BO
Specification Stabilizer Valve—Maximum Spool Leakage ................................................................ 500 mL/min (17 oz/min) Maximum Cylinder Drift .................................... 0.15 mm/min (.006 in/min)
To check cylinder drift lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. Check for cylinder rod movement with dial indicator.
T6222AN
–UN–26OCT88
A—Stabilizer Valve Return Line
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–8/12
Specification Brake Valve—Maximum Leakage (Both pedals Unapplied) ........................................ 50 mL/min (1.7 oz/min)
T7855AJ
–UN–25SEP92
A—Brake Valve Return Line B—Reservoir Connection
(SN —802550) & (SN 872329—)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-33
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–9/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=879
9025 25 33
Tests NOTE: For (SN 872329—), see Group 9020-25.
–UN–25SEP92
Specification Diff. Lock/Park Brake Valve— Maximum Leakage ................................................. 160 mL/min (6 oz/min)
T7855AG
A—Differential Lock and Park Brake Valve Return Line B—No. 6 Plug (In Reservoir)
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–10/12
Specification Differential Lock Capture Circuit— Maximum Leakage ..................................................... 1.9 L/min (0.5 gpm)
T7855AF
–UN–25SEP92
A—No. 4 Plug (In Reservoir) B—Capture Circuit Return Line
Continued on next page
9025 25 34
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-34
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–11/12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=880
Tests NOTE: For (SN 872329—) See Group 9020-25. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Never rely on loader bucket to keep machine from moving. Machine can unexpectedly roll, resulting in death or serious injury. Always block wheels to hold machine when working on park brake components. 1. Block wheels. 2. Release park brake using switch in cab. 3. Disconnect hose (A) from thermal relief valve (B). Used a plug to close end of hose.
–UN–04DEC94
Specification Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve—Maximum Leakage.................................. 10 mL/min (0.34 oz/min)
T8373BC
4. Change position of tee fitting so relief valve outlet is down. 5. Put beaker under relief valve. Operate engine for 1 minute at slow idle and measure leakage at relief valve.
9025 25 35
A—Thermal Relief Valve Return Hose B—Thermal Relief Valve
6. Connect hose and engage park brake.
TX,902525,BS172 –19–03MAR93–12/12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-35
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=881
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test with Flow Regulator—Test Cylinder Method—Gresen SPECIFICATIONS Test Cylinder Rod End Flow
3.78 L/min (1 gpm)
Engine Speed
(Approximately) 1000 rpm
Oil Temperature
40 ± 6°C (104 ± 10°F)
Test Cylinder Rod Extend Cycle Time
1.5 sec
Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure
+1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi)
System Relief Pressure
20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
710D Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure
24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi)
Bucket Curl Pressure
22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi)
Boom Down Pressure
14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi)
Swing Left Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Crowd In Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Bucket Dump Pressure
24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi)
Boom Raise Pressure
27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi)
Swing Right Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure 9025 25 36
20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi)
Bcuket Curl Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Boom Raise (SN 812258— ) Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-36
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–1/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=882
Tests ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38H1030 (-6 F ORFS) a Tee 38H1031 (-8 ORFS) a Tee 38H1033 (-12 ORFS) a Tee 38H1002 (-16 ORFS) a Tee AH120121 a Test Cylinder (Cancelled) AH93323 (Replaces AH120121) a Test Cylinder (-6 ORFS x 3/8 M NPT) Adapter (3/8 M NPT x 3/8 F NPT) 90° Elbow (9/16—18 M ORB x 3/8 F NPT) Adapter AT81867 Check Valve (1/4 M NPT x 9/16-18 F 37°) Adapter NA Quick Coupler (1/8 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT) Nipple (1/4 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT 90°) Elbow (1/4 M NPT x 1/4 F NPT x 1/4 F NPT) Tee 38H1146 (-6 ORFS)a Plug 38H1147 (-8 ORFS)a Plug 38H1149 (-12 ORFS)a Plug 38H1150 (-16 ORFS) a Plug 38H1415 (-6 ORFS) a Cap (2 used) JT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator a
These ORFS fittings and parts should be ordered through normal service parts channels.
9025 25 37
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 2750 kPa (27 bar) (400 psi) JT05801 Electronic Tachometer JT05800 Digital Thermometer Rod End Hose to Tee Gauge 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5 000 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-37
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–2/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=883
Tests This test uses a test cylinder to amplify system pressure 2.25 times so reliefs can be opened and tested. Flow regulator is used to restrict flow to relief to 3.8 L/min (1 gpm) to duplicate factory calibration specifications. –UN–07JAN91
Specification Test Cylinder Rod End—Flow ..................................... 3.78 L/min (1 gpm)
T7440BC
Test tee (B) can be installed at most accessible part of circuit being tested.
T7440BD
–UN–07JAN91
A—Auxiliary Plug B—Crowd Out Relief C—Bucket Curl Relief w/ anti-cavitation D—Boom Lower Relief w/ anti-cavitation E—Swing Left Relief w/ anti-cavitation F—Swing Right Relief w/ anti-cavitation G—Boom Raise Relief H—Bucket Dump Relief I—Crowd In Relief w/ anti-cavitation J—Auxiliary Plug K—System Relief L—Auxiliary Retract Plug M—Plug (SN —812257) M—Boom Raise Relief (SN 812258— ) N—Bucket Curl Relief O—Bucket Dump Relief P—Anti-Cavitation Valve Q—Auxiliary Extend Relief 9025 25 38
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-38
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–3/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=884
Tests IMPORTANT: Hydraulic system return pressure must be subtracted from relief valve gauge reading to get correct valve setting.
–UN–26OCT88
NOTE: Remaining keys for Essential Tools are shown on corresponding pages.
T6725AB
1. Lower stabilizer to ground. D—Cylinder I—Adapter J—JT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator K—Elbow L—Adapter M—Check Valve N—Adapter O—Quick Coupler P—Nipple Q—90° Elbow R—Tee S—Adapter
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-39
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–4/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=885
9025 25 39
Tests
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
–UN–20MAR90
X9811
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 2. Operate hydraulic control valves to relieve pressure in the hydraulic system.
9025 25 40
T6900AL
3. Install fitting (A) and hose (B) to connect 2750 kPa (27.5 bar) (400 psi) gauge to return side of backhoe valve. A—Adapter B—Test Hose-to-Gauge
4. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) CAUTION: Stabilizer control valve contains lock-outs, which prevent releasing of hydraulic pressure when engine is off. Slowly loosen stabilizer hoses to bleed off stored pressure to prevent being sprayed with high pressure oil. 5. Install stabilizer hoses to test cylinder.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-40
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–5/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=886
T6773AN
–19–21MAR89
Tests
A—Rod End Hose-To-Tee B—Tee
C—Gauge D—Cylinder
E—Stabilizer Hose (Rod End) F—Stabilizer Hose (Head End)
6. Install adapter in relief valve port to be tested. Tee in test gauge (C) and rod end hose (A) from test cylinder. NOTE: Test system relief valve by removing system relief from inlet valve section and installing in swing section relief valve port. Install swing circuit relief valve in system relief inlet section to do test. 7. Start engine, use stabilizer lever to cycle test cylinder until temperature is to test specifications. Specification Engine—Speed .......................................... (Approximately) 1000 rpm Oil—Temperature ............................................ 40 ± 6°C (104 ± 10°F)
8. Adjust JT03408 Hydraulic Flow Regulator (3) on head end of test cylinder, until rod extends in 1.5 seconds. Lock flow regulator at this setting.
Specification Test Cylinder Rod Extend— Cycle Time ............................................................................... 1.5 sec
9. Activate stabilizer to extend test cylinder and record pressure readings on gauge (C) and on filter housing gauge. NOTE: If test cylinder stalls while extending cylinder rod, do Main Pump Standby Pressure Test in this group. 10. Subtract backhoe return pressure gauge reading from gauge (C) reading, compare this value with specifications. Specification Relief Valve Oil Tolerance— Pressure.................................................. +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025 25 41
G—38H1415 Cap (2 used)
9025-25-41
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–6/7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=887
Tests 710D Backhoe Circuits—Specification Crowd Out—Pressure............................. 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Bucket Curl—Pressure ........................... 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) Boom Down—Pressure .......................... 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) Swing Left—Pressure ............................. 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Crowd In—Pressure ............................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Bucket Dump—Pressure ........................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Boom Raise—Pressure .......................... 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) Swing Right—Pressure........................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Loader Circuits—Specification Auxiliary Extend—Pressure .................... 20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi) Bucket Curl—Pressure ........................... 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Bucket Dump—Pressure ........................ 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) Boom Raise (SN 812258— )— Pressure.................................................. 31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi) Specification System Relief—Pressure........................ 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
11. Retract cylinder rod for next test cycle. Repeat steps 8 and 9 if required. 12. Move tee (B) to next relief valve port to be tested. Repeat steps 7 through 11. IMPORTANT: To prevent structural damage of machine, do not adjust relief valves above specifications. 13. Adjust or replace reliefs as required.
TX,902525,BS181 –19–03MAR93–7/7
9025 25 42
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-42
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=888
Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test—Remote Pump Method Specifications-Husco SPECIFICATIONS—HUSCO BACKHOE VALVE Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure
+1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi)
System Relief Pressure
20 700 kPa (207 bar) (3000 psi)
Oil Temperature
40 ± 6°C (104 ± 10°F)
710D Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure
24 100 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
Bucket Curl Pressure
22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi)
Boom Down Pressure
14 800 kPa (148 bar) (2150 psi)
Swing Left Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Crowd In Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Bucket Dump Pressure
24 100 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
Boom Raise Pressure
27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi)
Swing Right Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) SPECIFICATIONS
Relief Valve Oil Tolerance Pressure
+1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi)
System Relief Pressure
20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
Oil Temperature
40 ± 6°C (104 ± 10°F)
710D Backhoe Circuits—Gresen Crowd Out Pressure
24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi)
Bucket Curl Pressure
22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi)
Boom Down Pressure
14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi)
Swing Left Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Crowd In Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
Bucket Dump Pressure
24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi)
Boom Raise Pressure
27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi)
Swing Right Pressure
19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
9025 25 43
Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure
20 600 kPa (206 bar) (3000 psi)
Bcuket Curl Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Boom Raise (SN 812258— ) Pressure
31 000 kPa (310 bar) (4500 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-43
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–1/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=889
Tests SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 38H1414-4 ORFS Capa 38H1416-8 ORFS Capa JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (-8 ORFS) Loader Hoses (-4 ORFS) Hitch Hoses Gauge 0—35 000 kPa (0—350 bar) (0—5000 psi) a
These ORFS fittings should be ordered through normal service parts channels.
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–2/6
–UN–07JAN91 T7440BC –UN–07JAN91
Relief Valve Test—Gresen
T7440BD
9025 25 44
A—Auxiliary Plug B—Crowd Out Relief C—Bucket Curl Relief w/ anti-cavitation D—Boom Lower Relief w/ anti-cavitation E—Swing Left Relief w/ anti-cavitation F—Swing Right Relief w/ anti-cavitation G—Boom Raise Relief H—Bucket Dump Relief I—Crowd In Relief w/ anti-cavitation J—Auxiliary Plug K—System Relief L—Auxiliary Retract Plug M—Plug (SN —812257) M—Boom Raise Relief (SN 812258— ) N—Bucket Curl Relief O—Bucket Dump Relief P—Anti-Cavitation Valve Q—Auxiliary Extend Relief
Relief Valve Test—Gresen Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-44
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–3/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=890
Tests This test uses a remote pump to amplify system pressure so reliefs can be opened and tested. Specification Relief Valve Oil Tolerance— Pressure ........................................................ +1380 -0 kPa (+13.8 -0 bar) (+200 -0 psi) 710D Backhoe Circuits—Specification Crowd Out—Pressure ............................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Bucket Curl—Pressure ........................... 22 000 kPa (220 bar) (3200 psi) Boom Down—Pressure .......................... 14 000 kPa (140 bar) (2030 psi) Swing Left—Pressure ............................. 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Crowd In—Pressure ............................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi) Bucket Dump—Pressure ........................ 24 000 kPa (240 bar) (3480 psi) Boom Raise—Pressure .......................... 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4500 psi) Swing Right—Pressure .......................... 19 000 kPa (190 bar) (2750 psi)
bar) (3000 psi) bar) (4500 psi) bar) (4500 psi) bar) (4500 psi) –UN–29MAY98
Loader Circuits—Specification Auxiliary Extend—Pressure .................... 20 600 kPa (206 Bucket Curl—Pressure ........................... 31 000 kPa (310 Bucket Dump—Pressure ........................ 31 000 kPa (310 Boom Raise (SN 812258— )— Pressure ................................................. 31 000 kPa (310
T114667
Specification System Relief—Pressure ....................... 20 300 kPa (203 bar) (2950 psi)
A—Auxiliary Plug (4 used) B—Crowd Out Circuit Relief C—Bucket Curl Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation D—Boom Lower Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation E—Swing Left Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation F—Swing Right Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation G—Boom Raise Circuit Relief H—Bucket Dump Circuit Relief I—Crowd In Circuit Relief W/Anti-Cavitation J—System Relief
Backhoe Valve--Husco
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-45
9025 25 45
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–4/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=891
Tests IMPORTANT: Hydraulic system return pressure must be subtracted from relief valve gauge reading to get correct valve setting.
X9811
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. CAUTION: Stabilizer control valve contains lock-outs, which prevent releasing of hydraulic pressure when engine is off. Slowly loosen stabilizer hoses to bleed off stored pressure to prevent being sprayed with high pressure oil. Lower stabilizer to ground. 2. Operate hydraulic control valves to relieve pressure in the hydraulic system. Specification Oil—Temperature ................................................... 40 ± 6°C (104 ± 10°F) 9025 25 46
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-46
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–5/6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=892
T108839
–UN–08APR97
Tests
A—Cap
B—Test Pump
3. Disconnect pressure line at cylinder inlet port of relief valve to be tested. Install cap (A) on cylinder port. 4. Connect test pump (B) pressure hose to inlet hose of relief valve to be tested. Install gauge (C) on test pump.
9025 25 47
C—Pressure Gauge
NOTE: Take reading when pressure on gauge starts to decrease. The point at which pressure decreases is the opening pressure of the relief valve. 6. Adjust or replace reliefs as required.
5. Start remote pump to pressurize valve inlet. IMPORTANT: To prevent structural damage of machine, do not adjust relief valves above specifications.
TX,9025,BD2746 –19–04APR97–6/6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-47
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=893
Tests
Cycle Time Test SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast idle
Oil Temperature
65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
Digital Thermometer
1. Install digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Start engine and heat oil to specifications. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Fast Idle Oil—Temperature ................................................... 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
3. Check cycle times. The individual cycle times give an indication of any restriction in a circuit. The overall hydraulic system performance cycle time gives an indication of low pump flow or low charge pressure. If cycle time is slow, change hydraulic filter and check cycle time again. 9025 25 48
TX,9025,BR539 –19–16OCT91–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-48
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=894
Tests
Cycle Time Test Continued CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS Individual Circuit Cycle Time Specifications Oil temperature 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F) Engine speed: fast idle Function
Operating Conditions
Maximum Cycle Time
Loader boom raise
Bucket flat on ground to full height (includes bucket self leveling)
4.5 seconds
Loader boom lower (power down)
Bucket rolled back at full raise
2.8 seconds
Boom float down
Bucket rolled back at full raise
3.1 seconds
Loader bucket dump
Bucket just clears ground
2.0 seconds
Loader bucket rollback
Bucket just clears groun
2.4 seconds
Backhoe boom raise
Backhoe at maximum reach with bucket teeth on ground up to cylinder cushion
3.3 seconds
Backhoe boom lower
Backhoe at maximum reach, transport position, to bucket teeth on ground
3.2 seconds
Crowd in
Boom in transport position.
3.8 seconds
Crowd out
3.0 seconds
Backhoe bucket dump
1.8 seconds
Backhoe bucket curl
2.8 seconds
Backhoe swing
Boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to ground. Time cycle to cylinder cushion.
4.0 seconds
Stabilizer down
Full up to ground level
2.8 seconds
Stabilizer up
Ground level to full up
3.1 seconds
Extendible dipperstick
Extend or retract
3.7 seconds
Steering
Right to left-fast turn
Left to right-fast turn
3 turns
Right to left-slow turn
6 turns
Left to Right-slow turn
6 turns
9025 25 49
3.0 turns
TX,9025,BD2740 –19–17MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-49
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=895
Tests
Flowmeter Calibration Procedure
Radial Piston Pump
38—114 L/min (10—30 gpm)
49 cc (3 cu in.)
76—228 L/min (20—60 gpm)
100 cc (6 cu in.)
X9811
Flowmeter
–UN–23AUG88
To prevent error in tests using a flowmeter, check calibration using a John Deere Radial Piston Pump as a test source.
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Connect flowmeter inlet hose as close as possible to main pump outlet. 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this group.) 3. Heat oil to 60°C (140°F). See procedure in this group.
9025 25 50
4. Open flowmeter. Adjust engine speed to 1800 ± 10 rpm. Record flow. 5. Close flowmeter until pressure reaches 10 340 kPa (103.4 bar) (500 psi). Adjust engine speed to 1800 ± 10 rpm. Record flow. High pressure flow must be 95% or more of low pressure flow or pump cannot be used for test. 6. Open flowmeter to minimum restriction. Adjust voltage calibration and zero flowmeter. 7. Record rpm versus flow at the low, medium and high range of flowmeter. Example: When checking a 284 L/min (75 gpm) flowmeter, check rpm at 76, 151 and 227 (L/min (20, 40, and 60 gpm). 8. Use chart to find recorded rpm for size of pump on test tractor. Note specified flow and compare to measure flow.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-50
27T,9025,M124 –19–16OCT91–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=896
Tests L/min
(gpm)
rpm
L/min
(gpm)
rpm
L/min
(gpm)
rpm
L/min
(gpm)
rpm
100 cc (6 cu. in.) Pump Specs 76
20
811
114
(30)
1216
151
(40)
1621
189
(50)
2026
80
(21)
851
117
(31)
1256
155
(41)
1661
193
(51)
2066
83
(22)
892
121
(32)
1297
159
(42)
1702
197
(52)
2107
87
(23)
932
125
(33)
1337
163
(43)
1742
201
(53)
2147
91
(24)
973
129
(34)
1378
167
(44)
1783
204
(54)
2188
95
(25)
1013
132
(35)
1418
170
(45)
1823
208
(55)
2228
98
(26)
1054
136
(36)
1459
174
(46)
1864
212
(56)
2269
102
(27)
1094
140
(37)
1499
178
(47)
1904
216
(57)
2309
106
(28)
1135
144
(38)
1540
182
(48)
1945
220
(58)
2350
110
(29)
1175
148
(39)
1580
185
(49)
1985
223
(59)
2390
227
(60)
2431
(25)
2026
49 cc (3 cu. in.) Pump Specs 38
(10)
811
57
(15)
1216
76
(20)
1621
95
42
(11)
892
61
(16)
1297
80
(21)
1702
98
(26)
2107
45
(12)
973
64
(17)
1378
83
(22)
1783
102
(27)
2188
49
(13)
1054
68
(18)
1459
87
(23)
1864
106
(28)
2269
53
(14)
1135
72
(19)
1540
91
(24)
1945
110
(29)
2350
114
(30)
2431
65 cc (4 cu in.) Pump Specs 53
(14)
851
79
(21)
1277
106
(28)
1702
132
(35)
2127
57
(15)
911
83
(22)
1337
110
(29)
1763
136
(36)
2188
61
(16)
972
87
(23)
1398
114
(30)
1823
140
(37)
2250
64
(17)
1033
91
(24)
1459
117
(31)
1884
144
(38)
2310
68
(18)
1094
95
(25)
1520
121
(32)
1945
148
(39)
2370
72
(19)
1155
98
(26)
1580
125
(33)
2006
151
(40)
2431
76
(20)
1215
102
(27)
1641
129
(34)
2067
9025 25 51
27T,9025,M124 –19–16OCT91–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-51
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=897
Tests
Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test (S.N. —872256)
–UN–23AUG88
NOTE: For (SN 872329—) Differential Lock Pressure Reducing Valve Test see Group 9020-25.
Oil Temperature
40 ±4°C (104 ±7°F)
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Differential Lock Pressure
3654—4482 kPa (36—44 bar) (550—650 psi)
X9811
SPECIFICATIONS
ESSENTIAL TOOLS (1/2 M ORB x 7/16 M 37°) (Parker No. 5-4-0503) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—6895 kPa (0—68 bar) (0—1000 psi)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Stop engine, FNR in neutral, park brake on. 9025 25 52
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-52
TX,902525,BS189 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=898
Tests 2. Install gauge and connector in port (A) of park brake/differential lock valve. Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
3. Start engine. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Slow Idle
4. Engage differential lock and record pressure.
T7861AA
• Check standby pressure (See Test in this Group) if differential Lock pressure is low. Adjust pressure reducing valve if standby is to specification. If pressure reducing valve will not adjust with differential lock in "on" position, adjust in "off" position. If valve can be adjusted in "off" position leakage is in differential lock assembly. To test differential lock solenoid see group 9015-15.
–19–05OCT92
Specification Differential Lock—Pressure ........................ 3654—4482 kPa (36—44 bar) (550—650 psi)
A—"Reg Test" Port B—Pressure Reducing Valve
9025 25 53
TX,902525,BS189 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-53
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=899
Tests
Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test (S.N. — 872256)
–UN–23AUG88
NOTE: For (SN 872329—) Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test see Group 9020-25.
X9811
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. SPECIFICATIONS Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ±7°F)
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Park Brake Pressure
17 230—22750 kPa (172—228 bar) (2500—3300 psi) ESSENTIAL TOOLS
(-4 ORFS) (Parker No. -4 R6LO-S) Swivel Run Tee SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi)
9025 25 54
NOTE: For (S.N 872329—) Park Brake Circuit Pressure Test see Section 9020. 1. Stop engine, FNR in neutral, park brake on.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-54
TX,902525,BS190 –19–20DEC94–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=900
Tests 2. Install gauge and tee on port (A) between park brake differential lock valve and hose to park brake. Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
3. Start engine and disengage park brake. Record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Fast Idle Park Brake—Pressure .............................. 17 230—22750 kPa (172—228 bar) (2500—3300 psi)
4. Raise loader lift arms so bucket is at hood height. Put loader control lever in bucket roll back position. Record pressure when bucket reaches self level stop. Repeat 3-4 times.
T7861AB
–19–05OCT92
• Pressures recorded in step 3 or 4 should be within specified range. If pressure exceeds 3300 psi adjust park brake relief valve. If pressure is low check pump standby pressure (See Test in this Group). Check park brake assembly for external leakage, or adjust park brake relief valve if standby is to specification. To test park brake solenoids see group 9015-15.
9025 25 55
A—Park Brake Work Port B—Relief Valve
TX,902525,BS190 –19–20DEC94–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-55
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=901
Tests
Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Test (S.N. — 872256) 24 130 ± 1380 kPa (241 ± 14 bar) (3500 ± 200 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01019AA Hydraulic Hand Pump with Gauge (from D01047AA 17-1/2 and 30 Ton Puller Set) JT15068 (3/8 F NPT x 9/16 F ORB) B—Coupler
X9811
Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Setting Pressure
–UN–23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 1. Remove park brake thermal relief valve (B). 2. Connect relief valve to hand pump using coupler (A). 3. Slowly operate hand pump while watching pressure gauge and relief valve. 4. Note the pressure when relief valve allows oil to be released.
If pressure is not within specification, replace thermal relief valve.
–UN–04DEC94
Specification Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve Setting—Pressure....................................... 24 130 ± 1380 kPa (241 ± 14 bar) (3500 ± 200 psi)
T8373BE
9025 25 56
TX902525,BD1663 –19–20DEC94–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-56
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=902
Tests
9025 25 57
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-57
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=903
Tests
Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. — 872328)
–UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
X9811
SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Oil Temperature
49 ±2.5°C (120 ±5°F)
Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure
47757 kPa (47.5 bar) (690 ± 70 psi)
Brake-Engine Off-Manual Mode, LH or RH Minimum Pressure
5 515 kPa (55 bar) (800 psi)
Differential, LH to RH, Engine On Maximum Pressure
1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05487 (1/8 M NPT x 7/16 M 37°) Fitting SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi)
9025 25 58
1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switches from LH and RH brake outlet lines.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-58
TX,902525,BS192 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=904
Tests 2. Install connectors and gauges (B). 3. Start engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Slow Idle Oil—Temperature .................................................. 49 ± 2.5°C (120 ± 5°F) Brake-Engine On- LH or RH— Minimum Pressure................................... 17 47757 kPa (47.5 bar) (690 ± 70 psi) Brake-Engine Off-Manual Mode, LH or RH—Minimum Pressure..................... 5 515 kPa (55 bar) (800 psi) Differential, LH to RH, Engine On—Maximum Pressure ............................... 1000 kPa (10 bar) (145 psi)
NOTE: Pump brake pedals if required.
–UN–16OCT92
Manual mode-engine off-pressures may not be to specification when engine on pressures are to specification. See group 9025-15 "Manual brakes do not build pressure" for causes.
5. Start engine and lock LH and RH brake pedals together. Firmly apply locked brakes, with foot on centerline between pedals, to obtain a pressure reading on gauges of approximately 1000 psi. Record pressure differential between gauges.
T7869CA
4. Stop engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure.
9025 25 59
A—Brake Valve B—Gauges
• To determine excessive leakage in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.)
TX,902525,BS192 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-59
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=905
Tests
Service Brake Valve Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ) Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Oil Temperature
49 ± 2.5°C (120 ± 5°F)
Brake-Engine On- LH or RH Minimum Pressure
10 000 kPa ± 345 kP (100 ± 3.5 bar) (1450 ± 50 psi)
–UN–23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS
X9811
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT05494 ( 7/16—28 M 37° x 3/4—16 M ORB) Connector JT05483 ( 7/16—20 M 37° x 7/16—20 F 37 Deg.) Elbow (90 Degree Swivel) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—-345 bar) (0—5000 psi)
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
–UN–23OCT98 T118039
9025 25 60
NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switch and adapter fitting from port in brake housing. A—Connector B—Elbow C—Gauge
2. Install connector (A), elbow (B) and gauge (C). 3. Start engine and firmly apply LH brake pedal. Record pressure. Firmly apply RH brake pedal and record pressure. Specification Engine—Speed ............................................................................ Slow Idle Oil—Temperature .................................................. 49 ± 2.5°C (120 ± 5°F) Brake-Engine On- LH or RH— Minimum Pressure.................................. 10 000 kPa ± 345 kP (100 ± 3.5 bar) (1450 ± 50 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-60
OUO1048,00003DE –19–08SEP00–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=906
Tests • To determine excessive leakage in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 4. Remove test equipment and bleed brakes. Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 5. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal.
OUO1048,00003DE –19–08SEP00–2/2
9025 25 61
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-61
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=907
Tests
Service Brake Valve Work Port Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ) SPECIFICATIONS Brake Work Port Pressure
0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 38h1030 (—6M x —6M x —6 F ORFS) Tee (Running) JT03456 (7/16-20 M JIC x —6 F ORFS) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
–UN–16DEC98
13,790 kPa (138 bar) (2,000 psi) Gauge
T119057
CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. NOTE: This test is required only if brake drag is diagnosed or brake valve is serviced. The test will isolate each brake work port pressure by connecting a gauge to right or left lines located under cab floor access panel. 9025 25 62
A—Tee B—Adapter C—Gauge D—Right Brake Line E—Left Brake Line
1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove floor plate in cab floor. CAUTION: Depress both brake pedals multiple times (approximately 25) to release brake line pressure to reservoir. 2. Depress both brake pedals multiple times (approximately 25) to release brake line pressure to reservoir. 3. Install Tee (A), adapter (B), and gauge (C). 4. Start engine and apply both brakes. 5. Turn OFF engine and apply both brakes and release. 6. Record pressure on gauge from each brake line work port with brake unapplied. There must be NO pressure in work port lines (brake valve to rear axle) when brakes are unapplied.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-62
CED,TX04577,833 –19–17DEC98–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=908
Tests Specification Brake Work Port—Pressure ...................................... 0 kPa (0 bar) (0 psi)
If any pressure is recorded: • Do Brake Valve and Pedal Adjustment. See 9025.20 • Inspect Brake valve for free spool travel. Check for contamination. See Repair Manual Section 1062. NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 7. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
CED,TX04577,833 –19–17DEC98–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-63
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=909
9025 25 63
Tests
Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. — 872328) Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Accumulator Precharge Pressure
8500 ± 300 kPa (85 ± 3 bar) (1230 ± 44 psi)
–UN–23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
X9811
JT03083 (7/16 Male JIC x 1/2 ORB Male) Adapter SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi) Digital Thermometer Electronic Tachometer
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. 9025 25 64
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. With engine off, relieve pressure in brake system by pumping brakes until firm pedal feel is gone (brakes in manual mode).
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-64
TX,902525,BS207 –19–03MAR93–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=910
Tests NOTE: Accumulator can be discharged due to normal leakage through brake valve when machine is not running.
3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.)
–UN–12NOV92
Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
T7888AB
2. Remove accumulator test port plug (A). Install adapter, gauge and digital thermometer.
4. Stop engine and observe pressure gauge. If pressure reading on gauge is decreasing, leakage is indicated in the accumulator check valve, accumulator thermal relief valve, or brake valve. NOTE: To determine if leakage is in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 5. Operate brake valve and observe pressure gauge. Pressure will slowly decrease, then drop immediately to zero. • The last pressure observed before dropping to zero is the accumulator precharge pressure.
9025 25 65
Specification Accumulator Precharge— Pressure ....................................................... 8500 ± 300 kPa (85 ± 3 bar) (1230 ± 44 psi)
• If accumulator precharge pressure is not correct, repair or charge accumulator. (See repair manual.) NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 6. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
TX,902525,BS207 –19–03MAR93–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-65
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=911
Tests
Brake Accumulator Precharge Pressure Test (S.N. 872329— ) Oil Temperature
40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
Accumulator Precharge Pressure
3 447 ± 345 kPa (34.5 ± 3.45 bar) (500 ± 50 psi)
–UN–23AUG88
SPECIFICATIONS
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
X9811
JT05494 ( 7/16—28 M 37° x 3/4—16 M ORB) Connector JT05483 ( 7/16—20 M 37° x 7/16—20 F 37 Deg.) Elbow (90 Degree Swivel) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge 0—34 500 kPa (0—345 bar) (0—5000 psi) Digital Thermometer Electronic Tachometer
9025 25 66
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Accumulators can be discharged due to normal leakage through brake valve when machine is not running. 1. Engine off, park brake on, FNR neutral. Remove brake light pressure switch in brake valve and install connector, elbow and pressure gauge. See Service Brake Valve Pressure Test in this Group.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-66
OUO1048,00003DF –19–08SEP00–1/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=912
Tests 2. Install electronic tachometer and digital thermometer. (See procedure in this Group.) 3. Heat hydraulic oil to specification. (See procedure in this group.) Specification Oil—Temperature ..................................................... 40 ± 4°C (104 ± 7°F)
4. Stop engine and observe pressure reading on gauge. NOTE: To determine if leakage is in brake valve, do brake valve leakage test. (See Hydraulic Component Leakage Test in this group.) 5. Depress right pedal multiple times and observe pressure gauge. Pressure will slowly decrease with each application, then drop immediately to zero. Repeat step for left pedal and observe pressure gauge.
NOTE: Brake pressure indicator light (on side console) comes on at 5 515 ± 690 kPa (55 ± 6.9 bar) (800 ± 100 psi). Accumulator Precharge is adequate if light on side console and audible alarm does not come on within the first six applications of brake pedals. 9025 25 67
• The last pressure observed before dropping to zero is the accumulator precharge pressure. Specification Accumulator Precharge— Pressure ..................................................... 3 447 ± 345 kPa (34.5 ± 3.45 bar) (500 ± 50 psi)
IMPORTANT: Accumulators are NOT serviceable. • An external plumbing leak between the accumulators and brake valve may also cause low pressure. • If accumulator precharge pressure is not in specification or zero after one applicaton of pedal, replace accumulator 6. Remove test fittings.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-67
OUO1048,00003DF –19–08SEP00–2/3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=913
Tests NOTE: Brakes are self bleeding but should be bled whenever system is opened. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal. 7. Bleed brakes by pumping one pedal 20 times while depressing the other pedal with tractor running at slow idle. Repeat for the opposite pedal
OUO1048,00003DF –19–08SEP00–3/3
9025 25 68
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9025-25-68
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=914
Section 9031
Heating and Air Conditioning Contents Page
Page
Group 05—Theory of Operation Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-1 Refrigerant Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-2 Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —816286). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-4 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816287—872256). . . . . . .9031-05-6 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287—872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-7 Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-8 Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-9 Blower Circuit Operational Information . . . .9031-05-10 Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-11 Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-12 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-13 Receiver/Dryer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 Expansion Valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Compressor Relief Valve Operation . . . . . .9031-05-17 Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17
Sub System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-9 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks . . . . .9031-15-9
Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Air Conditioning Electrical Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-2 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816287—872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-4 Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . .9031-15-6 Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . .9031-15-7 Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-8 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Group 20—Adjustments Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-1 R134A Compressor Oil Charge Check . . . . .9031-20-2 R134A Compressor Oil Removal. . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 R134A Component Oil Charge . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-3 R134A Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling And Charging Station Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-4 Recover R134A System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-5 Evacuate R134A System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-6 Charge R134A System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-8 Check And Adjust Compressor Belt Tension (S.N. —816286). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-9 Group 25—Test Proper Refrigerant Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-1 R134A Refrigerant Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-1 R134A Air Conditioning System Test . . . . . .9031-25-2 Pressure Diagnostic Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-4 Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 A/C Freeze Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Refrigerant Hoses And Tubing Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15
9031-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
9031
Contents
9031
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Group 05
Theory of Operation Proper Refrigerant Handling The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and requires that refrigerant be recovered using the approved recovery equipment. IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere.
It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Recovery, recycling and charging stations for R12 and R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged. Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not compatible with both types of refrigerants.
TX,9031,QQ5732 –19–05AUG96–1/1
R134A Refrigerant Cautions CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container.
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. (R12 ONLY) Refrigerant exposed to high temperature forms phosgene gas. Inhaling toxic phosgene gas may result in serious illness or death. Phosgene gas has an odor like new mown hay or green corn. If you inhale phosgene gas, go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
TX,9031,QQ5733 –19–11JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=917
9031 05 1
Theory of Operation
T106841
–19–04MAR97
Refrigerant Theory of Operation
9031 05 2
A—Compressor B—Low Pressure Switch C—High Pressure Switch D—High Pressure Gas
E—Condenser F—Engine Fan G—High Pressure Liquid H—Receiver Dryer
I—Expansion Valve J—Low Pressure Liquid K—Evaporator
The compressor (A) draws low pressure gas (N) from the evaporator (K) and compresses it into high pressure gas (D). Increasing the pressure of the refrigerant causes its boiling point to rise to a temperature higher than the outside air temperature. High pressure gas (D) leaves the compressor (A) and passes through two switches (B and C). These switches monitor refrigerant pressure. Should the pressure become too great or too small, either the high or low pressure switch will open and stop the compressor, interrupting the cycle. As the high pressure gas flows through the condenser (E), the engine fan (F) draws air through the condenser core which cools the refrigerant. Cooling
the refrigerant causes it to condense and it leaves the condenser (E) as a high pressure liquid (G). The high pressure liquid flows into the receiver-dryer (H) where moisture and contaminants are removed. The refrigerant flows from the receiver-dryer (H) to the expansion valve (I). The expansion valve (I) is a variable orifice used to cause a pressure and temperature drop in the refrigerant causing refrigerant to vaporize. The expansion valve (I) is one of the dividing lines between the high side and low side of the air conditioning system. At this point in the system, the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed into the evaporator (K) where it changes and becomes a gas.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
L—Blowers M—A/C Freeze Switch N—Low Pressure Gas
9031-05-2
TX,9031,BG643 –19–29JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=918
Theory of Operation The expansion valve diaphragm is activated by sensing temperature and pressure within the valve body. The internal bulb senses the evaporator outlet or discharge temperature and pressure of refrigerant as it passes through the valve back to the low pressure or suction side of the compressor. (See Expansion Valve Operation in this group for additional information on theory of operation.) If too much refrigerant is flowing into evaporator, the liquid refrigerant will still be evaporating as it leaves the evaporator, causing a low temperature at the
evaporator outlet. The low temperature causes the expansion valve variable orifice to decrease in size, restricting refrigerant flow. If the evaporator outlet temperature is too warm, the orifice will increase in size, allowing more refrigerant into evaporator. If evaporator (K) temperature becomes too low, the A/C freeze switch (M) will interrupt current flow to the compressor clutch coil, stopping system operation until the temperature becomes normal, between 31° and 40°.
TX,9031,BG643 –19–29JAN97–2/2
Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information The following conditions must exist for air conditioning circuit to function: • • • •
Key switch ON Machine running Air conditioning switch turned ON Blower switch turned to low, medium or high
TX,9031,QQ5735 –19–11JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=919
9031 05 3
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. —816286) Power from 30 amp heater fuse flows through P16 red and 518 red wires to blower switch. With blower switch turned to low, medium or high position, power flows to blower resistor and then to heater blower motors. Power also flows from C terminal of blower switch, through 522 white wire to freeze control switch, through 517 dark blue wire to air conditioning switch. With air conditioning switch turned ON, power flows through A17 orange wire to the lower pressure switch. With low pressure switch closed, power flows through A18 green wire to high pressure switch. With high pressure switch closed power flows through A19 green wire to the coil terminal of the compressor coil to energize the compressor clutch.
High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. A/C Freeze Switch The A/C freeze switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the clutch cycle switch opens, shutting the compressor off. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the A/C freeze switch closes sending voltage to the compressor.
Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in high pressure line.
The A/C freeze switch receives power from the blower switch when blower switch is turned to low, medium or high position. NOTE: For component identification code description see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9031 05 4
TX,9031,BG784 –19–04MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=920
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286)
T7835AU
–19–24SEP92
9031 05 5
TX,9031,BG647 –19–29JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=921
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. 816287—872256) Power from 30 amp heater fuse flows through P16 red and 518 red wires to blower switch. With blower switch turned to 1, 2, or 3 position, power flows to blower resistor and then to heater blower motor. With blower switch turned to position 4 the resistor is bypassed and blower motor is in max speed. Power also flows from blower switch, through white wire to A/C freeze switch, through black/white and A16 orange wire to air conditioning switch. With air conditioning switch turned ON, power flows through A17 orange wire to the low pressure switch. With low pressure switch closed, power flows through A18 green wire to high pressure switch. With high pressure switch closed power flows through A19 green wire to the coil terminal of the compressor coil to energize the compressor clutch.
High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. A/C Freeze Switch The A/C freeze switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the A/C freeze switch opens, shutting the compressor off. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the A/C freeze switch closes sending voltage to the compressor. The A/C freeze switch receives power from the blower switch when blower switch is turned to low, medium or high position.
Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in high pressure line.
NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
9031 05 6
TX,9031,BG645 –19–29JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=922
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287—872256)
T101444
–19–31MAY96
9031 05 7
TX,9031,BG648 –19–29JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=923
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ) Power flows through the heater fuse to the blower switch. The blower switch has five different positions, off and four speeds. With the switch in speeds 1, 2, and 3 power is sent to the blower resistor. The blower resistor has three different resistance values causing the fan to have different speeds. With the blower switch on the speed 4, power is sent directly to the blower motor and bypasses the blower resistor. This causes the fan to be at the highest speed.
High Pressure Switch The high pressure switch protects the system from high pressure. If a malfunction or line restriction causes the high pressure to increase above the setting of the switch, the switch will open to stop current flow to the compressor clutch. The high pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line. Freeze Protection Switch
When the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds, power also flows through the normally closed freeze control switch and to the A/C on/off switch. When the A/C on/off switch is switched on power continues to flow through the normally closed high and low pressure switches to the A/C compressor engaging the compressor clutch.
The freeze protection switch is used to sense the temperature in the evaporator core. When the temperature drops, the freeze protection switch opens, stopping power flow to the compressor. When the temperature in the evaporator core raises, the freeze protection switch closes allowing power to continue to flow to the compressor.
Low Pressure Switch The low pressure switch will open if the air conditioning system loses its refrigerant charge. The switch opens to stop current flow to the compressor which prevents compressor engagement. The low pressure switch is located near the compressor in the high pressure line.
The freeze protection switch receives power from the blower switch when the blower switch is in any of the four ON speeds.
9031 05 8
CED,TX17864,203 –19–17SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=924
Theory of Operation
Air Conditioning Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— )
T117258
–19–18SEP98
9031 05 9
CED,TX17864,194 –19–16SEP98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=925
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Operational Information The following conditions must exist for blower circuit to function: • Key switch in ON or ACC position • Blower switch turned ON
TX,9031,BG649 –19–29JAN97–1/1
Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. — 816286) Power from heater fuse goes to blower switch. With blower switch in low position power is sent to blower resistor. Voltage goes through complete resistor and is reduced to 3.0—3.5 volts, blower motor runs in low speed. With blower switch in medium position power is sent through half the blower resistor and is reduced to 6.0—6.5 volts. Blower motor runs in medium speed. With blower switch in high position power by-passes resistor and 12 volts is applied to blower motor, causing it to run at high speed.
9031 05 10
NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG650 –19–02OCT98–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=926
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286)
T7857AD
–19–30SEP92
9031 05 11
TX,9031,BG651 –19–29JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=927
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287— ) Power from heater circuit breaker goes to blower switch. With blower switch in positions 1, 2, or 3 power is sent to blower resistor reducing blower motor speed. With blower switch in position 4 the resister is bypassed and blower motor will run in max speed. NOTE: For component identification code description, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend, Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG652 –19–29JAN97–1/1
9031 05 12
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=928
Theory of Operation
Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 816287— )
T101441
–19–22APR97
9031 05 13
TX,9031,BG653 –19–29JAN97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=929
Theory of Operation
Receiver/Dryer Operation The receiver/dryer is a reservoir to store excess liquid refrigerant in the system. Excess refrigerant is required for two reasons: Outside air temperature and humidity have an effect on the minimum quantity of refrigerant required in the system for the air conditioner to operate at maximum efficiency. The higher the temperature and humidity, the more refrigerant required in the system. More refrigerant is required due to the expansion valve opening farther allowing more refrigerant into the low pressure side of the system.
–UN–19OCT93
Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls. Extra refrigerant stored in the system allows for a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed.
–UN–10JAN94
Desiccant is used to absorb moisture. If too much moisture gets into the system, the desiccant may not be able to absorb it all. When moisture is combined with refrigerant oil, a sludge is formed. This sludge does not permit moving parts to be adequately lubricated. When moisture is combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are very corrosive to metal surfaces and leakage will eventually develop. If the air conditioning system is left open for a period of time or if the plugs are removed from the receiver/dryer, the desiccant will also absorb moisture from the air. The receiver/dryer contains a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates dryer is dry. (Pink) indicates moisture in the desiccant. Evacuating the system will not remove moisture from the desiccant. You must replace the receiver/dryer.
T8104AF
9031 05 14
T8104AE
The receiver/dryer also contains two filters (E) and desiccant (F) between the filters. The filters remove solid materials which could be generated by a compressor failure, debris left in the system due to improper service procedures, or particles caused by corrosion of metal parts due to moisture and acids in the system (also caused by improper service procedures).
A—Inlet Port B—Sight Glass C—Outlet Port D—Pickup Tube E—Filter F—Desiccant G—Strainer H—Spring I—Receiver/Dryer J—Wet/Dry Indicator
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-14
TX,9031,QQ5741 –19–11JUN96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=930
Theory of Operation A sight glass is installed in the receiver/dryer outlet port. If the refrigerant level is low, a steady stream of gas bubbles will be present in the liquid flowing from the receiver/dryer. These gas bubbles can be seen in the sight glass and are an indication that the system needs charging. However, bubbles may be present when the compressor clutch first engages but must disappear after a few seconds. If the sight glass is clear, the system either has a sufficient charge or is completely discharged.
TX,9031,QQ5741 –19–11JUN96–2/2
9031 05 15
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=931
Theory of Operation
T7828AY
–19–24SEP92
Expansion Valve Operation
A—Valve Diaphragm B—Sealed Sensing Bulb C—Outlet to Compressor 9031 05 16
D—Operating Pin E—Inlet Flow F—Metering Orifice
G—Valve Spring H—Ball Seat I—Outlet to Evaporator
The expansion valve is used to regulate the amount of refrigerant flowing into the evaporator. At this point in the system, the high pressure/high temperature liquid is sprayed into the evaporator where it changes state and becomes a gas. The valve diaphragm (A) is activated by sensing temperature and pressure within the valve body. The sealed sensing bulb (B) senses the evaporator outlet (I) or discharge temperature and pressure of the refrigerant as it passes through the valve back to the low pressure or suction side of the compressor.
J—Discharge from Evaporator K—Internal Equalization Passage
The metering orifice (F) and ball seat area (H) in the expansion valve is relatively small. The rapidly expanding refrigerant passing through this area can cause any moisture in the system to freeze at this point and block refrigerant flow. Other contaminants in the system can also cause a valve to malfunction. If expansion valve malfunctions, it must be replaced. Expansion valve is not repairable.
TX,9031,QQ5742 –19–11JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=932
Theory of Operation
Compressor Relief Valve Operation The compressor relief valve is a direct acting pressure limiting valve. If a malfunction in the system occurs that would cause high pressure, such as a restricted line, the valve will open near 4137 kPa (41.4 bar) (600 psi) and remain open until pressure drops to below the valve setting.
If the relief valve opens, a loud popping noise will be heard. Some oil may also be lost from the system. Correct any condition that would cause the valve to open.
TX,9031,QQ5743 –19–11JUN96–1/1
Temperature Control Temperature control is adjusted by the position of the heater temperature switch in the cab. This switch is mechanically connected to the water valve at the base of the heater core. Turning the heater temperature switch towards maximum and/or towards off opens and closes the water valve controlling engine coolant flow through the heater core, thus controlling the temperature inside the cab. In certain conditions when the air conditioning switch is turned on and the blower switch is in low position, the cab temperature may still be too cool. It may be necessary to blend heat with cooling to get a comfortable cab temperature.
TX,9031,QQ5744 –19–11JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-17
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=933
9031 05 17
Theory of Operation
9031 05 18
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-05-18
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=934
Group 15
Diagnostic Information Diagnose Air Conditioning Electrical Malfunctions NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify. Remember the following steps when diagnosing a problem: • Step 1. Operational Check Out Procedure • Step 2. Diagnostic Charts • Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests Symptom
Problem
Solution
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate
Circuit Breaker (S.N. —816286) or Fuse (S.N. 816287— )
Replace circuit breaker or fuse.
Blower switch
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Blower resistor
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Heater/blower motor
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
A/C Freeze switch
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Air conditioning switch
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Low pressure switch
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
High pressure switch
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Compressor clutch coil
See Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks, Group 9031-10.
Wiring harness
Check wiring harness. See Group 9015-10.
9031 15 1
TX,9031,QQ5746 –19–12JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=935
T7861AC
CONDENSOR J
COMPRESSOR K
Y10
HIGH PRESSURE L SWITCH
S24
LOW PRESSURE M SWITCH
S23
HIGH PRESSURE QUICK DISCONNECT N
I RECEIVER DRYER
H EVAPORATOR
–19–13MAR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
710D AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION
CLUTCH CYCLE O SWITCH
S26
AIR CONDITIONING P SWITCH
S25
T7861AC
9031-15-2
F6
–19–30JAN97–1/2
PN=936
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9031,BG656
G BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
F HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
E HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M7
D EXPANSION VALVE
C BLOWER SWITCH
S8
B HEATER TEMP. SWITCH
S22
A 30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. —816286)
Diagnostic Information
Diagnostic Information A—Air Conditioning Switch (S25) B—Blower Switch (S8) C—Heater Temperature Switch (S22)
D—Expansion Valve E—Heater Blower Motor (M7) F—Heater Blower Motor (M6) G—Blower Resistor (R1) H—Evaporator
I—Clutch Cycle Switch (S26) J—Receiver Dryer K—Condenser L—Compressor (Y10) M—High Pressure Switch (S24)
N—Low Pressure Switch (S23) O—High Pressure Quick Disconnect P—Heater/A.C. Circuit Breaker
NOTE: For electrical call-outs in parenthesis, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend in Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG656 –19–30JAN97–2/2
9031 15 3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=937
3
4
B
PUR
ORG
RED
T106846
HIGH PRESSURE M CHARGE PORT
CONDENSOR N
HIGH PRESSURE O SWITCH
S24
2
BLU
B
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH P
S23
RED
BLOWER HARNESS Q TO SIDE CONSOLE HARNESS CONNECTOR BLK / W C
1
YEL
BLOWER SWITCH R CONNECTOR
COMPRESSOR
Y10
RECEIVER DRYER
LINE J TO ENGINE BLOCK
–19–11APR97
TM1537 (26FEB02)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPONENT LOCATION
L
K
AIR CONDITIONING S SWITCH
S25
T106846
A 30 AMP HEATER/A.C. CIRCUIT BREAKER
F6
9031-15-4
I
LINE TO WATER PUMP
H AC FREEZE SWITCH
S26
–19–30JAN97–1/2
PN=938
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
TX,9031,BG655
G HEATER BLOWER MOTOR
M6
F BLOWER RESISTOR
R1
EXPANSION E VALVE
D EVAPORATOR
C BLOWER SWITCH
S8
B HEATER TEMPERATURE SWITCH
S22
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 816287—872256)
Diagnostic Information
Diagnostic Information A—30 Amp Heater/A.C. Circuit Breaker (F6) B—Heater Temp. Switch (S22) C—Blower Switch (S8) D—Evaporator E—Expansion Valve
F—Blower Resistor (R1) G—Heater Blower Motor (M6) H—A/C Freeze Switch (S26) I—Line To Water Pump J—Line To Engine Block K—Receiver Dryer
L—Compressor (Y10) M—High Pressure Charge Port N—Condenser O—High Pressure Switch (S24) P—Low Pressure Switch (S23) Q—Blower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector
R—Blower Switch Connector S—Air Conditioning Switch (S25)
NOTE: For electrical call-outs in parenthesis, see Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend in Group 9015-10.
TX,9031,BG655 –19–30JAN97–2/2
9031 15 5
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=939
–19–10SEP98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T116840
9031-15-6
Blower Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
Diagnostic Information
–19–25AUG98–1/1
PN=940
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,147
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-7
–19–21AUG98–1/1
PN=941
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,TX17864,140
Air Conditioning Compressor Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 872257— )
Diagnostic Information
T116838 –19–08OCT98
9031 15 7
–19–15OCT98
TM1537 (26FEB02)
T117557
9031-15-8
Air Conditioning Component Location (S.N. 872257— )
Diagnostic Information
–19–20JUL98–1/2
PN=942
022602
710D Backhoe Loader
CED,OUTX466,1107
Diagnostic Information 1—Condenser 2—High Pressure Switch (S24) 3—Low Pressure Switch (S23) 4—A/C Compressor Harness (W11) 5—Not Used 6—Expansion Valve 7—Cab Floor Ground (W3) 8—Not Used 9—Blower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector (X35)
10—Blower Switch (S8) 11—Heater Temp. Switch (S22) 12—Blower Harness (W10) 13—Blower Harness To Side Console Harness Connector (X5) 14—Seat Position Sensor (S19) 15—Blower Harness To Air Adjust Seat Harness Connector (X56)
16—Blower Resister (R1) 17—Heater Blower Motor (M6) 18—A/C Freeze Switch (S26) 19—Evaporator 20—Line To Water Pump 21—Line To Engine Block 22—Receiver Dryer
23—A/C Compressor Harness to Engine Harness Connector (X59) 24—A/C Compressor Harness to Engine Harness Connector (X34) 25—Compressor (Y10)
CED,OUTX466,1107 –19–20JUL98–2/2
Sub System Diagnostics/Air Conditioning Circuit This procedure is designed so the mechanic can make a quick check of the system using a minimum amount of diagnostic equipment. If you need additional information, read Theory of Operation (Group 9031-05).
additional checks or repair information will be given. T.M. Group or CTM number required for repair will be given. If verification is needed, you will be given next best source of information: Group: 10 (System Operational Checks)
The engine or other major components must be at operating temperature for some checks.
Group: 15 (Diagnostic Information)
Locate system check in the left column and read completely, following this sequence from left to right. Read each check completely before performing.
Group: 20 (Adjustments)
At the end of each check, if no problem is found, that check is complete. When a problem is indicated,
CTM (Component Technical Manual)
Group: 25 (Tests)
9031 15 9
TX,9031,BG654 –19–02OCT98–1/1
1 Blower/Air Conditioning Circuit Checks
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=943
Diagnostic Information Blower Switch (S.N. — 816286)
Disconnect harness from blower switch.
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check.
Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH checking terminals B to L and C, B to M and C and B to H and C. T7199CL –UN–17SEP90
NO: Replace blower switch.
Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Blower Resister (S.N. — 816286)
Measure resistance between terminals 3 and 1.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms? NO: Replace resistor Measure ohms between terminals 3 and 2. Does ohmmeter read 0.5 ohms? T6534CR –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
Blower Switch (S.N. 816287— )
Disconnect harness from blower switch.
YES: Blower switch is good. Go to next check.
Using a multimeter check for continuity. Move blower switch to position 1, 2, 3, and 4 checking terminals B and 1, B and 2, B and 3, B and 4.
9031 15 10
NO: Replace blower switch.
Is continuity measured? T117277 –19–18SEP98
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=944
Diagnostic Information Blower Resister (S.N. 816287— )
Measure ohms between terminals 4 and 2.
YES: Resistor is good. Check wiring harness.
Does ohmmeter read 1.0 ohms? NO: Replace resistor
T102849 –UN–06AUG96
– – –1/1
Heater/Blower Motor Check
Disconnect harness from heater blower motor. Connect 12 volts to heater blower motor, and ground motor. Does heater blower motor operate?
YES: Heater blower motor is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace heater blower motor.
T7199CM –UN–16AUG90
– – –1/1
A/C Freeze Switch
With A/C freeze switch at room temperature. Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Do A/C Freeze Switch Test. See Group 9031-25. If Switch is OK. Check wiring harness.
Measure continuity across switch terminals. Is continuity measured?
NO: Switch has failed. Replace switch.
T7835AV –19–24SEP92
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=945
9031 15 11
Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. —816286)
Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. Place switch in snowflake or A/C position, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 1.
YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
Is continuity measured?
T7199DE –UN–02OCT90
Place switch in cactus or defrost position and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured?
– – –1/1
Air Conditioning Switch (S.N. 816287— )
YES: A/C switch is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace A/C switch.
T100731 –UN–28MAY96
9031 15 12
Disconnect harness from air conditioning switch. A/C switch OFF, and measure for continuity between terminals 2A and 1. Is continuity measured? Turn switch ON, and measure for continuity between terminals 2B and 3. Is continuity measured? – – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=946
Diagnostic Information Air Conditioner Low Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch. Check for continuity between terminals. Is continuity measured?
YES: Continue with this check. NO: Replace switch.
T101619 –19–13JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.)
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness.
Measure for continuity across switch terminals.
NO: Go to Low Pressure Switch Test, Group 9031-25.
Does ohmmeter read open?
– – –1/1
Air Conditioner High Pressure Switch Check
Disconnect harness from switch.
YES: Continue with this check.
Measure continuity across outer switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
NO: Switch may be bad, or system pressure is too high. Continue with this check to verify switch operation.
T101618 –19–13JUN96
Remove switch from system. (The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed.) Measure continuity across switch terminals. Does ohmmeter read continuity?
YES: Switch is good. Check wiring harness and 9031 system pressure. Go to Air Conditioning Pressure 15 13 Diagnostic Chart, Group 9031-25. NO: Replace switch.
– – –1/1
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Coil
Disconnect harness from clutch. Connect battery voltage to clutch terminal that has orange wire. Ground black wire terminal.
YES: A/C compressor clutch coil is good. Check wiring harness. NO: Replace clutch coil.
Does Clutch "click"?
T6534CV –UN–19OCT88
– – –1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=947
Diagnostic Information
9031 15 14
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-15-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=948
Group 20
Adjustments Proper Refrigerant Handling The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and requires that refrigerant be recovered using the approved recovery equipment. IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere.
It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Recovery, recycling and charging stations for R12 and R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged. Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not compatible with both types of refrigerants.
TX,9031,QQ5748 –19–12JUN96–1/1
R134A Refrigerant Cautions CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container.
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. (R12 ONLY) Refrigerant exposed to high temperature forms phosgene gas. Inhaling toxic phosgene gas may result in serious illness or death. Phosgene gas has an odor like new mown hay or green corn. If you inhale phosgene gas, go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
TX,9031,QQ5749 –19–12JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=949
9031 20 1
Adjustments
R134A Compressor Oil Charge Check Remove compressor if R134a leakage was detected and repaired. See Remove and install Compressor in Repair Manual.
3. Flush the complete system with TY16134 air conditioning flushing solvent.
Drain oil from the compressor and record the amount. See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.
4. If the compressor is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in the manifold ports and internally wash out the old oil.
NOTE: Drain oil and save if this is a new compressor.
5. Install a new receiver-dryer.
If the oil drained from a compressor removed from operation is very black or the amount of oil is less than 6 mL (0.2 fl oz), perform the following:
6. Install required amount of TY22025 refrigerant oil in the compressor. (See R134a Component Oil Charge in this group.)
1. Remove and discard the receiver-dryer.
7. Connect all components, evacuate and charge the system.
2. Remove, clean, but do not disassemble the valve.
TX,9031,QQ5750 –19–12JUN96–1/1
R134A Compressor Oil Removal
9031 20 2
1. Remove compressor from machine. See Remove and Install Compressor in Repair Manual. 2. Remove inlet/outlet manifold from compressor, and clutch dust cover. 3. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft. 4. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. 5. Install new oil. See R134a Component Oil Charge in this Group. 6. Install compressor. See Remove and Install Compressor in Repair Manual.
TX,9031,QQ5751 –19–12JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=950
Adjustments
R134A Component Oil Charge CAUTION: All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant and TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge the compressor slowly to avoid possible injury. Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining the correct oil charge for the system. • New compressor from parts depot • Used compressor removed from operation • Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent Determining the amount of system oil charge prior to installation of compressor on a machine. 1. When the complete system, lines, and components were flushed add the correct amount of oil as described. • New compressor from parts depot contains the amount of new oil of 230 ± 20 mL (7.7 ± 0.7 fl oz). System requires an additional amount of new oil of 118 mL (4.0 fl oz) of new oil. • Used compressor removed from operation, oil drained, and flushed requires 348 ± 20 mL (11.6 ± 0.7 fl oz) of new oil.
• Used compressor removed from operation and oil drained, (See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.) Add 63 mL (2.1 fl oz) of new oil. • Used compressor removed from operation, oil drained, and flushed add 78 mL (2.6 fl oz) of new oil. NOTE: Components listed below which have been removed, drained or flushed, require the removal of the compressor to determine the correct oil charge. Use the following chart as a guide for adding oil to components: Evaporator
130 mL (4.4 fl oz)
Condenser
65 mL (2.2 fl oz)
Receiver-Dryer
30 mL (1.0 fl oz)
Hoses
60 mL (2.0 fl oz)
NOTE: Hoses = 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft). Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft). If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure the length of hose and use the formula to determine the correct amount of oil to be added.
2. When the complete system was not flushed add the correct amount of oil for the compressor plus amount of oil for each component that was serviced. • New compressor from parts depot, drain and return 63 mL (2.1 fl oz) of oil to the compressor. (See Compressor Oil Removal procedure in this group.)
CAUTION: DO NOT leave the system or R134a compressor oil containers open. This oil easily absorbs moisture. DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil will deteriorate these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.
TX,9031,BG804 –19–06MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=951
9031 20 3
Adjustments
R134A Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling And Charging Station Installation Procedure ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury.
–UN–10SEP96
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. 1. Close both high and low pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J).
3. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J) to low pressure test port (A) on compressor. 4. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high pressure quick disconnect (F). 9031 20 4
5. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
T101551
2. Remove cap from low pressure test port (A).
A—Low Pressure Test Port B—High Pressure Relief Valve C—Low Pressure Hose D—Low Pressure Switch E—High Pressure Switch F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect G—Blue Hose H—High Pressure Hose I—Red Hose J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
TX,9031,QQ5753 –19–12JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=952
Adjustments
Recover R134A System ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils.
T101551
–UN–10SEP96
NOTE: Run the air conditioning system for three minutes to help in the recovery process. Turn air conditioning system off before proceeding with recovery steps. 1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
A—Low Pressure Test Port B—High Pressure Relief Valve C—Low Pressure Hose D—Low Pressure Switch E—High Pressure Switch F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect G—Blue Hose H—High Pressure Hose I—Red Hose J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
9031 20 5
TX,9031,QQ5754 –19–12JUN96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=953
Adjustments
Evacuate R134A System ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils.
–UN–10SEP96
Do not run compressor while evacuating.
T101551
1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 2. Open low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. A—Low Pressure Test Port B—High Pressure Relief Valve C—Low Pressure Hose D—Low Pressure Switch E—High Pressure Switch F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect G—Blue Hose H—High Pressure Hose I—Red Hose J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging station
3. Follow the manufactures instructions and evacuate the system.
9031 20 6
NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 4. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum. If 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, test the system for leaks. (See Leak Testing, 9031-25). Correct any leaks. 5. When vacuum is 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg), close low-side and high-side valves. Turn vacuum pump off. 6. If the vacuum decreases more than 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-6
TX,9031,QQ5755 –19–12JUN96–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=954
Adjustments 7. Repair leak. 8. Start to evacuate. 9. Open low-side and high-side valves. 10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) vacuum is reached. 11. Close low-side and high-side valves. Stop evacuation. 12. Charge the system. (See procedure in this group.)
TX,9031,QQ5755 –19–12JUN96–2/2
9031 20 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=955
Adjustments
Charge R134A System ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
NOTE: JT02046 and JT02050 recovery and charging stations can be substituted for the JT02045 station. CAUTION: Do not remove high pressure relief valve (B). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury. IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils.
–UN–10SEP96
1. Connect JT02045 R134a refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.)
9031 20 8
NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in. Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 3. Follow the manufacturers instructions and charge the system.
T101551
2. Evacuate the system. (See Evacuate Air Conditioning System, this group.)
A—Low Pressure Test Port B—High Pressure Relief Valve C—Low Pressure Hose D—Low Pressure Switch E—High Pressure Switch F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect G—Blue Hose H—High Pressure Hose I—Red Hose J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
4. Add refrigerant until system is charged with 2.4 Kg (5.2 lbs). 5. Do air conditioner checks and tests in Groups 9031-10 and 9031-25.
TX,9031,BG805 –19–06MAR97–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=956
Adjustments
Check And Adjust Compressor Belt Tension (S.N. —816286) SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS
2. Belt must deflect 19 mm (0.75 in.) at 400 N (90 lb force). If not, allow belt to cool for 8—10 minutes.
Belt Tension Gauge
IMPORTANT: Force to adjust belt must be applied to front of compressor housing only to prevent damage to compressor.
IMPORTANT: Never over tighten belt. Over tightening may cause belt cord damage and excessive load on bearings. 1. Run engine for five minutes. Stop the engine, then immediately check tension using a belt tension gauge. Measure strand tension or deflection at a point halfway between pulleys.
3. Loosen compressor mounting cap screws. Apply force to front of compressor housing to tighten belt. Tighten cap screws. 4. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to check belts.
TX,9031,BG806 –19–06MAR97–1/1
9031 20 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=957
Adjustments
9031 20 10
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-20-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=958
Group 25
Test Proper Refrigerant Handling The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency prohibits discharge of any refrigerant into the atmosphere, and requires that refrigerant be recovered using the approved recovery equipment. IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere.
It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Recovery, recycling and charging stations for R12 and R134a refrigerants MUST NOT be interchanged. Systems containing R12 refrigerant use a different oil than systems using R134a. Certain seals are not compatible with both types of refrigerants.
TX,9031,QQ5758 –19–13AUG96–1/1
R134A Refrigerant Cautions CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container.
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. (R12 ONLY) Refrigerant exposed to high temperature forms phosgene gas. Inhaling toxic phosgene gas may result in serious illness or death. Phosgene gas has an odor like new mown hay or green corn. If you inhale phosgene gas, go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
TX,9031,QQ5759 –19–13AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=959
9031 25 1
Test
R134A Air Conditioning System Test SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2200 rpm
Air Conditioning Cooling
Maximum
Blower Speed
Maximum
Ambient Temperature (F)
Maximum Louver Temperature (F)
Suction Pressure
Discharge Pressure
16—21°C (60—70°F)
7.3°C (45°F)
41—89 kPa (0.41—0.89 bar) (6—13 psi)
655—1172 kPa (6.55—11.72 bar) (95—170 psi)
21—27°C (70—80°F)
10°C (50°F)
55—103 kPa (0.55—1.03 bar) (8—15 psi)
792—1516 kPa (7.92—15.16 bar) (‘115—220 psi)
27—32°C (80—90°F)
13°C (55°F)
68—124 kPa (0.68—1.24 bar) (10—18 psi)
1172—1792 kPa (11.72—17.92 bar) (170—260 psi)
32—38°C (90—100°F)
16°C (60°F)
82—137 kPa (0.82—1.37 bar) (12—20 psi)
1482—2068 kPa (14.82—20.68 bar) (215—300 psi)
38—43°C (100—110°F)
19°C (65°F)
103—151 kPa (1.03—1.51 bar) (15—22 psi)
1172—2275 kPa (11.72—22.75 bar) (260—330 psi)
ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. DO NOT use refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils intended for R12 refrigerant. 1. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. (See installation procedure in this group.) 9031 25 2
2. Close both low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 3. Open cab doors and windows.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-2
TX,9031,BG657 –19–30JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=960
Test 4. Connect low pressure blue hose (G) from refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station (J) to low pressure test port (A) on compressor. 5. Connect high pressure red hose (I) to high Pressure Quick-Disconnect (F) on compressor. 6. Follow the manufactures instructions when using the refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station. 7. Start engine and run at rated engine speed. Specification Engine—Speed ........................................................................... 2200 rpm
8. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position.
–UN–10SEP96
Specification Air Conditioning—Cooling ........................................................... Maximum
9. Turn blower switch to high speed.
T101551
Specification Blower—Speed ............................................................................ Maximum
10. Check sight glass in receiver-dryer. 11. Run unit for at least 5 minutes. 12. Measure air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in air conditioning unit. 13. Compare air duct temperature reading to the temperatures shown in the specifications. 14. Observe low and high pressure gauges on refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station.
A—Low Pressure Test Port B—High Pressure Relief Valve C—Low Pressure Hose D—Low Pressure Switch E—High Pressure Switch F—High Pressure Quick-Disconnect G—Blue Hose H—High Pressure Hose I—Red Hose J—Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station
9031 25 3
15. Compare pressure readings to the pressure shown in specifications. Use the Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart in this group to diagnose the malfunction.
TX,9031,BG657 –19–30JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=961
Test
Pressure Diagnostic Chart
T6609AB
–19–28FEB89
9031 25 4
TX,9031,QQ5761 –19–13AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=962
Test
Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. —816286)
Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Opens on Decreasing Pressure
220 ± 20 kPa (2.2 ± 0.2 bar) (32 ± 3 psi)
T88001
276 ± 20 kPa (2.76 ± 0.2 bar) (40 ± 3 psi)
–UN–08NOV88
SPECIFICATIONS Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Closes on Increasing Pressure
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter
NOTE: Low pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed because of normal system pressure. 1. Turn key switch ON but do not start engine. Turn blower switch ON. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 2. Disconnect and connect low pressure switch connector. Compressor clutch must engage and disengage (click). NOTE: Low pressure switch fitting has a valve installed in it to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 3. Remove low pressure switch. Connect low pressure switch connector. 9031 25 5
4. The actual pressure setting of switch can be checked by connecting it to a pressure source such as a regulated air supply or hydraulic hand pump. 5. Switch must not have continuity between terminals A and C until pressure increases to switch closing pressure specification. Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)—Closes on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 276 ± 20 kPa (2.76 ± 0.2 bar) (40 ± 3 psi)
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-5
TX,9031,BG659 –19–30JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=963
Test Slowly release pressure. Switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening pressure specification. Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)—Opens on Decreasing Pressure ................................................. 220 ± 20 kPa (2.2 ± 0.2 bar) (32 ± 3 psi)
TX,9031,BG659 –19–30JAN97–2/2
9031 25 6
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=964
Test
9031 25 7
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=965
Test
Low Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287— ) SPECIFICATIONS Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Opens on Decreasing Pressure
173 ± 35 kPa (1.73 ± 0.3 bar) (25 ± 53 psi)
Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open) Closes on Increasing Pressure
345 ± 35 kPa (3.45 ± 0.3 bar) (50 ± 5 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter
NOTE: Low pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed because of normal system pressure. 1. Turn key switch ON but DO NOT start engine. Turn blower switch ON. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 2. Disconnect and connect low pressure switch at harness connector. Compressor clutch must engage and disengage (click). NOTE: The line that attaches the low pressure switch has a valve to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 3. Disconnect harness from switch and remove switch from line. Connect low pressure switch to harness. 9031 25 8
Compressor clutch must not engage (click). 4. The actual pressure setting of switch can be checked by connecting it to a pressure source such as a regulated air supply or hydraulic hand pump.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-8
TX,9031,BG658 –19–30JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=966
Test
Slowly release pressure. Switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening pressure specification.
T106843
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)—Opens on Decreasing Pressure ............................................... 173 ± 35 kPa (1.73 ± 0.3 bar) (25 ± 53 psi)
–UN–04MAR97
5. Switch must not have continuity between terminals (A and B) until pressure increases to switch closing pressure specification.
Specification Low Pressure Switch (Normally Open)—Closes on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 345 ± 35 kPa (3.45 ± 0.3 bar) (50 ± 5 psi)
TX,9031,BG658 –19–30JAN97–2/2
9031 25 9
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=967
Test
High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. —816286)
High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Closes on Decreasing Pressure
1390 ± 100 kPa (13.91 ± 1 bar) (220 ± 15 psi)
T88002
2410 ± 100 kPa (24.1 ± 1 bar) (350 ± 15 psi)
–UN–08NOV88
SPECIFICATIONS High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Opens on Increasing Pressure
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter Air Conditioning Gauge Set
NOTE: High pressure switch fitting has a valve installed in it to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. 1. Remove high pressure switch. 2. Connect a portable pressure source, such as a hydraulic hand pump, to high pressure switch. 3. Switch must have continuity between terminals A and C until pressure increases to switch opening pressure specification. Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Opens on Increasing Pressure .................................................... 2410 ± 100 kPa (24.1 ± 1 bar) (350 ± 15 psi) 9031 25 10
4. Slowly release pressure. Switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing pressure specification. Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Closes on Decreasing Pressure .................................................. 1390 ± 100 kPa (13.91 ± 1 bar) (220 ± 15 psi)
5. The switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system, however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification.
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-10
TX,9031,BG660 –19–30JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=968
Test Connect an air conditioning gauge set to service fittings at compressor. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. Operate air conditioner on maximum cooling. Note high-side pressure when high pressure switch opens and then closes.
TX,9031,BG660 –19–30JAN97–2/2
9031 25 11
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=969
Test
High Pressure Switch Test (S.N. 816287— ) SPECIFICATIONS High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Opens on Increasing Pressure
2760 ± 138 kPa (27.6 ± 1.38 bar) (400 ± 20 psi)
High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed) Closes on Decreasing Pressure
1310 ± 138 kPa (13.11 ± 1.38 bar) (190 ± 20 psi)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter Air Conditioning Gauge Set
NOTE: The line that attaches the high pressure switch has a valve installed to prevent discharging the air conditioning system when switch is removed. The high pressure switch is normally closed when removed from the machine. It does not open when installed in the A/C system until pressure exceeds specification. 1. Remove high pressure switch. 2. Connect a portable pressure source, such as a hydraulic hand pump, to high pressure switch.
9031 25 12
Continued on next page
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-12
TX,9031,BG661 –19–30JAN97–1/2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=970
Test
4. Slowly release pressure. Switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing pressure specification.
T106842
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Opens on Increasing Pressure ............................................... 2760 ± 138 kPa (27.6 ± 1.38 bar) (400 ± 20 psi)
–UN–04MAR97
3. Switch must have continuity between terminals (A and B) until pressure increases to switch opening pressure specification.
Specification High Pressure Switch (Normally Closed)—Closes on Decreasing Pressure ..................................................... 1310 ± 138 kPa (13.11 ± 1.38 bar) (190 ± 20 psi)
5. The switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system, however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification. Connect an air conditioning gauge set to service fittings at compressor. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. Operate air conditioner on maximum cooling. Note high-side pressure when high pressure switch opens and then closes.
TX,9031,BG661 –19–30JAN97–2/2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=971
9031 25 13
Test
A/C Freeze Control Switch SPECIFICATIONS A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed) Opens as Temperature Drops
-0.5°C (31°F)
A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed) Closes as Temperature Rises
4°C (39°F)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
1. Remove A/C freeze switch from evaporator. 2. Connect ohmmeter to switch terminals. Switch must be closed at room temperature. 3. Put switch into a freezer (assure freezer temperature is below -0.5°C (31°F). Switch must open, and continuity must not be read. Specification A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed)—Opens as Temperature Drops ............................................................... -0.5°C (31°F)
4. Remove switch from freezer. Put sensing tube into a glass of warm water. Switch must close, and continuity must be read.
9031 25 14
Specification A/C Freeze Control Switch (Normally Closed)—Closes as Temperature Rises .................................................................... 4°C (39°F)
5. If switch does not open and close during testing, install new switch.
TX,9031,QQ5764 –19–13AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=972
Test
Leak Testing 1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from the system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it.
3. If a leak detector is used, move the leak detector probe under the hoses and around the connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second.
2. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on the components in the system to form bubbles at the source of the leak.
4. Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection.
TX,9031,QQ5765 –19–13AUG96–1/1
Refrigerant Hoses And Tubing Inspection When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts.
hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas.
Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount of clean correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all
DO NOT use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use ONLY certified hose meeting SAE J51B requirements.
TX,9031,QQ5766 –19–13AUG96–1/1
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-15
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=973
9031 25 15
Test
9031 25 16
TM1537 (26FEB02)
9031-25-16
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=974
Index Page
Page
Accessories check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-44 Accumulator operation (S.N. —872256 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Accumulator operation (S.N. 872257— ) Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20 Adjust Engine speed control linkage (S.N. —830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-5 (S.N. 830205—) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-6 Adjustment Backhoe valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Loader bucket level indicator. . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Loader control valve linkage . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Return-to-dig switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Stabilizer valve linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-12 Adjustment (S.N. —872256) Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-4 Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-5 Adjustment (S.N. 872257— ) Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Air Adjust Seat Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-39 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-40 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-41 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-39 Air conditioning Charge system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-8 Circuit checks . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-48, 9031-15-9 Component location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-8 S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-2, 9031-15-4 Component oil charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-3 Compressor relief valve operation . . . . .9031-05-17 Electrical circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Evacuate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-6 Hoses and tubing inspection . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Leak testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Operational checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-9 Receiver/dryer operation . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-2 Temperature control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17 Air Conditioning Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-45 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-47 Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . 9015-15B-45 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-48
Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-46 Air conditioning circuit schematic S.N. -816286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 (S.N. 816287—872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-7 (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-9 Air conditioning circuit theory of operation (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-4 (S.N. 816287—872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-6 (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-8 Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) Component location (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-43 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Air Conditioning Compressor harness (W11) Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-43 Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) Wiring diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . 9015-10A-42 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-41 Air conditioning expansion valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Air system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Alternator Operation 78 Amp DELCO REMY (Serial No. — 787513) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-10 95 Amp BOSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-13 95 Amp BOSCH (Serial No. 787514— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-12 Alternators Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Analysis of Complete Transmission Test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-36 Analysis of Transmission Leakage Test Using Converter-In/Cooler Pressure (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-20 Anti-cavitation circuit relief valve. . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Anti-cavitation circuit relief valve-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35 Auxiliary Valve Soleniod controlled-Gresen . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Auxiliary valve circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-119 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-120 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-118
A
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-1
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=1
Indx 1
Index
Page
Page
Auxiliary valve harness (W14) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-47
Blower Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Blower circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-69 Schematic (S.N. 816287—872256) . . 9015-15A-71 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-43 Blower circuit Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-72 Blower Circuit Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-44 Blower circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. — 816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 Theory of Operation (S.N. 816287— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-70 Blower Circuit Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-42 Blower Circuit Schematic (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-11 (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-13 Blower Circuit Theory Of Operation (S.N. —816286) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 (S.N. 816287— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-12 Blower harness (W10) Component location (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-39 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-40 Wiring diagram (S.N. -825657) . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-38 Brake accumulator precharge pressure test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Brake inspection (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . .9025-20-5 Brake inspection (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . .9025-20-6 Brake (S.N. —872256 Accumulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-19 Brake (S.N. —872256) Manual (engaging) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-70 Manual (prefill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-66 pistons, plates and disks . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-57 Brake (S.N. 872257— ) Accumulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-20
B
Indx 2
Backhoe auxiliary valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Backhoe auxiliary valve w/soleniod-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-48 Backhoe boom valve-Husco . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-42 Backhoe bucket valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe crowd valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 Backhoe swing valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50 Backhoe valve auxiliary operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Backhoe valve boom operatrion-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-52 Backhoe valve crowd operation-Husco . . .9025-05-44 Backhoe valve linkage adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-10 Battery Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-8 Electrolyte level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-5 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-4 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-3 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-7 Beacon circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-106 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-108 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-85 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-86 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-107 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-84 Blower circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-68 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-2
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=2
Index
Page
Page
Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-80 Released. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-78 Valve work port pressure test . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Brake system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Brake valve presssure test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Brake Valve (S.N. 872257— ) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Brake valve (S.N. 872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-76 Brake, park (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Brake, parking (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Brake, service (S.N. 872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Brakes (S.N. —872256) Engaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-62 Released. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-58 Bucket Backhoe specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Bucket level adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Bypass valve (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-6 Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26
Wiring diagram (S.N. 815415-825656) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-23 Wiring diagram (S.N. 815416-825657) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-24 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (2 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 Wiring diagram (S.N. 825658-872256) (3 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Calibration Tachometer (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 Cap screw torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Capacities Drain and refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-14 Charge pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Charge Pump Belt Tension Adjustment (SN — 830204) Charge pump belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-1 Charge pump flow test (S.N. —872256) . . .9025-25-6 Charge pump flow test (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-8 Charge Pump Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Charging circuit Operational information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-14 Operational information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-10 Schematic (S.N. —815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-16 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . 9015-15A-17 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . 9015-15A-18 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-12 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-19 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-13 Theory of operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-15 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-11 Circuit Malfunction Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Circuit Malfunctions Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Circuit relief valve test Remote pump method. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-43 Circuit relief valve test-Gresen . . . . . . . . .9025-25-36 Circuit relief valve w/o anti-cav.-Husco . . .9025-05-36 Circuit relief valve, w/anti-cavitation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-35
C Cab component checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Cab roof harness (W5) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-17 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-15 Cab side console harness (W6) Component location (S.N. -825657) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 Component location (S.N. -825657) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 Component location (S.N. 825658-872256) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Cab Side console harness (W6) Wiring diagram (S.N. -815415) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 Wiring diagram (S.N. -815415) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-3
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=3
Indx 3
Index
Indx 4
Page
Page
Clutch packs (S.N.872257— ) Power shift, high range forward 1st and 2nd speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-8 Cold weather starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-4 Compensator, Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-12 Complete Transmission System Test Checkout Sheet (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-34 Component location A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-43 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-44 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-42 Auxiliary valve harness (W14) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-48 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-39 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-41 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-39 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-20 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-16 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. -825657) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-25 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-26 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-30 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-31 Component Location Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-22 Component location Engine harness (W8) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22
Transmission solenoid harness (W9) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Compressor Belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-9 Oil charge check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 Oil removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-2 Compressor relief valve, A/C Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-17 Connectors, wire and pin location Air Conditioning Compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-43 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-40 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-17 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-35 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-30 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-46 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-49 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-24 Control valve and shift valve transmission power shift (S.N.872257— ) Operation-First Forward . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Operation-first reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Operation-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Control valve transmission power shift (S.N.872257— ) Operation-Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Converter, torque (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Converter, torque,stall (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Converter-in relief valve (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Coolant Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-8 Cooler in and cooler out (S.N.872257— ) Transmission pressure test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-22 Cooling system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Crowd valve operation-Gresen . . . . . . . . .9025-05-54 CTM104 6068 engine (S.N. 830205— ) . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 CTM11 Engine accessories (S.N. —830204). . . .9005-10-2 CTM67 OEM engine accessories (S.N. 830205— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-2
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-4
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=4
Index
Page
Page
CTM7 Radial piston pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 CTM77 Alternators and starting motors . . . . . . . .9005-10-2 CTM8 6059 engine (S.N. —830204) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 Cycle time test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cylinder drift test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Cylinder leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 C1,B1,B2 (Lower) Accumulator Operation at B2 Test Port (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-39 C2,B3 (Upper) Accumulator Operation at B3 Test Port (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-38
Differential lock (S.N. —872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-86 Differential lock (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-36 Differential (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-34 Digital Thermometer Installation . . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 Digital thermometer installation. . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 Digital Thermometer Installation (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Dimensions Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-3 Display Module and logic module circuit Schematic (S.N. —815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-25 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . 9015-15A-26 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . 9015-15A-27 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 815416— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-28 Display Module and logic module circuit with logic module Operational information (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-21 Theory of operation (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Display Module and logic module circuit without logic module Operational information (S.N. 815416— 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-22 Theory of operation (S.N. 815416— 825627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-23 Theory of operation (S.N. 825628— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-24 Display monitor circuit perational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-100 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . .9015-15B-103 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-104 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-101 Dome Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-57 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-25 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-58 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-26 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-59
D Destroke the wire hrness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-4 Destroking the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-3 Diagnose MFWD Malfunction (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-10 Diagnose Power Train Malfunctions (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-2 Diagnose Rear Axle Malfunction (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-11 Diagnostic information Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-10 Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-4 Park brake and differential lock . . . . . . .9025-15-12 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-15-1 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Differential Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Differential Lock Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-43 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-15 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-44 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-17 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-45 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-18 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-43 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-16 Differential lock pressure reducing valve test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-52 Differential lock pressure (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-5
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=5
Indx 5
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-27 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-57 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-25 Drain and refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-13 Drive and work light circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-75 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-76 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-74 Driving check MFWD disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 MFWD engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25
Electrical circuit, A/C Malfunction diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-1 Operational Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-3 Schematic diagram S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-5 Electrical circuit, blower Operational information . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-10 Electronic tachometer (S.N.872257— ) Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Engine General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-1 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Sectional view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-05-2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-15-3 Engine harness (W8) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-35 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-34 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-35 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-32 Engine (S.N. -830204) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-4 Engine (S.N. 830205- ) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-5 Engine system operational check Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Engine system operational checks Air system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-39 Cooling system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-37 Lubrication checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Performance checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-42 Speed checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-42 Expansion valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-16 Extendible dipperstick Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6
E
Indx 6
Electrical Circuit Malfunction Definitions . . . . . . . . .9015-05-3 Circuit Malfunction Locations. . . . . . . . . .9015-05-8 Circuit Malfunction Troubleshooting. . . . .9015-05-9 Circuit Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-2 Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-1, 9015-10B-1 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-1 Logic module bench test . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-17 Logic module test in machine . . . . . . . .9015-20-15 Monitor test in machine. . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-14 Schematic symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-26 System functional schematic reading . .9015-05-20 System Functional schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional schematic (S.N. 825658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 System Functional schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) 1 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-14 2 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-15 3 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-16 4 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-17 5 of 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-18 Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-15 Test procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-16 Wiring Diagram, Reading . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-21 Wiring Diagram, Schematic, And Component Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-18 TM1537 (26FEB02)
F Filter Operation, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Filter, transmission (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Flowmeter calibration procedure. . . . . . . .9025-25-50 FNR/Range Control Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-86 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-89
Index-6
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=6
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-90 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-87 Front console harness (W7) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-33 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-29 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-30 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-28 Front Work and Drive Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-61 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-62 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-60 Fuel Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-2 Fuel Gauge and Hour Meter Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-91 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-93 Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . 9015-15B-91 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-94 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-92 Fuel Shut-Off Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-48 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-30 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-50 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-32 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-51 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-33 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-49 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-31 Fuel system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41 Fuse Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-2, 9015-10B-2
Fuse Specifications (S.N. -872256) . . . . 9015-10A-3 Fuse Specifications (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . 9015-10B-3
TM1537 (26FEB02)
G Gauge/hour meter circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-113 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-115 Specifications (S.N. —872256) . . . . .9015-15A-113 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-116 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-114 Gauges and indicators check Engine off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-3 Engine on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-6 Grease Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-6 Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . .9000-04-6 Gresen-Backhoe circuit relief valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34
H Heater and air conditioning Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-33 High pressure A/C switch Test S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 Horn circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-99 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-76 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-77 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-98 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-75 Hydraulic Fittings, 30° cone seat. . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Fittings, 37° flare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4
Index-7
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=7
Indx 7
Index
Page
Page
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-15 Hydraulic component leakage test . . . . . .9025-25-29 Hydraulic oil cooler restriction test . . . . . .9025-25-18 Hydraulic oil warm-up procedure . . . . . . . .9025-25-2 Hydraulic Pump Operation Pump, Hydraulic Operaton . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-10 Hydraulic Return Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-14 Hydraulic system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Hydraulic System Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-2 Hydraulic System Operation (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-4
JT05801 Clamp-On Electronic Tachometer Installation (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-1 (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1
I
Indx 8
Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Indicator circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-107 Schematic With Logic Module (S.N. — 815415) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-33 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 815416— 825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-34 Schematic Without Logic Module (S.N. 825658— 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-35 Specifications (S.N. —872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-29 Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) . . . .9015-15B-106 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-36 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-110 Theory of Operation (S.N. —815415) With Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. 815416—825657) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-31 Theory of Operation (S.N. 825658—872256) Without Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-32 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-108 Inspection Hoses and fittings, A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15
J John Deere Inboard Planetary Axles—Use CTM43 (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-1 TM1537 (26FEB02)
L Legend System Functional Schematic Section (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic Section (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-4 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-4 Lifting Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-14 Loader auxiliary valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Loader boom valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-28 Loader bucket valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-25 Loader control valve linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-10 Low pressure A/C switch Test S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 Lubricant Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Lubrication system, engine Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-41
M Machine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-2 Main pump flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Main pump standby pressure test. . . . . . .9025-25-10 MFWD Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 MFWD circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-40 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-19 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-41 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-20 Specifications (S.N. —872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-39
Index-8
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=8
Index
Page
Page
Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-42 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-20 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-40 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-19 MFWD differential-unequal traction (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-31 (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-44 MFWD operation (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-30 MFWD Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-40 MFWD operation equal tractio) (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-33 MFWD operation equal traction (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-42 MFWD pressure test (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-20 Miscellaneous checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51 Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-7 Modulation valve power shift (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Modulation valve (S.N.872257— ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15
Transmission neutral disconnect . . . . . .9005-10-15
O O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 Oil Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 MFWD specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Specification differential . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Specification engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Specification hydraulic system . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-8 Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . .9005-10-1 Operational checks Accessories (engine stopped) . . . . . . . .9005-10-44 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-10 Cab components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-46 Driving checks (with MFWD) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-25 Driving checks (w/o MFWD) . . . . . . . . .9005-10-16 Gauges and indicators (engine off) . . . . .9005-10-3 Gauges and indicators (engine on) . . . . .9005-10-6 Heater and air conditioning system . . . .9005-10-33 Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-27 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-51 Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 TM1537 (26FEB02)
P Park brake adjustment (S.N. —872256) . . .9025-20-4 Park brake circuit pressure test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park brake (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-38 Release pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 Park brake thermal relief valve test (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-56 Park brake/differential lock valve (S.N. —872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-88 Park Brake/FNR Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-63 Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . 9015-15B-63 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-67 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-64 Park Brake/Neutral Disconnect Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Schematic (S.N. —815415). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-79 Schematic (S.N. 815416—825657) . . 9015-15A-80 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . 9015-15A-81 Specifications (S.N. —872256) . . . . . 9015-15A-77 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-82 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-78 Parking brake (S.N. —872256) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-84 Power circuit Operational information (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-1 Operational information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-2 Schematic (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . 9015-15A-3 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-2 Subsystem Diagnostics (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-4 Subsystem Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-3 Theory of operation (S.N. -872256). . . 9015-15A-1 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-1
Index-9
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=9
Indx 9
Index
Indx 10
Page
Page
Power shift high range forward clutch (S.N.872257— ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power shift low range forward clutch (S.N.872257— ) Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power shift modulation valve (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-32 Power shift power train (S.N.872257— ) Diagnose malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15B-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Power shift speed clutch (S.N.872257— ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Power Shift Transmission Control Circuit (S.N. 872257— ) First Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 High range (fourth) forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Power shift transmission control circuit (S.N.872257— ) First forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 First Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Fourth forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Power shift transmission control valve and shift valve (S.N.872257— ) Operation-first forward. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-22 Operation-first reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-30 Operation-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-18 Power shift transmission (S.N.872257— ) Control valve operation-fourth forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-26 Gear flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-12 Power train overview (S.N.872257— ) Power shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-10 Pressure Compensator Operation . . . . . .9025-05-12 Pressure regulating valve (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-20 Priority valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Priority valve LS port flow test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Priority valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Pump, Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-9 Pump, transmission (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4
Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-22 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-61 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-23 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-62 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-24 Radio harness (W12) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-46 Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-45 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-46 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-44 Rear Work Light Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-56 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-59 Theory Of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-57, 9015-15B-58 Receiver/dryer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-14 Reducing valve presssure (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Refrigerant A/C Theory of operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-05-2 Refrigerant, A/C Cautions . . . . . . . 9031-05-1, 9031-20-1, 9031-25-1 Handling . . . . . . . 9031-05-1, 9031-20-1, 9031-25-1 Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-5 Recovery/recycling/charging . . . . . . . . . .9031-20-4 Return to dig adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-2 Return-to-Dig Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-109 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-111 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-88 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-112, 9015-15B-89 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-110 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-87 Reverse Alarm Circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-52
R Radio circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-60 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-10
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=10
Index
Page
Page
Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-33 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-53 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-35 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-54 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-36 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-52 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-34 Roll-over protective structure Torque specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2
Solenoids activated (S.N.872257— ) Transmission clutch engagement power shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Specification Differential oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-3 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-1 Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-04-4 Mechanical front wheel drive oil . . . . . . .9000-04-5 Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-1 Specifications Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-2 Machine (S.N. -872328) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-6 Machine (S.N. 872329-) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-8 Other information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-02-11 Stabilizer valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Stabilizer valve linkage adjustment . . . . . .9025-20-12 Start aid circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-45 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-27 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-47 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-29 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-48 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-30 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-46 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-28 Start circuit Operational information (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-8 Operational information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-5 Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-9 Schematic (S.N. 825658—872256) . . 9015-15A-10 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-7 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-11 Sub-system diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-8 Theory of operation (S.N. -872256). . . 9015-15A-8 Theory of operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-6 Starting motors Use CTM77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-20-1 Steering Valve operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Steering cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26
S Selective Flow Valve Circuit Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-113 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . .9015-15B-115 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-116 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15B-114 Selective flow valve harness (W15) Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-48 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-49 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-47 Service Brake (S.N. 872257— ) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Service brake (S.N. 872257— ) Engaging Right Side Only . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-82 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-74 Service Brake (S.N. 872257— ) Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-20-8 Side console harness (W6) Component location (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-22 Connectors, wire and pin location (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-24 Wiring diagram (S.N. 872257- ). . . . . 9015-10B-19 Slow and Fast Idle Adjustment (S.N. —830204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-2 (S.N. 830305— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-20-4 Solenoid circuit leakage (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-28 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-11
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=11
Indx 11
Index
Page
Page
Steering system checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-14 Steering system leakage test . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering valve Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-22 Steering valve neutral drift test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Surge relief valve pressure test . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Switch, A/C freeze control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 System Functional Schematic (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-8 System Functional Schematic (S.N. 825658) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-8 System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-7 System Functional Schematic Section Legend (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-7 System pressure (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10
Switch, low pressure A/C S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-5 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-8 Torque converter stall speed(S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Test (S.N. — 872256) Brake Accumulator Precharge. . . . . . . .9025-25-64 Test (S.N. —872256) Charge Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-6 Diff. lock pressure reducing valve . . . . .9025-25-52 MFWD clutch pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-14 Test (S.N. —872256)) Neutral disconnect solenoid . . . . . . . 9020-25A-12 Test (S.N. —872256) Park Brake Circuit Pressure . . . . . . . . .9025-25-54 Park Brake Thermal Relief Valve . . . . .9025-25-56 Service Brake Valve Pressure. . . . . . . .9025-25-58 Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-4 Transmission leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-16 Transmission Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-32 Transmission pump flow . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-8 Test (S.N. —872256)) Transmission system pressure . . . . . . 9020-25A-6 Test (S.N. 872257— ) Charge Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-8 Service brake valve work port pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Test (S.N.872256— ) Converter-in/cooler pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25A-10 Transmission control circuit. . . . . . . . 9020-25A-26 Transmission cooler restriction . . . . . 9020-25A-22 Transmission lube pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25A-24 Test (S.N.872257— ) Converter-In Relief Valve Testest . . . . 9020-25B-6 Cooler in and cooler out pressue . . . 9020-25B-22 Differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-18 MFWD pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-20 Modulation valve pressure . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Park Brake Release Pressure . . . . . . . 9020-25B-8 Power Shift Low Range Forward, High Range Forward, Reverse and Speed Clutch Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-12 Reducing valve pressure. . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 System Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Thermal Bypass Relief Valve . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . . . 9020-25B-4 Transmission oil cooler thermal bypass valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Transmission oil cooler thermal bypass valve pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26 Transmission pump flow . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Tests Air intake system leakage . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-6
T
Indx 12
Tachometer Calibration (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . .9015-20-18 Calibration (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . . .9015-20-19 Tachometer, electronic (S.N.872257— ) Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Test A/C leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-15 Charge Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-5 Complete transmission system . . . . . 9020-25A-28 Cycle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-50 Cyle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-48 Cylinder drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-21 Cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-28 Hydraulic Component Leakage . . . . . . .9025-25-29 Main pump flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-12 Main pump standby pressure . . . . . . . .9025-25-10 Oil cooler restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-18 Priority valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-14 Priority valve ’LS’ port flow . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-16 Relief valves (with remote pump) . . . . .9025-25-43 Relief valves (with test cylinder) . . . . . .9025-25-36 Steering cylinder leakage . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-26 Steering System leakage . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-22 Steering valve neutral drift . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-20 Surge Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-9 Switch, A/C freeze control. . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-14 Switch, high pressure A/C S.N. -816286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-10 S.N. 816287- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-25-12 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-12
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=12
Index
Page
Page
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-1 Fuel line leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-7 Radiator air flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9010-25-2 Turbocharger boost pressure . . . . . . . . .9010-25-4 Thermal bypass valve test (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Thermometer Installation, Digital . . . . . . . .9025-25-1 Thermometer installation, digital . . . . . . . . .9010-20-1 Thermometer Installation, Digital (S.N.872257— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-1 Toe-in adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9020-20-1 Torque Wheel cap screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-3 Torque converter (S.N.—872256) . . . . . . 9020-05A-4 Torque converter (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-2 Torque converter stall speed (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-4 Torque specifications Roll-over protective structure. . . . . . . . . .9000-03-2 Torque value Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-12 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . .9000-03-13 Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-6 Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . .9000-03-14 O-Ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-10 30° cone seat hydraulic fittings . . . .9000-03-9 37° flare hydraulic fittings . . . . . . . .9000-03-9 Torque values Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-4 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9000-03-5 Transmission clutch engagement power shift (S.N.872257— ) Solenoids activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-14 Transmission filter (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-5 Transmission Gear Flow (S.N.872257— ) Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-12 Transmission hydraulic circuit (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-24 Transmission neutral disconnect circuit check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9005-10-15 Transmission oil cooler (S.N.872257— ) Bypass valve pressure test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-26 Thermal bypass valve test . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-24 Transmission Oil Passage Identification (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-15A-8 Transmission power flow (S.N. —872256) First forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-8 First reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-16 Fourth Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-14 Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-6 Seconc Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-18
Second forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-10 Third Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-12 Transmission Pump Flow (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Transmission Pump (S.N.872257— ) Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-30 Transmission pump (S.N.872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-4 Transmission (S.N. —872256) Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-22 Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05A-1 Transmission (S.N.872257— ) Cooler in and cooler out press. test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-22 Modulation valve pressure test . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Reducing Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 System pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-10 Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-1 Transmission solenoid harness (W9) Component location (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-37 Wiring diagram (S.N. -872256) . . . . . 9015-10A-36 Transmission test connection (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-3 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure (S.N. —872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25A-2 Transmission Warm-Up Proceduredash; ) (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-2 Transmission, power shift (S.N.872257— ) Control circuit-first forward . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-20 Control circuit-first reverse . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-28 Control circuit-fourth forward . . . . . . . 9020-05B-24 Control circuit-neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-05B-16 Troubleshooting Circuit Malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-05-9 Turn/flasher/brake light circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-100 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . .9015-15A-103 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-79 Specifications (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . 9015-15B-77 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-104 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-80 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9015-15A-101 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-78
TM1537 (26FEB02)
Index-13
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=13
Indx 13
Index
Page
V Valve Backhoe auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-55 Backhoe bucket-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-53 Backhoe swing-Gresen . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-50 Loader auxiliary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-32 Loader boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-28 Loader bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-25 Loader circuit relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-24 Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-16 Stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-56 Valve (S.N. 872257— ) Service brake work port pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-25-62 Valve, backhoe auxiliary operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-46 Valve, backhoe boom valve-Gresen . . . . .9025-05-52 Valve, backhoe boom-Husco . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-42 Valve, backhoe crowd operation-Husco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-44 Valve, brake (S.N. 872257— ) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-76 Valve, converter-in relief (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-6 Valve, modulation (S.N.872257— ) Pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-15 Valve, reducing, pressure (S.N.872257— ) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9020-25B-14 Valve-Gresen Backhoe circuit relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9025-05-34
W Indx 14
Wiper/washer circuit Operational Information (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Operational Information (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Schematic (S.N. —872256). . . . . . . . 9015-15A-64 Schematic (S.N. 872257— ) . . . . . . . 9015-15B-52 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-65 Sub-System Diagnostics (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-53 Theory of Operation (S.N. — 872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15A-63 Theory of Operation (S.N. 872257— ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-15B-51 Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-4 TM1537 (26FEB02)
Page
Wiring and Schematic Diagrams Legend (S.N. 872257- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-4 Wiring diagram A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-42 A.C. compressor harness (W11) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-41 Wiring Diagram Air conditioning compressor harness (W11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-7 Wiring diagram Auxiliary valve harness (W14) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-47 Blower harness (W10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9031-15-6 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. -825657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-38 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 825658-872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-40 Blower harness (W10) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-38 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-19 Cab roof harness (W5) (S.N. 872258). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-15 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. -815415) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-21 (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-22 Cab side console harness (W6) (S.N. 825658-872256) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-27 (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-28 (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-29 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-34 Engine harness (W8) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-32 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-32 Front console harness (W7) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-28 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-45 Radio harness (W12) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-44 Selective flow valve harness (W15) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-47 Side console harness (W6) (S.N. 872257). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10B-19 Transmission solenoid harness (W9) (S.N. -872256) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9015-10A-36
Index-14
710D Backhoe Loader 022602
PN=14